Free Online FOOD for MIND & HUNGER - DO GOOD 😊 PURIFY MIND.To live like free birds 🐦 🦢 🦅 grow fruits 🍍 🍊 🥑 🥭 🍇 🍌 🍎 🍉 🍒 🍑 🥝 vegetables 🥦 🥕 🥗 🥬 🥔 🍆 🥜 🎃 🫑 🍅🍜 🧅 🍄 🍝 🥗 🥒 🌽 🍏 🫑 🌳 🍓 🍊 🥥 🌵 🍈 🌰 🇧🇧 🫐 🍅 🍐 🫒Plants 🌱in pots 🪴 along with Meditative Mindful Swimming 🏊‍♂️ to Attain NIBBĀNA the Eternal Bliss.
Kushinara NIBBĀNA Bhumi Pagoda White Home, Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru, Prabuddha Bharat International.
Categories:

Archives:
Meta:
December 2020
M T W T F S S
« Nov   Jan »
 123456
78910111213
14151617181920
21222324252627
28293031  
12/11/20
LESSON 3532 Sat 12 Dec 2020 Dr B.R.Ambedkar thundered “Main Prabuddha Bharat Baudhmay karunga.” (I will make Prabuddha Bharat Buddhist) Logo Now All Aboriginal Awakened Societies Thunder ” Hum Prapanch Prabuddha Prapanchmay karunge.” (We will make world Prabuddha Prapanch) People have started returning back to their original home Buddhism. The whole world will follow the teachings of the Awakened One with Awareness for their happiness, welfare and peace to enable them to attain Eternal Bliss as their Final Goal. Logo Dhammānupassī Sutta - Observing dhammas —in 29) Classical English,Roman,51) Classical Italian-Italiano classico, 52) Classical Japanese-古典的なイタリア語, 53) Classical Javanese-Klasik Jawa, 54) Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ, 55) Classical Kazakh-Классикалық қазақ, 56) Classical Khmer- ខ្មែរបុរាណ, 57) Classical Kinyarwanda 58) Classical Korean-고전 한국어, 59) Classical Kurdish (Kurmanji)-Kurdî (Kurmancî), 60) Classical Kyrgyz-Классикалык Кыргыз,
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 7:38 am

LESSON 3532 Sat  12  Dec  2020


Dr B.R.Ambedkar thundered “Main Prabuddha Bharat Baudhmay karunga.” (I will make Prabuddha Bharat Buddhist)

Logo


Now
All Aboriginal Awakened Societies Thunder ” Hum Prapanch Prabuddha
Prapanchmay karunge.” (We will make world Prabuddha Prapanch)

People
have started returning back to their original home Buddhism. The whole
world will follow the teachings of the Awakened One with Awareness for
their happiness, welfare and peace to enable them to attain Eternal
Bliss as their Final Goal.




Logo
Dhammānupassī Sutta  - Observing dhammas —in 29) Classical English,Roman,51) Classical Italian-Italiano classico,

52) Classical Japanese-古典的なイタリア語,
53) Classical Javanese-Klasik Jawa,
54) Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,
55) Classical Kazakh-Классикалық қазақ,

56) Classical Khmer- ខ្មែរបុរាណ,

57) Classical Kinyarwanda

58) Classical Korean-고전 한국어,
59) Classical Kurdish (Kurmanji)-Kurdî (Kurmancî),

60) Classical Kyrgyz-Классикалык Кыргыз,

Tree

https://www.buddha-vacana.org/


https://www.buddha-vacana.org/wbw.html
Friends29) Classical English,Roman

dhammānupassī sutta — observing dhammas — in buddha’s own words —in Classical Italian-Italiano classico
It
is worth having repeated the message given in this sutta: six habits
without abandoning which it is not possible to practice the
satipaṭṭhānas properly. Quite some cleaning may be advisable here.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible to remain observing kāya in kāya internally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without
having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to
remain observing kāya in kāya internally and externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing kāya in kāya internally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing kāya in kāya internally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible to remain observing kāya in kāya externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without
having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to
remain observing kāya in kāya internally and externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing kāya in kāya externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing kāya in kāya externally.
There
are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible
to remain observing kāya in kāya internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without
having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to
remain observing kāya in kāya internally and externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing kāya in kāya internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing kāya in kāya internally and externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible to remain observing vedanā in vedanā internally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to remain observing vedanā in vedanā internally.
There
are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain
observing vedanā in vedanā internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing vedanā in vedanā internally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible to remain observing vedanā in vedanā externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to remain observing vedanā in vedanā externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing vedanā in vedanā externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing vedanā in vedanā externally.
There
are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible
to remain observing vedanā in vedanā internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without
having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to
remain observing vedanā in vedanā internally and externally.
There
are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain
observing vedanā in vedanā internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing vedanā in vedanā internally and externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible to remain observing citta in citta internally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to remain observing citta in citta internally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing citta in citta internally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing citta in citta internally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible to remain observing citta in citta externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to remain observing citta in citta externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing citta in citta externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing citta in citta externally.
There
are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible
to remain observing citta in citta internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without
having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to
remain observing citta in citta internally and externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing citta in citta internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing citta in citta internally and externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas internally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas internally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas internally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas internally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas externally.
There are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas externally.
There
are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, without abandoning which it is not possible
to remain observing dhammas in dhammas internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Without
having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is not possible to
remain observing dhammas in dhammas internally and externally.
There
are, bhikkhus, six dhammas, abandoning which it is possible to remain
observing dhammas in dhammas internally and externally.
Which
six? Delight in activities, delight in conversations, delight in sleep,
delight in socialization, lack of indriyesu guttadvāratā and lack of
bhojane mattaññutā.
Having abandoned these six dhammas, bhikkhus, it is possible to remain observing dhammas in dhammas internally and externally.
Free Online Research and Practice University
for
Discovery of Awakened One with Awareness Universe (DAOAU)
For The Welfare, Happiness, Peace of All Sentient and Non-Sentient Beings and for them to Attain Eternal Peace as Final Goal.
at
KUSHINARA
NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA-is a 18 feet Dia All White Pagoda with a table or,
but be sure to having above head level based on the usual use of the
room.
in
116 CLASSICAL LANGUAGES and planning to project Therevada Tipitaka in
Buddha’s own words and Important Places like Lumbini, Bodhgaya,Saranath,
Kushinara, Etc., in 3D 360 degree circle vision akin to Circarama
At
WHITE HOME
668, 5A main Road, 8th Cross, HAL III Stage,
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
Magadhi Karnataka State
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
May you, your family members and all sentient and non sentient beings be ever happy, well and secure!
The
pill to reverse aging would be available to the public within five
years and cost the same each day as a cup of coffee, says researcher.
Read,
Practice, Spread the Own Words of the Awakened One with Awareness the
Buddha for Happiness, Welfare, Peace of All Sentient, Non Sentient
Beings and for them to Attain Eternal Bliss as Final Goal.
Philanthropic
rich and poor farmers unite to serve peoples’ welfare, happiness &
peace ignoring Mad murderer of democratic institutions (Modi) remotely
controlled by just 0.1% intolerant, violent, militant, number one
terrorists of the world, ever shooting, mob lynching, lunatic, mentally
retarded foreigners chitpavan brahmins of Rowdy Swayam Sevaks (RSS)
kicked out from Bene Israel, Tibet, Africa, Eastern Europe, Western
Germany, Northern Europe, South Rusia, Hungary Etc., full of hatred,
anger, jealousy, delusion, Stupidity which are defilement of the mind
requiring treatment in mental asylums Know The Bread He Eats is Grown in
My Punjab,’ Says 70-Year-Old Farmer.
Adani,Ambani &other corporates had an eye on massive food grain market of India.They had few problems:
Problem 1 :
States
had different rules & regulations to buy food grains from farmers.
It was difficult for corporates to handle so many states with so many
different regulations & taxes
Mad murderer of democratuc institutions and Master of diluting institutions (Modi) Solution:
Took control from states and made 1 act for whole country. Corporates happy now.
Problem 2:
Corporates
will buy crops and store them. But Essential Commodity act will stop
them for storing crops for long time, as it increase prices in market.
Modi Solution:
Food crops will not come under Essential Commodity act and can be stored for longer period. Corporates again happy.
Problem 3
It was hard to determine that what type of crop will be grown by farmers.
Modi Solution:
Contract farming for farmers where they will be told by corporates to grow what kind of crop. Corporates again happy.
Problem 4 :
How Corporates will handle court cases if anything goes wrong against farmers.
Modi Solution:
Farmers cannot go to courts. They will go to SDM and DC. All
Corporates are again happy as they can bribe them easily.
And They say bills are in favour of farmers. ….
This is what the farmers are protesting against.
All
Aboriginal Awakened societies will demand for Ballot Papers instead of
the fraud EVMs for justice and save democracy. Automatically all
societies will get the benefit by way of distribution of wealth
proportionately among all societies for their welfare, happiness and
peace.
Modi
(Mad murderer of democratic institutions) is diverting the attention of
masses from one issue to another. While the farmers are intensifying
their struggle against the Modi, he announces about Covid Vaccine, as if
he is a medical chief. Once he declared that it was his hindutva which
did the first human organ transplantation when shiva transplanted
elephant head on human body.
Latest 3D 360 degrees circle vision Buddha Movie with music, songs, in Classical English, Roman
Best VR 360 Video 4K Virtual Reality
602K
70K
Share
Save
3D-VR-360 VIDEOS
1.62M subscribers
Best VR VIDEO 360 Virtual Reality Video
Compatibility: Google Cardboard VR Box 360, Oculus Rift VR, Oculus Quest VR, HTC Vive VR, Playstation 4 VR Headset, PSVR
Disclaimer:
***********
This is an advertisement video for the company Glass-Canvas. I was not paid for uploading this video on my channel.
I
got the written upload permission by the Founding Director of
Glass-Canvas Mr. Andrew Goodeve (copyright owner) but I was not allowed
the edit the footage (image & sound is original).
Original video by Glass-Canvas: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q66f8
YouTube channel of Glass-Cavans:
Music: Drifting Clouds by David Goldsmith
The video was uploaded before the new YT policies have been released 2018.
I injected 360 meta data to make the equirectangular projection YouTube 360 degree compatible.
What is this video about?
******************************************
This
video represents a Virtual Realiy 360° waterslide experince through
several locations like a city, desert, lake, jungle and many more. You
can look around in any direction by using your mobile phone, touch
display, gyroscope sensor or a VR headset.
Educational information:
*************************
What
is Virtual Reality? Virtual Reality is a medium with the ability to be
transported to other places, to be fully immersed in experiences and to
feel like you are really there.
All you need is a Virtual Reality headset and a Virtual Reality video. Enjoy 😉
Channel information:
*********************
3D VR VIDEOS & VR 360 VIDEOS
This
channel creates and provides family-friendly videos for Virtual Reality
based on real life events and video games by using the latest hardware-
and software technology. If you want to publish your VR video on this
monetized VR channel, feel free to contact me.
Best VR 360 Video 4K Virtual Reality
Best VR VIDEO 360 Virtual Reality Video Compatibility: Google Card

dhammānupassī Sutta - osservando dhamma - Nelle parole del Buddha -In classico italiano-Italiano classico
Vale
la pena di aver ripetuto il messaggio dato in questo sutta: Sei senza
abbandonare le abitudini che non è possibile mettere in pratica le
satipaṭṭhānas correttamente. Un po ‘di pulizia può essere consigliabile
qui.
Ci sono, monaci, sei dhamma, senza abbandonare i quali non è possibile rimanere osservare adorammo adorato internamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Senza
aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere
osservare adorato adoravano internamente ed esternamente.
Ci sono, monaci, sei dhamma, abbandonando quale è possibile rimanere osservare adorammo adorato internamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Dopo aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile rimanere osservare adorammo adorato internamente.
Ci sono, monaci, sei dhamma, senza abbandonare i quali non è possibile rimanere osservare adorammo adorato esternamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Senza
aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere
osservare adorato adoravano internamente ed esternamente.
Ci sono, monaci, sei dhamma, abbandonando quale è possibile rimanere osservare adorammo adorato esternamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Dopo aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile rimanere osservare adorammo adorato esternamente.
Ci
sono, monaci, sei dhamma, senza abbandonare i quali non è possibile
rimanere osservando adorato adorato internamente ed esternamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Senza
aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere
osservare adorato adoravano internamente ed esternamente.
Ci sono, monaci, sei dhamma, abbandonando quale è possibile rimanere osservare adorato adoravano internamente ed esternamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Dopo aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile rimanere osservare adorato adoravano internamente ed esternamente.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonare i quali non è possibile rimanere osservazione vedanā in vedanā internamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Senza aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere osservazione vedanā in vedanā internamente.
Ci
sono, monaci, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere
osservazione vedanā in vedanā internamente ed esternamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Dopo aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile rimanere osservazione vedanā in vedanā internamente.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonare i quali non è possibile rimanere osservazione vedanā in vedanā esternamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Senza aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere osservazione vedanā in vedanā esternamente.
Ci sono, monaci, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere osservazione vedanā in vedanā esternamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Dopo aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile rimanere osservazione vedanā in vedanā esternamente.
Ci
sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonare i quali non è possibile
rimanere osservazione vedanā in vedanā internamente ed esternamente.
Quale
sei? Delight in attività, delizia nelle conversazioni, la gioia nel
sonno, la gioia di socializzazione, la mancanza di indriyesu
guttadvāratā e la mancanza di mattaññutā bhojane.
Senza
aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere
osservazione vedanā in vedanā internamente ed esternamente.
Ci
sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere
osservando vedana in vedana internamente ed esternamente.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Avendo
abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile continuare ad
osservare vedana in vedana internamente ed esternamente.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonare i quali non è possibile rimanere osservando citta in citta internamente.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Senza aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere ad osservare citta in citta internamente.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere osservando citta in citta internamente.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Avendo abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile rimanere interiormente osservando citta in citta.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonare i quali non è possibile rimanere esternamente osservando citta in citta.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Senza aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere esternamente osservando citta in citta.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere osservando esternamente citta in citta.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Avendo abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile rimanere esternamente osservando citta in citta.
Ci
sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonarli non è possibile rimanere
osservando citta in citta internamente ed esternamente.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Senza
aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere
ad osservare citta in citta internamente ed esternamente.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere osservando citta in citta internamente ed esternamente.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Avendo abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile continuare ad osservare citta in citta internamente ed esternamente.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonarli non è possibile rimanere ad osservare i dhamma all’interno dei dhamma.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Senza aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile continuare ad osservare i dhamma all’interno dei dhamma.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere ad osservare internamente i dhamma nei dhamma.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Avendo abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile continuare a osservare internamente i dhamma nei dhamma.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonarli non è possibile rimanere ad osservare i dhamma esternamente nei dhamma.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Senza aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere esternamente ad osservare i dhamma nei dhamma.
Ci sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere ad osservare i dhamma esternamente nei dhamma.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Avendo abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile rimanere esternamente ad osservare i dhamma nei dhamma.
Ci
sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, senza abbandonarli non è possibile rimanere
ad osservare i dhamma nei dhamma internamente ed esternamente.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Senza
aver abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, non è possibile rimanere
ad osservare i dhamma all’interno e all’esterno dei dhamma.
Ci
sono, bhikkhu, sei dhamma, abbandonando i quali è possibile rimanere ad
osservare i dhamma in dhamma internamente ed esternamente.
Quali
sei? Gioia delle attività, gioia delle conversazioni, gioia del sonno,
gioia della socializzazione, mancanza di indriyesu guttadvāratā e
mancanza di bhojane mattaññutā.
Avendo
abbandonato questi sei dhamma, bhikkhu, è possibile continuare ad
osservare i dhamma nei dhamma internamente ed esternamente.
Università di ricerca e pratica online gratuita
per
Discovery of Awakened One with Awareness Universe (DAOAU)
Per
il benessere, la felicità, la pace di tutti gli esseri senzienti e non
senzienti e affinché raggiungano la pace eterna come obiettivo finale.
a
KUSHINARA
NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA-è una Pagoda Dia All White di 18 piedi con un
tavolo o, ma assicurati di avere sopra il livello della testa in base al
solito uso della stanza.
in
116 LINGUE CLASSICHE e pianificando di proiettare Therevada Tipitaka
con le stesse parole del Buddha e Luoghi Importanti come Lumbini,
Bodhgaya, Saranath, Kushinara, Etc., in una visione circolare 3D a 360
gradi simile a Circarama
A
CASA BIANCA
668, 5A main Road, 8th Cross, HAL III Stage,
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
Stato di Magadhi Karnataka
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
Possiate
voi, i membri della vostra famiglia e tutti gli esseri senzienti e non
senzienti essere sempre felici, sani e al sicuro!
La
pillola per invertire l’invecchiamento sarebbe disponibile al pubblico
entro cinque anni e costerà ogni giorno lo stesso di una tazza di caffè,
afferma il ricercatore.
Leggere,
praticare, diffondere le proprie parole del Risvegliato con
consapevolezza del Buddha per la felicità, il benessere, la pace di
tutti gli esseri senzienti e non senzienti e affinché raggiungano la
beatitudine eterna come obiettivo finale.
Agricoltori
filantropici ricchi e poveri si uniscono per servire il benessere, la
felicità e la pace delle persone ignorando Pazzo assassino delle
istituzioni democratiche (Modi) controllato a distanza da appena lo 0,1%
di intolleranti, violenti, militanti, terroristi numero uno al mondo,
mai sparati, linciaggi di massa, pazzi , stranieri mentalmente ritardati
chitpavan bramini di Rowdy Swayam Sevaks (RSS) cacciati da Bene Israel,
Tibet, Africa, Europa orientale, Germania occidentale, Nord Europa,
Russia meridionale, Ungheria ecc., pieni di odio, rabbia, gelosia,
delusione, stupidità che sono contaminazioni della mente che richiedono
cure nei manicomi sanno che il pane che mangia viene coltivato nel mio
Punjab “, dice un contadino di 70 anni.
Adani, Ambani e altre società avevano un occhio di riguardo sull’enorme mercato dei cereali in India e avevano pochi problemi:
Problema 1:
Gli
stati avevano regole e regolamenti diversi per acquistare cereali dagli
agricoltori. Era difficile per le aziende gestire così tanti stati con
così tante normative e tasse diverse
Assassino pazzo delle istituzioni democratiche e Maestro delle istituzioni diluenti (Modi) Soluzione:
Ha preso il controllo degli stati e ha fatto 1 atto per l’intero paese. Imprese felici ora.
Problema 2:
Le
aziende acquisteranno i raccolti e li immagazzineranno. Ma Essential
Commodity Act li fermerà per immagazzinare i raccolti per lungo tempo,
poiché aumenterà i prezzi sul mercato.
Soluzione Modi:
Le
colture alimentari non rientreranno nella legge sui prodotti essenziali
e possono essere conservate per un periodo più lungo. Imprese di nuovo
felici.
Problema 3
È stato difficile stabilire quale tipo di raccolto sarà coltivato dagli agricoltori.
Soluzione Modi:
Coltivazione
a contratto per gli agricoltori in cui verrà detto loro dalle aziende
di coltivare il tipo di raccolto. Imprese di nuovo felici.
Problema 4:
Come le aziende gestiranno i casi giudiziari se qualcosa va storto contro gli agricoltori.
Soluzione Modi:
Gli agricoltori non possono andare in tribunale. Andranno a SDM e DC. Tutti
Le aziende sono di nuovo felici perché possono corromperle facilmente.
E dicono che i conti sono a favore degli agricoltori. ….
Questo è ciò contro cui protestano gli agricoltori.
Tutte
le società aborigene risvegliate chiederanno schede elettorali invece
delle frodi EVM per la giustizia e salvare la democrazia.
Automaticamente tutte le società trarranno vantaggio dalla distribuzione
della ricchezza proporzionalmente tra tutte le società per il loro
benessere, felicità e pace.
Modi
(folle assassino delle istituzioni democratiche) sta distogliendo
l’attenzione delle masse da una questione all’altra. Mentre i contadini
intensificano la loro lotta contro i Modi, annuncia di Covid Vaccine,
come se fosse un capo medico. Una volta dichiarò che era il suo hindutva
a eseguire il primo trapianto di organi umani quando Shiva trapiantò la
testa di elefante sul corpo umano.
Ultimo film 3D di Buddha con visione circolare a 360 gradi con musica, canzoni, in classico italiano-italiano classico,
360 / VR Video Tour (No Commentary) from Inside & outside The Colosseum - Rome, Italy
383
65
Share
Save
Viajero 360
2.04K subscribers
For an Improved version of this video with 4k pictures please click here:
———————————————————————–
For
more information on the Colosseum, including opening hours, ticket
prices and how to get there please visit my website here: http://www.viajero360.com/colosseum/
———————————————————————–
Also
known as the Flavian Amphitheatre, the Colosseum is located at the
center of the city of Rome and just east of the Roman Forum. It was
built around 70 AD and is the largest amphitheater ever built.
If you just want to see just the videos, they start at 0:47, 1:45, 5:30, 7:41 and 9:48.
———————————————————————–
For this video I used the Ricoh THETA S 360 camera, which you can get from amazon here https://amzn.to/2uVciCm
———————————————————————–
Music Provided by NoCopyrightSounds
NCS: Infinity [Album Mix]
Tracklist:
00:00 Tobu - Candyland
00:44 LarsM - Lovers
1:15 William Ekh - Adventures (feat. Alexa Lusader)
1:46 Distrion & Alex Skrindo - Entropy
2:18 Different Heaven - Nekozilla
3:02 Distrion & Electro-Light - Rubik
3:31 Ash O’Connor & Curbi - Steeper
4:18 Ash O’Connor - You
5:41 JPB - Levitate (feat. Joe Erickson)
6:32 Disfigure - Hollah!
7:18 Mendum - Elysium
8:26 Vidya Vidya - Safari Fruits
9:00 JPB - High
9:40 Electro-Light - Symbolism
11:17 Alan Walker - Force
360 / VR Video Tour (No Commentary) from Inside & outside The Colosseum - Rome, Italy
For
an Improved version of this video with 4k pictures please click here:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uziUas-Ypls&feature=youtu.be
———————-…


52) Classical Japanese-古典的なイタリア語,

https://giphy.com/gifs/happy-project-danshiproject-SWj7tpMc4AEJLbdtaH

danshi-project happy かわいい 音楽 楽しい GIF

Friends
dhammānupassīsutta—ダルマを観察する—仏陀自身の言葉で—古典的な日本語-個人的な慣語
この経典で与えられたメッセージを繰り返すことは価値がありますsatipaṭṭhānasを適切に実践することは不可能である放棄せずに6つの習慣。ここではかなりのクリーニングをお勧めします。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、内部でカヤのカヤを観察し続けることは不可能です。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、内外のカヤでカヤを観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、内部でカヤのカヤを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、内部でカヤのカヤを観察し続けることが可能です。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、外部からカヤのカヤを観察し続けることはできません。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、内外のカヤでカヤを観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、外部からカヤのカヤを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、外部からカヤのカヤを観察し続けることが可能です。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、内外のカヤでカヤを観察し続けることはできません。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、内外のカヤでカヤを観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、内外のカヤでカヤを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄した後も、内外のカヤでカヤを観察し続けることができます。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、内部でヴェダナのヴェダナを観察し続けることは不可能です。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、内部でヴェダナのヴェダナを観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、内外のヴェダナでヴェダナを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、内部でvedanāのvedanāを観察し続けることが可能です
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、外部からヴェダナのヴェダナを観察し続けることはできません。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、外部からヴェダナのヴェダナを観察し続けることはできません。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、外部のヴェダナでヴェダナを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、外部のヴェダナでヴェダナを観察し続けることが可能です。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、内外のヴェダナでヴェダナを観察し続けることは不可能です。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、内外のヴェダナでヴェダナを観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、内外のヴェダナでヴェダナを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄した後も、内外のヴェダナでヴェダナを観察し続けることができます。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄せずに、内部でシッタのシッタを観察し続けることはできません。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、内部でシッタのシッタを観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、内部でシッタのシッタを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、内部でシッタのシッタを観察し続けることが可能です。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、外部からシッタのシッタを観察し続けることはできません。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、外部からシッタのシッタを観察し続けることはできません。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、外部からシッタのシッタを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、外部からシッタのシッタを観察し続けることが可能です。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、内外のシッタのシッタを観察し続けることはできません。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、内外のシッタのシッタを観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、内外のシッタのシッタを観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、内外のシッタのシッタを観察し続けることが可能です。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄せずに、法の内部で法を観察し続けることは不可能です。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの六つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、法の内部で法を観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、法の内部で法を観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、内部の法で法を観察し続けることが可能です。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄せずに、外部の法で法を観察し続けることはできません。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、外部の法で法を観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、外部の法で法を観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、外部の法で法を観察し続けることが可能です。
比丘には6つの法がありますが、それを放棄することなく、内外の法で法を観察し続けることはできません。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄しなければ、内外の法の中で法を観察し続けることは不可能です。
比丘には6つの法があり、それを放棄して、内外の法の中に法を観察し続けることができます。
どれ6つ?活動の喜び、会話の喜び、睡眠の喜び、社交の喜び、indriyesuguttadvāratāの欠如、bhojanemattaññutāの欠如。
これらの6つの法、比丘を放棄したので、内部と外部の法で法を観察し続けることが可能です。
無料のオンライン研究と実践大学
にとって
気づきの宇宙で目覚めた者の発見(DAOAU)
すべての感覚的および非感覚的存在の福祉、幸福、平和のために、そして彼らが最終目標として永遠の平和を達成するために。
KUSHINARA NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA-テーブル付きの直径18フィートのオールホワイトパゴダですが、通常の部屋の使用法に基づいて、必ず頭上に配置してください。
116の古典的な言語で、上座部仏教を仏陀自身の言葉で投影し、ルンビニ、ブッダガヤ、サラナート、クシナラなどの重要な場所を、サーカラマに似た3D360度の円のビジョンで投影することを計画しています
ホワイトホーム
668、5Aメインロード、8thクロス、HAL IIIステージ、
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
マガヒーカルナータカ州
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
あなた、あなたの家族、そしてすべての衆生と非衆生がこれまでに幸せで、元気で、安全でありますように!
老化を逆転させるピルは5年以内に一般に利用可能になり、コーヒー1杯と同じ費用が毎日かかると研究者は述べています。
幸福、福祉、すべての感覚的、非感覚的存在の平和のために、そして彼らが最終目標として永遠の至福を達成するために、仏陀を意識して目覚めた人の自分の言葉を読み、実践し、広めます。
慈善の金持ちと貧しい農民は、わずか0.1%の不寛容、暴力、過激、世界一のテロリストによって遠隔操作された民主的機関(モディ)の狂った殺人者を無視して、人々の福祉、幸福、平和に奉仕するために団結します。
、精神薄弱の外国人、Rowdy Swayam Sevaks(RSS)のchitpavan
brahminsが、ベネイスラエル、チベット、アフリカ、東ヨーロッパ、西ドイツ、北ヨーロッパ、南ロシア、ハンガリーなどから追い出され、憎しみ、怒り、嫉妬、妄想、愚かさに満ちている精神薄弱の治療を必要とする心の汚れです。彼が食べるパンは私のパンジャブで育ちます」と70歳の農夫は言います。
アダニ、アンバニなどの企業は、インドの巨大な食用穀物市場に目を向けていましたが、問題はほとんどありませんでした。
問題1:
州には、農家から食用穀物を購入するためのさまざまな規則と規制がありました。非常に多くの異なる規制や税金を伴う非常に多くの州を企業が扱うことは困難でした
民主主義機関の狂った殺人者と希釈機関のマスター(モディ)解決策:
州から支配権を握り、全国で1つの行為を行いました。企業は今幸せです。
問題2:
企業は作物を購入して保管します。しかし、エッセンシャルコモディティ法は、市場での価格を上昇させるため、作物を長期間保管することを阻止します。
モディソリューション:
食用作物は必須商品法の対象とはならず、長期間保管することができます。企業は再び幸せです。
問題3
農民がどのような種類の作物を栽培するかを決めるのは困難でした
モディソリューション:
企業からどのような作物を栽培するかを指示される農家向けの契約農業。企業は再び幸せです。
問題4:
農民に対して何か問題が発生した場合、企業が訴訟をどのように処理するか。
モディソリューション:
農民は法廷に行くことができません。彼らはSDMとDCに行きます。すべて
企業は簡単に賄賂を受け取ることができるので、再び満足しています。
そして彼らは法案が農民に有利であると言います。 …。
これは農民が抗議しているものです。
すべてのアボリジニの目覚めた社会は、正義と民主主義を救うために、詐欺EVMの代わりに投票用紙を要求するでしょう。自動的にすべての社会は、福祉、幸福、平和のためにすべての社会に比例して富を分配することによって利益を得るでしょう。
モディ(民主主義機関の狂った殺人者)は、大衆の注意をある問題から別の問題にそらしている。農民たちがモディとの闘いを激化させている間、彼はまるで彼が医療責任者であるかのように、コビッドワクチンについて発表します。シヴァが象の頭を人体に移植したときに最初の人間の臓器移植を行ったのは彼のヒンドゥトヴァであると彼が宣言した後。
最新の最高の3D360度サークルビジョン70mm仏映画、16Dステレオ効果音音楽、歌、そして古典的な日本語のヘッドフォンなしのダンス-現代
[360°音楽 8D] ヘッドセットを着用することを忘れないでください😱- ベスト8Dの中毒😱 -Alan Walker
C&C MUZIC
11.9K subscribers
***[360°音楽 8D] ヘッドセットを着用することを忘れないでください😱- ベスト8Dの中毒😱 -Alan Walker
***ヨーロッパやアメリカのポップミュージックのベスト:https://goo.gl/wqN89L
****今、流行のクラブミュージックや定番人気曲を心地よくメドレーでアップしていきますのでよければチャンネル登録お願い致します。
See more videos: https://goo.gl/dCfckv
Follow me:
***あなたはここで他の音楽ジャンルを聞くことができます:
**視聴者の皆様の耳に合うかは分かりませんが、1曲でも気に入っていただければ幸いです。ぜひ最後まで聞いてください!
音楽好き 気に入ったらチャンネル登録 フォローお願いします
再生中広告なしで運営していきますのでSNSで共有などしていただけると嬉しいです。
スマホやタブレットで
Music in this video
Learn more
Listen ad-free with YouTube Premium
Song
Goodbye
Artist
Damia’N
Album
Goodbye
Licensed to YouTube by
RouteNote (on behalf of Sonder); ASCAP, Routenote (Publishing), Audiam (Publishing), and 1 Music Rights Societies
[360°音楽 8D] ヘッドセットを着用することを忘れないでください😱- ベスト8Dの中毒😱 -Alan Walker
***[360°音楽 8D] ヘッドセットを着用することを忘れないでください😱- ベスト8Dの中毒😱 -Alan Walker***ヨーロッパやアメリカのポップミュージックのベスト:https://goo.gl/wqN89L****今、流行のクラブミュージックや定番人気曲を心….


53) Classical Javanese-Klasik Jawa,

Friends
dhammānupassī sutta - ngamati dhammas - nganggo tembung buddha dhewe — ing basa Jawa Klasik-Klasik Jawa
Pantese
dibaleni pesen sing diwenehake ing sutta iki: enem kebiasaan tanpa
ninggali sing ora bisa ngetrapake satipaṭṭhānas kanthi bener. Cukup
sawetara reresik luwih becik disaranake ing kene.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa ninggali sing ora bisa tetep ngawasi kāya ing kāya kanthi internal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nglirwakake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngamati kāya ing njero internal lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngawasi kāya ing njero internal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngawasi kāya ing kāya kanthi internal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa ninggali sing ora bisa tetep ngawasi kāya ing kāya kanthi eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nglirwakake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngamati kāya ing njero internal lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngawasi kāya ing kāya kanthi eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngawasi kāya ing kāya kanthi eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa nglirwakake, ora bisa tetep ngamati kāya ing njero internal lan eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nglirwakake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngamati kāya ing njero internal lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, nem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngawasi kāya ing njero internal lan eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngawasi kāya ing njero internal lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa nilarake, lan ora bisa tetep ngawasi vedanā ing vedanā kanthi internal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nilarake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngawasi vedanā ing vedanā kanthi internal.
Ana, bhikkhus, nem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngawasi vedanā ing vedanā internal lan eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngati-ati babagan vedanā ing njero vedanā.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa nilarake, lan ora bisa tetep ngawasi vedanā ing vedanā kanthi eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nilar enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngawasi vedanā ing vedanā kanthi eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, nem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngawasi vedanā ing vedanā kanthi eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Amarga wis nilar enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngawasi vedanā ing vedanā kanthi eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa ninggali, ora bisa tetep ngati-ati ing vedanā ing njero njero eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nilarake enem dhammas, bhikkhus kasebut, ora bisa tetep ngamati vedanā ing vedanā kanthi njero lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, nem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngawasi vedanā ing vedanā internal lan eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngati-ati vedanā ing vedanā internal lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa nilarake, lan ora bisa tetep ngerteni citta ing njero kutha.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nglirwakake enem dhammas, bhikkhus kasebut, ora bisa tetep ngerteni citta ing kutha internal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngerteni citta ing njero kutha.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga terus ngerteni citta ing kutha internal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa nilarake, lan ora bisa tetep ngerteni citta ing citta kanthi eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nilarake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngawasi citta ing citta kanthi eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngamatake citta ing citta eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngati-ati ing citta ing njaba.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa ninggali sing ora bisa tetep ngerteni citta ing sitta internal lan eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nglirwakake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngamati citta ing kutha internal lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, nem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngerteni citta ing sitta internal lan eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga terus ngerteni citta ing citta internal lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa nglirwakake, ora bisa tetep ngamati dhammas ing dhammas kanthi internal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nilar enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngawasi dhammas ing dhammas kanthi internal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngamati dhammas ing dhammas kanthi internal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngawasi dhammas ing dhammas kanthi internal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa nglirwakake, ora bisa tetep ngamati dhammas ing dhammas kanthi eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nilarake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, ora bisa tetep ngawasi dhammas ing dhammas kanthi eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhamama, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngawasi dhammas ing dhammas kanthi eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngawasi dhammas ing dhammas kanthi eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhammas, tanpa ninggali, ora bisa tetep ngamati dhammas ing dhammas internal lan eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Tanpa nilarake enem dhammas, bhikkhus kasebut, ora bisa tetep ngamati dhammas ing dhammas internal lan eksternal.
Ana, bhikkhus, enem dhamama, sing ditinggalake supaya bisa tetep ngamati dhammas ing dhammas internal lan eksternal.
Enem
endi? Seneng ing kegiyatan, seneng ngobrol, seneng turu, seneng
sosialisasi, kekurangan indriyesu guttadvāratā lan kekurangan bhojane
mattaññutā.
Ninggalake enem dhammas, bhikkhus iki, bisa uga tetep ngawasi dhammas ing dhammas ing njero lan eksternal.
Universitas Riset lan Praktek Online Gratis
kanggo
Discovery of Awakened One with Awcious Universe (DAOAU)
Kanggo
Kesejahteraan, Kabahagiaan, Katentreman Kabeh makhluk lan Non-Sentient
lan supaya bisa entuk Katentreman Langgeng minangka Tujuan Akhir.
ing
KUSHINARA
NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA-yaiku Pagoda Putih Kabeh 18 kaki kanthi meja
utawa, nanging manawa sampeyan duwe level ndhuwur sirah adhedhasar
panggunaan ruangan biasane.
ing
taun 116 BAHASA KLASIK lan rencana proyek Provada Tipitaka nganggo
tembung Buddha lan Tempat Penting kayata Lumbini, Bodhgaya, Saranath,
Kushinara, Etc., ing visi lingkaran 360 derajat 3D sing padha karo
Circarama
Ing
RUMAH PUTIH
668, 5A dalan utama, Salib 8, Panggung HAL III,
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
Negara Magadhi Karnataka
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
Muga-muga
sampeyan, anggota kulawarga lan kabeh makhluk sing ana gandhengane lan
ora ana gandhengane bakal seneng, tentrem lan aman!
Pil
kanggo mbalikke tuwa bakal kasedhiya kanggo umum sajrone limang taun
lan regane saben dina padha karo secangkir kopi, ujare peneliti.
Maca,
Praktek, Nyebarake Tembung Sing Dhewe Sing Bangkit Kanthi Ngelingake
Buddha babagan Kabahagiaan, Kesejahteraan, Katentreman Kabeh Wong Anyar,
Wong Ora Entuk lan supaya Entuk Kebahagiaan Abadi minangka Tujuan
Akhir.
Petani
sing sugih Filanropik lan miskin nyawiji kanggo ngladeni kesejahteraan,
kabegjan & perdamaian masarakat tanpa pamrih saka Mad pembunuh
institusi demokratis (Modi) sing dikontrol adoh saka mung 0,1%
intoleransi, kasar, militan, teroris nomer siji ing donya, sing nate
nembak, nglarani, , brahmana chitpavan wong asing sing cacat mental saka
Rowdy Swayam Sevaks (RSS) diwiwiti saka Bene Israel, Tibet, Afrika,
Eropa Wétan, Jerman Kulon, Eropa Lor, Rusia Selatan, Hongaria dll. yaiku
ngrusak pikiran sing mbutuhake perawatan ing suaka mental Ngerti Roti
sing Dipangan Ditanam ing Punjab, ‘ujare Petani Umur 70 taun.
Adani, Ambani & perusahaan liyane ngupayakake pasar gandum panganan gedhe ing India. Dheweke duwe sawetara masalah:
Masalah 1:
Negara
duwe aturan & peraturan sing beda kanggo tuku pari-parian panganan
saka petani. Perusahaan dadi angel kanggo nangani akeh negara kanthi
macem-macem peraturan & pajak
Pembunuh gila institusi demokratis lan Solusi Master lembaga pengencer (Modi):
Ngontrol negara lan nggawe 1 tumindak kanggo kabeh negara. Perusahaan saiki seneng.
Masalah 2:
Perusahaan
bakal tuku palawija lan disimpen. Nanging tumindak Komoditas Penting
bakal mandheg nyimpen produk ing wektu sing suwe, amarga bisa nambah
rega ing pasar.
Solusi Modi:
Tanduran panganan ora bakal ditindakake kanthi tumindak Komoditas Penting lan bisa disimpen luwih suwe. Kopral maneh seneng.
Masalah 3
Sampeyan angel nemtokake manawa jinis panen apa sing bakal ditandur karo para tani.
Solusi Modi:
Pertanian kontrak kanggo petani sing bakal dikongkon perusahaan kanggo nanem jinis apa. Kopral maneh seneng.
Masalah 4:
Kepiye Kopral bakal nangani kasus pengadilan yen ana petani sing salah.
Solusi Modi:
Petani ora bisa menyang pengadilan. Dheweke bakal pindhah menyang SDM lan DC. Kabeh
Korporat seneng maneh amarga bisa nyogok kanthi gampang.
Lan Dheweke ujar manawa tagihan luwih disenengi para petani. ….
Iki sing diprotes para petani.
Kabeh
masarakat Aborigin Awakened bakal nuntut Kertas Kertas Balok tinimbang
EVM penipuan kanggo keadilan lan nylametake demokrasi. Kanthi otomatis
kabeh masarakat bakal entuk mupangat kanthi cara mbagi bandha kanthi
proporsional ing antarane kabeh masarakat kanggo kesejahteraan, kabegjan
lan perdamaian.
Modi
(Mad pembunuh institusi demokratis) ngalihake perhatian masarakat saka
siji masalah menyang masalah liyane. Nalika para petani nambah
perjuangan nglawan Modi, dheweke ngumumake babagan Vaksin Covid,
kaya-kaya dheweke minangka kepala medis. Sawise dheweke ujar manawa
dheweke minangka hindutva sing nggawe transplantasi organ manungsa
pertama nalika siwa transplantasi kepala gajah ing awak manungsa.
Film
3D 360 derajat paling apik kanthi wawasan 70mm film Buddha kanthi efek
swara stereo 16D, lagu lan joget tanpa headphone nganggo basa
Jawa-Klasik Jawa klasik
Meditation VR: Thailand, Chiang Mai & Pai Nature - 360 VR Video
VR Gorilla - Virtual Reality & 360 Videos
35.4K subscribers
Please
enjoy this episode of ‘Meditation VR’ in which we select the most
relaxing scenes from each destination we’ve visited in this longer
format type of video.
In this episode: Chiang Mai & Pai in northern Thailand.
More episodes following soon!! Please feel free to subscribe to our channel to stay tuned 🙂.
Enjoying our films? Want us to create more? Show your support with a donation via this paypal-link. Thank you!
Or
download our “A Gorilla Travels” App in the Oculus, Viveport, and Pico
stores to watch our VR travel-films in the best possible way.
Pico: For Pico you have to go into the Pico store on your headset.
If
you are interested in licensing this or other 360° VR videos we have
made, or wish to create new content, please contact us or visit https://www.vr-gorilla.com/licensing/
VR
Gorilla is an Amsterdam based virtual reality production studio. We aim
to create the most immersive, enthralling experiences imaginable. We
want to give you new experiences and take you places you have never
been. We want to tell stories like you’ve never seen and heard them
before. We want to share with you our dreams.
We
make 360° video productions that are perfected to be experienced in
high end VR headsets (like Gear VR and Oculus) as well as Cardboard and
YouTube/Facebook 360. Our background as filmmakers give us the advantage
of knowing how to tell a story and really captivate your audience.
Obviously te rules are different in VR but still there is much that we
gain from having this experience.
More 360° VR videos on our website: http://www.vr-gorilla.com
youtube.com
Meditation VR: Thailand, Chiang Mai & Pai Nature - 360 VR Video


54) Classical Kannada- ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡ,

https://giphy.com/gifs/gerhardfunk-3d-walk-cycle-icosahedron-3xz2BCmCSOW9wSOw1O

3d walk cycle GIF by Gerhard Funk

dhammānupassī sutta - ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು - ಬುದ್ಧನ ಸ್ವಂತ ಮಾತುಗಳಲ್ಲಿ-ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ-

ಸೂತದಲ್ಲಿ ನೀಡಿರುವ ಸಂದೇಶವನ್ನು ಪುನರಾವರ್ತಿಸುವುದು ಯೋಗ್ಯವಾಗಿದೆ:
ಸತಿಪಾಹಾನಗಳನ್ನು ಸರಿಯಾಗಿ ಅಭ್ಯಾಸ ಮಾಡಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಾಗದ ಆರು ಅಭ್ಯಾಸಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ.
ಕೆಲವು ಸ್ವಚ್ cleaning ಗೊಳಿಸುವಿಕೆಯನ್ನು ಇಲ್ಲಿ ಸಲಹೆ ಮಾಡಬಹುದು.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಕಾಯದಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾಯವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದರಲ್ಲಿ ಉಳಿಯಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಕೈಯಲ್ಲಿ ಕೈಯಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಕಾಯದಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾಯವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಕಾಯದಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾಯವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದರಲ್ಲಿ ಉಳಿಯಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿದೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಕಾಯದಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾಯವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದರಲ್ಲಿ ಉಳಿಯಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಕೈಯಲ್ಲಿ ಕೈಯಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಇದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಕೈಯಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾಯವನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಕೈಯಲ್ಲಿ ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಕಾಯವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿದೆ.
ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಕಾಯದಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾಯವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲದ ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಕೈಯಲ್ಲಿ ಕೈಯಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಇವುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಕಾಯದಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾಯವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಕೈಯಲ್ಲಿ ಕೈಯಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಇವುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನನ್ನು ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಇವುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ವೇದಾನದಲ್ಲಿ ವೇದಾನವನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಗಮನದಲ್ಲಿಟ್ಟುಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದರಲ್ಲಿ ಉಳಿಯಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಇವುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಗಮನದಲ್ಲಿಟ್ಟುಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿದೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ಬಿಟ್ಟುಕೊಟ್ಟರೆ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು,
ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ
ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಇವುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಖುಸ್ ಎಂಬ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಸಿಟ್ಟಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಿಟ್ಟಾವನ್ನು ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿನ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಗಮನದಲ್ಲಿಟ್ಟುಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿನ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಗಮನದಲ್ಲಿಟ್ಟುಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿದೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿನ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಅದನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿನ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಗಮನಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲದ ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳ ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸದೆ, ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿನ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಗಮನದಲ್ಲಿಟ್ಟುಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ.
ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳು, ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳು ಇವೆ, ಇವುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿ ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಆಚರಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಿಕೊಳ್ಳಬಹುದು.
ಯಾವ
ಆರು? ಚಟುವಟಿಕೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಸಂಭಾಷಣೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ನಿದ್ರೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಸಮಾಜೀಕರಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಂತೋಷ, ಇಂದ್ರಿಯೆಸು ಗುಟ್ಟದ್ವರತ ಕೊರತೆ ಮತ್ತು ಭೋಜನೆ ಮಟ್ಟಾ ññ ಟಾ
ಕೊರತೆ.
ಈ ಆರು ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು, ಭಿಕ್ಷುಗಳನ್ನು ತ್ಯಜಿಸಿದ ನಂತರ, ಆಂತರಿಕವಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾಹ್ಯವಾಗಿ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳಲ್ಲಿನ ಧಮ್ಮಗಳನ್ನು ಗಮನದಲ್ಲಿಟ್ಟುಕೊಳ್ಳಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿದೆ.
ಉಚಿತ ಆನ್‌ಲೈನ್ ಸಂಶೋಧನೆ ಮತ್ತು ಅಭ್ಯಾಸ ವಿಶ್ವವಿದ್ಯಾಲಯ
ಗಾಗಿ
ಜಾಗೃತಿ ಯೂನಿವರ್ಸ್ (DAOAU) ನೊಂದಿಗೆ ಜಾಗೃತಗೊಂಡವರ ಅನ್ವೇಷಣೆ
ಕಲ್ಯಾಣ, ಸಂತೋಷ, ಎಲ್ಲಾ ಮನೋಭಾವದ ಮತ್ತು ಮನೋಭಾವವಿಲ್ಲದವರ ಶಾಂತಿ ಮತ್ತು ಅಂತಿಮ ಗುರಿಯಾಗಿ ಶಾಶ್ವತ ಶಾಂತಿಯನ್ನು ಪಡೆಯುವುದು.
ನಲ್ಲಿ
ಕುಶಿನಾರಾ
ನಿಬ್ಬಾನಾ ಭೂಮಿ ಪಗೋಡಾ-ಇದು 18 ಅಡಿಗಳಷ್ಟು ಡಯಾ ಆಲ್ ವೈಟ್ ಪಗೋಡಾ ಟೇಬಲ್ ಅಥವಾ,
ಆದರೆ ಕೋಣೆಯ ಸಾಮಾನ್ಯ ಬಳಕೆಯ ಆಧಾರದ ಮೇಲೆ ತಲೆ ಮಟ್ಟಕ್ಕಿಂತ ಹೆಚ್ಚಿನದನ್ನು ಹೊಂದಲು
ಮರೆಯದಿರಿ.
116
ಕ್ಲಾಸಿಕಲ್ ಭಾಷೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಮತ್ತು ಥೆರೆವಾಡಾ ಟಿಪಿಟಾಕಾವನ್ನು ಬುದ್ಧನ ಸ್ವಂತ
ಮಾತುಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಮತ್ತು ಲುಂಬಿನಿ, ಬೋಧಗಯಾ, ಸರನಾಥ್, ಕುಶಿನಾರಾ, ಇತ್ಯಾದಿ ಪ್ರಮುಖ
ಸ್ಥಳಗಳಲ್ಲಿ 3 ಡಿ 360 ಡಿಗ್ರಿ ವೃತ್ತದ ದೃಷ್ಟಿಯಲ್ಲಿ ಸರ್ಕರಾಮಕ್ಕೆ ಹೋಲುತ್ತದೆ
ನಲ್ಲಿ
ಬಿಳಿ ಮನೆ
668, 5 ಎ ಮುಖ್ಯ ರಸ್ತೆ, 8 ನೇ ಕ್ರಾಸ್, ಎಚ್‌ಎಎಲ್ III ಹಂತ,
ಪ್ರಭುದ್ಧ ಭಾರತ್ ಪುನಿಯಾ ಭೂಮಿ ಬೆಂಗಳೂರು
ಮಗಧಿ ಕರ್ನಾಟಕ ರಾಜ್ಯ
ಪ್ರಭುದ್ಧ ಭಾರತ್
ನೀವು, ನಿಮ್ಮ ಕುಟುಂಬ ಸದಸ್ಯರು ಮತ್ತು ಎಲ್ಲಾ ಮನೋಭಾವದ ಮತ್ತು ಸಂವೇದನಾಶೀಲ ಜೀವಿಗಳು ಎಂದೆಂದಿಗೂ ಸಂತೋಷದಿಂದ, ಚೆನ್ನಾಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಸುರಕ್ಷಿತವಾಗಿರಲಿ!
ವಯಸ್ಸಾದ
ರಿವರ್ಸ್ ಮಾಡುವ ಮಾತ್ರೆ ಐದು ವರ್ಷಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಸಾರ್ವಜನಿಕರಿಗೆ ಲಭ್ಯವಿರುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು
ಪ್ರತಿದಿನ ಒಂದು ಕಪ್ ಕಾಫಿಯಂತೆಯೇ ಖರ್ಚಾಗುತ್ತದೆ ಎಂದು ಸಂಶೋಧಕ ಹೇಳುತ್ತಾರೆ.
ಎಚ್ಚರಗೊಂಡವರ
ಸ್ವಂತ ಮಾತುಗಳನ್ನು ಓದಿ, ಅಭ್ಯಾಸ ಮಾಡಿ, ಜಾಗೃತಿಯೊಂದಿಗೆ ಬುದ್ಧನನ್ನು ಸಂತೋಷ,
ಕಲ್ಯಾಣ, ಎಲ್ಲಾ ಶಾಂತಿಯ ಶಾಂತಿ, ಪ್ರಜ್ಞೆಯಿಲ್ಲದ ಜೀವಿಗಳು ಮತ್ತು ಅಂತಿಮ ಗುರಿಯಾಗಿ
ಶಾಶ್ವತ ಆನಂದವನ್ನು ಪಡೆಯುವುದು.
ಕೇವಲ
0.1% ಅಸಹಿಷ್ಣುತೆ, ಹಿಂಸಾತ್ಮಕ, ಉಗ್ರಗಾಮಿ, ವಿಶ್ವದ ಪ್ರಥಮ ಭಯೋತ್ಪಾದಕರಿಂದ
ದೂರದಿಂದಲೇ ನಿಯಂತ್ರಿಸಲ್ಪಡುವ ಪ್ರಜಾಪ್ರಭುತ್ವ ಸಂಸ್ಥೆಗಳ (ಮೋದಿ) ಹುಚ್ಚು
ಕೊಲೆಗಾರನನ್ನು ನಿರ್ಲಕ್ಷಿಸಿ ಲೋಕೋಪಕಾರಿ ಶ್ರೀಮಂತ ಮತ್ತು ಬಡ ರೈತರು ಜನರ ಕಲ್ಯಾಣ,
ಸಂತೋಷ ಮತ್ತು ಶಾಂತಿಯನ್ನು ಪೂರೈಸಲು ಒಂದಾಗುತ್ತಾರೆ. , ಬುದ್ಧಿಮಾಂದ್ಯ ವಿದೇಶಿಯರು
ರೌಡಿ ಸ್ವಯಂ ಸೇವಕರ (ಆರ್‌ಎಸ್‌ಎಸ್) ಚಿಟ್‌ಪವನ್ ಬ್ರಾಹ್ಮಣರು ಬೆನೆ ಇಸ್ರೇಲ್,
ಟಿಬೆಟ್, ಆಫ್ರಿಕಾ, ಪೂರ್ವ ಯುರೋಪ್, ಪಶ್ಚಿಮ ಜರ್ಮನಿ, ಉತ್ತರ ಯುರೋಪ್, ದಕ್ಷಿಣ
ರಷ್ಯಾ, ಹಂಗೇರಿ ಇತ್ಯಾದಿಗಳಿಂದ ದ್ವೇಷ, ಕೋಪ, ಅಸೂಯೆ, ಭ್ರಮೆ, ಮೂರ್ಖತನ ಮಾನಸಿಕ
ಆಶ್ರಯದಲ್ಲಿ ಚಿಕಿತ್ಸೆಯ ಅಗತ್ಯವಿರುವ ಮನಸ್ಸಿನ ಅಪವಿತ್ರತೆಯೆಂದರೆ ಅವನು ತಿನ್ನುವ
ಬ್ರೆಡ್ ಅನ್ನು ನನ್ನ ಪಂಜಾಬ್‌ನಲ್ಲಿ ಬೆಳೆದಿದೆ ಎಂದು ತಿಳಿಯಿರಿ ‘ಎಂದು 70 ವರ್ಷದ ರೈತ
ಹೇಳುತ್ತಾರೆ.
ಅದಾನಿ, ಅಂಬಾನಿ ಮತ್ತು ಇತರ ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳು ಭಾರತದ ಬೃಹತ್ ಆಹಾರ ಧಾನ್ಯ ಮಾರುಕಟ್ಟೆಯ ಮೇಲೆ ಕಣ್ಣಿಟ್ಟಿದ್ದರು. ಅವರಿಗೆ ಕೆಲವು ಸಮಸ್ಯೆಗಳಿವೆ:
ಸಮಸ್ಯೆ 1:
ರೈತರಿಂದ
ಆಹಾರ ಧಾನ್ಯಗಳನ್ನು ಖರೀದಿಸಲು ರಾಜ್ಯಗಳು ವಿಭಿನ್ನ ನಿಯಮಗಳು ಮತ್ತು ನಿಯಮಗಳನ್ನು
ಹೊಂದಿದ್ದವು. ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳು ಹಲವು ವಿಭಿನ್ನ ನಿಯಮಗಳು ಮತ್ತು ತೆರಿಗೆಗಳನ್ನು
ಹೊಂದಿರುವ ಅನೇಕ ರಾಜ್ಯಗಳನ್ನು ನಿರ್ವಹಿಸುವುದು ಕಷ್ಟಕರವಾಗಿತ್ತು
ಪ್ರಜಾಪ್ರಭುತ್ವ ಸಂಸ್ಥೆಗಳ ಹುಚ್ಚು ಕೊಲೆಗಾರ ಮತ್ತು ದುರ್ಬಲಗೊಳಿಸುವ ಸಂಸ್ಥೆಗಳ ಮಾಸ್ಟರ್ (ಮೋದಿ) ಪರಿಹಾರ:
ರಾಜ್ಯಗಳಿಂದ ನಿಯಂತ್ರಣವನ್ನು ತೆಗೆದುಕೊಂಡು ಇಡೀ ದೇಶಕ್ಕೆ 1 ಕಾಯ್ದೆ ಮಾಡಿದೆ. ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳು ಈಗ ಸಂತೋಷವಾಗಿದ್ದಾರೆ.
ಸಮಸ್ಯೆ 2:
ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳು
ಬೆಳೆಗಳನ್ನು ಖರೀದಿಸಿ ಸಂಗ್ರಹಿಸುತ್ತಾರೆ. ಆದರೆ ಎಸೆನ್ಷಿಯಲ್ ಕಮೊಡಿಟಿ ಆಕ್ಟ್
ಮಾರುಕಟ್ಟೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಬೆಲೆಗಳನ್ನು ಹೆಚ್ಚಿಸುವುದರಿಂದ ದೀರ್ಘಕಾಲದವರೆಗೆ ಬೆಳೆಗಳನ್ನು
ಸಂಗ್ರಹಿಸುವುದನ್ನು ನಿಲ್ಲಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.
ಮೋದಿ ಪರಿಹಾರ:
ಆಹಾರ ಬೆಳೆಗಳು ಅಗತ್ಯ ಸರಕು ಕಾಯ್ದೆಯಡಿ ಬರುವುದಿಲ್ಲ ಮತ್ತು ಅದನ್ನು ದೀರ್ಘಕಾಲದವರೆಗೆ ಸಂಗ್ರಹಿಸಬಹುದು. ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳು ಮತ್ತೆ ಸಂತೋಷಗೊಂಡಿದ್ದಾರೆ.
ಸಮಸ್ಯೆ 3
ರೈತರು ಯಾವ ರೀತಿಯ ಬೆಳೆ ಬೆಳೆಯುತ್ತಾರೆ ಎಂದು ನಿರ್ಣಯಿಸುವುದು ಕಷ್ಟಕರವಾಗಿತ್ತು.
ಮೋದಿ ಪರಿಹಾರ:
ರೈತರಿಗೆ ಗುತ್ತಿಗೆ ಕೃಷಿ, ಅಲ್ಲಿ ಯಾವ ರೀತಿಯ ಬೆಳೆ ಬೆಳೆಯಬೇಕೆಂದು ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳಿಗೆ ತಿಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತದೆ. ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳು ಮತ್ತೆ ಸಂತೋಷಗೊಂಡಿದ್ದಾರೆ.
ಸಮಸ್ಯೆ 4:
ರೈತರ ವಿರುದ್ಧ ಏನಾದರೂ ತಪ್ಪಾದಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳು ನ್ಯಾಯಾಲಯದ ಪ್ರಕರಣಗಳನ್ನು ಹೇಗೆ ನಿರ್ವಹಿಸುತ್ತಾರೆ.
ಮೋದಿ ಪರಿಹಾರ:
ರೈತರು ನ್ಯಾಯಾಲಯಗಳಿಗೆ ಹೋಗಲು ಸಾಧ್ಯವಿಲ್ಲ. ಅವರು ಎಸ್‌ಡಿಎಂ ಮತ್ತು ಡಿಸಿಗೆ ಹೋಗುತ್ತಾರೆ. ಎಲ್ಲಾ
ಕಾರ್ಪೊರೇಟ್‌ಗಳು ಮತ್ತೆ ಸಂತೋಷವಾಗಿರುವುದರಿಂದ ಅವರಿಗೆ ಸುಲಭವಾಗಿ ಲಂಚ ನೀಡಬಹುದು.
ಮತ್ತು ಬಿಲ್‌ಗಳು ರೈತರ ಪರವಾಗಿವೆ ಎಂದು ಅವರು ಹೇಳುತ್ತಾರೆ. ….
ಇದನ್ನೇ ರೈತರು ಪ್ರತಿಭಟಿಸುತ್ತಿದ್ದಾರೆ.
ಎಲ್ಲಾ
ಮೂಲನಿವಾಸಿ ಜಾಗೃತ ಸಮಾಜಗಳು ನ್ಯಾಯಕ್ಕಾಗಿ ವಂಚನೆ ಇವಿಎಂಗಳ ಬದಲು ಬ್ಯಾಲೆಟ್
ಪೇಪರ್‌ಗಳಿಗಾಗಿ ಒತ್ತಾಯಿಸುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು ಪ್ರಜಾಪ್ರಭುತ್ವವನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.
ಸ್ವಯಂಚಾಲಿತವಾಗಿ ಎಲ್ಲಾ ಸಮಾಜಗಳು ತಮ್ಮ ಕಲ್ಯಾಣ, ಸಂತೋಷ ಮತ್ತು ಶಾಂತಿಗಾಗಿ ಎಲ್ಲಾ
ಸಮಾಜಗಳ ನಡುವೆ ಸಂಪತ್ತನ್ನು ಪ್ರಮಾಣಾನುಗುಣವಾಗಿ ವಿತರಿಸುವ ಮೂಲಕ ಲಾಭವನ್ನು
ಪಡೆಯುತ್ತವೆ.
ಮೋದಿ
(ಪ್ರಜಾಪ್ರಭುತ್ವ ಸಂಸ್ಥೆಗಳ ಹುಚ್ಚು ಕೊಲೆಗಾರ) ಜನಸಾಮಾನ್ಯರ ಗಮನವನ್ನು ಒಂದು
ವಿಷಯದಿಂದ ಇನ್ನೊಂದಕ್ಕೆ ತಿರುಗಿಸುತ್ತಿದ್ದಾರೆ. ಮೋದಿಯವರ ವಿರುದ್ಧ ರೈತರು ತಮ್ಮ
ಹೋರಾಟವನ್ನು ತೀವ್ರಗೊಳಿಸುತ್ತಿದ್ದರೆ, ಅವರು ವೈದ್ಯಕೀಯ ಮುಖ್ಯಸ್ಥರಂತೆ ಕೋವಿಡ್ ಲಸಿಕೆ
ಬಗ್ಗೆ ಘೋಷಿಸುತ್ತಾರೆ. ಒಮ್ಮೆ ಅವನು ತನ್ನ ಹಿಂದುತ್ವ ಎಂದು ಘೋಷಿಸಿದನು, ಶಿವನು ಆನೆಯ
ತಲೆಯನ್ನು ಮಾನವ ದೇಹದ ಮೇಲೆ ಕಸಿ ಮಾಡಿದಾಗ ಮೊದಲ ಮಾನವ ಅಂಗಾಂಗ ಕಸಿ ಮಾಡಿದನು.
ಶಾಸ್ತ್ರೀಯ
ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ಹೆಡ್ಫೋನ್ ಇಲ್ಲದೆ 16 ಡಿ ಸ್ಟಿರಿಯೊ ಸೌಂಡ್ ಎಫೆಕ್ಟ್ ಸಂಗೀತ, ಹಾಡು
ಮತ್ತು ನೃತ್ಯ ಹೊಂದಿರುವ 70 ಎಂಎಂ ಬುದ್ಧ ಚಲನಚಿತ್ರಗಳು ಇತ್ತೀಚಿನ ಅತ್ಯುತ್ತಮ 3D 360
ಡಿಗ್ರಿ ಸರ್ಕಲ್ ದೃಷ್ಟಿ
ಮೋದಿಗೆ ವಿದೇಶದಲ್ಲಿ ಬುದ್ಧ, ದೇಶದಲ್ಲಿ ಯುದ್ಧ ಮಂತ್ರ: ಡಾ. ಕನ್ಹಯ್ಯ ಕುಮಾರ್
Vartha Bharati
84.5K subscribers
youtube.com
ಮೋದಿಗೆ ವಿದೇಶದಲ್ಲಿ ಬುದ್ಧ, ದೇಶದಲ್ಲಿ ಯುದ್ಧ ಮಂತ್ರ: ಡಾ. ಕನ್ಹಯ್ಯ ಕುಮಾರ್

55) Classical Kazakh-Классикалық қазақ,

https://tenor.com/view/skateboarding-frontside360kickflip-gif-18984142

Skateboarding Frontside360Kickflip GIF - Skateboarding Frontside360Kickflip GIFs

Friends
dhammānupassī sutta - дхаммаларды сақтау - будданың сөзімен айтқанда - классикалық қазақша-Классикалық қазақ
Осы
сутта келтірілген хабарды қайталаған жөн: алты әдет, оны тастап
кетпестен, сатипаханалармен дұрыс айналысуға болмайды. Мұнда біраз
тазарту ұсынылуы мүмкін.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастамай, іштегі қаяда каяны сақтау мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, каядағы ішкі және сыртқы бақылауды сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бихиктер, алты дамма бар, оларды тастап кетуге болады, оларды іштей қаяда сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты даммадан, бикхустардан бас тартқаннан кейін, іштегі қаяда каяны сақтауға болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастамай, каяны сырттай бақылап отыру мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, каядағы ішкі және сыртқы бақылауды сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дхамма бар, оларды тастаудан тыс жерде каяны сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартқаннан кейін, каяны сырттай бақылап отыра беруге болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастамай-ақ, каяда ішкі және сырттай байқау мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, каядағы ішкі және сыртқы бақылауды сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастап кетуге болады, олар каяда іштей де, сырттай да сақтала береді.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты даммадан, бикхустардан бас тартқаннан кейін, каядағы ішкі және сыртқы бақылауды сақтауға болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастамай, веденада іштей веденаны сақтап қалу мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, іштей веденада веденаны сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, олардан бас тарту, олардан веденада ішкі және сыртқы веденаны сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты даммадан, бикхустардан бас тартқаннан кейін, іштей веденада веденаны сақтауға болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастамай, веденада веденаны сақтап қалу мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, веденаны веденадан тыс сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, олардан бас тарту, олардан веденада веденаны сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты даммадан, бикхустардан бас тартқаннан кейін, веденаны сырттай қадағалап отыра беруге болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастамай, веденаны ішкі және сыртқы жағынан сақтап қалу мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, веденаны ішкі және сыртқы жағынан сақтап қалу мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, олардан бас тарту, олардан веденада ішкі және сыртқы веденаны сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты даммадан, бикхустардан бас тартқаннан кейін, веденаны ішкі және сыртқы жағынан сақтауға болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастаусыз, циттада циттаның сақталуы мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, циттаны іштей сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, олардан бас тартуға болады, оларды циттада іштей сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты дамманы, бикхустарды тастағаннан кейін, циттаны іштей сақтауға болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастаусыз циттада циттаның сақталуы мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпай, циттада циттаның сақталуын сырттай сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, олардан бас тартуға болады, оларды циттада сырттай бақылап отыруға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты дамманы, бикхустарды тастағаннан кейін, циттаны сырттай бақылап отыруға болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастаусыз, циттаны ішкі және сыртқы жағынан сақтау мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, циттада ішкі және сыртқы бақылауларды сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастап кетуге болады, оларды циттада ішкі және сыртқы жағынан сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартқаннан кейін, циттаны ішкі және сыртқы жағынан сақтауға болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастап кетпестен, даммада іштей даммаларды байқау мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, даммада іштей даммалықты сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастап кетуге болады, оларды даммада іштей сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты даммадан, бикхустардан бас тартқаннан кейін, даммалардың ішіндегі даммалардың сақталуын сақтауға болады.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды қалдырмай, даммадағы сырттай байқау мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бхикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, даммада сырттай бақылап отыру мүмкін емес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, оларды тастап кетуге болады, оларды даммада сыртынан байқауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Осы алты даммадан, бикхустардан бас тартқаннан кейін, даммадағы сырттай байқауға болады.
Бхикхулар, алты дамма бар, олардан бас тартпай-ақ, даммалардың ішіндегі және сыртындағы даммалардың сақталуы мүмкін емес.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартпастан, даммадағы ішкі және сыртқы бақылауларды сақтау мүмкін емес.
Бхикхулар, алты дамма бар, олардан бас тарту, оларды даммада ішкі және сыртқы жағынан сақтауға болады.
Қандай
алтау? Іс-әрекеттен рахаттану, әңгімелерден ләззат алу, ұйқыдан ләззат
алу, әлеуметтену ләззаты, индриесу гуттадваратаның болмауы және bhojane
mattaññuta жетіспеушілігі.
Бхикхус деген алты даммадан бас тартқаннан кейін, даммадағы ішкі және сыртқы бақылауларды сақтауға болады.
Тегін онлайн-зерттеу және тәжірибелік университет
үшін
Оянғанның хабардар әлеммен ашылуы (DAOAU)
Барлық
сезімтал және бейресми тіршілік иелерінің амандығы, бақыты, тыныштығы
үшін және олардың түпкі мақсаты ретінде мәңгілік бейбітшілікке қол
жеткізу.
кезінде
KUSHINARA
NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA - бұл 18 футтық Dia All White Pagoda, үстелі бар,
бірақ бөлменің әдеттегі қолданылуына байланысты бас деңгейінен жоғары
болуын ұмытпаңыз.
116
КЛАССИКАЛЫҚ ТІЛДЕРДЕ және Будданың сөзімен Therevada Tipitaka жобасын
және Ларбини, Бодхгая, Саранат, Кушинара және т.б маңызды жерлерді
жобалауды жоспарлап отырмыз.
At
АҚ ҮЙ
668, 5А негізгі жол, 8-ші кросс, HAL III кезең,
Прабудда Бхарат Пуния Бхуми Бенгалуру
Карадака штатының Магади
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
Сіз, сіздің жанұяңыздың мүшелері және барлық тіршілік иелері бақытты, бақытты және қауіпсіз болсын!
Қартаюды
қалпына келтіруге арналған таблетка бес жыл ішінде көпшілікке қол
жетімді болады және оның құны күн сайын бір кесе кофемен тең болады,
дейді зерттеуші.
Будданың
бақыт, игілік, бейбітшілік пен сезімнің болмысы және олардың түпкі
мақсаты ретінде мәңгілік бақытқа жету үшін Будданың хабардарлығын оқып,
оқы, тәжірибе жаса, өз сөздерін тарат.
Филантроптық
байлар мен кедей фермерлер халықтың әл-ауқатына, бақыты мен
бейбітшілігіне қызмет ету үшін бірігіп, әлемнің 0,1% төзімсіз,
зорлықшыл, жауынгер, бірінші нөмірлі лаңкестерімен қашықтан басқарылатын
демократиялық институттардың (Моди) ессіз кісі өлтірушісіне назар
аудармайды Роуди Свейам Севакстың (RSS) ақыл-есі кем шетелдіктердің
британдықтары Бене Израильден, Тибеттен, Африкадан, Шығыс Еуропадан,
Батыс Германиядан, Солтүстік Еуропадан, Оңтүстік Ресейден, Венгриядан
және т.б қуып шықты, олар жеккөрушілікке, ашуланшақтыққа, қызғанышқа,
алдануға, ақымақтыққа толы Психикалық баспанада емдеуді қажет ететін
ақыл-ойды ластау, ол жейтін нанды менің Пенджабымда өсіретінін біліңіз, -
дейді 70 жастағы фермер.
Адани, Амбани және басқа корпорациялар Үндістанның жаппай азық-түлік нарығына назар аударды, олардың проблемалары аз болды:
Мәселе 1:
Мемлекеттерде
фермерлерден азық-түлік дәндерін сатып алудың әртүрлі ережелері мен
ережелері болды. Корпорацияларға әртүрлі ережелер мен салықтармен
көптеген штаттарды басқару қиынға соқты
Demokratuc институттарының жынды өлтірушісі және сұйылтатын институттардың шебері (Modi) Шешім:
Штаттардан бақылау алып, бүкіл ел үшін 1 акт жасады. Корпораттар қазір бақытты.
2-мәселе:
Корпораттар
дақылдарды сатып алып, сақтайды. Бірақ маңызды тауар актісі оларды
дақылдарды ұзақ уақыт сақтау үшін тоқтатады, өйткені бұл нарықтағы
бағаны өсіреді.
Modi шешімі:
Азық-түлік
дақылдары маңызды тауарлық-материалдық құндылықтар актісіне енбейді
және оларды ұзақ уақыт сақтауға болады. Корпораттар тағы да қуанышты.
3-мәселе
Фермерлер қандай дақылдың түрін өсіретінін анықтау қиын болды.
Modi шешімі:
Фермерлерге
келісімшарттық шаруашылық жүргізу, онда оларға корпорациялар қандай
дақыл өсіру керектігін айтады. Корпораттар тағы да қуанышты.
4-мәселе:
Егер фермерлерге қатысты бірдеңе дұрыс болмаса, корпоративтер сот істерін қалай қарайды.
Modi шешімі:
Фермерлер сотқа жүгіне алмайды. Олар SDM және DC-ге барады. Бәрі
Корпораттар қайтадан қуанады, өйткені олар оңай пара бере алады.
Олар заң жобалары фермерлердің пайдасына дейді. ….
Бұған фермерлер наразылық білдіруде.
Барлық
аборигендер оянған қоғамдар әділеттілік пен демократияны сақтау үшін
алаяқтық EVM орнына бюллетеньдер талап етеді. Автоматты түрде барлық
қоғамдар өздерінің әл-ауқаттары, бақыттары мен бейбітшіліктері үшін
байлықты барлық қоғамдар арасында пропорционалды түрде бөлу арқылы пайда
көреді.
Моди
(демократиялық институттардың ессіз кісі өлтірушісі) бұқараның назарын
бір мәселеден екінші мәселеге аударуда. Фермерлер Модиге қарсы күресті
күшейтіп жатқанда, ол медициналық басшы сияқты, Ковид вакцинасы туралы
хабарлайды. Бірде ол шива пілдің басын адам ағзасына ауыстырған кезде
адам ағзасын алғашқы трансплантациялауды өзінің хиндутвасы жасады деп
мәлімдеді.
Ең
жақсы 3D 360 градус шеңбер көрінісі, 70 мм Будда фильмдері, 16D стерео
дыбыстық эффект музыкасы, әні мен биі, құлаққапсыз классикалық
қазақша-Классикалық қазақ
Шри-Ланка 360: храм зуба Будды в Канди и дерево Николая II
RT на русском
1.66M subscribers
В
новой серии нашего панорамного путешествия по Шри-Ланке, мы посетим
легендарный Храм зуба Будды и побываем на церемонии выноса одной из
самых почитаемых буддийских святынь. Кроме того, узнаем, где на
Шри-Ланке растут деревья, посаженные Юрием Гагариным и Николаем II.
Подписывайтесь на RT Russian - http://www.youtube.com/subscription_c
Шри-Ланка 360: храм зуба Будды в Канди и дерево Николая II
В
новой серии нашего панорамного путешествия по Шри-Ланке, мы посетим
легендарный Храм зуба Будды и побываем на церемонии выноса одной из
самых почитаемых бу…


56) Classical Khmer- ខ្មែរបុរាណ,

https://tenor.com/view/surf-wave-ocean-surfs-up-loop-gif-5633119

Surf Wave GIF - Surf Wave Ocean GIFs




Friends

dhammānupassī sutta - ការសង្កេតព្រះធម៌ - តាមសំដីផ្ទាល់របស់ព្រះពុទ្ធ - នៅក្នុងបុរាណខ្មែរ - ខ្មែរបុរាណ
វាសមនឹងទទួលសារម្តងហើយម្តងទៀតនៅក្នុងសូត្រនេះ៖
ទំលាប់ចំនួន ៦ ដោយមិនបោះបង់ចោលដែលមិនអាចអនុវត្តសតិប្បដ្ឋានបានត្រឹមត្រូវ។
ពិតជាមានការសម្អាតខ្លះនៅទីនេះ។
មានភិក្ខុ ៦ អង្គដោយមិនបោះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅកាយ៉ាខាងក្នុង។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានបោះបង់ចោលនូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺមិនអាចធ្វើទៅបានទេដោយនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅខាយ៉ាទាំងខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
មានភិក្ខុ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ដោយបោះបង់វាដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅក្យាខាងក្នុង។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានបោះបង់ចោលធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលកៃយ៉ានៅក្យាខាងក្នុង។
មានភិក្ខុ ៦ អង្គដោយមិនបោះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅខាយ៉ាខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានបោះបង់ចោលនូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺមិនអាចធ្វើទៅបានទេដោយនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅខាយ៉ាទាំងខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
មានធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងធម៌ ៦ បោះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅខាយ៉ាខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសម្រុះសម្រួលកាយ៉ានៅខាយ៉ាខាងក្រៅ។
មានភិក្ខុ ៦ អង្គដោយមិនបោះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅកាយ៉ាខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានបោះបង់ចោលនូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺមិនអាចធ្វើទៅបានទេដោយនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅខាយ៉ាទាំងខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
មានព្រះសង្ឃប្រាំមួយធម៌ដែលបោះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលកាយ៉ានៅកាយ៉ាទាំងខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានបោះបង់ចោលធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលកៃយ៉ានៅខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
មានភិក្ខុ ៦ អង្គដោយមិនលះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពនៅតែសង្កេតមើលvedanāនៅvedanāខាងក្នុង។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានបោះបង់ចោលនូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺមិនអាចធ្វើទៅបានក្នុងការឃ្លាំមើលvedanāនៅក្នុងvedanāខាងក្នុង។
មានភិក្ខុ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ដោយបោះបង់វាដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលvedanāនៅក្នុងvedanāខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានបោះបង់ចោលធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលvedanāនៅvedanāខាងក្នុង។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងដោយមិនលះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពក្នុងការឃ្លាំមើលvedanāនៅ vedan ។ ខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុមិនអាចនៅតែសង្កេតឃើញវណ្ណយុត្តិនៅvedanāខាងក្រៅបានឡើយ។
មានព្រះសង្ឃ ៦ ធម៌ដែលបោះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលvedanāនៅvedanāខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានបោះបង់ចោលធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលvedanāនៅខាងក្រៅvedanā។
មានភិក្ខុ ៦ អង្គដោយមិនបោះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពនៅតែសង្កេតមើលវត្តីនៅវត្តីខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានបោះបង់ចោលនូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺមិនអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលvedanāនៅក្នុងvedanāខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
មានភិក្ខុ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ដោយបោះបង់វាដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលvedanāនៅក្នុងvedanāខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានលះបង់ធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលvedanāក្នុងvedanāខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងដោយមិនលះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពរក្សាការសម្ងាត់តាត្រៅក្នុងតាបសខាងក្នុង។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

បើមិនបានលះបង់ធម៌ទាំង ៦ នេះទេភិក្ខុមិនអាចរក្សាការសម្ងាត់តាត្រៅក្នុងតាបសខាងក្នុងបានឡើយ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅក្នុងត្មាតខាងក្នុង។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅក្នុងត្មាតខាងក្នុង។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងដោយមិនលះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពរក្សាការសម្ងាត់តាបសនៅខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

បើមិនបានលះបង់ធម៌ទាំង ៦ នេះទេភិក្ខុមិនអាចធ្វើអ្វីបានទេដោយនៅតែសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅនៅត្មាតខាងក្រៅ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅក្នុងត្មាតខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅក្នុងត្មាតខាងក្រៅ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងដោយមិនលះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពនៅតែសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅក្នុងតាត្រៅខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ទាំង ៦ នេះគឺភិក្ខុមិនអាចធ្វើការសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅក្នុងត្មាតខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅបានឡើយ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅក្នុងត្មាតខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការសង្កេតមើលតាត្រៅក្នុងត្មាតខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងដោយមិនលះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពក្នុងការឃ្លាំមើលធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានបោះបង់ចោលនូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺមិនអាចធ្វើទៅបានក្នុងការឃ្លាំមើលព្រះធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ខាងក្រៅឡើយ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីនៅតែសង្កេតឃើញធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ខាងក្នុង។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការឃ្លាំមើលធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ខាងក្រៅ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងដោយមិនលះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពនៅតែរក្សានូវធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ខាងក្រៅបាន។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ទាំង ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺមិនអាចធ្វើទៅបានដោយនៅតែសង្កេតមើលព្រះធម៌នៅខាងក្រៅ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីរក្សានូវធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការឃ្លាំមើលធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ខាងក្រៅ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងដោយមិនលះបង់ចោលដែលមិនមានលទ្ធភាពនៅតែរក្សានូវធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ខាងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅបាន។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយមិនបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ទាំង ៦ យ៉ាងនេះគឺមិនអាចធ្វើទៅបានក្នុងការឃ្លាំមើលនូវព្រះធម៌ទាំងក្នុងនិងក្រៅ។
ម្នាលភិក្ខុទាំងឡាយធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងលះបង់ចោលដែលអាចធ្វើទៅបានដើម្បីរក្សានូវធម៌ក្នុងធម៌ទាំងក្នុងនិងខាងក្រៅ។
តើប្រាំមួយមួយណា?

រីករាយនឹងសកម្មភាពរីករាយក្នុងការសន្ទនារីករាយក្នុងការគេងរីករាយក្នុងសង្គមនិយមខ្វះ
indriyesu guttadvāratāនិងកង្វះ bhojane mattaññutā។

ដោយបានលះបង់នូវធម៌ ៦ យ៉ាងនេះ, ភិក្ខុអាចធ្វើបានក្នុងការឃ្លាំមើលនូវព្រះធម៌ទាំងក្នុងនិងក្រៅ។
សាកលវិទ្យាល័យស្រាវជ្រាវនិងអនុវត្តតាមអ៊ិនធឺរណែតឥតគិតថ្លៃ
សម្រាប់
របកគំហើញនៃការភ្ញាក់ដឹងខ្លួនជាមួយសកលការយល់ដឹង (DAOAU)
សម្រាប់សុខុមាលភាពសុភមង្គលសន្តិភាពនៃអ្នកចូលរួមនិងអ្នកមិនមែនជាអ្នករងគ្រោះហើយសម្រាប់ពួកគេដើម្បីទទួលបាននូវសន្តិភាពជារៀងរហូតជាគោលដៅចុងក្រោយ។
នៅ
វត្តគូស៊ីនណាអាប៊ីបាណាបាហ៊ីមភីហ្សា
- គឺជាវត្តដំរីសមានកំពស់ ១៨
ហ្វីតដែលមានតុរឺក៏ប៉ុន្តែត្រូវប្រាកដថាមានកំរិតក្បាលខាងលើដោយផ្អែកលើការប្រើប្រាស់បន្ទប់ធម្មតា។
ក្នុងភាសាចំនួន
១១៦
ភាសាហើយគ្រោងនឹងដាក់គម្រោងអ៊ីវ៉ាដាទិព្វតាតាដោយសំដីផ្ទាល់របស់ព្រះពុទ្ធនិងកន្លែងសំខាន់ៗដូចជាលេមនីនីប៊ូដហ្គាយ៉ាសារ៉ាណាតឃ្យូទីណាជាដើមដោយចក្ខុវិស័យរង្វង់
៣៦០ ដឺក្រេស្រដៀងនឹងចក្ខុវិស័យ
នៅ
ផ្ទះពណ៌ស
៦៦៨, ផ្លូវធំ ៥ អា, ផ្លូវលេខ ៨, ដំណាក់កាល HAL III,
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
រដ្ឋ Magadhi Karnataka
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
សូមអោយសមាជិកក្រុមគ្រួសារនិងក្រុមអ្នកផ្ញើរនិងអ្នកដែលមិនមែនជាអ្នកផ្ញើមកទាំងអស់មានសេចក្តីសុខសុភមង្គលនិងសុវត្ថិភាពជារៀងរហូត។
អ្នកស្រាវជ្រាវនិយាយថាថ្នាំគ្រាប់ដើម្បីបន្ថយភាពចាស់អាចមានដល់សាធារណជនក្នុងរយៈពេល ៥ ឆ្នាំហើយចំណាយដូចគ្នារាល់ថ្ងៃដូចកាហ្វេមួយពែងដែរ។
អានអនុវត្តផ្សព្វផ្សាយពាក្យសម្ដីផ្ទាល់ខ្លួនរបស់អ្នកដែលភ្ញាក់ដឹងខ្លួនដោយដឹងអំពីព្រះពុទ្ធដើម្បីសុភមង្គលសុខុមាលភាពសន្តិភាពសម្រាប់អ្នកដែលមិនមែនជាអ្នកផ្ញើសារហើយសម្រាប់ពួកគេដើម្បីទទួលបានសេចក្តីសុខអស់កល្បជានិច្ចជាគោលដៅចុងក្រោយ។
កសិករសំបូរបែបនិងកសិករក្រីក្របានរួបរួមគ្នាបម្រើសេវាកម្មសុខុមាលភាពសុភមង្គលនិងសន្តិភាពដោយមិនអើពើនឹងឃាតករឆ្កួត
ៗ នៃស្ថាប័នប្រជាធិបតេយ្យ (ម៉ូឌី) ដែលគ្រប់គ្រងពីចម្ងាយត្រឹមតែ ០,១%
ប៉ុណ្ណោះដែលមិនអត់ឱនអំពើហឹង្សាសកម្មប្រយុទ្ធសកម្មប្រយុទ្ធភេរវករលេខមួយនៃពិភពលោកដែលមិនធ្លាប់មានការបាញ់ប្រហារក្រុមចោរប្លន់។
ដោយមានការរំជួលចិត្តដល់ជនបរទេសដែលមានចិត្តសប្បុរសព្រាហ្មណ៍ព្រាហ្មណ៍
Swayam Sevaks (RSS)
បានបណ្តេញចេញពីអ៊ីស្រាអែលទីបេអាហ្វ្រិកអឺរ៉ុបខាងកើតអឺរ៉ុបខាងលិចអាល្លឺម៉ង់ខាងជើងអឺរុបខាងត្បូងរូស្ស៊ីហុងគ្រី។

ដែលជាភាពស្មោកគ្រោកនៃចិត្តដែលត្រូវការការព្យាបាលនៅក្នុងកន្លែងជ្រកកោនខាងផ្លូវចិត្ត។
ដឹងថានំប៉័ងដែលគាត់បរិភោគគឺធំធាត់នៅតំបន់ផុនចាបរបស់កសិករដែលមានអាយុ ៧០
ឆ្នាំ។

Adani, Ambani និងសាជីវកម្មផ្សេងទៀតបានយកចិត្តទុកដាក់លើទីផ្សារគ្រាប់ធញ្ញជាតិដ៏ធំរបស់ប្រទេសឥណ្ឌា។ ពួកគេមានបញ្ហាតិចតួច:
បញ្ហាទី ១៖
រដ្ឋមានច្បាប់និងបទប្បញ្ញត្តិផ្សេងៗគ្នាក្នុងការទិញធញ្ញជាតិពីកសិករ។

វាពិបាកសម្រាប់ក្រុមហ៊ុនក្នុងការគ្រប់គ្រងរដ្ឋជាច្រើនដែលមានបទប្បញ្ញត្តិនិងពន្ធខុសគ្នាច្រើន

ឃាតករឆ្កួតនឹងស្ថាប័នប្រជាធិបតេយ្យប្រជាធិបតេយ្យនិងជាសាស្រ្តាចារ្យនៃស្ថាប័នរលាយ (ម៉ូឌី) ដំណោះស្រាយ៖
បានគ្រប់គ្រងពីរដ្ឋនានានិងបានធ្វើសកម្មភាពមួយសម្រាប់ប្រទេសទាំងមូល។ សាជីវកម្មរីករាយឥឡូវនេះ។
បញ្ហាទី ២៖
សាជីវកម្មនឹងទិញដំណាំហើយរក្សាទុកវា។

ប៉ុន្តែសកម្មភាពទំនិញសំខាន់នឹងបញ្ឈប់ពួកគេសម្រាប់ការរក្សាទុកដំណាំក្នុងរយៈពេលយូរព្រោះវាបង្កើនតម្លៃទីផ្សារ។

ដំណោះស្រាយម៉ូឌី៖
ដំណាំចំណីអាហារនឹងមិនស្ថិតនៅក្រោមសកម្មភាពរបស់ទំនិញសំខាន់និងអាចរក្សាទុកបានយូរ។ សាជីវកម្មរីករាយម្តងទៀត។
បញ្ហាទី ៣
វាពិបាកក្នុងការកំណត់ថាតើដំណាំប្រភេទណាដែលនឹងត្រូវដាំដុះដោយកសិករ។
ដំណោះស្រាយម៉ូឌី៖
ធ្វើកិច្ចសន្យាកសិកម្មសម្រាប់កសិករដែលជាកន្លែងដែលក្រុមហ៊ុននឹងត្រូវប្រាប់ដោយសាជីវកម្មឱ្យដាំដំណាំប្រភេទណា។ សាជីវកម្មរីករាយម្តងទៀត។
បញ្ហាទី ៤៖
តើសាជីវកម្មនឹងដោះស្រាយរឿងក្តីយ៉ាងដូចម្តេចប្រសិនបើមានអ្វីមិនត្រឹមត្រូវប្រឆាំងនឹងកសិករ។
ដំណោះស្រាយម៉ូឌី៖
កសិករមិនអាចទៅតុលាការបានទេ។ ពួកគេនឹងទៅអេសអឹមអេសនិងឌីស៊ី។ ទាំងអស់
សាជីវកម្មមានភាពសប្បាយរីករាយជាថ្មីម្តងទៀតព្រោះពួកគេអាចសូកពួកគេបានយ៉ាងងាយស្រួល។
ហើយពួកគេនិយាយថាវិក័យប័ត្រគឺពេញចិត្តកសិករ។ …។
នេះជាអ្វីដែលកសិករកំពុងតវ៉ា។
សង្គមអរូបីអរគ្រប់រូបនឹងទាមទារសន្លឹកឆ្នោតជំនួសការក្លែងបន្លំ
EVMs ដើម្បីយុត្តិធម៌និងជួយសង្គ្រោះប្រជាធិបតេយ្យ។
ដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តសង្គមទាំងអស់នឹងទទួលបានអត្ថប្រយោជន៍ដោយវិធីនៃការបែងចែកទ្រព្យសម្បត្តិតាមសមាមាត្រក្នុងចំណោមសង្គមទាំងអស់សម្រាប់សុខុមាលភាពសុភមង្គលនិងសន្តិភាព។
ម៉ូឌី
(ឃាតករឆ្កួតនៃស្ថាប័នប្រជាធិបតេយ្យ)
កំពុងបង្វែរចំណាប់អារម្មណ៍របស់មហាជនពីបញ្ហាមួយទៅបញ្ហាមួយទៀត។
ខណៈពេលដែលកសិករកំពុងបង្កើនការតស៊ូរបស់ពួកគេប្រឆាំងនឹងម៉ូឌីគាត់ប្រកាសអំពីវ៉ាក់សាំង
Covid ដូចជាគាត់ជាប្រធានពេទ្យ។ នៅពេលដែលគាត់បានប្រកាសថាវាជា hindutva
របស់គាត់ដែលបានធ្វើការប្តូរសរីរាង្គមនុស្សដំបូងនៅពេលដែលព្រះសិវៈបានប្តូរក្បាលដំរីលើខ្លួនមនុស្ស។
ចក្ខុវិស័យរង្វង់ 3D ៣៦០ ដឺក្រេចុងក្រោយល្អបំផុតខ្សែភាពយន្តព្រះពុទ្ធ ៧០ មីល្លីម៉ែត្រជាមួយតន្ត្រីបែបផែនសំឡេងស្តេរ៉េអូ ១៦ ឌី។
ពុទ្ធប្រវត្តិ ភាគទី០១ Story of The Buddha ​Part 01
Pen Sodaduong
1.57K subscribers
Music in this video
Learn more
Listen ad-free with YouTube Premium
Song
Pacifique
Artist
Deep Forest
Album
Pacifique
Writers
Michel Sanchez, Éric Mouquet
Licensed to YouTube by
SME
(on behalf of Saint George); LatinAutor, Abramus Digital, LatinAutor -
SonyATV, Sony ATV Publishing, BMG Rights Management (US), LLC, UNIAO
BRASILEIRA DE EDITORAS DE MUSICA - UBEM, LatinAutorPerf, BMI - Broadcast
Music Inc., CMRRA, LatinAutor - PeerMusic, IRICOM, SODRAC, and 7 Music
Rights Societies
Song
Reflections of Passion
Artist
Yanni
Licensed to YouTube by
SME
(on behalf of Private Music); SOLAR Music Rights Management, CMRRA,
LatinAutorPerf, Sony ATV Publishing, LatinAutor - SonyATV, ASCAP, UNIAO
BRASILEIRA DE EDITORAS DE MUSICA - UBEM, and 10 Music Rights Societies
Song
Main Theme NILE
Artist
Kitaro
Album
Ancient
Licensed to YouTube by
The
Orchard Music (on behalf of Domo Records); BMI - Broadcast Music Inc.,
UNIAO BRASILEIRA DE EDITORAS DE MUSICA - UBEM, Peermusic,
LatinAutorPerf, LatinAutor - PeerMusic, and 9 Music Rights
ពុទ្ធប្រវត្តិ ភាគទី០១ Story of The Buddha ​Part 01

57) Classical Kinyarwanda

https://giphy.com/gifs/lilnasx-old-town-road-lil-nas-x-LWEEKqEZa5McmKSqtr

old town road GIF by Lil Nas X

Friends

dhammānupassī sutta - kwitegereza dhammas - mumagambo ya buddha - muri Classic Kinyarwanda
Birakwiye
ko usubiramo ubutumwa bwatanzwe muri iyi sutta: ingeso esheshatu
utayiretse bidashoboka gukora satipaṭṭhānas neza. Hano hari isuku
irashobora kuba byiza hano.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utatereranye bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere no hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka gukomeza kuguma kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utatereranye bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere no hanze.
Hariho, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko twakomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere no hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko twakomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza kāya muri kāya imbere no hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā imbere.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā imbere.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko wakomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā imbere.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utatereranye bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze guta dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko wakomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze guta dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā imbere no hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko wakomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza vedanā muri vedanā imbere no hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta imbere.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta imbere.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko twakomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta imbere.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze guta dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta imbere.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze guta dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko wakomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze guta dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze guta dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta imbere no hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko wakomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza citta muri citta imbere no hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma imbere.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma imbere.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko twakomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma imbere.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze guta dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma imbere.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma hanze.
Hariho, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko twakomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze guta dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, utayiretse bidashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Utarinze gutererana dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, ntibishoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma imbere no hanze.
Hano, bhikkhus, dhamma esheshatu, kureka birashoboka ko twakomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma imbere no hanze.
Nibihe
bitandatu? Kwishimira ibikorwa, kwishimira ibiganiro, kwishimira
ibitotsi, kwishimira gusabana, kubura indriyesu guttadvāratā no kubura
bhojane mattaññutā.
Tumaze kureka dhamma esheshatu, bhikkhus, birashoboka gukomeza kwitegereza dhamma muri dhamma imbere no hanze.
Kaminuza Yubuntu Kumurongo nubushakashatsi
Kuri
Ivumburwa Ryakangutse hamwe no Kumenya Isanzure (DAOAU)
Kubuzima
bwiza, umunezero, amahoro yibintu byose byunvikana kandi bidafite
ishingiro kandi kugirango bagere kumahoro ahoraho nkintego yanyuma.
kuri
KUSHINARA
NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA-ni metero 18 Dia All White Pagoda ifite ameza
cyangwa, ariko menya neza ko ufite hejuru yumutwe ushingiye
kumikoreshereze isanzwe yicyumba.
mu
ndimi 116 ZITANDUKANYE no guteganya umushinga Therevada Tipitaka
mumagambo ya Buda hamwe n’ahantu h’ingenzi nka Lumbini, Bodhgaya,
Saranath, Kushinara, Etc., mu cyerekezo cya 3D 360 cyerekezo gisa na
Circarama.
Kuri
URUGO RW’ABAZUNGU
668, 5Umuhanda munini, Umusaraba wa 8, Icyiciro cya HAL III,
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
Leta ya Magadhi Karnataka
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
Turakwifuriza,
abagize umuryango wawe hamwe nibiremwa byose kandi bidafite ibyiyumvo
guhora wishimye, neza kandi ufite umutekano!
Umushakashatsi
avuga ko ibinini bigabanya gusaza byaboneka ku baturage mu myaka itanu
kandi bigatwara buri munsi nk’igikombe cy’ikawa.
Soma,
Witoze, Gukwirakwiza Amagambo Yumuntu Ukangutse Kumenya Buda
kubwibyishimo, imibereho myiza, amahoro yabantu bose bumva, badafite
imyumvire kandi kugirango bagere ku byishimo bidashira nkintego yanyuma.
Abahinzi
b’abakire n’abakene b’abagiraneza bishyize hamwe kugira ngo bakorere
imibereho myiza y’abaturage, umunezero n’amahoro birengagije umwicanyi
w’umwicanyi w’inzego za demokarasi (Modi) ugenzurwa kure na 0.1% gusa
kutihanganirana, urugomo, abarwanashyaka, abaterabwoba ba mbere ku isi,
bahora barasa, abambari, abasazi , abanyamahanga bafite ubumuga bwo mu
mutwe chitpavan brahmins ya Rowdy Swayam Sevaks (RSS) yirukanwe muri
Bene Isiraheli, Tibet, Afurika, Uburayi bwi Burasirazuba, Ubudage
bw’iburengerazuba, Uburayi bw’Amajyaruguru, Uburusiya bw’Amajyepfo,
Hongiriya n’ibindi, byuzuye urwango, umujinya, ishyari, kwibeshya,
Ubupfu. ibyo bikaba byanduza ibitekerezo bisaba kuvurwa mu buhungiro bwo
mu mutwe Menya umutsima arya yakuriye muri Punjab yanjye, ‘Umuhinzi
w’imyaka 70.
Adani, Ambani & abandi bafatanyabikorwa bari bafite ijisho ku isoko ry’ibiribwa binini byo mu Buhinde.Bagize ibibazo bike:
Ikibazo 1:
Ibihugu
byari bifite amategeko n’amabwiriza atandukanye yo kugura ingano
y’ibiribwa ku bahinzi. Byari bigoye ko abafatanyabikorwa bakora leta
nyinshi zifite amabwiriza menshi & imisoro
Umusazi umwicanyi wibigo bya demokarasi na Master of diluting ibigo (Modi) Igisubizo:
Yigaruriye leta kandi akora igikorwa 1 mugihugu cyose. Abakozi bishimye ubu.
Ikibazo 2:
Abashoramari
bazagura ibihingwa kandi babibike. Ariko Igikorwa Cyibanze cyibicuruzwa
bizabahagarika kubika imyaka igihe kirekire, kuko bizamura ibiciro
kumasoko.
Igisubizo cya ମୋଦି:
Ibihingwa byibiribwa ntabwo bizaza mubikorwa byingenzi kandi birashobora kubikwa igihe kirekire. Abakozi bongeye kwishima.
Ikibazo 3
Byari bigoye kumenya ubwoko bwibihingwa bizahingwa nabahinzi.
Igisubizo cya ମୋଦି:
Guhinga amasezerano kubuhinzi aho bazabwirwa nabafatanyabikorwa guhinga ubwoko bwibihingwa. Abakozi bongeye kwishima.
Ikibazo 4:
Uburyo Abashoramari bazakemura ibibazo byurukiko niba hari ibitagenda neza kubuhinzi.
Igisubizo cya ମୋଦି:
Abahinzi ntibashobora kujya mu nkiko. Bazajya kuri SDM na DC. Byose
Abashoramari bongeye kwishima kuko bashobora kubaha ruswa byoroshye.
Kandi Bavuga ko imishinga y’amategeko ishyigikiye abahinzi. ….
Nibyo abahinzi bigaragambyaga.
Imiryango
yose y’Aboriginal Awakened izasaba impapuro z’itora aho kuba uburiganya
EVMs kugirango ubutabera kandi bukize demokarasi. Mu buryo bwikora,
societe zose zizabona inyungu muburyo bwo kugabana umutungo ugereranije
mumiryango yose kugirango imibereho yabo, umunezero n’amahoro.
Modi
(Umusazi wica inzego za demokarasi) arimo ayobora ibitekerezo bya
rubanda kuva ku kibazo kimwe. Mu gihe abahinzi barimo gukaza umurego mu
kurwanya Kagame, aratangaza ku rukingo rwa Covid, nkaho ari umuyobozi
w’ubuvuzi. Amaze gutangaza ko hindutva ye ari yo yakoze transplantation
ya mbere yingingo zabantu mugihe shiva yateraga umutwe winzovu kumubiri
wumuntu.
Ibyiza
bya 3D 360 bigezweho byerekanwe 70 mm firime ya Buddha hamwe na 16D
stereo yijwi ryumuziki, indirimbo n’imbyino nta na terefone muri
Kinyarwanda ya kera
Inyamibwa Female dancing Igishakamba
INYAMIBWA AERG-UNR
469 subscribers
Inyamibwa
is A Cultural Troupe of Students Survivors Association (AERG).
Inyamibwa created in 1998 for the mission of entertaining Rwandan
society through traditional dances .
58) Classical Korean-고전 한국어,
https://tenor.com/view/movie-gif-4713542
Movie Time GIF - Movie GIFs
Friends


dhammānupassī sutta — 법을 관찰하기 — 부처님의 말로 — in Classical Korean- 고전 한국어
이 경에 나오는 메시지를 반복 할 가치가 있습니다. 포기하지 않는 여섯 가지 습관은 satipaṭṭhānas를 제대로 수행 할 수 없습니다. 여기에서는 꽤 많은 청소가 권장 될 수 있습니다.
내부적으로 kāya에서 kāya를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한, 포기하지 않고 비구, 여섯 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 카야의 카야를 내부적으로나 외부 적으로 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
내부적으로 kāya에서 kāya를 계속 관찰 할 수있는 비구, 6 개의 담마가 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리고, 내부적으로 카야에서 카야를 계속 관찰하는 것이 가능합니다.
외부 적으로 카야에서 카야를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한 비구, 여섯 가지 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 카야의 카야를 내부적으로나 외부 적으로 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
외부 적으로 kāya에서 kāya를 계속 관찰 할 수있는 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리고, 외부에서 카야의 카야를 계속 관찰하는 것이 가능합니다.
내외 적으로 kāya에서 kāya를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한 비구, 여섯 가지 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 카야의 카야를 내부적으로나 외부 적으로 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
내외 적으로 카야에서 카야를 계속 관찰 할 수있는 비구, 여섯 가지 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법칙 인 비구를 버리고, 내외 부적으로 kāya에서 kāya를 계속 관찰하는 것이 가능합니다.
내부적으로 vedanā에서 vedanā를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한 비구, 여섯 가지 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 내부적으로 vedanā에서 vedanā를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
내외 적으로 vedanā에서 vedanā를 계속 관찰 할 수있는 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리고, 내부적으로 vedanā에서 vedanā를 계속 관찰하는 것이 가능합니다.
vedanā에서 vedanā를 외부에서 관찰하는 것이 불가능한 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 vedanā의 vedanā를 외부에서 관찰하는 것을 유지할 수 없습니다.
외부 적으로 vedanā에서 vedanā를 계속 관찰하는 것이 가능한 비구, 6 가지 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리고 나면 외부에서 vedanā의 vedanā를 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
내외 적으로 vedanā에서 vedanā를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한, 비구, 여섯 가지 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 vedanā의 vedanā를 내부와 외부에서 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
내외 적으로 vedanā에서 vedanā를 계속 관찰 할 수있는 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법칙 인 비구를 버리고 나면 베다 나에서 베다 나를 내부적으로나 외부 적으로 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
내부적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 내부적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
내부적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰 할 수있는 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리고 나면, 내부적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
비구, 6 개의 법이 있는데, 포기하지 않고서는 외부 적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰 할 수 없습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법칙 인 비구를 버리지 않고서는 외부 적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰 할 수 없습니다.
비구, 여섯 가지 법, 포기하는 것이 있는데, 그것은 외부 적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리고 나면, 외부 적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
내외 적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한 비구, 여섯 가지 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 안과 밖에서 안타를 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
비구, 여섯 가지 법이 있는데, 그것은 내외 부적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰하는 것이 가능합니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법칙 인 비구를 버리고 나면, 내부적으로나 외부 적으로 citta에서 citta를 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
내부적으로 법에서 법을 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한, 포기하지 않고 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리지 않고서는 법 안에서 법을 내부적으로 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
내부적으로 법에서 법을 계속 관찰 할 수있는 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법, 비구를 버리고 나면, 법 안에서 법을 내부적으로 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
비구, 6 개의 법이 있는데, 포기하지 않고 외부 적으로 법의 법을 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법칙 인 비구를 버리지 않고서는 법안의 법을 외부 적으로 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
비구, 6 개의 법이 있는데, 외부 적으로 법의 법을 계속 관찰하는 것이 가능합니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법칙 인 비구를 버리고 나면, 법안의 법칙을 외부에서 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
내외 적으로 법안에서 법을 계속 관찰하는 것이 불가능한, 버리지 않고 비구, 6 개의 법이 있습니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법칙 인 비구를 버리지 않고서는 법안의 법을 내외 부적으로 관찰하는 것이 불가능합니다.
비구, 6 개의 법이 있으며, 내외 부적으로 법에서 법을 계속 관찰하는 것이 가능합니다.
어느 여섯? 활동, 대화, 수면, 사회화, indriyesu guttadvāratā 부족, bhojane mattaññutā 부족.
이 여섯 가지 법칙 인 비구를 버리고 나면 법안에서 법을 내외 부적으로 계속 관찰 할 수 있습니다.
무료 온라인 연구 및 실습 대학
…에 대한
인식 우주 (DAOAU)와 함께 깨어 난 자의 발견
모든 지각있는 존재와 비 지각적인 존재의 복지, 행복, 평화를 위해 그리고 그들이 최종 목표로 영원한 평화를 이루기 위해.
…에서
KUSHINARA NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA는 테이블이있는 18 피트 Dia All White Pagoda입니다.하지만 방의 일반적인 사용을 기준으로 머리 높이 이상이 있어야합니다.
116
개의 고전 언어로되어 있고, 부처님의 말과 Lumbini, Bodhgaya, Saranath, Kushinara 등과 같은
중요한 장소에 Therevada Tipitaka를 Circarama와 유사한 3D 360도 원형 비전으로 투영 할 계획입니다.
에서
화이트 홈
668, 5A 주요 도로, 8th Cross, HAL III Stage,
프라 부다 바라트 푸 니야 부미 벵갈 루루
마가 디 카르 나 타카 주
프라 부다 바랏
당신, 당신의 가족, 모든 지각있는 존재와 비 지각적인 존재들이 행복하고 건강하며 안전하기를 바랍니다!
노화를 역전시키는 알약은 5 년 이내에 대중에게 제공 될 것이며 매일 커피 한 잔과 같은 비용이 든다고 연구원은 말합니다.
부처님이 행복, 복지, 모든 지각있는 존재, 지각없는 존재의 평화를 인식하고 최종 목표로 영원한 행복을 얻도록 깨달은 자의 자신의 말을 읽고, 연습하고, 전파하십시오.
자선
부자와 가난한 농부들이 단결하여 국민의 복지, 행복 및 평화를 위해 단결하며 단 0.1 % 편협하고 폭력적이며 전투 적이며 세계
1 위 테러리스트에 의해 원격 제어되는 민주 제도의 미친 살인자 (Modi)를 무시하고 총격, 폭도 린칭, 미치광이 베네
이스라엘, 티베트, 아프리카, 동유럽, 서독, 북유럽, 남 루시아, 헝가리 등에서 쫓겨 난 Rowdy Swayam Sevaks
(RSS)의 정신 지체 외국인 chitpavan brahmins, 증오, 분노, 질투, 망상, 어리 석음 정신 병원에서 치료가
필요한 마음의 더러움은 그가 먹는 빵이 내 펀 자브에서 자랍니다 ‘라고 70 세 농부는 말합니다.
Adani, Ambani 및 기타 기업들은 인도의 대규모 식품 곡물 시장을 주시했습니다.
문제 1 :
주에서는 농부들로부터 식량 곡물을 구입하는 데 다른 규칙과 규정이있었습니다. 기업이 다양한 규정과 세금으로 너무 많은 주를 처리하기가 어려웠습니다.
민주주의 기관의 미친 살인자이자 희석 기관의 마스터 (Modi) 솔루션 :
주로부터 통제권을 획득하고 전국을 위해 1 개의 행동을했습니다. 기업은 이제 행복합니다.
문제 2 :
기업은 작물을 사서 저장합니다. 그러나 Essential Commodity Act는 시장에서 가격을 올리기 때문에 오랫동안 작물을 저장하는 것을 막을 것입니다.
Modi 솔루션 :
식량 작물은 필수 상품 법에 속하지 않으며 더 오래 보관할 수 있습니다. 기업은 다시 행복합니다.
문제 3
농부들이 어떤 종류의 작물을 재배 할 것인지 결정하기가 어려웠습니다.
Modi 솔루션 :
기업이 어떤 종류의 작물을 재배하라고 지시하는 농부를위한 계약 농업. 기업은 다시 행복합니다.
문제 4 :
농민에게 문제가 생기면 Corporates가 법원 사건을 처리하는 방법.
Modi 솔루션 :
농부들은 법정에 갈 수 없습니다. 그들은 SDM과 DC로 갈 것입니다. 모두
기업들은 쉽게 뇌물을 줄 수 있기 때문에 다시 행복합니다.
그리고 그들은 법안이 농부들에게 유리하다고 말합니다. ….
이것이 농부들이 반대하는 것입니다.
모든 원주민 각성 사회는 정의와 민주주의를 위해 사기 EVM 대신 투표 용지를 요구할 것입니다. 자동적으로 모든 사회는 복지, 행복, 평화를 위해 모든 사회에 비례 적으로 부를 분배함으로써 이익을 얻게 될 것입니다.
Modi
(민주주의 제도의 미친 살인자)는 대중의 관심을 한 문제에서 다른 문제로 돌리고 있습니다. 농부들이 Modi에 대한 투쟁을
강화하는 동안 그는 마치 그가 의료 책임자 인 것처럼 Covid Vaccine에 대해 발표합니다. 시바가 코끼리 머리를 인체에
이식했을 때 최초의 인간 장기 이식을 한 것이 그의 힌두 트 바라고 선언 한 적이 있습니다.
최신 최고의 3D 360도 원형 비전 70mm 부처 영화, 16D 스테레오 사운드 효과 음악, 노래 및 춤, 헤드폰없는 클래식 한국어-고전 한국어
클래식음악듣기 : 한국인이 사랑하는 클래식 16곡
음악여우
91.5K subscribers
검색량 압도적 1위 쿠팡에서 쇼핑하기 : https://coupa.ng/bgKNio
1. Ennio Morricone: Gabriel’s oboe (OST-영화 ‘Mission’ - ‘Nella Fantasia’의 원곡)
2. Johan Pachelbel: Variations On The Cannon (캐논 변주곡)
3. Secret Garden: Serenade to spring (‘10월의 어느 멋진 날에 One Fine Day in October’ 원곡)
4. Chopin: Nocturne Opus 9 No. 2 (쇼팽 ‘야상곡’)
5. Jacques Offenbach: Les Larmes De Jacqueline (쟈클린의 눈물)
6. Andrew Lloyd Webber: Memory (OST-뮤지컬 ‘Cats’)
7. Michiru Ohsima: Kazabue 風笛 (OST-영화 ‘웰컴 투 동막골’)
8. Erik Satie : Je Te Veux 당신을 원해요 (OST-드라마 ‘노다메 칸타빌레’)
9. Fernando Sor: La Romanesca (OST-드라마 ‘꽃보다 남자’)
10. Ryo Yoshimata: 1997 Spring ((OST-영화 ‘냉정과 열정 사이’)
11. Bach: 플룻 소나타 2번 Eb장조 Siciliano
12. Vivaldi: 사계 중 ‘겨울’ (L’inverno) 2악장
13. Richard Clayderman: Les Fleurs Sauvages (야생화)
14. Yuhki Kuramoto ; Memory of Love (OST-드라마 ‘주몽’)
15. Chopin: Etude Op. 10-3 이별의 곡 (OST-영화 ‘제노바’)
16. Steve Barakatt: Rainbow Bridge
클래식음악듣기 : 한국인이 사랑하는 클래식 16곡
검색량
압도적 1위 쿠팡에서 쇼핑하기 : https://coupa.ng/bgKNio1. Ennio Morricone: Gabriel’s
oboe (OST-영화 ‘Mission’ - ‘Nella Fantasia’의 원곡) 2. Johan Pachelbel:
Variations On …

59) Classical Kurdish (Kurmanji)-Kurdî (Kurmancî),

https://giphy.com/gifs/pepsisummergram-pepsi-summergram-music-up-drama-down-LSulGJTxAWxsgkLy4X
stereo music up drama down GIF by Pepsi #Summergram
Friends


dhammānupassī sutta - çavdêriya şamayan - bi gotinên xwe yên Bûda - bi Kurdî ya Klasîkî (Kurmancî) -Kurdî (Kurmancî)
Hêja
ye ku hûn peyama ku di vê sutta de hatî dayîn dubare bikin: şeş adet
bêyî ku dev ji wan berde ku ne mumkune ku satipaṭṭhānas bi rêk û pêk
bikin. Pir paqijî dikare li vir were şîret kirin.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berde ne mumkune ku meriv li hundurê kiyayê li kya bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li hundur û derve li kāya-yê temaşe bike.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv li hundurê kiyayê li kiyayê temaşe bike.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, mimkun e ku meriv li hundurê kiya-yê li kya-yê temaşevan bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berdin ne gengaz e ku meriv li derveyî kiyayê li kya bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li hundur û derve li kāya-yê temaşe bike.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv li derveyî kiyayê li kiya bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
We dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, mimkun e ku meriv li derveyî kiyayê li kiyayê bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan bernedin ne mumkune ku meriv li hundur û derve li kiyayê mêze bike.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li hundur û derve li kāya-yê temaşe bike.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv li hundir û derveyî kiyayê li kiya bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, mimkun e ku meriv li hundur û derveyî jî li kya-yê mêze bike.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berde ne mumkune ku meriv li hundurê vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku we dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li hundurê vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv bimîne û li hundurê û derveyî vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, gengaz e ku meriv li hundur vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berde ne mumkune ku meriv li derveyî vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li derveyî vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv li derveyî vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, gengaz e ku meriv li derveyî vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berdin ne gengaz e ku meriv li hundur û derve li vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku we dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li hundur û li derveyî vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv bimîne û li hundurê û derveyî vedanā di vedanā de bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, mimkun e ku meriv li hundur û derve li vedan and di vedanā de bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berde ne mumkune ku meriv li nav citta li citta bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li hundurê citta li citta bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv li hundurê citta li citta bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, gengaz e ku meriv li hundurê citta li citta bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berde ne mimkûn e ku meriv li derveyî citta li citta bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li derveyî citta li citta bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv li derveyî citta li citta bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, gengaz e ku meriv li derveyî citta li citta bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berde ne mimkûn e ku meriv li citta navxweyî û derveyî çavdêriya citta bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berde, ne mumkune ku meriv li hundir û derveyî li citta bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan gengaz e ku meriv li citta navxweyî û derveyî çavdêriya citta bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Ku we dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berda, gengaz e ku meriv li citta navxweyî û derveyî çavdêriya citta bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan bernede ne mumkune ku meriv li dhammasên navxweyî temaşekirina dhammas bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammayan berde, bhikkhus, ne mumkune ku meriv bi domanî di dhammas de temaşekirina dimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan mimkun e ku hûn di dhammasên navxweyî de temaşekirina dhammas bimînin.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, gengaz e ku meriv li dhammasên navxweyî li temaşekirina dhammas bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan berde ne mimkûn e ku meriv li dervayê dhammayan çavdêriya xwe bike.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî ku dev ji van şeş dhammayan berde, bhikkhus, ne mumkune ku meriv li derveyî dhammayan di temaşekirinê de bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan mimkun e ku meriv li derveyî dhammayan di temaşekirinê de bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, mimkun e ku meriv li derva dhammasan li derveyî temaşekirinê bimîne.
Bhikkhus,
şeş dhammas hene, bêyî ku dev ji wan bernede ne mumkune ku meriv li
dhammayên navxweyî û derveyî temaşekirina dhammas bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Bêyî
ku dev ji van şeş dhammayan berde, bhikkhus, ne mumkune ku meriv li
dhammasên navxweyî û derveyî temaşekirina dhammas bimîne.
Bhikkhus, şeş dhammas hene, dev ji wan berdan mumkun e ku meriv li dhammayên navxweyî û derveyî temaşekirina dhammas bimîne.
Kîjan
şeş? Kêfa çalakiyan, zewqa sohbetan, kêfa xewê, kêfa civakbûnê, kêmbûna
indriyesu guttadvāratā û tunebûna bhojane mattaññutā.
Dev ji van şeş dhammas, bhikkhus berdaye, gengaz e ku meriv li dhammasên navxweyî û derveyî temaşekirina dhammasan bimîne.
Zanîngeha Lêkolîn û Pratîkê ya Serhêl Belaş
bo
Vedîtina Yekê akiyarbûyî Bi Gerdeya Hişyarbûnê (DAOAU)
Ji bo Refah, Bextewarî, Aştiya Hemî Heyînên Sentient û Ne-Sentient û ji bo wan Ku Armanca Dawîn Aştiya Eternal bigirin.
ba
KUSHINARA
NIBBANA BAGUMA PAGODA-18 Daxuyanî Hemî Pagoda Spî ya bi sifre an e, lê
pê ewle bin ku li jorê asta serî li gorî karanîna adetî ya jûreyê bin.
di
116 ZIMANN KLASICK and de û plansazkirina projeya Therevada Tipitaka bi
gotinên Buda û Cihên Girîng ên wekî Lumbini, Bodhgaya, Saranath,
Kushinara, û hwd., di 3D 360 dîmenê çemberê de dişibihe Circarama
Ba
XAN WH SPIT
668, Riya sereke 5A, Xaça 8emîn, Qonaxa HAL III,
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
Dewleta Magadhi Karnataka
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
Bila hûn, endamên malbata we û hemî heyberên hişmend û nehşeng her dem bextewar, baş û ewledar bin!
Pişkek
ji bo berevajîkirina pîrbûnê dê di nav pênc salan de ji raya giştî re
peyda bibe û her roj heman fîncanek qehweyê digire, dibêje lêkolîner.
Xwendin,
Pratîk, Belavkirina Peyvên Xweyên Yê akiyarbûyî Bi Hişmendiya Bûda ji
bo Dilşadî, Refah, Aştiya Hemî Heywanên Nehfdar, Ne Sentient û ji bo wan
Ku Armanca Dawîn Bi Xweziya Xwezayî Bînin.
Cotkarên
dewlemend û belengaz ên filantropî dibin yek da ku ji mirovan re
xizmetê, bextewerî û aştiyê bikin. Ku mêrkujê saziyên demokratîk (Modi)
ji dûr ve tenê bi% 0,1 bêtehmul, şîdet, mîlîtan, numreya yek terorîstên
cîhanê, her dem gulebaran kirin, lînçkirina qelebalix, dîn , Brahîmên
biyanî yên paşverû yên derûnî yên Rowdy Swayam Sevaks (RSS) ji Bene
Israelsraîl, Tîbet, Afrîka, Ewropaya Rojhilat, Almanya Rojava, Ewropaya
Bakur, Rûsyaya Başûr, Macarîstan û hwd., tijî nefret, hêrs, çavnebarî,
derew, Bêaqilî yên ku qirêjbûna zêhnê ne ku hewceyê dermankirina di
asîmanên derûnî de ye Dizanin Nanê ku Ew Dixwîne Li Pencabê Min Hate
Çandin, ‘Dibêje Cotkarê 70-salî.
Çavên Adanî, Ambani û pargîdaniyên din li ser bazara genimê xwarinê ya Hindistanê bû. Wan çend pirsgirêk hebûn:
Pirsgirêk 1:
Dewletan
qaîde û rêzikên cûda hebûn ku genimên xwarinê ji cotkaran bikirin. Ji
bo pargîdaniyan zehmet bû ku gelek dewlet bi gelek rêzikname & bacên
cihêreng birêve bibin
Kujerê dîn ê saziyên demokratuc û Masterê saziyên dilopkirinê (Modi) Çareserî:
Kontrol ji dewletan girt û ji bo tevahiya welat 1 kiryar kir. Pargîdaniyên niha kêfxweş in.
Pirsgirêk 2:

pargîdanî berheman bikirin û wan tomar bikin. Lê çalakiya Essential
Commodity dê wan ji bo depokirina berheman ji bo demek dirêj rawestîne,
ji ber ku ew bihayan li sûkê zêde dike.
Çareseriya Modi:
Hilberên xwarinê dê nekevin bin bandora Essence Commodity û dikarin ji bo demek dirêjtir werin hilanîn. Corporates dîsa kêfxweş.
Pirsgirêk 3
Zehmet bû ku were destnîşankirin ka dê çi celeb berhem ji hêla cotkaran ve were çandin.
Çareseriya Modi:
Çandiniya
bi peyman ji bo cotkaran li ku derê dê ji hêla pargîdaniyan ve were
vegotin ku ew kîjan cûre çandinî bikin. Corporates dîsa kêfxweş.
Pirsgirêk 4:
Ger tiştek li dijî cotkaran xelet here dê Parêzer çawa dozên dadgehê birêve bibin.
Çareseriya Modi:
Cotkar nikarin biçin dadgehan. Ew ê biçin SDM û DC. Gişt
Poirket dîsa kêfxweş in ku ew dikarin wan bi hêsanî bertîl bikin.
They Ew dibêjin fatûre li gorî cotkaran in. ….
Ya ku cotkar li dijî vê derdikevin ev e.
Hemî
civakên Aborjînal enediyarbûyî dê li şûna EVM-yên sextekar ji bo
dadmendiyê û Hilbijartina demokrasiyê daxwaza Peldankên Hilbijartinê
bikin. Bixweber hemî civak dê bi riya dabeşkirina dewlemendiyê bi rêjeyî
di nav hemî civakan de ji bo xweşbînî, bextewarî û aştiya wan sûd
werbigirin.
Modi
(Kujerê dîn ê saziyên demokratîk) bala girseyan ji mijarekê
vediguhêzîne pirsgirêkek din. Dema ku cotkar li dijî Modi têkoşîna xwe
xurt dikin, ew li ser Vakslêdana Covid ragihand, wekî ku ew serokek
bijîşkî ye. Carekê wî daxuyand ku ew hindutva wî ye ku yekem neqilkirina
organa mirovî kir dema ku shiva serê fîl li laşê mirov reşand.
Fîlimên
herî baş ên 3D 360 ° dora dîtbarî ya fîlimên Buda yên 70 mm û bi
bandora dengê stereo 16D muzîk, stran û reqs bê serûber bi Kurdî
(Kurmancî) ya klasîk -Kurdî (Kurmancî)
2020 - Sitranên Nû - Popa Kurdî - Sê Sitran Taybetî - Hey Lê Rindê - Gula Min î - Tenê Tû Evîna Min.
ZOZAN ZAGROS MD KURDISTAN
16.6K subscribers
2020 - Sitranên Nû - Popa Kurdî - Sê Sitran Taybetî - Hey Lê Rindê - Gula Min î - Tenê Tû Evîna Min.
Ji kerema xwe pêşwazî ya qanala me bikin.
Bibin endamê qanala me û ji bo kilîbên nû me bişopin.
Amadekar-ZOZAN ZAGROS MEDîA KURDISTAN
2020 - Sitranên Nû - Popa Kurdî - Sê Sitran Taybetî - Hey Lê Rindê - Gula Min î - Tenê Tû Evîna Min.

60) Classical Kyrgyz-Классикалык Кыргыз,

https://tenor.com/view/outreach360-strutting-gif-9057912
Outreach360 Strutting GIF - Outreach360 Strutting GIFs



Friends

dhammānupassī sutta - dhammas байкоо жүргүзүү - Будданын сөзү менен айтканда - Classical Kyrgyz-Классикалык Кыргыз
Ушул сутта келтирилген кабарды кайталап айта кетүү керек: алты адатты таштабастан, сатипахандарга туура көнүгүү жасоого болбойт. Бул жерде бир аз тазалоо сунушталса керек.
Бихиктер, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, кайяны ичтен эле байкап калууга мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштабаса, каядагы ички жана сырткы көрүнүштөрдү сактоо мүмкүн эмес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап кетишет, анткени кайяны ичтен эле байкап кала берсе болот.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштап, каядагы ички көрүнүштү байкап жүрө берсе болот.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, кайяны сыртынан байкоо менен сактап калуу мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштабаса, каядагы ички жана сырткы көрүнүштөрдү сактоо мүмкүн эмес.
Бихиктер, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап, кайяны сыртынан байкап кала берсе болот.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштап, каяны сыртынан байкап жүрө берсе болот.
Бийхус, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, кайяны ичтен жана сыртынан байкоо жүргүзүү мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштабаса, каядагы ички жана сырткы көрүнүштөрдү сактоо мүмкүн эмес.
Бийхус, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап кетишсе болот, алар кайяны ичтен жана сыртынан байкап кала берет.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштап, каяда ичтен жана сыртынан байкоо жүргүзсө болот.
Бийхус, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, веденада ички веденаны сактап калуу мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштабаса, веденаны веденада сактап калуу мүмкүн эмес.
Вехананы ички жана тышкы сактоодо кала турган бихиктер, алты дамма бар.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты даммадан, бикхустардан баш тарткандан кийин, веденада ички веденаны сактаганга болот.
Веданига сырттан байкоо жүргүзүү мүмкүн болбогон, бикхулар, алты дамма бар.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштабаса, веденаны веденада сыртынан сактоо мүмкүн эмес.
Вехананы сыртынан байкап жүрө берсе болот, андан баш тарткан бихиктер, алты дамма бар.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштап, веденаны сыртынан байкоо менен сактоого болот.
Бийхус, алты дамма бар, аны таштабастан, веденаны ички жана сырткы көрүнүшүндө сактоо мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштабаса, веденаны веденада ички жана тышкы сактаганга болбойт.
Вехананы ички жана тышкы сактоодо кала турган бихиктер, алты дамма бар.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты даммадан, бикхустардан баш тарткандан кийин, веденаны ички жана сырткы көрүнүшүндө сактаганга болот.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, циттада циттага байкоо жүргүзүү мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бхикхус деген алты дамманы таштабасаңыз, циттадагы циталарды ички байкоо менен сактап калуу мүмкүн эмес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап кетишет, аларды циттада ички сактоого болот.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бхикхулар деген алты дамманы таштап, циттадагы циттаны ички байкоо менен сактап калууга болот.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, циттада циттага байкоо жүргүзүү мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бхикхус деген алты дамманы таштабасаңыз, циттага тыштан байкоо жүргүзүү мүмкүн эмес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап кетишет, аларды тышта циттада сактоого болот.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бхикхулар деген алты дамманы таштап, циттага тыштан байкоо салып турууга болот.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, циталардагы циттаны ички жана тышкы байкоо менен сактоо мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бикхус деген алты дамманы таштабастан, циттадагы циттаны ички жана тышкы байкоо менен сактап калуу мүмкүн эмес.
Бикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап кетишет, аларды циттада ички жана тышкы сактоого болот.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхусту таштап, циттада ичтен жана тыштан байкоо жүргүзүп турууга болот.
Бхикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, даммалардын ичинде даммаларды байкап туруу мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бхикхулар деген алты дамманы таштабастан, даммалардын ичиндеги даммаларды байкап туруу мүмкүн эмес.
Бхикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап кетишсе, алардын ичинен даммаларга байкоо жүргүзүп турушат.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бхикхулар деген алты даммадан баш тарткандан кийин, даммалардын ичиндеги даммаларды байкап турууга болот.
Бхикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, даммаларга тышкы байкоо жүргүзүү мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бхикхулар деген алты дамманы таштабастан, даммалардагы сырткы көрүнүштөргө байкоо жүргүзүү мүмкүн эмес.
Бхикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап, даммалардагы сырткы көрүнүштөрдө даммаларды байкап турууга болот.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштап, даммалардагы сырткы көрүнүштөргө байкоо салып турууга болот.
Бхикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштабастан, даммалардагы даммаларды ички жана тышкы байкоо менен сактап калуу мүмкүн эмес.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Бикхулар деген алты дамманы таштабастан, даммалардагы даммаларды ички жана тышкы байкоо менен сактап калуу мүмкүн эмес.
Бхикхулар, алты дамма бар, аларды таштап кетишсе, анда даммалардагы ички жана тышкы байкоолорду сактоого болот.
Кайсы алтоо? Иш-аракеттерден, баарлашуудан, уйкудан, социалдык чөйрөдөн ырахаттануу, индриесу гуттадваратанын жоктугу жана бхоян маттанингутанын жоктугу.
Ушул алты дамманы, бикхустарды таштап, даммалардагы ички жана тышкы байкоолорду сактоого болот.
Акысыз Онлайн изилдөө жана практика университети
үчүн
Ойгонгон Ааламдын Ачуусун Ачуу (DAOAU)
Бардык жан-дүйнөнүн жыргалчылыгы, бактысы, тынчтыгы жана түбөлүк тынчтыкка жетүү үчүн акыркы максат.
at
KUSHINARA NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA - бул 18 фут болгон Dia All White Pagoda столу менен же, бирок бөлмөнүн кадимки колдонулушунун негизинде баштын деңгээлинен жогору болушу керек.
116 КЛАССИКАЛЫК ТИЛДЕРДЕ жана Будданын сөзү менен Therevada Tipitaka жана Лумбини, Бодхгая, Саранат, Кушинара жана башкалар сыяктуу маанилүү жерлерди долбоорлоону пландаштырууда, Чаркарамага жакын 360 градустук айлананы көрүү
Ат
АК ҮЙ
668, 5А негизги жолу, 8-кесилиш, HAL III этап,
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
Магади Карнатака штаты
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
Сиз, сиздин үй-бүлөңүздүн мүчөлөрү жана бардык жан-жаныбарлар бактылуу, бактылуу жана коопсуз болушсун!
Карылыкты калыбына келтирүүчү таблетка беш жылдын ичинде жалпыга жеткиликтүү болуп, күнүнө бир чыны кофе менен бааланат, дейт изилдөөчү.
Будданын бактылуулук, бакубатчылык, бардык жан-дүйнөнүн бейпилдиги жана сезимсиз жан-дүйнөсү үчүн тынчтыгын жана алардын түбөлүк бакытка жетиши үчүн, ойгонгон адамдын Өз сөзүн окуп, практикалап, жайылт.
Филантроптук бай жана кедей дыйкандар элдердин жыргалчылыгына, бактысына жана тынчтыкка кызмат кылуу үчүн биригишип, дүйнөнүн 0.1% чыдамсыз, зомбулуктуу, согушчан, террористтер тарабынан көзөмөлдөнүп турган демократиялык институттардын (Modi) жинди канкору, ар дайым ок атышуу, топтошуу, жинди болуу , Роуди Свейам Севакстын акыл-эс жагынан артта калган читаван брахмандары Бене Израильден, Тибеттен, Африкадан, Чыгыш Европадан, Батыш Германиядан, Түндүк Европадан, Түштүк Россиядан, Венгриядан ж.б.у.с. жек көрүү, ачуулануу, көрө албастык, алдануу, акылсыздык Акыл-эс борборунда дарыланууну талап кылган акыл-эс булганыч нерсе, Ал жеген нанды Менин Пенджабымда өстүрөрүн билип алыңыз, - дейт 70 жаштагы Фермер.
Адани, Амбани жана башка корпорациялар Индиянын ири азык-түлүк базарына көз салышып, бир нече көйгөйгө туш болушкан:
Маселе 1:
Дыйкандардан азык-түлүк дан сатып алуу үчүн мамлекеттерде ар кандай эрежелер жана эрежелер болгон. Корпорациялар үчүн көптөгөн ар кандай жоболор жана салыктар менен көптөгөн мамлекеттерди башкаруу кыйынга турду
Demokratuc институттарынын жинди канкору жана суюлтуучу институттардын кожоюну (Modi) Чечим:
Штаттардан көзөмөл алып, жалпы өлкө боюнча 1 акт түздү. Коррупционерлер азыр бактылуу.
Маселе 2:
Корпоративдер эгиндерди сатып алышат жана сакташат. Бирок Essential Commodity акты аларды эгиндерди узак убакытка чейин сактоону токтотот, анткени базардагы бааларды жогорулатат.
Modi Чечими:
Тамак-аш өсүмдүктөрү маанилүү товардык актыга кирбейт жана узак мөөнөткө сакталат. Коррупционерлер дагы бактылуу.
Маселе 3
Дыйкандар кайсы түшүмдүн түрүн өстүрөрүн аныктоо кыйынга турду.
Modi Чечими:
Фермерлерге келишимдик негизде чарба жүргүзүү, аларда корпоративдер кандай түшүм өстүрүү керектигин айтышат. Коррупционерлер дагы бактылуу.
Маселе 4:
Дыйкандарга кандайдыр бир туура эмес нерсе болуп калса, корпоративдик соттор кандайча сот ишин жүргүзөт.
Modi Чечими:
Фермерлер сотторго кайрыла алышпайт. Алар SDM жана DC шаарларына барышат. Баары
Коррупционерлер дагы бир жолу кубанып жатышат, анткени аларга оңой эле пара бере алышат.
Алар мыйзам долбоорлору дыйкандардын пайдасына дешет. ….
Дыйкандар буга нааразы болушууда.
Бардык аборигендер ойгонгон коомдор адилеттик жана демократияны сактап калуу үчүн алдамчылык EVMлердин ордуна Бюллетендерди талап кылышат. Автоматтык түрдө бардык коомдор өзүлөрүнүн жыргалчылыгы, бактысы жана тынчтыгы үчүн байлыкты бардык коомдорго пропорционалдуу бөлүштүрүү жолу менен пайда алышат.
Моди (демократиялык институттардын жинди канкору) көпчүлүктүн көңүлүн бир маселеден экинчи маселеге буруп жатат. Фермерлер Модиге каршы күрөштү күчөтүп жатканда, ал Ковид вакцинасы жөнүндө, ал медик болуп иштегендей жарыялайт. Бир жолу ал адамдын денесине шива пилдин башын отургузганда, адамдын органын биринчи жолу трансплантациялаганды өзүнүн хиндутвасы деп жарыялаган.
Эң мыкты 3D 360 градус тегерек көрүнүш, 70 мм Будда кинолору, 16D стерео үн эффект музыкасы, классикалык кыргыз тилинде наушниксиз ыр жана бий.
КАРА ЖОРГО - АСЕЛЬ КАСМАКУНОВА & ЭЛМУРАТ МАЙРАМБЕКОВ / ХИТ ЫР (НУКУРА КЫРГЫЗ БИЙ)
Кара Жорго
21.7K subscribers
КАРА ЖОРГО эң мыкты ырдап-бийлеген Асел Касмакунова, Элмурат Майрамбеков. ХИТ ЫР (НУКУРА КЫРГЫЗ БИЙ) КЫРГЫЗ БИЙИ
0700010181 вацап администратор
Кыргызстан да КАРА ЖОРГО ну жарып чыгып. Кыргызстанда Кара жорго бийин таанытып жайылткан КАРА ЖОРГО №1 тобу. Асель Касмакунова, Элмурат Майрамбеков кыргыз бийи улгулуу бийлегенди жалпы элге уйротту десек так болот! Бул КАРА ЖОРГО клип официальный клип десем туура болот. Негизинен Асел Касмакунова Кыргызстан да КАРА ЖОРГО ну жарып ырдап чыкты. Кыргыз маданияты на чон салым кошту десек болот. Кара жорго, Чолпонум, Бий жарыш, Сынма бий, Комуз деми, кыргызча ЖАР ЖАР, КЕЧКИ ТУМАН, АМАН ЖАР, ОЗГОЧОМ ырлары н ырдайт. КАРА ЖОРГО Асель Касмакунова деп эл жакшы тааныйт. Асель КАСМАКУНОВА Туулган кун ырдаганы абдан жагымдуу болуптур! Хит ырлары 2020 га кирет деп ишенем. Асель КАСМАКУНОВА Уйлонуу тойлордо кыргызча ЖАРЖАР, болгондо дагы озгочо шандуу ЖАР ЖАР.
asel,kara jorgo,бийчи,кара жорго,Qara jorgo,этника,этнотанец,фольклор,folkdance,бишкек,комуз деми,комуз деми бийиси,комуз куусу,Асел касмакунова комуз деми,комуз куулор,хит ырлар,жандуу ырлар,жаны ырлар,ырчылар,той,жар жар кыргызча,бий,Жар Жар,кыргыз бийи кочмондор,кыргыз бийи кок бору,кыргыз бий флешмоб,кыргыз бийи комуз,кыргыз бийлери,кыргыз бийи детский,кыргыз бийи сармерден,кыргыз бийи современный,кыргыз бийи сардал кыз,кыргыз бийи салимар тобу
Интернациональный свадьба
Жаны ЖАР ЖАР
Бий жарыш Сынма бий укмуш сонун чыгарма:
КАРА ЖОРГО:
озгочо шандуу жаны ЖАР ЖАР
Kyrgyz folk song:
Komuz demi Asel Älmurat
Music in this video
Learn more
Listen ad-free with YouTube Premium
Song
Кара Жорго
Artist
Асель Касмакунова, Эсенбаев Кубанычбек
Licensed to YouTube by
TuneCore (on behalf of Асель Касмакунова & Эсенбаев Кубанычбек); PEDL, UMPG Publishing, and 2 Music Rights Societie
КАРА ЖОРГО - АСЕЛЬ КАСМАКУНОВА & ЭЛМУРАТ МАЙРАМБЕКОВ / ХИТ ЫР (НУКУРА КЫРГЫЗ БИЙ)

comments (0)
Friends LESSON 3531 Fri 11 Dec 2020 THE BUDDHA AND HIS DHAMMA by Dr. B. R. Ambedkar LogoLogo Dr B.R.Ambedkar thundered “Main Prabuddha Bharat Baudhmay karunga.” (I will make Prabuddha Bharat Buddhist) Now All Aboriginal Awakened Societies Thunder ” Hum Prapanch Prabuddha Prapanchmay karunge.” (We will make world Prabuddha Prapanch) People have started returning back to their original home Buddhism. The whole world will follow the teachings of the Awakened One with Awareness for their happiness, welfare and peace to enable them to attain Eternal Bliss as their Final Goal.
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:50 am


Friends

LESSON 3531 Fri 11 Dec  2020


THE BUDDHA
AND HIS DHAMMA
by Dr. B. R. Ambedkar


LogoLogo

Dr B.R.Ambedkar thundered “Main Prabuddha Bharat Baudhmay karunga.” (I will make Prabuddha Bharat Buddhist)

Now
All Aboriginal Awakened Societies Thunder ” Hum Prapanch Prabuddha
Prapanchmay karunge.” (We will make world Prabuddha Prapanch)

People
have started returning back to their original home Buddhism. The whole
world will follow the teachings of the Awakened One with Awareness for
their happiness, welfare and peace to enable them to attain Eternal
Bliss as their Final Goal.

Request
for step by step guide to produce featured free online movie titled
“Discovery of Buddha the Awakened One with Awareness Universe” without
camera in 116 Classical Languages with examples

https://tenor.com/view/step-by-step-gif-13251675

Request

https://tenor.com/view/library-library-take-out-request-step-one-step1-gif-18897911
Library Library Take Out GIF - Library LibraryTakeOut Request GIFs
for step by step
Step By Step GIF - StepByStep GIFsguide to produce featured free online movie titled
“Discovery of Buddha the Awakened One with Awareness Universe” without
camera in 116 Classical Languages with examples



Friends

Request
for step by step guide to produce featured free online movie titled
“Discovery of Buddha the Awakened One with Awareness Universe” without
camera in 116 Classical Languages with examples
universal language music unites GIF by VH1 Hip Hop Honors

https://giphy.com/gifs/hiphophonors-vh1-hip-hop-honors-xT8qBgpqOMUx3l3iM0
https://giphy.com/gifs/nicksports-nicksb51-26xBIeW1gZS6tMbWU
nicksb51 GIF by Nickelodeon at Super Bowl

https://open.library.ubc.ca/cIRcle/collections/ubctheses/24/items/1.0340476

Request
for step by step guide to produce featured free online movie titled
“Discovery of Buddha the Awakened One with Awareness Universe” without
camera in 116 Classical Languages with examples
Thus Have I Heard [English]
rabolio
1.22K subscribers
All right reserved to: http://buddha-thushaveiheard.com
Selling prohibited.
Movie starts at 1:30
Music in this video
Learn more
Listen ad-free with YouTube Premium
Song
Lullaby From Hell
Artist
Big Score Music
Album
BSC043 Masters of Horror Volume 3
Licensed to YouTube by
SourceAudio
Holdings LLC (on behalf of Big Score Music); SourceAudio Holdings
(music publishing), UMPG Publishing, and 3 Music Rights Societies
Song
Winter Waltz
Artist
Kitaro
Album
Cirque Ingenieux
Writers
Masanori Takahashi
Licensed to YouTube by
The
Orchard Music (on behalf of Domo Records); CMRRA, LatinAutorPerf, UNIAO
BRASILEIRA DE EDITORAS DE MUSICA - UBEM, Peermusic, BMI - Broadcast
Music Inc., and 12 Music Rights Societies
Song
Hanging Hits
Artist
Epic Score
Album
Epic Textures 1
Licensed to YouTube by
HAAWK for a 3rd Party (on behalf of Epic Score); HAAWK Publishing, Sony ATV Publishing, and 3 Music Rights Societies
Song
Oaks
Artist
TUC
Album
Victoria Park
Licensed to YouTube by
[Merlin] Was Wordandsound Medien GmbH (on behalf of Analogue Attic), and 3 Music Rights Societies
Song
Magical Beginning
Artist
Big Score Music
Album
BSC029 Illusions Imagination Volume 2
Licensed to YouTube by
SourceAudio Holdings LLC (on behalf of Big Score Music); SourceAudio Holdings (music publishing), and 2 Music Rights Societies
Song
Sad Eyes
Artist
Big Score Music
Album
BSC023 Big Screen Drama Volume 3
Licensed to YouTube by
SourceAudio
Holdings LLC (on behalf of Big Score Music); BMI - Broadcast Music
Inc., SourceAudio Holdings (music publishing), and 1 Music Rights
Societies
Thus Have I Heard [English]
All right reserved to: http://buddha-thushaveiheard.com Selling prohibited.Movie starts at 1:30



Open Collections





UBC Theses and Dissertations


UBC Theses Logo



Reinventing Buddhism : conversations and encounters in modern India, 1839 - 1956

Ober, Douglas Fairchild


2016
Dhammānupassī Sutta  - Observing dhammas —in 29) Classical


Friends


https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_S2ugP78oUI

Dr B.R.Ambedkar thundered “Main Prabuddha Bharat Baudhmay karunga.” (I will make Prabuddha Bharat Buddhist)
Now All Aboriginal Awakened Societies Thunder ” Hum Prapanch Prabuddha Prapanchmay karunge.” (We will make world Prabuddha Prapanch)
People have started returning back to their original home Buddhism. The whole world will follow the teachings of the Awakened One with Awareness for their happiness, welfare and peace to enable them to attain Eternal Bliss as their Final Goal.
BUDDHA AND HIS DHAMMA PART 1
THE BUDDHA
AND HIS DHAMMA
by Dr. B. R. Ambedkar
The Great Stupa at Sarnath, near Varanasi, is said to mark the site where the Buddha preached his first sermon.
[*EDITOR’S INTRODUCTION*]
*AUTHOR’S UNPUBLISHED PREFACE*
*INTRODUCTION*
*PROLOGUE*
BOOK ONE: SIDDHARTH GAUTAMA — HOW A BODHISATTA BECAME THE BUDDHA
*Part I — From Birth to Parivraja*
*Part II — Renunciation for Ever*
*Part III — In Search of New Light*
*Part IV — Enlightenment and the Vision of a New Way*
*Part V — The Buddha and His Predecessors*
*Part VI — The Buddha and His Contemporaries*
*Part VII — Comparison and Contrast*
BOOK TWO: CAMPAIGN OF CONVERSION
*Part I — Buddha and His Vishad Yoga*
*Part II — The Conversion of the Parivrajakas*
*Part III — Conversion of the High and the Holy*
*Part IV — Call from Home*
*Part V — Campaign for Conversion Resumed*
*Part VI — Conversion of the Low and the Lowly*
*Part VII — Conversion of Women*
*Part VIII — Conversion of the Fallen and the Criminals*
BOOK THREE: WHAT THE BUDDHA TAUGHT
*Part I — His Place in His Dhamma*
*Part II — Different Views of the Buddha’s Dhamma*
*Part III — What is Dhamma*
*Part IV — What is Not Dhamma*
*Part V — What is Saddhamma*
BOOK FOUR: RELIGION AND DHAMMA
*Part I — Religion and Dhamma*
*Part II — How Similarities in Terminology Conceal Fundamental Difference*
*Part III — The Buddhist Way of Life*
*Part IV — His Sermons*
BOOK FIVE: THE SANGH
*Part I — The Sangh*
*Part II — The Bhikkhu: the Buddha’s Conception of Him*
*Part III — The Duties of the Bhikkhu*
*Part IV — The Bhikkhu and the Laity*
*Part V — Vinaya for the Laity*
BOOK SIX: HE AND HIS CONTEMPORARIES
*Part I — His Benefactors*
*Part II — His Enemies*
*Part III — Critics of His Doctrines*
*Part IV — Friends and Admirers*
BOOK SEVEN: THE WANDERER’S LAST JOURNEY
*Book Seven, Part I — The Meeting of those Near and Dear*
*Book Seven, Part II — Leaving Vaishali*
*Book Seven, Part III — His End*
BOOK EIGHT: THE MAN WHO WAS SIDDHARTHA GAUTAMA
*Book Eight, Part I — His Personality*
*Book Eight, Part II — His Humanity*
*Book Eight, Part III — His Likes and Dislikes*
 
Shared with Your friends
Friends

Request for step by step guide to produce featured free online movie titled “Discovery of Buddha the Awakened One with Awareness Universe” without camera in 116 Classical Languages with examples
Thus Have I Heard [English]
rabolio
1.22K subscribers
All right reserved to: http://buddha-thushaveiheard.com
Selling prohibited.
Movie starts at 1:30
Music in this video
Learn more
Listen ad-free with YouTube Premium
Song
Lullaby From Hell
Artist
Big Score Music
Album
BSC043 Masters of Horror Volume 3
Licensed to YouTube by
SourceAudio Holdings LLC (on behalf of Big Score Music); SourceAudio Holdings (music publishing), UMPG Publishing, and 3 Music Rights Societies
Song
Winter Waltz
Artist
Kitaro
Album
Cirque Ingenieux
Writers
Masanori Takahashi
Licensed to YouTube by
The Orchard Music (on behalf of Domo Records); CMRRA, LatinAutorPerf, UNIAO BRASILEIRA DE EDITORAS DE MUSICA - UBEM, Peermusic, BMI - Broadcast Music Inc., and 12 Music Rights Societies
Song
Hanging Hits
Artist
Epic Score
Album
Epic Textures 1
Licensed to YouTube by
HAAWK for a 3rd Party (on behalf of Epic Score); HAAWK Publishing, Sony ATV Publishing, and 3 Music Rights Societies
Song
Oaks
Artist
TUC
Album
Victoria Park
Licensed to YouTube by
[Merlin] Was Wordandsound Medien GmbH (on behalf of Analogue Attic), and 3 Music Rights Societies
Song
Magical Beginning
Artist
Big Score Music
Album
BSC029 Illusions Imagination Volume 2
Licensed to YouTube by
SourceAudio Holdings LLC (on behalf of Big Score Music); SourceAudio Holdings (music publishing), and 2 Music Rights Societies
Song
Sad Eyes
Artist
Big Score Music
Album
BSC023 Big Screen Drama Volume 3
Licensed to YouTube by
SourceAudio Holdings LLC (on behalf of Big Score Music); BMI - Broadcast Music Inc., SourceAudio Holdings (music publishing), and 1 Music Rights Societies



Friends


Request for step by step guide to produce featured free online movie titled “Discovery of Buddha the Awakened One with Awareness Universe” without camera in 116 Classical Languages with examples
 
Shared with Your friends
Friends

dhammānupassī Sutta - breathnú dhammas - i bhfocail Buddha féin -i Classical Gaeilge-Indinéisis Clasaiceach
Is fiú a bheith á an teachtaireacht a thugtar sa Sutta arís agus arís eile: Sé nósanna gan thréigean nach bhfuil sé indéanta a chleachtadh na satipaṭṭhānas i gceart. Go leor d’fhéadfadh roinnt a ghlanadh inmholta anseo.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, gan thréigean nach bhfuil sé indéanta a bheith ag breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Gan a bheith tréigthe ar na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, ní féidir le fanacht ag breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, thréigean a bhfuil sé indéanta go bhfanfaidh breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Tar éis tréigthe na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, is féidir le fanacht ag breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, gan thréigean nach bhfuil sé indéanta a bheith ag breathnú worshipped worshipped go seachtrach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Gan a bheith tréigthe ar na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, ní féidir le fanacht ag breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, thréigean a bhfuil sé indéanta go bhfanfaidh breathnú worshipped worshipped go seachtrach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Tar éis tréigthe na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, is féidir le fanacht ag breathnú worshipped worshipped go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, gan thréigean nach bhfuil sé indéanta a bheith ag breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Gan a bheith tréigthe ar na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, ní féidir le fanacht ag breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, thréigean a bhfuil sé indéanta go bhfanfaidh breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Tar éis tréigthe na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, is féidir le fanacht ag breathnú worshipped worshipped hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, gan thréigean a nach féidir le fanacht um fhaire vedanā in vedanā hinmheánach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Gan a bheith tréigthe ar na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, ní féidir le fanacht um fhaire vedanā in vedanā hinmheánach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, thréigean a bhfuil sé indéanta go bhfanfaidh um fhaire vedanā in vedanā istigh agus taobh amuigh.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Tar éis tréigthe na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, is féidir le fanacht um fhaire vedanā in vedanā hinmheánach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, gan thréigean a nach féidir le fanacht um fhaire vedanā in vedanā go seachtrach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Gan a bheith tréigthe ar na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, ní féidir le fanacht um fhaire vedanā in vedanā go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, thréigean a bhfuil sé indéanta go bhfanfaidh um fhaire vedanā in vedanā go seachtrach.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Tar éis tréigthe na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, is féidir le fanacht um fhaire vedanā in vedanā go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, gan thréigean a nach féidir le fanacht um fhaire vedanā in vedanā istigh agus taobh amuigh.
Cé acu sé? Delight i ngníomhaíochtaí, delight i gcomhráite, delight i codlata, delight i sóisialú, easpa guttadvāratā indriyesu agus easpa mattaññutā bhojane.
Gan a bheith tréigthe ar na sé dhammas, bhikkhus, ní féidir le fanacht um fhaire vedanā in vedanā istigh agus taobh amuigh.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, ag tréigean ar féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar vedanā in vedanā go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Tar éis na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus a thréigean, is féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar vedanā in vedanā go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhama, gan a thréigean nach féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go hinmheánach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Gan na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, ní féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go hinmheánach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, ag tréigean ar féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go hinmheánach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Tar éis na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus a thréigean, is féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go hinmheánach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhama, gan tréigean nach féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Gan na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, ní féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhama, ag tréigean ar féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Tar éis na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus a thréigean, is féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, gan a thréigean nach féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Gan na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, ní féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, ag tréigean ar féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Tar éis na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus a thréigean, is féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar citta i citta go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas ann, gan a thréigean nach féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go hinmheánach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Gan na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, ní féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go hinmheánach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, ag tréigean ar féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go hinmheánach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Tar éis na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, is féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go hinmheánach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhama, gan a thréigean nach féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Gan na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, ní féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, ag tréigean ar féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Tar éis na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, is féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhammas, gan a thréigean nach féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Gan na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, ní féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Tá, bhikkhus, sé dhama, ag tréigean ar féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Cén seisear? Aoibhneas i ngníomhaíochtaí, taitneamh a bhaint as comhráite, taitneamh a bhaint as codladh, sult a bhaint as sóisialú, easpa indriyesu guttadvāratā agus easpa ójane mattaññutā.
Tar éis na sé dhama seo, bhikkhus, a thréigean, is féidir fanacht ag breathnú ar dhammas i ndammas go hinmheánach agus go seachtrach.
Ollscoil Taighde agus Cleachtais Ar Líne saor in aisce
le haghaidh
Fionnachtana ar Dhúisigh le Cruinne Feasachta (DAOAU)
Ar mhaithe le Leas, Sonas, Síocháin Gach Duine Sentient agus Non Sentient agus dóibh Síocháin Shíoraí a Fháil mar Sprioc Deiridh.
ag
KUSHINARA NIBBANA BHUMI PAGODA-is Dia 18 troigh Gach Pagoda Bán le tábla nó, ach bí cinnte go bhfuil sé os cionn leibhéal an chinn bunaithe ar ghnáthúsáid an tseomra.
i 116 TEANGA Clasaiceach agus ag pleanáil Therevada Tipitaka a theilgean i bhfocail Búda féin agus Áiteanna Tábhachtacha mar Lumbini, Bodhgaya, Saranath, Kushinara, Etc., i bhfís chiorcal 360 céim cosúil le Circarama
Ag
BAILE BÁN
668, 5A príomhbhóthar, 8th Cross, HAL III Stage,
Prabuddha Bharat Puniya Bhumi Bengaluru
Stát Magadhi Karnataka
PRABUDDHA BHARAT
Go n-éirí go geal libh, slán agus slán leat féin, le baill do theaghlaigh agus le gach duine mothaitheach agus neamhbhuíoch!
Bheadh ​​an piolla chun dul in aois a aisiompú ar fáil don phobal laistigh de chúig bliana agus chosnódh sé an rud céanna gach lá le cupán caife, a deir an taighdeoir.
Léigh, Cleachtadh, Scaip Focail Féin an Duine Múscailte le Feasacht ar an mBúda maidir le Sonas, Leas, Síocháin Gach Duine Seolta, Neamhbhiatach agus dóibh Blásta Síoraí a bhaint amach mar Sprioc Deiridh.
Aontaíonn feirmeoirí daonchairdiúla saibhir agus bochta le freastal ar leas, sonas agus síocháin daoine gan neamhaird a dhéanamh ar dhúnmharfóir Mad d’institiúidí daonlathacha (Modi) arna rialú go cianda ag sceimhlitheoirí 0.1% éadulaingt, foréigneach, cathach, uimhir a haon ar an domhan, ag lámhach riamh, ag slogadh slógtha, ag gealaí. , eachtrannaigh a cuireadh siar go meabhrach, chnuasaigh brahmins chitpavan de Rowdy Swayam Sevaks (RSS) ó Bene Israel, an Tibéid, an Afraic, Oirthear na hEorpa, Iarthar na Gearmáine, Tuaisceart na hEorpa, Rusia Theas, an Ungáir, lán le fuath, fearg, éad, meon, Stuamacht atá ag dul i gcion ar an intinn a éilíonn cóireáil i tearmainn mheabhracha Tá a fhios ag an Arán a Itheann sé i mo Punjab, ’a deir Feirmeoir 70 bliain d’aois.
Bhí súil ag Adani, Ambani & corparáidí eile ar mhargadh gráin bia ollmhór na hIndia. Ní raibh mórán fadhbanna acu:
Fadhb 1:
Bhí rialacha agus rialacháin éagsúla ag Stáit chun gráin bhia a cheannach ó fheirmeoirí. Ba dheacair do chorparáidí an oiread sin stát a láimhseáil leis an oiread sin rialachán agus cánacha éagsúla
Dúnmharfóir meánach institiúidí daonlathacha agus Réiteach Máistir institiúidí caolaithe (Modi):
Ghlac smacht ó stáit agus rinne sé gníomh amháin don tír ar fad. Corparáidí sásta anois.
Fadhb 2:
Ceannóidh corparáidí barra agus stórálfaidh siad iad. Ach cuirfidh gníomh Tráchtearraí Riachtanach stop leo barraí a stóráil ar feadh i bhfad, de réir mar a ardóidh sé praghsanna sa mhargadh.
Réiteach Modi:
Ní thiocfaidh barraí bia faoin acht Tráchtearraí Riachtanach agus is féidir iad a stóráil ar feadh tréimhse níos faide. Corparáidí sásta arís.
Fadhb 3
Ba dheacair a chinneadh cén cineál barr a fhásfaidh feirmeoirí.
Réiteach Modi:
Feirmeoireacht ar conradh d’fheirmeoirí áit a gcuirfidh corparáidí in iúl dóibh cén cineál barr a fhás. Corparáidí sásta arís.
Fadhb 4:
An chaoi a láimhseálfaidh Corparáidí cásanna cúirte má théann aon rud mícheart i gcoinne feirmeoirí.
Réiteach Modi:
Ní féidir le feirmeoirí dul chuig cúirteanna. Rachaidh siad chuig SDM agus DC. Gach
Tá corparáidí sásta arís mar is féidir leo iad a bhreabadh go héasca.
Agus Deir siad go bhfuil billí i bhfabhar feirmeoirí. ….
Seo a bhfuil na feirmeoirí ag agóid ina choinne.
Éileoidh gach cumann Dúchasach Dúisithe Páipéir Ballóide in ionad na EVManna calaoise ar son an cheartais agus sábhálfaidh siad an daonlathas. Go huathoibríoch gheobhaidh gach cumann an sochar trí dháileadh an rachmais go comhréireach i measc na sochaí uile as a leas, a sonas agus a síocháin.
Tá Modi (dúnmharfóir Mad ar institiúidí daonlathacha) ag tarraingt aird na maiseanna ó cheist amháin go ceist eile. Cé go bhfuil na feirmeoirí ag treisiú a streachailt in aghaidh an Modi, fógraíonn sé faoi Covid Vaccine, amhail is gur príomhfheidhmeannach míochaine é. Chomh luath agus a dhearbhaigh sé gurbh é a hindutva a rinne an chéad trasphlandú orgán daonna nuair a rinne Shiva ceann eilifint a thrasphlandú ar chorp an duine.
Beautiful Buddhist song
Jendhamuni Sos
41.3K subscribers
Buddhist song
Music in this video
Learn more
Listen ad-free with YouTube Premium
Song
เพลงบทสวดพระคาถาชินบัญชร (เสียงเด็ก)
Artist
Ocean Media
Album
บทเพลงสวดมนต์อภิมหามงคล, Vol. 8
Licensed to YouTube by
Believe Music (on behalf of Ocean Media); PEDL, and 3 Music Rights Societies

youtube.com
Beautiful Buddhist song

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:38 am


Friends


ANNIHILATION OF CASTE PART 2
EDITOR’S INTRODUCTION
by Frances W. Pritchett, Columbia University
The source of the text for this electronic version was: Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar: Writings and Speeches, Vol. 11 (Bombay: Education Department, Government of Maharashtra, 1992). Our site also makes available, from the same series, Vol. 11 Supplement: Pali and Other Sources of The Buddha & His Dhamma with an Index, by Vasant Moon. The original publication was by Siddharth College Publications, Bombay, in 1957.
This electronic version has retained every word of the source text. Only the most obvious typos have been corrected. Punctuation, however, has not only been corrected where it was faulty, but has also sometimes been rearranged for greater ease of reading. Every word added by the editor is contained within square brackets. Only a small amount of standardization of spelling for a few key terms has been imposed: for example, where Dr. Ambedkar sometimes has “Gautama” and sometimes “Gotama” for the name of the Buddha, the former has been used throughout.
This very light editing means that many obvious errors of all kinds remain: for example, “It is he at whom the people are gazing at.” [I,2,2,3]. Sometimes “you” and “thou” forms have been used in the same sentence. Sometimes the grammar shifts midway in a sentence, so that it doesn’t work properly. These and many other small problems have not been fixed. Apart from one or two words, spelling of Pali terms has not been normalized, though it changes considerably from one part of the book to another. Word choice also changes: “bhikkhus,” “monks,” and “alms-men” all occur, as Dr. Ambedkar incorporates the language of different translations of different texts.
The reader should remember that Dr. Ambedkar compiled this book in haste, during the last years of his life, when he was chronically ill and also very busy. It was published posthumously.
This has been a fascinating text to work with. In places, it is eloquent and tremendously moving. If it is uneven, that is hardly surprising. It remains a testament to its author’s love not only for the figure of the Buddha, but for social justice, humane values, and a clear-eyed honesty in looking at life.
Image sources:
The Great Stupa at Sarnath has been adopted as the image source for this ebook. Here is where the particular images come from:
Cover image:
(downloaded June 2001) Photographer: Candy Lai
“unpublished preface” image:
“introduction” image:
Seller’s description: “‘Sarnat, a Boodh Monument near Benares,’ engraved by W.Taylor after a picture by W.Purser, published in The Indian Empire, London, about 1858.”
all other images are from the wonderful Berger Foundation collection:
UNPUBLISHED
PREFACE
April 6, 1956
[Text provided by Eleanor Zelliot, as prepared by Vasant Moon]
A question is always asked to me: how I happen[ed] to take such [a] high degree of education. Another question is being asked: why I am inclined towards Buddhism. These questions are asked because I was born in a community known in India as the “Untouchables.” This preface is not the place for answering the first question. But this preface may be the place for answering the second question.
The direct answer to this question is that I regard the Buddha’s Dhamma to be the best. No religion can be compared to it. If a modern man who knws science must have a religion, the only religion he can have is the Religion of the Buddha. This conviction has grown in me after thirty-five years of close study of all religions.
How I was led to study Buddhism is another story. It may be interesting for the reader to know. This is how it happened.
My father was a military officer, but at the same time a very religious person. He brought me up under a strict discipline. From my early age I found certain contradictions in my father’s religious way of life. He was a Kabirpanthi, though his father was Ramanandi. As such, he did not believe in Murti Puja (Idol Worship), and yet he performed Ganapati Puja–of course for our sake, but I did not like it. He read the books of his Panth. At the same time, he compelled me and my elder brother to read every day before going to bed a portion of [the] Mahabharata and Ramayana to my sisters and other persons who assembled at my father’s house to hear the Katha. This went on for a long number of years.
The year I passed the English Fourth Standard Examination, my community people wanted to celebrate the occasion by holding a public meeting to congratulate me. Compared to the state of education in other communities, this was hardly an occasion for celebration. But it was felt by the organisers that I was the first boy in my community to reach this stage; they thought that I had reached a great height. They went to my father to ask for his permission. My father flatly refused, saying that such a thing would inflate the boy’s head; after all, he has only passed an examination and done nothing more. Those who wanted to celebrate the event were greatly disappointed. They, however, did not give way. They went to Dada Keluskar, a personal friend of my father, and asked him to intervene. He agreed. After a little argumentation, my father yielded, and the meeting was held. Dada Keluskar presided. He was a literary person of his time. At the end of his address he gave me as a gift a copy of his book on the life of the Buddha, which he had written for the Baroda Sayajirao Oriental Series. I read the book with great interest, and was greatly impressed and moved by it.
I began to ask why my father did not introduce us to the Buddhist literature. After this, I was determined to ask my father this question. One day I did. I asked my father why he insisted upon our reading the Mahabharata and Ramayana, which recounted the greatness of the Brahmins and the Kshatriyas and repeated the stories of the degradation of the Shudras and the Untouchables. My father did not like the question. He merely said, “You must not ask such silly questions. You are only boys; you must do as you are told.” My father was a Roman Patriarch, and exercised most extensive Patria Pretestas over his children. I alone could take a little liberty with him, and that was because my mother had died in my childhood, leaving me to the care of my auntie.
So after some time, I asked again the same question. This time my father had evidently prepared himself for a reply. He said, “The reason why I ask you to read the Mahabharata and Ramayana is this: we belong to the Untouchables, and you are likely to develop an inferiority complex, which is natural. The value of [the] Mahabharata and Ramayana lies in removing this inferiority complex. See Drona and Karna–they were small men, but to what heights they rose! Look at Valmiki–he was a Koli, but he became the author of [the] Ramayana. It is for removing this inferiority complex that I ask you to read the Mahabharata and Ramayana.”
I could see that there was some force in my father’s argument. But I was not satisfied. I told my father that I did not like any of the figures in [the] Mahabharata. I said, “I do not like Bhishma and Drona, nor Krishna. Bhishma and Drona were hypocrites. They said one thing and did quite the opposite. Krishna believed in fraud. His life is nothing but a series of frauds. Equal dislike I have for Rama. Examine his conduct in the Sarupnakha [=Shurpanakha] episode [and] in the Vali Sugriva episode, and his beastly behaviour towards Sita.” My father was silent, and made no reply. He knew that there was a revolt.
This is how I turned to the Buddha, with the help of the book given to me by Dada Keluskar. It was not with an empty mind that I went to the Buddha at that early age. I had a background, and in reading the Buddhist Lore I could always compare and contrast. This is the origin of my interest in the Buddha and His Dhamma.
The urge to write this book has a different origin. In 1951 the Editor of the Mahabodhi Society’s Journal of Calcutta asked me to write an article for the Vaishak Number. In that article I argued that the Buddha’s Religion was the only religion which a society awakened by science could accept, and without which it would perish. I also pointed out that for the modern world Buddhism was the only religion which it must have to save itself. That Buddhism makes [a] slow advance is due to the fact that its literature is so vast that no one can read the whole of it. That it has no such thing as a bible, as the Christians have, is its greatest handicap. On the publication of this article, I received many calls, written and oral, to write such a book. It is in response to these calls that I have undertaken the task.
To disarm all criticism I would like to make it clear that I claim no originality for the book. It is a compilation and assembly plant. The material has been gathered from various books. I would particularly like to mention Ashvaghosha’s Buddhavita [=Buddhacharita], whose poetry no one can excel. In the narrative of certain events I have even borrowed his language.
The only originality that I can claim in [=is] the order of presentation of the topics, in which I have tried to introduce simplicity and clarity. There are certain matters which give headache[s] to the student of Buddhism. I have dealt with them in the Introduction.
It remains for me to express my gratitude to those who have been helpful to me. I am very grateful to Mr. Nanak Chand Rattua of Village Sakrulli and Mr. Parkash Chand of Village Nangal Khurd in the district of Hoshiarpur (Punjab) for the burden they have taken upon themselves to type out the manuscript. They have done it several times. Shri Nanak Chand Rattu took special pains and put in very hard labour in accomplishing this great task. He did the whole work of typing etc. very willingly and without caring for his health and [=or] any sort of remuneration. Both Mr. Nanak Chand Rattu and Mr. Parkash Chand did their job as a token of their greatest love and affection towards me. Their labours can hardly be repaid. I am very much grateful to them.
When I took up the task of composing the book I was ill, and [I] am still ill. During these five years there were many ups and downs in my health. At some stages my condition had become so critical that doctors talked of me as a dying flame. The successful rekindling of this dying flame is due to the medical skill of my wife and Dr. Malvankar. They alone have helped me to complete the work. I am also thankful to Mr. M. B. Chitnis, who took [a] special interest in correcting [the] proof and to go [=in going] through the whole book.
I may mention that this is one of the three books which will form a set for the proper understanding of Buddhism. The other books are: (i) Buddha and Karl Marx; and (ii) Revolution and Counter-Revolution in Ancient India. They are written out in parts. I hope to publish them soon.
B. R. Ambedkar
26 Alipur Road, Delhi
6-4-56
INTRODUCTION
Indications of a growth in the volume of interest in Buddhism are noticeable in some sections of the Indian people. Along with it there is naturally a growing demand for a clear and consistent statement of the life and teachings of the Buddha.
Anyone who is not a Buddhist finds it extremely difficult to present the life and teachings of the Buddha in a manner which would make it a consistent whole. Depending on the Nikayas, not only the presentation of a consistent story of the life of the Buddha becomes a difficult thing and the presentation of some parts of his teachings becomes much more so. Indeed it would not be an exaggeration to say that of all the founders of religions in the world, the presentation of the life and teachings of the founder of Buddhism presents a problem which is quite puzzling if not baffling. Is it not necessary that these problems should be solved, and the path for the understanding of Buddhism be made clear? Is it not time that those who are Buddhists should take up these problems, at least for general discussion, and throw what light they can on these problems?
With a view to raise a discussion on these problems, I propose to set them out here. The first problem relates to the main event in the life of the Buddha, namely, Parivraja. Why did the Buddha take Parivraja? The traditional answer is that he took Parivraja because he saw a dead person, a sick person and an old person. This answer is absurd on the face of it. The Buddha took Parivraja at the age of 29. If he took Parivraja as a result of these three sights, how is it he did not see these three sights earlier? These are common events occurring by hundreds, and the Buddha could not have failed to come across them earlier. It is impossible to accept the traditional explanation that this was the first time he saw them. The explanation is not plausible and does not appeal to reason. But if this is not the answer to the question, what is the real answer?
The second problem is created by the four Aryan Truths. Do they form part of the original teachings of the Buddha? This formula cuts at the root of Buddhism. If life is sorrow, death is sorrow, and rebirth is sorrow, then there is an end of everything. Neither religion nor philosophy can help a man to achieve happiness in the world. If there is no escape from sorrow, then what can religion do, what can Buddha do, to relieve man from such sorrow which is ever there in birth itself? The four Aryan Truths are a great stumbling block in the way of non-Buddhists accepting the gospel of Buddhism. For the four Aryan Truths deny hope to man. The four Aryan Truths make the gospel of the Buddha a gospel of pessimism. Do they form part of the original gospel, or are they a later accretion by the monks?
The third problem relates to the doctrines of soul, of karma and rebirth. The Buddha denied the existence of the soul. But he is also said to have affirmed the doctrine of karma and rebirth. At once a question arises. If there is no soul, how can there be karma? If there is no soul, how can there be rebirth? These are baffling questions. In what sense did the Buddha use the words karma and rebirth? Did he use them in a different sense than the sense in which they were used by the Brahmins of his day? If so, in what sense? Did he use them in the same sense in which the Brahmins used them? If so, is there not a terrible contradiction between the denial of the soul and the affirmation of karma and rebirth? This contradiction needs to be resolved.
The fourth problem relates to the Bhikkhu. What was the object of the Buddha in creating the Bhikkhu? Was the object to create a perfect man? Or was his object to create a social servant devoting his life to service of the people and being their friend, guide and philosopher? This is a very real question. On it depends the future of Buddhism. If the Bhikkhu is only a perfect man he is of no use to the propagation of Buddhism, because though a perfect man he is a selfish man. If, on the other hand, he is a social servant, he may prove to be the hope of Buddhism. This question must be decided not so much in the interest of doctrinal consistency but in the interest of the future of Buddhism.
If I may say so, the pages of the journal of the Mahabodhi Society make, to me at any rate, dull reading. This is not because the material presented is not interesting and instructive. The dullness is due to the fact that it seems to fall upon a passive set of readers. After reading an article, one likes to know what the reader of the journal has to say about it. But the reader never gives out his reaction. This silence on the part of the reader is a great discouragement to the writer. I hope my questions will excite the readers to come and make their contribution to their solution.
PROLOGUE
“From time to time men find themselves forced to reconsider current and inherited beliefs and ideas, to gain some harmony between present and past experience, and to reach a position which shall satisfy the demands of feeling and reflexion and give confidence for facing the future. If, at the present day, religion, as a subject of critical or scientific inquiry, of both practical and theoretical significance has attracted increasing attention, this can be ascribed to (a) the rapid progress of scientific knowledge and thought; (b) the deeper intellectual interest in the subject; (c) the widespread tendencies in all parts of the world to reform or reconstruct religion, or even to replace it by some body of thought, more ‘rational’ and ’scientific’ or less ’superstitious’; and (d) the effect of social, political, and international events of a sort which, in the past, have both influenced and been influenced by religion. Whenever the ethical or moral value of activities or conditions is questioned, the value of religion is involved; and all deep-stirring experiences invariably compel a reconsideration of the most fundamental ideas, whether they are explicitly religious or not. Ultimately there arise problems of justice, human destiny, God, and the universe; and these in turn involve problems of the relation between ‘religious’ and other ideas, the validity of ordinary knowledge, and practicable conceptions of ‘experience’ and ‘reality’.”
–From “Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics,” Vol. X, p. 669.
BOOK ONE: SIDDHARTH GAUTAMA — HOW A BODHISATTA BECAME THE BUDDHA
BOOK ONE: SIDDHARTH GAUTAMA — HOW A BODHISATTA BECAME THE BUDDHA
Book One, Part I—From Birth to Parivraja
1.*His Kula* — 2. *His Ancestry* — 3. *His Birth* — 4. *Visit by Asita* — 5. *Death of Mahamaya* — 6. *Childhood and Education* — 7. *Early Traits* — 8. *Marriage* — 9. *Father’s Plans to Save His Son* — 10. *The Failure of the Women to Win the Prince* — 11. *The Prime Minister’s Admonition to the Prince* — 12. *The Prince’s Reply to the Prime Minister* — 13. *Initiation into the Sakya Sangh* — 14. *Conflict with the Sangh* — 15. *Offer of Exile* — 16. *Parivraja—the Way Out* — 17. *Parting Words* — 18. *Leaving His Home* — 19. *The Prince and the Servant* — 20. *The Return of Channa* — 21. *The Family in Mourning*
§ 1. His Kula
1. Going back to the sixth century B.C., Northern India did not form a single Sovereign State.
2. The country was divided into many States, some large, some small. Of these, some were monarchical and some non-monarchical.
3. The monarchical States were altogether sixteen in number. They were known by the name[s] of Anga, Magadha, Kasi, Kosala, Vriji, Malla, Chedi, Vatsa, Kuru, Panchala, Matsya, Saursena, Asmaka, Avanti, Gandhara, and Kambhoja.
4. The non-monarchical States were those of the Sakyas of Kapilvastu, the Mallas of Pava and Kushinara, the Lichhavis of Vaisali, the Videhas of Mithila, the Koliyas of Ramagam, the Bulis of Allakapa, the Kalingas of Resaputta, the Mauriyas of Pipphalvana, and the Bhaggas with their capital on Sumsumara Hill.
5. The monarchical States were known as Janapada, and the non-monarchical as Sangh or Gana.
6. Not much is known about the nature of the polity of the Sakyas of Kapilvatsu, whether it was republican or oligarchic.
7. This much, however, is definitely known, that there were many ruling families in the Republic of the Sakyas, and that they ruled in turns.
8. The head of the ruling family was known as Raja.
9. At the time of the birth of Siddharth Gautama, it was the turn of Suddhodana to be the Raja.
10. The Sakya State was situated in the northeast corner of India. It was an independent State. But at a later stage the King of Kosala had succeeded in establishing his paramountcy over it.
11. The result of this paramountcy was that the Sakya State could not exercise certain sovereign powers without the sanction of the King of Kosala.
12. Of the kingdoms then in existence, Kosala was a powerful kingdom. So was the kingdom of Magadha. Pasanedi, King of Kosala, and Bimbisara, King of Magadha, were the contemporaries of Siddharth Gautama.
§ 2. His Ancestry
1. The capital of the Sakyas was the city called Kapilavatsu, perhaps after the name of the great Rationalist Kapila.
2. There lived in Kapilavastu a Sakya, by name Jaya Sena. Sinahu was his son. Sinahu was married to Kaccana. Sinahu had five sons, Suddhodana, Dhotodana, Sakkodana, Suklodana, and Amitodana. Besides five sons, Sinahu had two daughters, Amita and Pamita.
3. The Gotra of the family was Aditya.
4. Suddhodana was married to Mahamaya. Her father’s name was Anjana, and mother’s Sulakshana. Anjana was a Koliya, and was residing in the village called Devadaha.
5. Suddhodana was a man of great military prowess. When Suddhodana had shown his martial powers, he was allowed to take a second wife, and he chose Mahaprajapati. She was the elder sister of Mahamaya.
6. Suddhodana was a wealthy person. The lands he held were very extensive, and the retinue under him was very large. He employed, it is said, one thousand ploughs to till the land he owned.
7. He lived quite a luxurious life and had many palaces.
§ 3. His Birth
1. To Suddhodana was born Siddharth Gautama, and this was the manner of Gautama’s birth.
2. It was a custom among the Sakyas to observe an annual midsummer festival which fell in the month of Ashad. It was celebrated by all the Sakyas throughout the State, and also by the members of the ruling family.
3. It was the usual practice to celebrate the festival for seven days.
4. On one occasion Mahamaya decided to observe the festival with gaiety, with splendour, with flowers, with perfume, but without drinking intoxicants.
5. On the seventh day she rose early, bathed in scented water, bestowed a gift of 4,00,000 pieces of money as alms, adorned herself with all precious ornaments, ate [the] choicest food, took upon herself the fast-day vows, and entered the splendidly adorned royal bedchamber to sleep.
6. That night Suddhodana and Mahamaya came together, and Mahamaya conceived. Lying on the royal bed, she fell asleep. While asleep she had a dream.
7. In her dreams she saw that the four world-guardians raised her as she was sleeping on her bed and carried her to the tableland of the Himalayas, placed her under a great sal tree, and stood on one side.
8. The wives of the four world-guardians then approached, and took her to the lake Mansarovar.
9. They bathed her, robed her in a dress, anointed her with perfumes, and decked her with flowers in a manner fit to meet some divinity.
10. Then a Bodhisatta, by name Sumedha, appeared before her saying, “I have decided to take my last and final birth on this earth, will you consent to be my mother?” She said, “Yes, with great pleasure.” At this moment Mahamaya awoke.
11. Next morning Mahamaya told her dream to Suddhodana. Not knowing how to interpret the dream, Suddhodana summoned eight Brahmins who were most famous in divination.
12. They were Rama, Dhaga, Lakkana, Manti, Yanna, Suyama, Subhoga, and Sudatta and prepared for them a befitting reception.
13. He caused the ground to be strewn with festive flowers, and prepared high seats for them.
14. He filled the bowls of the Brahmins with gold and silver, and fed them on cooked ghee, honey, sugar, and excellent rice and milk. He also gave them other gifts, such as new clothes and tawny cows.
15. When the Brahmins were propitiated, Suddhodana related to them the dream Mahamaya had [had], and said, ” Tell me what it means.”
16. The Brahmins said, “Be not anxious. You will have a son, and if he leads a householder’s life he will become a universal monarch, and if he leaves his home and goes forth into a homeless state, and becomes a sanyasi, he will become a Buddha, a dispeller of illusions in the world.”
17. Bearing the Bodhisatta in her womb like oil in a vessel for ten lunar months, Mahamaya, as her time of delivery was coming nearer, desired to go to her parents’ home for delivery. Addressing her husband, she said, ” I wish to go to Devadaha, the city of my father.”
18. “Thou knowest that thy wishes will be done,” replied Suddhodana. Having seated her in a golden palanquin borne by couriers, he sent her forth with a great retinue to her father’s house.
19. Mahamaya, on her way to Devadaha, had to pass through a pleasure-grove of sal trees and other trees, flowering and non-flowering. It was known as the Lumbini Grove.
20. As the palanquin was passing through it, the whole Lumbini Grove seemed like the heavenly Cittalata grove or like a banqueting pavilion adorned for a mighty king.
21. From the roots to the tips of the branches the trees were loaded with fruits, flowers and numberless bees of the fine colours, uttering curious sounds, and flocks of various kinds of birds, singing sweet melodies.
22. Witnessing the scene, there arose a desire in the heart of Mahamaya for halting and sporting therein for a while. Accordingly she told the couriers to take her in[to] the sal-grove and wait there.
23. Mahamaya alighted from her palanquin and walked up to the foot of a royal sal tree. A pleasant wind, not too strong, was blowing, and the boughs of the trees were heaving up and down, and Mahamaya felt like catching one of them.
24. Luckily one of the boughs heaved down sufficiently low to enable her to catch it. So she rose on her toes and caught the bough. Immediately she was lifted up by its upward movement, and being shaken, she felt the pangs of childbirth. While holding the branch of the sal tree she was delivered of a son in a standing position.
25. The child was born in the year 563 B.C. on the Vaishakha Paurnima day.
26. Suddhodana and Mahamaya were [=had been] married for a long time. But they had no issue. Ultimately [=finally] when a son was born to them, his birth was celebrated with great rejoicing, with great pomp and ceremony, by Suddhodana and his family and also by the Sakyas.
27. At the time of the birth of the child it was the turn of Suddhodana to be the ruler of Kapilavatsu, and as such [he] was in the enjoyment of the title of Raja. Naturally the boy was called Prince.
§ 4. Visit by Asita
1. At the moment when the child was born, there dwelt on the Himalayas a great sage named Asita.
2. Asita heard that the gods over the space of the sky were shouting the word “Buddha” and making it resound. He beheld them waving their garments and coursing hither and thither in delight. He thought, what if I were to go and find out the land in which he was born?
3. Surveying with his divine eyes the whole of the Jambudvipa, Asita saw that a boy was born in the house of Suddhodana, shining with all brilliance, and that it was over his birth that the gods were excited.
4. So the great sage Asita, with his nephew Nardatta, rose up and came to the abode of Raja Suddhodana, and stood at the door of his palace.
5. Now Asita, the sage, saw that at the door of Suddhodana’s palace many hundred thousand beings had assembled. So he approached the door-keeper and said, “Go, man, inform the Raja that a sage is standing at the door.”
6. Then the door-keeper approached Suddhodana and with clasped hands said, “Know, O Raja, that an aged sage, old and advanced in years, stands at the door, and says that he desires to see you.”
7. The king prepared a seat for Asita and said to the door-keeper, “Let the sage enter.” So coming out of the palace the door-keeper said to Asita, “Please go in.”
8. Now Asita approached King Suddhodana and, standing in front of him, said, “Victory, Victory, O Raja, may you live long, and rule thy kingdom righteously.”
9. Then Suddhodana in reverence to Asita fell at his feet and offered him the seat; and seeing him seated in comfort, Suddhodana said, “I do not remember to have seen thee before this, O Sage! With what purpose has thou come hither? What is the cause?”
10. Thereupon Asita said to Suddhodana, “A son is born to thee, O Raja! Desiring to see him, have I come.”
11. Suddhodana said, “The boy is asleep, O Sage! Will you wait for a while? ” The sage said, “Not long, O King, do such great beings sleep. Such good beings are by nature wakeful.”
12. Then did the child, out of compassion for Asita, the great sage, make a sign of awaking.
13. Seeing that the child had become awake, Suddhodana took the boy firmly in both hands and brought him into the presence of the sage.
14. Asita, observing the child, beheld that it was endowed with the thirty-two marks of a great man and adomed with the eighty minor marks, his body surpassing that of Sakra [and] Brahma, and his aura surpassing them a hundred thousand-fold [he] breathed forth this solemn utterance, “Marvellous, verily, is this person that has appeared in the world,” and rising from his seat clasped his hands, fell at his feet, made a rightwise circuit round, and taking the child in his own hand stood in contemplation.
15. Asita knew the old well-known prophecy that anyone endowed with the thirty-two marks of a great man, as Gautama was, has two careers open to him, and no third. “If he becomes a householder, he will become a universal monarch. But if he goes forth from the home to a homeless life, he will become a fully enlightened Buddha.”
16. Asita was sure that the child would not remain a householder.
17. And looking at the child he wept, and shedding tears, sighed deeply.
18. Suddhodana beheld Asita shedding tears, and sighing deeply.
19. Beholding him thus weeping, the hair of his body rose, and in distress Suddhodana said to Asita, “Why, O Sage, dost thou weep and shed tears, and sigh so deeply? Surely, there is no misfortune in store for the child.”
20. At this Asita said to the Raja, “O King, I weep not for the sake of the child. There will be no misfortune for him. But I weep for myself.”
21. “And why?” asked Suddhodana. Asita replied, “I am old, aged, advanced in years, and this boy will without doubt become a Buddha and attain supreme and complete enlightenment; and having done so, will turn the supreme wheel of the Doctrine that has not been turned before him by any other being in the world; for the weal and happiness of the world will he teach his Doctrine.”
22. “The religious life, the Doctrine, that he will proclaim will be good in the beginning, good in the middle, good in the end, complete in the letter and the spirit, whole and pure.”
23. “Just as an Oudumbara flower at some time and place arises in the world, even so at some time and place, after countless cycles, revered Buddhas arise in the world. So also, O Raja! this boy will without doubt obtain supreme, complete enlightenment, and having done so will take countless beings across the ocean of sorrow and misery to a state of happiness.”
24. ” But I shall not see that Buddha. Hence, O Raja, I weep, and in sadness I sigh deeply, for I shall not be able to reverence him.”
25. The king thereafter offered to the great sage Asita and Nardatta, his nephew, suitable food, and having given him robes, made a rightwise circuit round him.
26. Thereupon Asita said to Nardatta, his nephew, “When thou shalt hear, Nardatta, that the child has become a Buddha, then go and take refuge in his teachings. This shall be for thy weal and welfare and happiness.” So saying, Asita took leave of the Raja and departed for his hermitage.
§ 5. Death of Mahamaya
1. On the fifth day, the ceremony of name-giving took place. The name chosen for the child was Siddharth. His clan name was Gautama. Popularly, therefore, he came to be called Siddharth Gautama.
2. In the midst of rejoicing over the birth and the naming of the child, Mahamaya suddenly fell ill, and her illness became very serious.
3. Realising that her end was near, she called Suddhodana and Prajapati to her bedside and said, ” I am sure that the prophecy made by Asita about my son will come true. My regret is that I will not live to see it fulfilled.”
4. “My child will soon be a motherless child. But I am not worried in the least as to whether after me my child will be carefully nursed, properly looked after, and brought up in a manner befitting his future.”
5. “To you, Prajapati, I entrust my child; I have no doubt that you will be to him more than his mother.”
6. “Now do not be sorry. Permit me to die. God’s call has come, and His messengers are waiting to take me.” So saying, Mahamaya breathed her last. Both Suddhodana and Prajapati were greatly grieved and wept bitterly.
7. Siddharth was only seven days old when his mother died.
8. Siddharth had a younger brother, by name Nanda. He was the son of Suddhodana, born to Mahaprajapati.
9. He had also several cousins, Mahanama and Anuruddha, sons of his uncle Suklodan; Ananda, son of his uncle Amitodan; and Devadatta, son of his aunt Amita. Mahanama was older than Siddharth, and Ananda was younger.
10. Siddharth grew up in their company.
§ 6. Childhood and Education
1. When Siddharth was able to walk and speak, the elders of the Sakyas assembled and asked Suddhodana that the boy should be taken to the temple of the village goddess Abhya.
2. Suddhodana agreed, and asked Mahaprajapati to dress the boy.
3. While she was doing so the child Siddharth, with a most sweet voice, asked his aunt where he was being taken. On learning that he was being taken to the temple, he smiled. But he went, conforming to the custom of the Sakyas.
4. At the age of eight, Siddharth started his education.
5. Those very eight Brahmins whom Suddhodana had invited to interpret Mahamaya’s dream, and who had predicted his future, were his first teachers.
6. After they had taught him what they knew, Suddhodana sent for Sabbamitta of distinguished descent and of high lineage in the land of Uddikka, a philologist and grammarian, well read in the Vedas, Vedangas, and Upanishads. Having poured out water of dedication from a golden vase, Suddhodana handed over the boy to his charge, to be taught. He was his second teacher.
7. Under him Gautama mastered all the philosophic systems prevalent in his day.
8. Besides this, he had learned the science of concentration and meditation from one Bhardawaj, a disciple of Alara Kalam, who had his ashram at Kapilavatsu.
§ 7. Early Traits
1. Whenever he went to his father’s farm and found no work, he repaired to a quiet place, and practised meditation.
2. While everything for the cultivation of the mind was provided, his education in the military science befitting a Kshatriya was not neglected.
3. For Suddhodana was anxious not to make the mistake of having cultivated the mind of his son at the cost of his manliness.
4. Siddharth was of kindly disposition. He did not like exploitation of man by man.
5. Once he went to his father’s farm with some of his friends, and saw the labourers ploughing the land, raising bunds, cutting trees, etc., dressed in scanty clothes under a hot burning sun.
6. He was greatly moved by the sight.
7. He said to his friends, can it be right that one man should exploit another? How can it be right that the labourer should toil, and the master should live on the fruits of his labour?
8. His friends did not know what to say. For they believed in the old philosophy of life that the worker was born to serve, and that in serving his master he was only fulfilling his destiny.
9. The Sakyas used to celebrate a festival called Vapramangal. It was a rustic festival performed on the day of sowing. On this day, custom had made it obligatory on every Sakya to do ploughing personally.
10. Siddharth always observed the custom, and did engage himself in ploughing.
11. Though a man of learning, he did not despise manual labour.
12. He belonged to a warrior class, and had been taught archery and the use of weapons. But he did not like causing unnecessary injury.
13. He refused to join hunting parties. His friends used to say, “Are you afraid of tigers?” He used to retort by saying, “I know you are not going to kill tigers, you are going to kill harmless animals such as deer and rabbits.”
14. “If not for hunting, come to witness how accurate is the aim of your friends,” they said. Even such invitations Siddharth refused, saying, “I do not like to see the killing of innocent animals.”
15. Prajapati Gautami was deeply worried over this attitude of Siddharth.
16. She used to argue with him, saying, “You have forgotten that you are a Kshatriya and fighting is your duty. The art of fighting can be learned only through hunting, for only by hunting can you learn how to aim accurately. Hunting is a training ground for the warrior class.”
17. Siddharth often used to ask Gautami, “But, mother, why should a Kshatriya fight? And Gautami used to reply, “Because it is his duty.”
18. Siddharth was never satisfied by her answer. He used to ask Gautami, “Tell me, how can it be the duty of man to kill man?” Gautami argued, “Such an attitude is good for an ascetic. But Kshatriyas must fight. If they don’t, who will protect the kingdom?”
19. “But mother! If all Kshatriyas loved one another, would they not be able to protect their kingdom without resort to killing?” Gautami had to leave him to his own opinion.
20. He tried to induce his companions to join him in practising meditation. He taught them the proper pose. He taught them to fix their mind on a subject. He advised them to select such thoughts as “May I be happy, may my relations be happy, may all living animals be happy.”
21. But his friends did not take the matter seriously. They laughed at him.
22. On closing their eyes, they could not concentrate on their subject of meditation. Instead, some saw before their eyes deer for shooting or sweets for eating.
23. His father and his mother did not like his partiality for meditation. They thought it was so contrary to the life of a Kshatriya.
24. Siddharth believed that meditation on right subjects led to development of the spirit of universal love. He justified himself by saying, “When we think of living things, we begin with distinction and discrimination. We separate friends from enemies, we separate animals we rear from human beings. We love friends and domesticated animals and we hate enemies and wild animals.”
25. “This dividing line we must overcome. and this we can do when we in our contemplation rise above the limitations of practical life.” Such was his reasoning.
26. His childhood was marked by the presence of [a] supreme sense of compassion.
27. Once he went to his father’s farm. During recess he was resting under a tree. enjoying the peace and beauty of nature. While [he was] so seated, a bird fell from the sky just in front of him.
28. The bird had been shot at by an arrow which had pierced its body, and was fluttering about in great agony.
29. Siddharth rushed to the help of the bird. He removed the arrow, dressed its wound, and gave it water to drink. He picked up the bird, came to the place where he was [=had been] seated, and wrapped up the bird in his upper garment and held it next to his chest to give it warmth.
30. Siddharth was wondering who could have shot this innocent bird. Before long there came his cousin Devadatta, armed with all the implements of shooting. He told Siddharth that he had shot a bird flying in the sky, the bird was wounded but it flew some distance and fell somewhere there, and asked him if he had seen it.
31. Siddharth replied in the affirmative and showed him the bird, which had by that time [had] completely recovered.
32. Devadatta demanded that the bird be handed over to him. This Siddharth refused to do. A sharp argument ensued between the two.
33. Devadatta argued that he was the owner of the bird, because by the rules of the game, he who kills a game becomes the owner of the game.
34. Siddharth denied the validity of the rule. He argued that it is only he who protects that has the right to claim ownership. How can he who wants to kill be the owner?
35. Neither party would yield. The matter was referred to arbitration. The arbitrator upheld the point of view of Siddharth Gautama.
36. Devadatta became his permanent enemy. But Gautama’s spirit of compassion was so great that he preferred to save [=saving] the life of an innocent bird to securing the goodwill of his cousin.
37. Such were the traits of character found in the early life of Siddharth Gautama.
§ 8. Marriage
1. There was a Sakya by name Dandapani. Yeshodhara was his daughter. She was well known for her beauty and for her ’sila’.
2. Yeshodhara had reached her sixteenth year, and Dandapani was thinking about her marriage.
3. According to custom Dandapani sent invitations to young men of all the neighbouring countries, for the Swayamvar of his daughter.
4. An invitation was also sent to Siddharth Gautama.
5. Siddharth Gautama had completed his sixteenth year. His parents also were equally anxious to get him married.
6. They asked him to go to the Swayamvar and offer his hand to Yeshodhara. He agreed to follow his parents’ wishes.
7. From amongst the young men Yeshodhara’s choice fell on Siddharth Gautama.
8. Dandapani was not very happy. He felt doubtful about the success of the marriage.
9. Siddharth, he felt, was addicted to the company of saints and sages. He preferred loneliness. How could he be a successful householder?
10. Yeshodhara, who was determined to marry none but Siddharth, asked her father whether to be in the company of saints and sages was a crime. She did not think it was.
11. Knowing her daughter’s determination to marry no one but Siddharth Gautama, the mother of Yeshodhara told Dandapani that he must consent. Dandapani did.
12. The rivals of Gautama were not only disappointed, but felt that they were insulted.
13. They wanted that in fairness to them, Yeshodhara should have applied some test for her selection. But she did not.
14. For the time being they kept quiet, believing that Dandapani would not allow Yeshodhara to choose Siddharth Gautama, so that their purpose would be served.
15. But when Dandapani failed, they made bold and demanded [=to demand] that a test of skill in archery be prescribed. Dandapani had to agree.
16. At first Siddharth was not prepared for this. But Channa, his charioteer, pointed out to him what disgrace his refusal would bring upon his father, upon his family, and upon Yeshodhara.
17. Siddharth Gautama was greatly impressed by this argument, and agreed to take part in the contest.
18. The contest began. Each candidate showed his skill in turn.
19. Gautama’s turn came last. But his was the highest marksmanship.
20. Thereafter the marriage took place. Both Suddhodana and Dandapani were happy. So was [=were] Yeshodhara and Mahaprajapati.
21. After a long term of married life Yeshodhara gave birth to a son. He was named Rahula.
§ 9. Father’s Plans to Save His Son
1. While the king was happy to see his son married, and thus enter[ing] the life of a householder, the prophecy of the sage Asita continued to haunt him.
2. To prevent the prophecy from coming true, he thought of getting him engrossed in the pleasures and carnal joys of life.
3. With this object in view, Suddhodana built three luxurious palaces for his son to live in, one for summer, one for the rainy season, and one for winter, furnished with all the requirements and excitements for a full amorous life.
4. Each palace was surrounded by an extensive garden beautifully laid out with all kinds of trees and flowers.
5. In consultation with his family priest Udayin, he thought of providing a harem for the prince with very beautiful inmates.
6. Suddhodana then told Udayin to advise the girls how to go about the business of winning over the prince to the pleasures of life.
7. Having collected the inmates of the harem, Udayin first advised them how they should win over the prince.
8. Addressing them he said, “Ye are all skilled in all the graceful arts, ye are proficient in understanding the language of amorous sentiments, ye are possessed of beauty and gracefulness, ye are thorough masters in your own styles.
9. “With these graces of yours, ye are able to move even sages who have lost all their desires, and to ensnare even the gods, who are charmed by heavenly nymphs.
10. “By your skill in expressing the heart’s feelings, by your coquetry, your grace, and your perfect beauty, ye are able to enrapture even women–how much more easily, men.
11. “Thus, skilled as ye are, each set in your own proper sphere, it should not be beyond your reach to captivate and capture the prince and hold him in your bondage.
12. “Any timid action on your part would be fit for new brides whose eyes are closed through shame.
13. “What though this hero be great by his exalted glory, yet ‘great is the might of woman’. Let this be your firm resolve.
14. “In olden time a great seer, hard to be conquered even by gods, was spurned by a harlot, the beauty of Kasi, planting her feet upon him.
15. “And the great seer Visvamitra, though plunged in a profound penance, was carried captive for ten years in the forests by the nymph Ghritaki.
16. “Many such seers as these have women brought to naught–how much more, then, a delicate prince in the first flower of his age?
17. “This being so, boldly put forth your efforts, that the posterity of the king’s family may not be turned away from him.
18. “Ordinary women captivate simple men; but they are truly women, who subdue the nature of high and hard.”
§ 10. The Failure of the Women to Win the Prince
1. Having heard these words of Udayin, the women, stung to the heart, rose even above themselves for the conquest of the prince.
2. But even with their brows, their glances, their coquetries, their smiles, their delicate movements, the girls of the harem did not feel sure of themselves.
3. But they soon regained their confidence through the command of the family priest and the gentle temperament of the prince, and through the power of intoxication and of love.
4. The women then set upon their task and made the prince wander in the woods like an elephant in the forests of Himavat, accompanied by a herd of females.
5. Attended by women, he shone in that pleasant grove, as the sun surrounded by Apsaras in his royal garden.
6. There, some of them, urged by passion, pressed him with their full, firm bosoms in gentle collisions.
7. Others violently embraced him after pretending to stumble, then leaning on him with their shoulders drooping down, and with their gentle creeper-like arms.
8. Others with their mouths smelling of spirituous liquor, their lower lips red like copper, whispered in bis ear, “Let my secret be heard.”
9. Others, all wet with unguents, as if giving him a command, clasped his hand eagerly and said, “Perform thy rites of. adoration here.”
10. Another, with her blue garments continually slipping down in pretended intoxication, stood conspicuous with her tongue visible, like the night with its lightning lashing.
11. Others, with their golden ones tinkling, wandered about here and there, showing him their bodies veiled with thin cloth.
12. Others leaned, holding a mango bough in hand, displaying their bosoms like golden jars.
13. Some, coming from a lotus bed, carrying lotuses and with eyes like lotuses, stood like the lotus goddess Padma, by the side of that lotus-faced prince.
14. Another sang a sweet song easily understood, and with the proper gesticulations, rousing him, self-subdued though he was, by her glance, as saying, “O how thou art deluded!”
15. Another, having armed herself with her bright face, with its brow drawn to its full, imitated his action, as playing the hero.
16. Another, with beautiful, full bosoms, and having her earrings waving in the wind, laughed loudly at him, as if saying, “Catch me, sir, if you can!”
17. Some, as he was going away, bound him with strings of garlands; others punished him with words like an elephant-driver’s hook, gentle yet reproachful.
18. Another, wishing to argue with him, seizing a mango spray, asked, all bewildered with passion, “‘This flower, whose is it?”
19. Another, assuming a gait and attitude like that of a man, said to him, “You who are conquered. by a woman, go and conquer this earth!”
20. Then another, with rolling eyes, smelling a blue lotus, thus addressed the prince with words slightly indistinct in her excitement:
21. “See, my lord, this mango covered with its honey-scented flowers, where the bird kokila sings, as if imprisoned in a golden cage.
22. “Come and see this Asoka tree, which augments lovers’ sorrows, where the bees make a noise as if they were scorched by fire.
23. “Come and see this Tilaka tree, embraced by a slender mango branch, like a man in a white garment by a woman decked with yellow ungents.
24. “Behold the kurubaka in flower, bright like fresh resin-juice, which bends down as if it felt reproached by the colour of women’s nails.
25. “Come and see this young Asoka, covered all over with new shoots, which stands as if it were ashamed at the beauty of our hands.
26. “See this lake surrounded by the Sinduvara shrubs growing on its banks, like a fair woman reclining, clad in fine white cloth.
27. “See the imperial power of females–yonder Ruddygoose in the water goes behind his mate, following her like a slave.
28. “Come and listen to the notes of the intoxicated Cuckoo as he sings, while another cuckoo sings as if consenting wholly without care.
29. “Would that thine was the intoxication of the birds which the spring produces, and not the thought of a thinking man, ever pondering how wise he is!”
30. Thus these young women, their souls carried away by love, assailed the prince with all kinds of stratagems.
31. But although thus attacked, he, having his sense guarded by self-control; neither rejoiced nor smiled.
32. Having seen them in their real condition, the Prince pondered with an undisturbed and steadfast mind.
33. “What is it that these women lack, that they perceive not that youth is fickle? For old age will destroy whatever beauty has.”
34. This round of blandishment went on for months and years with no results.

comments (0)
11. The Prime Minister’s Admonition to the Prince
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:35 am

§ 11. The Prime Minister’s Admonition to the Prince
1. Udayin realized that the girls had failed, and that the Prince had shown no interest in them.
2. Udayin, well skilled in the rules of policy, thought of talking to the prince.
3. Meeting the prince all alone, Udayin said, “Since I was appointed by the king as a fitting friend for thee, therefore I wish to speak to thee in the friendliness of my heart.” So began Udayin.
4. “To hinder from what is disadvantageous, to urge to do what is advantageous, and not to forsake in misfortune, these are the three marks of a friend.
5. “If I, after having promised my friendship, were not to heed when thou turnest away from the great end of man, there would be no friendship in me.
6. “It is right to woo a woman even by guile; this is useful both for getting rid of shame and for one’s own enjoyment.
7. “Reverential behaviour and compliance with her wishes are what bind a woman’s heart; good qualities truly are a cause of love, and women love respect.
8. “Wilt thou not then, O large-eyed prince, even if thy heart is unwilling, seek to please them with a courtesy worthy of this beauty of thine?
9. “Courtesy is the balm of women, courtesy is the best ornament; beauty without courtesy is like a grove without flowers.
10. “But of what use is courtesy by itself? Let it be assisted by the heart’s feelings; surely, when worldly objects so hard to attain are in the grasp, thou wilt not despise them.
11. “Knowing that pleasure was the best of objects, even the god Purandara (Indra) wooed in olden times Ahalya, the wife of the saint Gautama.
12. “So too Agastya wooed Rohini, the wife of Soma; and therefore, as Sruti saith, a like thing befell Lopamudra.
13. “The great ascetic Brihaspati begot Bharadwaja on Mamata the daughter of the Maruta, the wife of Autathya.
14. “The Moon, the best of offerers, begat Buda of divine nature on the spouse of Vrihaspati, as she was offering a libation.
15. “So too in old times Parasara, overpowered by passion on the banks of the Yamuna, lay with the maiden Kali, who was the daughter of the son of Varuna.
16. “The sage Vasishtha through lust begot a son, Kapinglada, on Akshmala, a despised low-caste woman.
17. “And the seer-king Yayat, even when the vigour of his prime was gone, sported in the Kaitrartha forest with the Apsara Visvaki.
18. “And the Kaurava king Pandu, though he knew that intercourse with his wife would end in death, yet overcome by the beauty and good qualities of Madri, yielded to the pleasures of love.
19. “Great heroes such as these pursued even contemptible desires for the sake of pleasure, how much more so when they are praiseworthy of their kind?
20. “And yet thou, a young man, possessed of strength and beauty, despisest enjoyments which rightly belong to thee and to which the whole world is devoted.”
Book One, Part II—Renunciation for Ever
1. *From Kapilavatsu to Rajagraha* — 2. *King Bimbisara and His Advice* — 3. *Gautama answers Bimbisara* — 4. *Reply by Gautama (concluded)* — 5. *News of Peace* — 6. *The problem in a New Perspective*
§ 1. From Kapilavatsu to Rajagraha
1. Leaving Kapilavatsu, Siddharth Gautama thought of going to Rajagraha, the capital of the kingdom of Magadha.
2. The reigning king was Bimbisara. It was a place which great philosophers and leaders of thought had made their headquarters.
3. With this thought in mind he crossed the Ganges, fearing not her rapid flow.
4. On his way he halted at the hermitage of a Brahmin woman, Saki, then at the hermitage of another Brahmin woman, by name Padma, and then at the hermitage of the Brahmin sage Raivata. All of them entertained him.
5. Having seen his personality and dignity and his splendid beauty, surpassing all other men, the people of that region were all astonished at him [=his] wearing the clothes of a sanyasi.
6. On seeing him, he who was going elsewhere stood still, and he who was standing there followed him on the way; he who was walking gently and gravely ran quickly, and he who was sitting at once sprang up.
7. Some people reverenced him with their hands, others in worship saluted him with their heads, some addressed him with affectionate words; not one went on without paying him homage.
8. Those who were wearing gay-coloured dresses were ashamed when they saw him, those who were talking on random subjects fell to silence; no one indulged in an improper thought.
9. His eyebrows, his forehead, his mouth,–his body, his hand, his feet, or his gait,–whatever part of him anyone beheld, that at once rivetted his gaze.
10. After a long and arduous journey Gautama reached Rajagraha surrounded by five hills, well guarded and adorned with mountains, and supported and hallowed by auspicious and sacred places.
11. On reaching Rajagraha he selected a spot at the foot of the Pandava hill, and put up a small hut made of the leaves of trees for his sojourn.
12. Kapilavatsu by foot is nearly 400 miles distant from Rajagraha.
13. This long journey Siddharth Gautama did all on foot.
§ 2. King Bimbisara and his Advice
1. Next day he got up and started to go into the city with a begging bowl, asking for alms. A vast crowd gathered round him.
2. Then Sreniya Bimbisara, the lord of the kingdom of the Magadhas, beheld from the outside of his palace the immense concourse of people, and asked the reason of it; and thus did a courtier recount it to him:
3. “He who was thus foretold by the Brahmins, ‘He will either attain supreme wisdom or be the emperor of the earth’–it is he, the son of the king of the Sakyas, who is now an ascetic. It is he at whom the people are gazing at.”
4. The king, having heard this and perceiving its meaning in his mind, thus at once spoke to that courtier, “Let it be known whither he is going”; and the courtier, receiving the command, followed the prince.
5. With fixed eyes, seeing only a yoke’s length before him, with his voice hushed, and his walk slow and measured, he, the noblest of mendicants, went begging for alms, keeping his limbs and his wandering thoughts under control.
6. Having received such alms as were offered, he retired to a lonely corner of the mountain; and having eaten it there, he ascended the Pandava hill.
7. In that wood, thickly filled with lodhra trees, having its thickness resonant with the notes of the peacocks, he, the sun of mankind, shone, wearing his red dress, like the morning sun above the eastern mountains.
8. That royal courtier, having thus watched him there, related it all to the king; and the king, when he heard it, in his deep veneration, started himself to go thither with a modest retinue.
9. Like a mountain in stature, the king ascended the hill.
10. There he beheld Gautama, resplendent as he sat on his hams, with subdued senses, as if the mountain was moving, and he himself was a peak thereof.
11. Him, distinguished by his beauty of form and perfect tranquillity, filled with astonishment and affectionate regard, the king of men approached.
12. Bimbisara having courteously drawn nigh to him, inquired as to the condition of his bodily humours; and Gautama with equal gentleness assured the king of his health of mind and freedom from all ailments.
13. Then the king sat down on the clean surface of the rock, and being seated, he thus spoke, desiring to convey his state of mind:
14. “I have a strong friendship with thy family, come down by inheritance and well proved; since from this, a desire to speak to thee, my son, has arisen in me, therefore, listen to my words of affection,
15. “When I consider thy race, beginning with the sun, thy fresh youth, and thy conspicuous beauty, I wonder whence comes this resolve of thine, so out of all harmony with the rest, set wholly on a mendicant’s life, not on a kingdom?
16. “Thy limbs are worthy of red sandalwood perfumes,–they do not deserve the rough contact of red cloth; this hand of thine is fit to protect subjects, it deserves not to hold food given by another
17. “If, therefore, gentle youth, thou desirest not thy paternal kingdom, then in thy generosity, accept forthwith one half of my kingdom.
18. “If thou actest thus, there will be no sorrow caused to thine own people, and by the mere lapse of time imperial power at last flies for refuge to the tranquil mind; therefore, be pleased to do me this kindness. The prosperity of the good becomes very powerful, when aided by the good.
19. “But if from thy pride of race thou dost not now feel confidence in me, then plunge with thy arrows into countless armies, and with me as thy ally seek to conquer thy foes.
20. “Choose thou, therefore, one of these ends. Pursue according to the rules of religious merit, wealth, and pleasure; pursue love and the rest, in reverse order. These are the three objects in life; when men die they pass into dissolution as far as regards this world.
21. “Do thou, therefore, by pursuing the three objects of life, cause this personality of thine to bear its fruit; they say that when the attainment of religion, wealth and pleasure is complete in all its parts, then the end of man is complete.
22. “Do not thou let these two brawny arms lie useless, which are worthy to draw the bow; they are well fitted to conquer the three worlds, much more the earth.
23. “I speak this to you out of affection,–not through love of dominion or through arrogance; beholding this mendicant-dress of thine, I am filled with compassion, and I shed tears.
24. “O, thou who desirest the mendicant’s stage of life, enjoy pleasures now, in due time–ere old age comes on and overcomes this thy beauty, well worthy of thy illustrious race.
25. “The old man can obtain merit by religion; old age is helpless for the enjoyment of pleasures; therefore, they say that pleasures belong to the young man, wealth to the middle-aged, and religion to the old.
26. “Youth in this present world is the enemy of religion and wealth–since pleasures, however much we guard against them, are hard to hold, therefore, wherever pleasures are to be found, there thy youth [should] seize them.
27. “Old age is prone to reflection, it is grave and intent on remaining quiet; it attains unimpassionedness with but little effort, unavoidably, and for very shame.
28. “Therefore, having passed through the deceptive period of youth, fickle, intent on external objects, heedless, impatient, not looking at the distance,–they take breath like men who have escaped safe through a forest.
29. “Let, therefore, this fickle time of youth first pass by, reckless and giddy,–our early years are earmarked for pleasure, they cannot be kept from the power of the senses.
30. “Or, if religion is really thy one aim, then offer sacrifices,–this is thy family’s immemorial custom, climbing to highest heaven by sacrifices.
31. “With their arms pressed by golden bracelets, and their variegated diadems resplendent with the light of gems, royal sages have reached the same goal by sacrifice which great sages reached by self-mortification.”
§ 3. Gautama Answers Bimbisara
1. Thus spoke the monarch of the Magadhas, who spoke well and strongly like Indra; but having heard it, the prince did not falter. He was firm like a mountain.
2. Being thus addressed by the monarch of the Magadhas, Gautama, in a strong speech with friendly face,–self-possessed, unchanged, thus made answer:
3. “What you have said is not to be called a strange thing for thee. O King! Born as thou art in the great family whose ensign is the lion, and lover as thou art of thy friends, that ye should adopt this line of approach towards him who stands as one of thy friends is only natural.
4. “Amongst the evil-minded, a friendship worthy of their family ceases to continue, and fades; it is only the good who keep increasing the old friendship of their ancestors by a new succession of friendly acts.
5. “But those men who act unchangingly towards their friends in reverses of fortune, I esteem in my heart as true friends. Who is not the friend of the prosperous man, in his times of abundance?
6. “So those who, having obtained riches in the world, employ them for the sake of their friends and religions,–their wealth has real solidity, and when it perishes it produces no pain at the end.
7. “This thy suggestion concerning me, O King, is prompted by pure generosity and friendship; I will meet thee courteously with simple friendship, I would not utter aught else in my reply.
8. “I am not so afraid even of serpents nor of thunderbolts falling from heaven, nor of flames blown together by the wind, as I am afraid of these worldly objects.
9. “These transient pleasures,–the robbers of our happiness and our wealth, and which float empty and like illusions through the world,–infatuate man’s minds even when they are only hoped for,–still more when they take up their abode in the soul.
10. “The victims of pleasure attain not to happiness even in the heaven of the gods, still less in the world of mortals; he who is athirst is never satisfied with pleasures, as the fire, the friend of the wind, with fuel.
11. “There is no calamity in the world like pleasures, people are devoted to them through delusion; when he once knows the truth and so fears evil, what wise man would of his own choice desire evil?
12. “When they have obtained all the earth girdled by the sea, kings wish to conquer the other side of the great ocean; mankind is never satiated with pleasures, as the ocean with the waters that fall into it.
13, “When it had rained a golden shower from heaven, and when he had conquered the continents and had even obtained the half of Sakra’s throne, Mandhatri was still full of craving for worldly objects.
14. “Though he enjoyed the kingdom of the gods in heaven, when Indra had concealed himself through fear of Vritra, and though in his pride he had made the great Rishis bear his litter, Nahusha was not satisfied.
15. “Who would seek these enemies bearing the name of pleasures, by whom even those sages have been overcome, who were devoted to other pursuits, whose only clothes were rags, whose food roots, fruits, and water, and who wear their twisted locks as long as snakes
16. “When they hear of the miseries of those who are intent on pleasure and are devoted to worldly pursuits, it well befits the self-controlled to fling it away.
17. “Success in pleasure is to be considered a misery in the man of pleasure, for he becomes intoxicated when the pleasures of his desire are attained; through intoxication he does what should not be done, not what should be done ; and being wounded thereby he falls into a miserable end.
18. “These pleasures which are gained and kept by toil, which after deceiving leave you and return whence they came,–these pleasures which are but borrowed for a time,–what man of self-control, if he is wise, would delight in them?
19. “What man of self-control could find satisfaction in these pleasures which are like a torch of hay,–which excite thirst when you seek them and when you grasp them?
20. “What man of self-control could find satisfaction in these pleasures which are like flesh that has been flung away, and which produces [=produce] misery by their being held in common with kings?
21. “What man of self-control could find satisfaction in these pleasures, which, like the senses, are destructive, which bring calamity on every hand to those who abide in them?
22. “Those men of self-control who are bitten by them in their hearts, fall into ruin and attain not bliss–what man of self-control could find satisfaction in these pleasures, which are like an angry, cruel serpent?
23. “Even if they enjoy them men are not satisfied,–like dogs famishing with hunger over a bone–what man of self control could find satisfaction in these pleasures, which are like a skeleton composed of dry bones?
24. “He whose intellect is blinded with pleasures, the wretch who is the miserable slave of hope for the sake of pleasures, well deserves the pain of death even in the world of living.
25. “Deer are lured to their destruction by songs, insects for the sake of the brightness fly into the fire, the fish greedy for the flesh swallows the iron hook,–therefore, worldly pleasures produce misery as their end.
26. “As for the common opinion, ‘pleasures are enjoyment’, none of them when examined are worthy of being enjoyed; fine garments and the rest are only the accessories of things,–they are to be regarded as merely the remedies for pain.
27. “Water is desired for allaying thirst; food in the same way for removing hunger; a house for keeping off the wind, the heat of the sun, and the rain; and dress for keeping off the cold and to cover one’s nakedness.
28. “So too a bed is for removing drowsiness; a carriage for remedying the fatigue of a journey; a seat for alleviating the pain of standing; so bathing as [=is] a means for washing, health, and strength.
29. “External objects therefore are to human beings means for remedying pain–not in themselves sources of enjoyment; what wise man would allow that he enjoys those delights which are only used as remedial?
30. “He who, when burned with the heat of bilious fever, maintains that cold appliances are an enjoyment, when he is only engaged in alleviating pain,–he indeed might give the name of enjoyment to pleasures.
31. “Since variableness is found in all pleasures, I cannot apply to them the name of enjoyment; the very conditions which mark pleasure, bring also in their turn pain.
32. “Heavy garments and fragrant aloe-wood are pleasant in the cold, but an annoyance in the heat; and the moonbeams and sandalwood are pleasant in the heat, but a pain in the cold.
33. “Since the well-known opposite pairs, such as gain and loss and the rest, are inseparably connected with everything in this world,–therefore, no man is invariably happy on the earth, nor invariably wretched.
34. “When I see how the nature of pleasure and pain are mixed, I consider royalty and slavery as the same; a king does not always smile, nor is a slave always in pain.
35. “Since to be a king involves a wider range of responsibility, therefore the sorrows of a king are great; for a king is like a peg,–he endures trouble for the sake of the world.
36. “A king is unfortunate, if he places his trust in his royalty which is apt to desert, and loves crooked turns; and, on the other hand, if he does not trust in it, then what can be the happiness of a timid king?
37. “And since after even conquering the whole earth, one city only can serve as a dwelling place, and even there only one house can be inhabited, is not royalty mere labour for others?
38. “And even in royalty nothing more than one pair of garments is all he needs, and just enough food to keep off hunger; so only one bed, and only one seat is all that a king needs; other distinctions are only for pride.
39. “And if all these fruits are desired for the sake of satisfaction, I can be satisfied without a kingdom; and if a man is once satisfied in this world, are not all distinctions unnecessary?
40. “He then who has attained the auspicious road to happiness is not to be deceived in regard to pleasures. Remembering thy professed friendship, I ask, tell me again and again, are the pleasures worth anything?
41. “I have not left home through anger, nor because my diadem has been dashed down by an enemy’s arrow; nor have I set my desires on loftier objects, that I thus refuse thy proposal.
42. “Only he who, having once let go a malignant, incensed serpent, or a blazing hay-torch all on fire, would strive again to seize it, would ever seek pleasures again after having once abandoned them.
43. “Only he who, though seeing, would envy the blind; though free, the bound; though wealthy, the destitute; though sound in his reason, the maniac–only he, I say, would envy one who is devoted to wordly objects.
44. “He who lives on alms, my good friend, is not to be pitied. He has here the best happiness, perfect calm, and hereafter all sorrows are for him abolished.
45. “But he is to be pitied who is overpowered by craving though in the midst of great wealth,–who attains not the happiness of calm here, while pain has to be experienced hereafter.
46. “What thou has spoken to me is well worthy of thy character, thy mode of life, and thy family; and to carry out my resolve is also befitting my character, my mode of life, and my family.”

youtube.com
ANNIHILATION OF CASTE PART 2

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
§ 4. Reply by Gautama (concluded)
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:33 am

§ 4. Reply by Gautama (concluded)
1. “I have been wounded by the strife of the world, and I have come out longing to obtain peace; I would not accept any empire in the third heaven, for saving me from all the ills of the earth; how much less amongst men?
2. “But as for what thou has said to me, O King, that the universal pursuit of the three objects is the supreme end of man,–and thou saidst that what I regard as the desirable is misery,–thy three objects are perishable and also unsatisfying.
3. “And as for what thou saidst, ‘wait till old age comes, for youth is ever subject to change’;–this want of decision is itself uncertain; for age too can be irresolute and youth can be firm.
4. “But since Fate is so well skilled in its art as to draw the world in all its various ages into its power,–how shall the wise man, who desires tranquillity, wait for old age, when he knows not when the time of death will be?
5. “When death stands ready like a hunter, with old age as his weapon, and diseases scattered about as his arrows, smiting down living creatures who fly like deer to the forest of destiny, what desire can there be in anyone for length of life?
6. “It well befits the youthful son or the old man or the child so to act with all promptitude, that they may choose the path of the religious man whose soul is all mercy.
7. “And as for what thou saidst, be diligent in sacrifices for religion, such as are worthy of thy race and bring a glorious fruit’,–honour to such sacrifices! I desire not that fruit which is sought by causing pain to others!
8. “To kill a helpless victim through a wish for future reward,–it would be unseemly action for a merciful, good-hearted man, even if the reward of the sacrifice were eternal.
9. “And even if true religion did not consist in quite another rule of conduct, by self-restraint, moral practice and a total absence of passion,–still it would not be seemly to follow the rule of sacrifice, where the highest reward is described as attained only by slaughter.
10. “Even that happiness which comes to a man while he stays in this world, through the injury of another, is hateful to the wise compassionate heart; how much more if it be something beyond our sight in another life?
11. “I am not to be lured into a course of action for future reward,–my mind does not delight, O King, in future births; these actions are uncertain and wavering in their direction, like plants beaten by the rain from a cloud.”
12. The king himself, folding his hands, replied, “Thou art obtaining thy desire without hindrance; when thou has at last accomplished all that thou has to do, thou shall show hereafter thy favour towards me.”
13. Having received a firm promise from Gautama to visit him again, the monarch, taking his courtiers with him, returned to the palace.
§ 5. News of Peace
1. While Gautama was staying in Rajagraha there came five other Parivrajakas, who also put up a hut by the side of the hut which Gautama had erected for himself.
2. These five Parivrajakas were Kaundinya, Ashvajit, Kasyapa, Mahanam, and Bhaduka.
3. They too were struck by Gautama’s appearance, and wondered what could have led him to take Parivraja.
4. They questioned him over the issue in the same way as did King Bimbisara.
5. When he explained to them the circumstances which led him to take Parivraja, they said, “We have heard of it. But do you know what has happened since you left?” they asked.
6. Siddharth said, “No.” Then they told him that after he left Kapilavatsu, there was a great agitation among the Sakyas against going to war with the Koliyas.
7. There were demonstrations and processions by men and women, boys and girls, carrying flags with such slogans as, “Koliyas are our brothers,” “It is wrong for a brother to fight against brother.” “Think of the exile of Siddharth Gautama,” etc.
8. The result of the agitation was that the Sakya Sangh had to call a meeting and reconsider the question. This time the majority was for compromise with the Koliyas.
9. The Sangh decided to select five Sakyas to act as their envoys and negotiate peace with the Koliyas.
10. When the Koliyas heard of this they were very glad. They too selected five Koliyas to deal with the envoys of the Sakyas.
11. The envoys on the two sides met and agreed to appoint a permanent Council of Arbitration, with authority to settle every dispute regarding the sharing of the waters of the river Rohini, and both sides to abide by its decision. Thus the threatened war had ended in peace.
12. After informing Gautama of what had happened at Kapilavatsu, the Parivrajakas said, “There is now no need for you to continue to be a Parivrajaka. Why don’t you go home and join your family?”
13. Siddharth said, “I am happy to have this good news. It is a triumph for me. But I will not go back to my home. I must not. I must continue to be a Parivrajaka.”
14. Gautama asked the five Parivrajakas what their programme was. They replied, “We have decided to do tapasya. Why don’t you join us?” Siddharth said, “By and b ; I must examine other ways first.”
15. The five Parivrajakas then left.
§ 6. The Problem in a New Perspective
1. The news brought by the five Parivrajakas that the Koliyas and Sakyas had made peace, made Gautama very uneasy.
2. Left alone, he began to reflect on his own position, and to make sure if any reason was left for him to continue his Parivraja.
3. He had left his people for what?, he asked himself.
4. He had left his home because he was opposed to war. “Now that the war is over, is there any problem left to me? Does my problem end because war has ended?”
5. On a deep reflection, he thought not.
6. “The problem of war is essentially a problem of conflict. It is only a part of a larger problem.
7. “This conflict is going on not only between kings and nations, but between nobles and Brahmins, between householders, between mother and son, between son and mother, between father and son, between sister and brother, between companion and companion.
8. “The conflict between nations is occasional. But the conflict between classes is constant and perpetual. It is this which is the root of all sorrow and suffering in the world.
9. “True, I left home on account of war. But I cannot go back home, although the war between the Sakyas and Koliyas has ended. I see now that my problem has become wider. I have to find a solution for this problem of social conflict.
10. “How far do the old-established philosophies offer a solution of this problem?”
11. Can [=Could] he accept any one of the social philosophies?
12. He was determined to examine everything for himself.
Book One, Part III—In Search of New Light
1. *Halt at Brighu’s Ashram* — 2. *Study of Sankhya* — 3. *Training in Samadhi Marga* — 4. *Trial of Asceticism* — 5. *Abandonment of Asceticism*
§ 1. Halt at Brighu’s Ashram
1. With the desire to pursue other ways, Gautama left Rajagraha to meet Arada Kalam.
2. On his way he beheld the hermitage of Brighu, and entered it out of curiosity.
3. The Brahmin inmates of the Ashram who had gone outside for the sake of fuel, having just come back with their hands full of fuel, flowers, and kusa grass, pre-eminent as they were in penances, and proficient in wisdom, went just to see him, and went not to their cells.
4. Then he, being duly honoured by those dwellers of the hermitage, paid his homage to the Elders of the Ashram.
5. He, the wise one, longing for liberation, traversed that hermitage, filled with the holy company desirous of heaven,–gazing at their strange penances.
6. He, the gentle one, saw for the first time the different kinds of penances practised by the ascetics in that sacred grove.
7. Then the Brahmin Brighu, well-versed in the technique of penance, told Gautama all the various kinds of penances and the fruits thereof.
8. “Uncooked food, growing out of water, and roots and fruits,–this is the fare of the saints according to the sacred texts; but the different alternatives of penance vary.
9. “Some live like the birds on gleaned corn; others graze on grass like the deer,=; others live on air like the snakes, as if turned into ant-hills.
10. “Others win their nourishment with great effort from stones; others eat corn ground with their own teeth; some, having boiled for others, keep for themselves what may chance to be left.
11. “Others, with their tufts of matted hair continually wet with water, twice offer oblations to Agni with hymns; others, plunging like fishes into the water, dwell there with their bodies scratched by tortoises.
12. “By such penances endured for a time,–by the higher they attain heaven, by the lower the world of men, by the path of pain they eventually dwell in happiness,–pain, they say, is the root of merit.”
13. On hearing this Gautama said, “Today is my first sight of such a hermitage, and I do not understand this rule of penance.
14. “This is all I would say at the moment. This devotion of yours is for the sake of heaven–while my desire is that the ills of life on earth be probed and a solution found. Will you allow me to take your leave? I wish to learn the Sankhya Philosophy and train myself in the Samadhi marga, and see what help it can give me for the solution of my problem.
15. “There is sorrow to me when I reflect that I shall have to depart, leaving you who are thus engaged, you who are such a refuge and who have shown such excessive kindness to me,–just as there was when I had to leave my kindred behind.
16. “It is not, therefore, any dislike on my part, or the wrong conduct of another, which makes me go away from this wood; for ye are like great sages, standing fast in the religious duties which are in accordance with former sages.
17. “I wish to go to Muni Arada Kalam, who is known to be the master of the subject.”
18. Seeing his resolve, Brighu, the chief of the hermitage, said, ” Prince, brave indeed is thy purpose, who, young as thou art, having pondered thoroughly between heaven and liberation have [=having] made up your mind for liberation, ye are indeed brave!
19. “If what you have said is thy settled purpose go quickly to Vindhyakoshth ; the Muni Arada lives there, who has gained an insight into absolute bliss.
20. “From him thou wilt learn the path; but as I foresee, this purpose of thine will go further, after having studied his theory.”
21. Gautama thanked him, and having saluted the company of sages he departed; the hermits also, having duly performed to him all the rites of courtesy, entered again into the ascetic grove.
§ 2. Study of Sankhya
1. Leaving the Ashram of Brighu, Gautama started [out] to find the abode of Arada Kalam.
2. Arada Kalam was staying at Vaishali. Gautama went thither. On reaching Vaishali, he went to his Ashram.
3. Approaching Arada Kalam, he said, “I wish to be initiated into your doctrine and discipline.”
4. Thereupon Arada Kalam said: “You are welcome. Such is my doctrine that an intelligent man like you in no long time may of himself comprehend, realise and attain my teaching and abide by it.
5. “Verily thou art a worthy vessel to receive this highest training.”
6. The prince, having heard these words of Arada, was filled with great pleasure and thus made reply.
7. “This extreme kindliness which thou showest to me, makes me, imperfect as I am, seem even already to have attained perfection.
8. “Will you, therefore, deign to tell me what your doctrine is?”
9. Said Arada, “I am so much impelled by your noble nature, by your sincerity of character, and by your resolution, that I need not put you to any preliminary examination to test your worthiness.
10. “Listen, best of listeners, to our tenets.”
11. He then expounded to Gautama the tenets of what was known as the Sankhya Philosophy.
12. At the conclusion of his discourse Arada Kalam said:
13. “These are, O Gautama, the tenets of our system. I have told them to you in a summary form.”
14. Gautama was greatly pleased with the clear exposition given by Arada Kalam.
§ 3. Training in Samadhi Marga
1. At the time when Gautama was examining the various ways of finding a solution to his problem, he thought of getting himself acquainted with the Dhyana Marga (Concentration of the Mind).
2. There were three schools of the Dhyana Marga.
3. All of them had one thing in common, namely, that control of breathing was the means of achieving Dhyana.
4. One school followed a way of controlling breathing which is called Anapanasati.
5. Another school followed the way of control of breathing known as Pranayama. It divided the breathing process into three parts: (1) Breathing in (Puraka); (2) holding the breath (Kumbhaka); and (3) breathing out (Rechak). The third school was known as Samadhi School.
6. Arada Kalam was well known as the master of Dhyana Marga. Gautama felt that it might be well for him if he could get some training in the Dhyana Marga under Arada Kalam.
7. So he spoke to Arada Kalam and asked him if he would be so good as to give training in the Dhyana Marga.
8. Arada Kalam replied, “With great pleasure.”
9. Arada Kalam taught him his technique of the Dhyana Marga. It consisted of seven stages.
10. Gautama practised the technique every day.
11. After acquiring complete mastery over it, Gautama asked Arada Kalam if there was anything further to be learned.
12. Arada Kalam replied, “No friend, that is all that I have to teach.” With this, Gautama took leave of Arada Kalam.
13. Gautama had heard of another yogi, by name Uddaka Ramaputta, who was reputed to have devised a technique which enabled a Dhyani to go one stage higher than that devised by Arada Kalam.
14. Gautama thought of learning his technique, and experiencing the highest stage of Samadhi. Accordingly he went to the Ashram of Uddaka Ramaputta, and placed himself under his training.
15. Within a short time did Gautama master the technique of Uddaka’s eighth stage. After having perfected himself in the technique of Uddaka Rama-putta, Gautama asked him the same question which he had asked Arada Kalam, “Is there anything further to be learned?”
16. And Uddaka Ramaputta gave the same reply, “No, friend, there is nothing more that I can teach you.”
17. Arada Kalam and Uddaka Ramaputta were famous for their mastery of Dhyana Marga in the country of the Kosalas. But Gautama had heard that there were similar masters of Dhyana Marga in the country of the Magadhas. He thought he should have a training in their system also.
18. Gautama accordingly went to Magadha.
19. He found that their technique of Dhyana Marga, though based on control of breathing, was different from what was in vogue in the Kosala country.
20. The technique was not to breathe, but to reach concentration by stopping breathing.
21. Gautama learned this technique. When he tried concentration by stopping breathing, he found that piercing sounds used to come out of his ears, and his head appeared to him to be pierced as though by a sharp pointed knife.
22. It was a painful process. But Gautama did not fail to master it.
23. Such was his training in the Samadhi Marga.
§ 4. Trial of Asceticism
1. Gautama had given a trial to the Sankhya and Samadhi Marga. But he had left the Ashram of the Brighus without giving a trial to Asceticism.
2. He felt he should give it a trial and gain experience for himself, so that he could speak authoritatively about it.
3. Accordingly Gautama went to the town of Gaya. From there he reconnoitred the surrounding country and fixed his habitation at Uruvela, in the hermitage of Negari, the Royal Seer of Gaya, for practising asceticism. It was a lonely and solitary place on the banks of the river Nairanjana for practising asceticism.
4. At Uruvela he found the five Parivrajakas whom he had met at Rajagraha, and who had brought news of peace. They too were practising asceticism.
5. The mendicants saw him there and approached him, to take them with him. Gautama agreed.
6. Thereon they served him reverently, abiding as pupils under his orders, and were humble and compliant.
7. The austerities and self-mortification practised by Gautama were of the severest sort.
8. Sometimes he visited two but not more than seven houses a day, and took at each only two but not more than seven morsels.
9. He lived on a single saucer of food a day, but not more than seven saucers.
10. Sometimes he had but one meal a day, or one every two days, and so on, up to once every seven days, or only once a fortnight, on a rigid scale of rationing.
11. As he advanced in the practice of asceticism, his sole diet was herbs gathered green, or the grain of wild millets and paddy, or snippets [of?] hide, or water-plants, or the red powder round rice-grains within the husk, or the discarded scum of rice on the boil, or the flour of oilseeds.
12. He lived on wild roots and fruit, or on windfalls only.
13. His raiment was of hemp, or hempen mixture of cerements of rags from the dust-heap, of bark, of the black antelope’s pelt either whole or split down the middle, of grass, of strips of bark or wood, hair of men or animals woven into a blanket, or of owl’s wings.
14. He plucked out the hair of his head and the hair of his beard, never quitted the upright for the sitting posture, squatted and never rose up, moving only squatting.
15. After this wise, in diverse fashions, be lived to torment and to torture his body–to such a length in asceticism did he go.
16. To such a length in loathliness did he go that there became accumulated on his body the dirt and filth for years, till it dropped off by itself.
17. He took up his abode in the awesome depths of the forest, depths so awesome that it was reputed that none but the senseless could venture without his hair standing on end.
18. When the cold season brought chill wintry nights, then it was that in the dark half of the months he dwelt by night in the open air and in the dark thicket by day.
19. But when there came the last broiling month of summer before the rains, he made his dwelling under the baking sun by day and in the stifling thicket by night.
20. In a charnel ground did he lay down, with charred bones for pillow.
21. Thereafter Gautama lived on a single bean a day–on a single sesamum seed a day–or a single grain of rice a day.
22. When he was living on a single fruit a day, his body grew emaciated in the extreme.
23. If he sought to feel his belly, it was his backbone which he found in his grasp; if he sought to feel his backbone, he found himself grasping his belly, so closely did his belly cleave to his backbone, and all because he ate so little.
§ 5. Abandonment of Asceticism
1. The austerities and mortification practised by Gautama were of the severest sort. They lasted for a long period of six years.
2. At the end of six years his body had become so weak that he was quite unable to move.
3. Yet he had seen no new light, and was no nearer to the solution to the problem of misery in the world on which his mind was centred.
4. He reflected to himself, “This is not the way, even to passionlessness, nor to perfect knowledge, nor to liberation.
5. “Some undergo misery for the sake of this world, others meet toil for the sake of heaven; all living beings, wretched through hope and always missing their aim, fall certainly for the sake of happiness into misery.
6. “Has not something like this happened to me?
7. “It is not the effort itself which I blame,–which flinging aside the base pursues a high path of its own.
8. “What I ask is, ‘Can the mortification of the body be called religion?’
9. “Since it is only by the mind’s authority that the body either acts or ceases to act, therefore to control the thought is alone befitting–without thought the body is like a dog.
10. “If there was only the body to be considered, merit may [=might] be gained by purity of food, but then there is merit also in the doer. But of what good is it?
11. “New light cannot be attained by him who has lost his strength and is wearied with hunger, thirst, and fatigue, with his mind no longer self-possessed through fatigue.
12. “How could he who is not absolutely calm, reach the end which is to be attained by his mind?
13. “True calm and the self-possession of the mind is properly obtained by the constant satisfaction of the body’s wants.”
14. At this time there lived at Uruvela a house-holder, by name Senani. Sujata was his daughter.
15. Sujata had uttered a wish to a Banyan Tree, and vowed a yearly offering to it, if she should have a son.
16. The wish having been fulfilled, she sent her maid Punna to prepare the place for the offering.
17. Punna, finding Gautama sitting beneath the Banyan Tree, thought he was the god of the tree who had come down.
18. Sujata came and offered Gautama the food prepared by her, in a golden bowl.
19. He took the bowl to the river bank, bathed at a ford or a bathing place called Suppatitthita, and ate the food.
20. Thus ended his trial of asceticism.
21. The five ascetics who were with Gautama became angry with him for having given up the life of austerity and self-mortification, and in disgust left him.
Book One, Part IV—Enlightenment and the Vision of a New Way
1. *Meditation for New Light* — 2. *Enlightenment* — 3. *The Discovery of a New Dhamma* — 4. *Gautama who was a Bodhisatta, after Sammabodhi becomes a Buddha*
§ 1. Meditation for New Light
1. Having refreshed himself with food, Gautama sat thinking over his past experiences. He realised that all paths had failed.
2. The failure was so complete that it could have led anyone into a state of frustration. He was, of course, sorry. But frustration as such did not touch him.
3. He was always hopeful of finding a way. So much so that on the night of the day on which he partook of the food sent by Sujata, Gautama had five dreams, and when he awoke he interpreted his dreams to mean that he was sure to attain enlightenment.
4. He had also tried to forecast his future. This he did by throwing the bowl of food Sujata’s maid brought, into the river Nairanja, saying, “If I am to have enlightenment let the bowl ascend the stream; if not, let it go down.” The vessel, indeed, began to float against the current and at last sank near the abode of Kala, a Naga king.
5. Fortified with hope and determination, he left Uruvela and towards evening went along the wide road to Gaya. There he saw a Banyan Tree. He thought of sitting under it in meditation, in the hope of a new light dawning upon him and enabling him to find a way which would solve his problem.
6. After trying each of the four directions he chose the East, which is always chosen by all the great sages for the removal of all defilements.
7. Gautama sat down cross-legged and upright under the Banyan Tree. Determined to achieve enlightenment, he said to himself, “Skin, sinew and bone may dry up as they will, my flesh and blood may dry in my body, but without attaining complete enlightenment I will not leave this seat.”
8. Then Kala, the king of the Nagas, whose majesty was like the lord of elephants, and his wife Suvarnaprabhasa, having been awakened by the vision of Gautama sitting under the Banyan Tree, uttered this in praise of him, being sure that he was destined to attain perfect knowledge.
9. “Inasmuch as the earth, pressed down by thy feet, O Sage, resounds repeatedly, and inasmuch as thy splendour shines forth like the sun, thou shalt assuredly reap the desired fruit.
10. “Inasmuch as flocks of birds fluttering in the sky offer thee reverential salutation, O Lotus-eyed One; and inasmuch as gentle breezes blow in the sky, thou shalt certainly attain thy object.”
11. As he sat down for meditation, a crowd of evil thoughts and evil passions–mythologically called the children of Mara (Kama), which is another name for evil passions–entered his mind.
12. Gautama was greatly frightened lest they should overpower him and defeat his purpose.
13. He knew that in this battle with evil passions many Rishis and Brahmins had succumbed.
14. So he summoned all the courage he had and said to Mara, “Faith is found in me, and heroism and wisdom. How can ye evil passions defeat me? The streams even of rivers may this wind dry up. Ye would be unable to dry up my resolutions, when I am so intent. Better to me is death in battle than that I should be defeated in life.”
15. The evil passions entered the mind of Gautama as a crow goes after a stone that looks like a hump of fat, thinking surely, “here I shall find a tender morsel, here perchance is something sweet.”
16. And finding no sweetness there, the crow departs thence. So like a crow attacking a rock, the evil passions left Gautama in disgust.
§2. Enlightenment
1. To feed himself during the period of meditation, Gautama had collected enough food to last him for forty days.
2. Having routed the evil thoughts that disturbed his mind, Gautama refreshed himself with food and gained strength. He thus prepared himself for meditation with the aim of obtaining enlightenment.
3. It took Gautama four weeks of meditation to obtain enlightenment. He reached final enlightenment in four stages.
4. In the first stage he called forth reason and investigation. His seclusion helped him to attain it easily.
5. In the second stage he added concentration.
6. In the third stage he brought to his aid equanimity and mindfulness.
7. In the fourth and final stage he added purity to equanimity and equanimity to mindfulness.
8. Thus with mind concentrated, purified, spotless, with defilement gone, supple, dexterous, firm, impassionate [=dispassionate], not forgetting what he is [=was] after, Gautama concentrated himself on the problem of finding an answer to the question which had troubled him.
9. On the night of the last day of the fourth week, light dawned upon him. He realised that there were two problems. The first problem was that there was suffering in the world, and the second problem was how to remove this suffering and make mankind happy.
10. So in the end, after meditation for four weeks, darkness was dispelled, light arose, ignorance was dispelled and knowledge arose. He saw a new way.
§ 3. The Discovery of a New Dhamma
1. Gautama, when he sat in meditation for getting new light, was greatly in the grip of the Sankhya Philosophy.
2. That suffering and unhappiness [were] in the world, he thought was an incontrovertible fact.
3. Gautama was, however, interested in knowing how to do away with suffering. This problem the Sankhya Philosophy did not deal with.
4. It is, therefore, on this problem–how to remove suffering and unhappiness–that he concentrated his mind.
5. Naturally, the first question he asked himself was–”What are the causes of [the] suffering and unhappiness which an individual undergoes?”
6. His second question was–”How to remove unhappiness?”
7. To both these questions he got a right answer, which is called ‘Samma Bodhi’ (Right Enlightenment).
8. It is because of this that the Banyan Tree has come to be known as the Bodhi Tree.
§ 4. Gautama who was a Bodhisatta, After Sammabodhi Becomes a Buddha
1. Before enlightenment Gautama was only a Bodhisatta. It is after reaching enlightenment that he became a Buddha.
2. Who and what is a Bodhisatta?
3. A Bodhisatta is a person who is seeking to be a Buddha.
4. How does a Bodhisatta become a Buddha?
5. A Bodhisatta must be a Bodhisatta for ten lives in succession. What must a Bodhisatta do in order to qualify himself to become a Buddha?
6. In his first life he acquires Mudita (joy). The Bodhisatta, having blown off his impurities as the smith blows the dross from silver, reflects that man who has been reckless and becomes sober brightens up the world like the moon freed from clouds. Joy springs up in him, realising this, and he is fervent in his desire to benefit all beings.
7. In his second life he acquires Vimala (Purity). The Bodhisatta has now removed all thoughts of lust; he is kind; he is kind to all; he neither flatters the vices of men nor disparages their virtues.
8. In his third life he acquires Prabhakari (Brightness). The intellect of the Bodhisatta now becomes as bright as a mirror. He fully knows and grasps the truths of Anatta and Anicca. His only wish is for the highest wisdom, and for this he is ready to sacrifice anything.
9. In his fourth life he acquires Arcishmati (Intelligence of Fire). The Bodhisatta in this life fixes his mind on the Eightfold Path, the Four Contemplations, the Fourfold Contest, the Fourfold Will Power, the Fivefold Morality.
10. In his fifth life he acquires Sudurjaya (Difficult to Conquer). He fully understands the connection of the relative and the absolute.
11. In his sixth life he becomes Abhimukhi. In this stage the Bodhisatta is now prepared fully to grasp the evolution of things, its cause, the Twelve Nidanas; and this knowledge, called Abhimukhi, awakens the most profound compassion in his heart for all beings blinded by Avidya.
12. In his seventh life the Bodhisatta becomes a Durangama (going far off). The Bodhisatta is now beyond time and space ; he is one with Infinity, but he still retains nama-rupa out of his great compassion for all beings. He is secluded from others, in that the lusts of the world no more cling to him than water to a lotus leaf. He quenches desires in his fellow beings, practices charity, patience, tactfulness, energy, calmness, intelligence, and the highest wisdom.
13. While in this life, he knows the Dharma, but presents it in ways understood by the people; he knows he must be tactful and patient. Whatever men do to him he bears with equanimity, for he knows that it is through ignorance [that] they misunderstand his motives. At the same time he never slackens his energy to benefit all beings, nor does he withdraw his mind from wisdom; therefore misfortune can never turn him from the righteous path.
14. In his eighth life he becomes Acala. In the stage of Acala, or ‘immovable,’ all strivings on the part of the Bodhisatta cease. He follows good spontaneously; whatever he will do he will succeed in.
15. In his ninth life he becomes Sadhumati. This is the stage or condition of one who has vanquished and penetrated all dharmas or systems, all quarters, and does not enter time.
16. In his tenth life he becomes Dharmamegha. The Bodhisatta attains the infinite divine eye of a Buddha.
17. The Bodhisatta acquires these ten powers which are necessary for him when he becomes a Buddha.
18. The Bodhisatta must not only acquire these ten powers as he evolves from stage to stage, but he must also practice to perfection the ten Paramitas.
19. One Paramita is to be the end of one life. Specialisation in the Paramitas must go stage by stage. One Paramita in one life and not a little of one and a little of the other.
20. It is only when he is doubly equipped that a Bodhisatta becomes qualified for becoming a Buddha. The Buddha is a culminating point in the life of a Bodhisatta.
21. The theory of the Jatakas or the birth stages of a Bodhisatta appears analogous to the Brahmanic theory of Avataras, i.e., the theory of incarnations of God.
22. The Jataka theory is based upon the Buddha having the highest degree of purity as the essence of his being.
23. The Avatar theory does not require that the God should be pure in his making. All that the Brahmanic theory of Avatar says is that God saves his followers by taking different forms although the God may be very impure and immoral in his conduct.
24. The theory that to be a Bodhisatta for ten lives as a condition precedent for becoming a Buddha has no parallel anywhere. No other religion calls upon its founder to answer such a test.
Book One, Part V—The Buddha and His Predecessors
1. *The Buddha and the Vedic Rishis* — 2. *Kapila—The Philosopher* — 3. *The Bramhanas* — 4. *The Upanishads and their Teachings*
§1. The Buddha and the Vedic Rishis
1. The Vedas are a collection of Mantras, i.e., hymns or chants. The reciters of these hymns are called Rishis.
2. The Mantras are mere invocations to deities such as Indra, Varuna, Agni, Soma, Isana, Prajapati, Bramba, Mahiddhi, Yama and others.
3. The invocations are mere prayers for help against enemies, for gift of wealth, for accepting the offerings of food, flesh and wine from the devotee.
4. There is not much philosophy in the Vedas. But there were some Vedic sages who had entered into speculations of a philosophical nature.
5. These Vedic sages were: (1) Aghamarsana; (2) Prajapati Parmesthin; (3) Brahmanaspati, otherwise known as Brihaspati; (4) Anila; (5) Dirghatamas; (6) Narayan; (7) Hiranyagarbha; and (8) Visvakarman.
6. The main problems of these Vedic philosophers were: How did the world originate? In what manner were individual things created? Why have they their unity and existence? Who created, and who ordained? From what did the world spring up, and to what again will it return ?
7. Aghamarsana said that the world was created out of Tapas (heat). Tapas was the creative principle from which eternal law and truth were born. From these were produced the night (tamas). Tamas produced water, and from water originated time. Time gave birth to the sun and the moon, the heaven and the earth, the firmament and light, and ordained the days and nights.
8. Brahmanaspati postulated the genesis of being from non-being. By the term non-existence, he denoted apparently the infinite. The existent originally sprang up from the non-existent. The non-existent (asat, nonens) was the permanent foundation of all that is existent (sat, ens) and of all that is possible and yet non-existent (asat).
9. Prajapati Parmesthin started with the problem: “Did being come out of non-being?” His view was that this was an irrelevant question. For him water was the original substance of that which exists. For him the original matter–water–came neither under the definition of being nor under that of non-being.
10. Paramesthin did not draw any distinction between matter and motive power. According to him, water transformed itself into particular things by some inherent principle to which he gave the name Kama, Cosmic Desire.
11. Anila was another Vedic Philosopher. To him the principal element was air (vayu). It possesses the inherent capacity for movement. It is endowed with the generating principle.
12. Dirghtamas maintained that all living beings rest and depend ultimately on the sun. The sun, held up and propelled by its inherent force, went backward and forward.
13. The sun is composed of a grey-coloured substance, and so are lightning and fire.
14. The sun, lightning, and fire formed the germ of water. Water forms the germ of plants. Such were the views of Dirghatamas.
15. According to Narayana, Purusha (God) is the first cause of the universe. It is from Purusha that the sun, the moon, the earth, water, fire, air, mid-air, the sky, the regions, the seasons, the creatures of the air, all animals, all classes of men, and all human institutions, had originated.
16. Hiranyagarbha. From [a] doctrinal point of view he stood midway between Parmeshthin and Narayan. Hiranyagarbha means the golden germ. It was the great power of the universe, from which all other powers and existences, divine and earthly, were derived.
17. Hiranyagarbha means [=refers to] fire. It is fire that constituted the solar essence, the generating principle of the universe.
18. From the point of view of Vishvakarman, it was quite inadequate and unsatisfactory to hold that water was the primitive substance of all that is, and then to derive from it this world as a whole by giving it an inherent power of movement. If water be the primitive substance which is endowed with the inherent principle of change, we have yet to account for that from which water derived its being, and derived the motive power, the generating principle, the elemental forces, the laws and all the rest.
19. Vishvakarman held the view that it was God which was the motive power. God is first and God is last. He is earlier than the visible universe; he had existed before all cosmic forces came into being. He is the sole God who created and ordained this universe. God is one, and the only one. He is the unborn one (aja) in whom all the existing things abide. He is the one who is mighty in mind and supreme in power. He is the maker–the disposer. As father he generated us, and as disposer he knows the fate of all that is.
20. The Buddha did not regard all the Vedic Sages as worthy of reverence. He regarded just ten Vedic Rishis as the most ancient, and as the real authors of the Mantras.
21. But in the Mantras he saw nothing that was morally elevating.
22. In his view the Vedas were as worthless as a desert.
23. The Buddha, therefore, discarded the Mantras as a source from which to learn or to borrow.
24. Similarly, the Buddha did not find anything in the philosophy of the Vedic Rishis. They were groping to reach the truth. But they had not reached it.
25. Their theories were mere speculations, not based on logic nor on facts. Their contributions to philosophy created no social values.
26. He therefore rejected the philosophy of the Vedic Rishis as useless.
§2. Kapila— The Philosopher
1. Among the ancient philosophers of India, the most pre-eminent was Kapila.
2. His philosophical approach was unique, and as philosopher he stood in a class by himself. His philosophy was known as the Sankhya Philosophy.
3. The tenets of his philosophy were of a startling nature.
4. Truth must be supported by proof. This is the first tenet of the Sankhya system. There is no truth without proof.
5. For purposes of proving the truth, Kapila allowed only two means of proof–(1) perception, and (2) inference.
6. By perception is meant mental apprehension of a present object.
7. Inference is threefold: (1) from cause to effect, as from the presence of clouds to rain; (2) from effect to cause, as from the swelling of the streams in the valleys to rain in the hills; and (3) by analogy, as when we infer from the fact that a man alters his place when he moves that the stars must also move, since they appear in different places.
8. His next tenet related to causality–creation and its cause.
9. Kapila denied the theory that there was a being who created the universe. In his view a created thing really exists beforehand in its cause, just as the clay serves to form a pot, or the threads go to form a piece of cloth.
10. This is the first ground on which Kapila rejected the theory that the universe was created by a being.
11. But there are other grounds which he advanced in support of his point of view.
12. The non-existent cannot be the subject of an activity; there is no new creation. The product is really nothing else than the material of which it is composed: the product exists before its coming into being ,in the shape of its material of which it is composed. Only a definite product can be produced from such material; and only a specific material can yield a specific result.
13. What then is the source of the empirical universe?
14. Kapila said the empirical universe consists of things evolved (Vyakta) and things that are not evolved (Avyakta).
15. Individual things (Vyakta Vastu) cannot be the source of unevolved things (Avyakta Vastu).
16. Individual things are all limited in magnitude, and this is incompatible with the nature of the source of the universe.
17. All individual things are analogous one to another, and therefore no one [of them] can be regarded as the final source of the other. Moreover, as they all come into being from a source, they cannot constitute that source.
18. Further, argued Kapila, an effect must differ from its cause, though it must consist of the cause. That being so, the universe cannot itself be the final cause. It must be the product of some ultimate cause.
19. When asked why the unevolved cannot be perceived, why does it not show movement which would make it perceivable, Kapila replied:
20. “It may be due to various causes. It may be that its fine nature makes, it imperceptible, just as other things of whose existence there is no doubt, cannot be perceived; or because of their too great a distance or proximity; or through the intervention of a third object; or through admixture with similar matter; or through the presence of some more powerful sensation; or the blindness or other defect of the senses or the mind of the observer.”
21. When asked, “What then is the source of the universe? What makes the difference between the evolved and unevolved part of the universe?
22. Kapila’s reply was: “Things that have evolved have a cause, and the things that have not evolved have also a cause. But the source of both is uncaused and independent.
23. “The things that have evolved are many in number, and limited in space and name. The source is one, eternal and all-pervasive. The things evolved have activities and parts; the source is imminent in all, but has neither activities nor parts.”
24. Kapila argued that the process of development of the unevolved is through the activities of three constituents of which it is made up, Sattva, Rajas, and Tamas. These are called three Gunas.
25. The first of the constituents, or factors, corresponds to what we call as light in nature, which reveals, which causes pleasure to men; the second is that [=what] impels and moves, what produces activity; the third is what is heavy and puts under restraint, what produces the state of indifference or inactivity.
26. The three constituents act essentially in close relation; they overpower and support one another, and intermingle with one another. They are like the constituents of a lamp, the flame, the oil, and wick.
27. When the three Gunas are in perfect balance, none overpowering the other, the universe appears static (Achetan) and ceases to evolve.
28. When the three Gunas are not in balance, one overpowers the other, the universe becomes dynamic (sachetan), and evolution begins.
29. Asked why the Gunas become unbalanced, the answer which Kapila gave was [that] this disturbance in the balance of the three Gunas was due to the presence of Dukha (suffering).
30. Such were the tenets of Kapila’s philosophy.
31. Of all the philosophers, the Buddha was greatly impressed by the doctrines of Kapila.
32. He was the only philosopher whose teachings appeared to the Buddha to be based on logic and facts.
33. But he did not accept everything which Kapila taught. Only three things did the Buddha accept from Kapila.
34. He accepted that reality must rest on proof. Thinking must be based on rationalism.
35. He accepted that there was no logical or factual basis for the presumption that God exists or that he created the universe.
36. He accepted that there was Dukha (suffering) in the world.
37. The rest of Kapila’s teachings he just bypassed as being irrelevant for his purpose.
§ 3. The Bramhanas
1. Next to the Vedas are the religious books known as the Bramhanas. Both were held as sacred books. Indeed the Bramhanas are a part of the Vedas. The two went together and were called by a common name, Sruti.
2. There were four theses on which the Bramhanic Philosophy rested.
3. The first thesis was that the Vedas are not only sacred, but that they are infallible, and they are not to be questioned.
4. The second thesis of the Bramhanic Philosophy was that salvation of the soul–that is escape from transmigration–can be had only by the due performance of Vedic sacrifices, and observances of religious rites and ceremonies, and the offering of gifts to Brahmins.
5. The Brahmins had not only a theory of an ideal religion as contained in the Vedas, but they also had a theory for an ideal society.
6. The pattern of this ideal society they named Chaturvarna. It is imbedded in the Vedas, and as the Vedas are infallible, and as their authority cannot be questioned, so also Chaturvarna as a pattern of society was binding and unquestionable.
7. This pattern of society was based upon certain rules.
8. The first rule was that society should be divided into four classes: (1) Brahmins; (2) Kshatriyas; (3) Vaishyas; and (4) Shudras.
9. The second rule was that there cannot be social equality among these four classes. They must be bound together by the rule of graded inequality.
10. The Brahmins to be at the top, the Kshatriyas to be kept below the Brahmins but above the Vaishyas, the Vaishyas to be below the Kshatriyas but above the Shudras, and the Shudras to be the lowest of all.
11. These four classes were not to be equal to one another in the matter of rights and privileges. The rule of graded inequality governed the question of rights and privileges.
12. The Brahmin had all the rights and privileges which he wished to claim. But a Kshatriya could not claim the rights and privileges which a Brahmin could. He had more rights and privileges than a Vaishya could claim. The Vaishya had more rights and privileges than a Shudra. But he could not claim the rights and privileges which a Kshatriya could. And the Shudra was not entitled to any right, much less any privilege. His privilege was to subsist without offending the three superior classes.
13. The third rule of Chaturvarna related to the division of occupations. The occupation of the Brahmin was learning and teaching and the performance of religious observances. The occupations of the Kshatriya was fighting. Trade was assigned to the Vaishyas. The occupations of the Shudras was service of the three superior classes. These occupations assigned to different classes were exclusive. One class could not trespass upon the occupation of the other.
14. The fourth rule of Chaturvarna related to the right to education. The pattern of Chaturvarna gave the right to education to the first three classes, the Brahmins, Kshatriyas and Vaishyas. The Shudras were denied the right to education. This rule of Chaturvarna did not deny the right to education to the Shudras only. It denied the right to education to all women, including those belonging to the class of Brahmins, Kshatriyas and Vaishyas.
15. There was a fifth rule. According to it, man’s life was divided into four stages. The first stage was called Bramhacharya; the second stage was called Grahastashram; the third stage was called Vanaprasta and the fourth stage was called Sannyasa.
16. The object of the first stage was study and education. The object of the second stage was to live a married life. The object of the third stage was to familiarise a man with the life of a hermit, i.e., severing family ties, but without deserting his home. The object of the fourth stage was to enable a man to go in search of God and seek union with him.
17. The benefits of these stages were open only to the male members of the three superior classes. The first stage was not open to the Shudras and women. Equally the last stage was not open to the Shudras and women.
18. Such was the divine pattern of an ideal society called Chaturvarna. The Brahmins had idealised the rule and had realised the ideal without leaving any cracks or loopholes.
19. The fourth thesis of Brahmanic Philosophy was the doctrine of Karma. It was part of the thesis of transmigration of the soul. The Karma of the Brahmins was an answer to the question, “Where did the soul land on transmigration with his new body on new birth?” The answer of the Brahmanic Philosophy was that it depended on a man’s deeds in his past life. In other words, it depended on his Karma.
20. The Buddha was strongly opposed to the first tenet of Brahmanism. He repudiated their thesis that the Vedas are infallible and their authority could never be questioned.
21. In his opinion, nothing was infallible and nothing could be final. Everything must be open to re-examination and reconsideration, whenever grounds for re-examination and reconsideration arise.
22. Man must know the truth–and real truth. To him freedom of thought was the most essential thing. And he was sure that freedom of thought was the only way to the discovery of truth.
23. Infallibility of the Vedas meant complete denial of freedom of thought.
24. For these reasons this thesis of the Brahmanic Philosophy was most obnoxious to him.
25. He was equally an opponent of the second thesis of the Brahmanic Philosophy. The Buddha did admit that there was any [=some] virtue in a sacrifice. But he made a distinction between true sacrifice and false sacrifice.
26. Sacrifice in the sense of self-denial for the good of others, he called true sacrifice. Sacrifice in the sense of killing an animal as an offering to God for personal benefit, he regarded as a false sacrifice.
27. The Brahmanic sacrifices were mostly sacrifices of animals to please their gods. He condemned them as false sacrifices. He would not allow them, even though they be performed with the object of getting salvation for the soul.
28. The opponents of sacrifices used to ridicule the Brahmins by saying, “If one can go to heaven by sacrificing an animal, why should not one sacrifice one’s own father? That would be a quicker way of going to heaven.”
29. The Buddha wholeheartedly agreed with this view.
30. The theory of Chaturvarna was as repugnant to the Buddha as the theory of sacrifices was repulsive to him.
31. The organization of society set up by Brahmanism in the name of Chaturvarna did not appear to him a natural organization. Its class composition was compulsory and arbitrary. It was a society made to order. He preferred an open society and a free society.
32. The Chaturvarna of the Brahmins was a fixed order never to be changed. Once a Brahmin always a Brahmin. Once a Kshatriya always a Kshatriya, once a Vaishya always a Vaishya, and once a Shudra always a Shudra. Society was based on status conferred upon an individual by the accident of his birth. Vice, however heinous, was no ground for degrading a man from his status, and virtue, however great, had no value [=ability] to raise him above it. There was no room for worth, nor for growth.
33. Inequality exists in every society. But it was different with Brahmanism. The inequality preached by Brahmins was its official doctrine. It was not a mere growth. Brahmanism did not believe in equality. In fact, it was opposed to equality.
34. Brahmanism was not content with inequality. The soul of Brahmanism lay in graded inequality.
35. Far from producing harmony, graded inequality, the Buddha thought, might produce in society an ascending scale of hatred and a descending scale of contempt, and might be a source of perpetual conflict.
36. The occupations of the four classes were also fixed. There was no freedom of choice. Besides, they were fixed not in accordance with skill, but in accordance with birth.
37. On a careful review of the rules of Chaturvarna, the Buddha had no difficulty in coming to the conclusion that the philosophic foundations on which the social order was reared by Brahmanism were wrong if not selfish.
38. It was clear to him that it did not serve the interests of all, much less did it advance the welfare of all. Indeed, it was deliberately designed to make [the] many serve the interests of the few. In it man was made to serve a class of self-styled supermen.
39. It was calculated to suppress and exploit the weak, and to keep them in a state of complete subjugation.
40. The law of Karma as formulated by the Brahmins, thought the Buddha, was calculated to sap the spirit of revolt completely. No one was responsible for the suffering of man except he himself. Revolt could not alter the state of suffering ; for suffering was fixed by his past Karma as his lot in this life.
41. The Shudras and women–the two classes whose humanity was most mutilated by Brahmanism–had no power to rebel against the system.
42. They were denied the right to knowledge, with the result that by reason of their enforced ignorance they could not realize what had made their condition so degraded. They could not know that Brahmanism had robbed them completely of the significance of their life. Instead of rebelling against Brahmanism, they had become the devotees and upholders of Brahmanism.
43. The right to bear arms is the ultimate means of achieving freedom which a human being has. But the Shudras were denied the right to bear arms.
44. Under Brahmanism the Shudras were left as helpless victims of a conspiracy of selfish Brahmanism, powerful and deadly Kshatriyas, and wealthy Vaishyas.
45. Could it be amended? Knowing that it was a divinely ordained social order, he knew that it could not be. It could only be ended.
46. For these reasons the Buddha rejected Brahmanism as being opposed to the true way of life.
§4. The Upanishads and Their Teachings
1. The Upanishads constituted another piece of literature. It is not part of the Vedas. It is uncanonical.
2. All the same, they did form a part of religious literature.
3. The number of the Upanishads is quite large. Some important, some quite unimportant.
4. Some of them were ranged against the Vedic theologians, the Brahmin priests.
5. All of them agreed in viewing Vedic study as a study of nescience or ignorance (avidya).
6. They were all agreed in their estimate of the four Vedas and the Vedic science as the lower knowledge.
7. They were all agreed in questioning the divine origin of the Vedas.
8. They were all agreed in denying the efficacy attributed to sacrifices, to the funeral oblations, and the gifts to the priests which are the fundamentals of the Brahmanic philosophy.
9. This, however, was not the main topic with which the Upanishads were concerned. Their discussions centred round Brahman and Atman.
10. Brahman was the all-pervading principle which binds the universe, and [they maintained] that salvation lay in the Atman realizing that it is Brahman.
11. The main thesis of the Upanishads was that Brahmana was a reality and that Atmana was the same as Brahmana. The Atmana did not realize that it was Brahmana because of the Upadhis in which it was entangled.
12. The question was, Is Brahmana a reality? The acceptance of the Upanishadic thesis depended upon the answer to this question.
13. The Buddha could find no proof in support of the thesis that Brahmana was a reality. He, therefore, rejected the thesis of the Upanishads.
14. It is not that questions on this issue were not put to the authors of the Upanishads. They were.
15. Such questions were put to no less a person than Yajnavalkya, a great seer who plays so important a part in the Brahadarnyka Upanishad.
16. He was asked, “What is Brahmana? What is Atmana ” All that Yajnavalkya could say, “Neti! Neti! I know not! I know not! “
17. “How can anything be a reality about which no one knows anything?” asked the Buddha. He had, therefore, no difficulty in rejecting the Upanishadic thesis as being based on pure imagination.
Book One, Part VI—The Buddha and His Contemporaries
1. *His Contemporaries* — 2. His attitude to His Contemporaries*
§ 1. His Contemporaries
1. At the time when Gautama took Parivraja, there was a great intellectual ferment in the country. Besides the Brahmanic Philosophy there were as many as sixty-two different schools of philosophy, all opposed to the Brahmanic Philosophy. Of them at least six were worthy of attention.
2. Of these schools of philosophy there was one headed by Purana Kassappa. His doctrine was known as Akriyavada. He maintained that the soul was not affected in any way by Karma. One may do, or one may get things done. One may do injury, or one may get someone to kill. One may commit theft or dacoity [=highway robbery], or one may get theft or dacoity committed; one may commit adultery, or one may get adultery committed; one may tell a lie, or one may get a lie told. Nothing affects the soul. An act, however licentious, does not affect the soul with sin. An act, however good, does not bring merit to the soul. Nothing has any Kriya (result) on the soul. When a person dies, all the elements of which he is made join in their originals. Nothing survives after death, neither body nor soul.
3. Another school of thought was known as Niyativada. Its chief propounder was Makhali Ghosal. His doctrine was a kind of fatalism or determinism. He taught that no one can do anything or undo anything. Things happen. No one can make them happen. No one can remove unhappiness, increase it, or diminish it. One must undergo one’s share of the experiences of the world.
4. The third school was known as Ucchedavada. Its chief propounder was Ajit Kesakambal. His doctrine was a kind of Annihilism. He taught that there was nothing in Yajna, Haom; there is no such thing as the fruits or effects of deeds to be enjoyed or suffered by the soul. There is neither heaven nor hell. Man is made up of certain elements of unhappiness in the world. The soul cannot escape it. Whatever sorrow or unhappiness there was in the world, the soul cannot escape. This sorrow or unhappiness will come to an end automatically. The soul must undergo rebirth during eighty-four lakhs [=hundred thousands] of cycles of Mahakalpas. Then only the sorrow and unhappiness of the soul will end, not before nor by any other means.
5. The fourth school was known as Annyonyavad. The head of this school was Pakudha Kacchyana. He preached that there are seven elements which go to make up a being, namely, Prathvi, Apa, Tej, Vayu, Sukha, Dukha and the Soul. Each is independent of the other; one does not affect the other. They are self-existent, and they are eternal. Nothing can destroy them. If any one chops off the head of man, he does not kill him. All that happens is that the weapon has entered the seven elements.
6. Sanjaya Belaputta had his own school of philosophy. It was known as Vikshepavada, a kind of scepticism. He argued, “if anyone asked me is there heaven, if I feel there was I would say yes. But if I feel there was no heaven I would say no. If I am asked whether human beings are created, whether man has to suffer the fruits of his action whether good or bad, and whether the soul lives after death, I say nay to all these because I don’t think they exist. This is how Sanjaya Belaputta summed up his doctrine.
7. The sixth school of philosophy was known as Chaturyamsamvarvad. The head of this school who was alive at the time when Gautama was searching for light was Mahavir, who was also called Nigantha Nathaputta. Mahavir taught that the soul had to undergo rebirth because of the bad karmas done in the past life and in the present life. One must therefore get over the bad, he suggested, by tapascharya. For preventing the doing of bad karmas in this life Mahavira prescribed the observance of chaturyama dharma, i.e., observance of four rule: (1) not to kill; (2) not to steal; (3) not to tell a lie; and (4) not to have property, and to observe celibacy.
§ 2. His Attitude to His Contemporaries
1. The Buddha did not accept the teachings of the new philosophers.
2. His rejection of their teaching was not without reasons. He said that:
3. If the doctrines of Purana Kassyappa or Pakudha Kacchyana were true, then one can do any evil or any harm; one may even go to the length of killing another without involving any social responsibility or social consequences.
4. If the doctrine of Makhali Ghosal is true, then man becomes the slave of destiny. He cannot liberate himself.
5. If the doctrine of Ajit Kesakambal is true, then all that man has to do is to eat, drink and make merry.
6. If the doctrine of Sanjaya Belaputta was true, then man must float about, and live without a positive philosophy of life.
7. If the doctrine of Nigantha Nathaputta was true, then man’s life must be subjected to Asceticism and Tapascharya, a complete subjugation and uprooting of man’s instincts and desires.
8. Thus, none of the paths of life suggested by the philosophers appealed to the Buddha. He thought they were the thoughts of men who had become hopeless, helpless, and reckless. He therefore decided to seek light elsewhere.

youtube.com
ANNIHILATION OF CASTE PART 2

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
Book One, Part VII—Comparison and Contrast 1. *What HE Rejected* — 2. *What HE Modified* — 3. *What HE Accepted*
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:30 am



Friends

Book One, Part VII—Comparison and Contrast
1. *What HE Rejected* — 2. *What HE Modified* — 3. *What HE Accepted*
§ 1. What HE Rejected
1. This survey of the philosophical and religious thought shows that at the time when the Buddha formulated his Sasana, certain ideas had a firm grip on the mind of the people. They were:
(i) Belief in the infallibility of the Vedas
(ii) Belief in Moksha, or Salvation of the soul, i.e., its ceasing to be born again
(iii) Belief in the efficacy of rites, ceremonies and sacrifices as means of obtaining moksha
(iv) Belief in Chaturvarna as the ideal for social organization
(v) Belief in Iswara as the creator of, and in Brahmana as the principle underlying, the universe
(vi) Belief in Atmana, or the soul
(vii) Belief in Sansara (wandering together), i.e., transmigration of the soul
(viii) Belief in Karma, i.e., the determination of man’s position in present life by deeds done by him in his past life.
2. In formulating the principles of his Sasana, the Buddha dealt with this old stock of ideas in his own way.
3. The following are the ideas which he rejected:
(i) He condemned indulging in speculation as to the whence, whither, and what am I?
(ii) He discarded heresies about the soul, and refrained from identifying it with either the body, sensations, volitions, and [=or] consciousness.
(iii) He discarded all the Nihilistic views which were promulgated by certain religious teachers.
(iv) He condemned such views as were held by heretics.
(v) He discarded the theory that the cosmic progress had a known beginning.
(vi) He repudiated the theory that a God created man, or that he came out of the body of some Bramha.
(vii) The existence of the soul he either ignored or denied.
§ 2. What HE Modified
1. He accepted the great grand law of cause and effect with its corollaries.
2. He repudiated the fatalistic view of life, and [the] other equally foolish view that a God predestined as to what should happen for man and the world.
3. He discarded the theory that all deeds committed in some former birth have the potency to produce suffering, making present activity impotent. He denied the fatalistic view of Karma. He replaced the view of Karma by a much more scientific view of Karma. He put new wine in old bottle[s].
4. Transmigration (sansara) was replaced by the doctrine of re-birth.
5. He replaced the doctrine of moksha or salvation of the soul by the doctrine of Nibbana.
6. The Buddha Sasana is thus an original piece [of thought]. The little in it which is old is either modified or restated.
§3. What HE Accepted
1. The first distinguishing feature of his teachings lay in the recognition of the mind as the centre of everything.
2. Mind precedes things, dominates them, creates them. If mind is comprehended, all things are comprehended.
3. Mind is the leader of all its faculties. Mind is the chief of all its faculties. The very mind is made up of those faculties.
4. The first thing to attend to is the culture of the mind.
5. The second distinguishing feature of his teachings is that mind is the fount of all the good and evil that arises within, and befalls us from without.
6. Whatsoever there is of evil, connected with evil, belonging to evil–that issues from the mind. Whatsoever there is of good, connected with good, belonging to good–all issues from mind.
7. If one speaks or acts with a pounded [=polluted?] mind, then affliction follows him as the wheels of the cart follow the feet of the bullocks who pull the cart. The cleaning of the mind is, therefore, the essence of religion.
8. The third distinguishing feature of his teachings is the avoidance of all sinful acts.
9. The fourth distinguishing feature of his teaching is that real religion lies not in the books of religion, but in the observance of the tenets of the religion.
10. Can anyone say that the Buddha’s religion was not his own creation?
BOOK TWO: CAMPAIGN OF CONVERSION
Book Two, Part I—Buddha and His Vishad Yoga
1. *To preach or not to preach* — 2. *Proclamation of good news by Bramha Sahampati* — 3. *Two types of conversion*
1. To Preach or Not to Preach
1. After having attamed enlightenment and after having formulated his way, doubt arose in the mind of the Buddha. Should he go forth and preach his doctrine, or should he continue to devote himself to his own personal perfection?
2. He said to himself, “True, I have gained a new doctrine. But it is too difficult for the common man to accept it and follow it. It is too subtle even for the wise.
3. “It is hard for mankind to liberate itself from the entanglement of God and Soul. It is hard for mankind to give up its belief in rites and ceremonies. It is hard for mankind to give up its belief in Karma.
4. “It is hard for mankind to give up its belief in the immortality of the Soul, and accept my doctrine that the Soul as an independent entity does not exist and does not survive after death.
5. “Mankind is intent on its selfishness, and takes delight and pleasure in it. It is hard for mankind to accept my doctrine of righteousness overriding selfishness.
6. “If I were to teach my doctrine, and others did not understand it; or, understanding it, did not accept; or, accepting it, did not follow it, it would be weariness to others and a vexation to me.
7. “Why not remain a sanyasi away from the world, and use my gospel to perfect my own self?” he asked himself. “At least I can do good to myself.”
8. Thus as he reflected, his mind turned to inaction, not to teaching of the gospel.
9. Then Brahma Sahampati, knowing what was passing in the mind of the Buddha, thought, “Verily the world is being destroyed, verily the world is going to destruction, if the Tathagata, the fully enlightened, turns to inaction and not to teaching his doctrine.”
10. Filled with anxiety, Brahma Sahampati left the Brahma world and appeared before the Buddha. And arranging his upper robe on one shoulder, he bent down and with clasped hands said, “Thou art no longer Siddharth Gautama, Thou art Buddha. Thou art the Blessed One who is blessed with the fullest enlightenment. Thou art the Tathagatha. How can thou refuse to enlighten the world? How can thou refuse to save erring humanity?
11. “There are beings full of impurity that are falling away through not hearing the doctrine.
12. “As the Lord knows,” proceeded Brahma Sahampati, “Among the Magadhas arose in ancient times, doctrine impure, with many blemishes devised.
13. “Will not the Lord open for them the door of his immortal doctrine?
14. “As one upon a rocky mountain standing beholdeth all the people round about him, even thus, O thou, with wisdom distilled, ascending all, behold, look down, thou griefless one, upon those plunged in their griefs.
15. “Rise up, O hero, victor in battle, O caravan-leader, free from the debt of birth, go to the world and [do] not turn away from it.
16. “May the Lord in his compassion design to teach his gospel to men and to gods.”
17. “O Brahma, Eminent and Excellent among men, if I did not give public utterance to my gospel, it is because I perceived vexation,” was the reply of the Buddha.
18. Knowing that there was so much unhappiness in the world, the Buddha realised that it was wrong for him to sit as a sanyasi with folded arms and allow things to remain as they were.
19. Asceticism he found to be useless. It was vain to attempt to escape from the world. There is no escape from the world even for an ascetic. He realised that what is necessary is not escape from the world. What is necessary is to change the world and to make it better.
20. He realised that he left the world because there was so much conflict, resulting in misery and unhappiness, and for which he knew no remedy. If he can [=could] banish misery and unhappiness from the world by the propagation of his doctrine, it was his duty to return to the world and serve it, and not sit silent as the personification of inactive impassivity.
21. The Buddha therefore agreed to the request of Brahma Sahampati and decided to preach his doctrine to the world.
§ 2. Proclamation of Good News by Brahma Sahampati
1. Then, Brahma Sahampati, thinking, “I have been instrumental in persuading the Buddha to agree to preach his doctrine to the masses,” felt extremely happy. He saluted the Buddha, went round him passing to the right, took a look, and departed.
2. On his way back he kept on proclaiming to the world, “Rejoice at the glad tidings. The Buddha, our Lord, has found the root of all evil and unhappiness in the world. He knows the way out.
3. “The Buddha will bring comfort to the weary and sorrow-laden. He will give peace to those stricken by war. He will give courage to those who are broken in heart. He will give to those who are suppressed and oppressed, faith and hope.
4. “Ye that suffer from the tribulations of life, ye that have to struggle and endure, ye that yearn for justice, rejoice at the glad tidings.
5. “Heal your wounds, ye that are wounded. Eat your fill, ye that are hungry. Rest, ye that are weary, and quench your thirst, ye that are thirsty. Seek the light, ye that are in darkness. Be of good cheer, ye that are forlorn.
6. “In his doctrine there is love to create a longing to own [=acknowledge] those who are disowned or unowned; to the degraded there is the ennoblement ever present to raise them; to the disinherited and the downtrodden there is equality blazing forth their path to advancement.
7. “His doctrine is the doctrine of righteousness, and his aim is to establish the kingdom of righteousness on earth.
8. “His doctrine is the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
9. “Blessed is the Buddha, for his is the path of reason, and his is the way of emancipation from superstition. Blessed is the Buddha who teaches the middle way. Blessed is the Buddha who teaches the law of righteousness. Blessed is the Buddha who teaches the peace of Nibbana. Blessed is the Buddha who preaches love, kindness, and fellowship to help fellow beings to obtain salvation.”
§ 3. Two Types of Conversion
1. In the Buddha’s scheme of things conversion has two meanings.
2. Conversion to the Order of Bhikkus, called Sangh.
3. Secondly, it means conversion of a householder as an Upasaka, or lay follower of the Buddha’s Dhamma.
4. Except on four points, there is no difference in the way of life of the Bhikku and the Upasaka.
5. An Upasaka remains a householder. A Bhikku becomes a homeless wanderer.
6. Both the Upasakas and the Bhikkus must observe in their life certain rules.
7. Here again to the Bhikku they are vows, the breach of which ends in punishment. To the Upasaka they are precepts. They must be observed to the best of his ability.
8. An Upasaka can have property. A Bhikku cannot have.
9. To become an Upasaka, there is no ceremony.
10. To become a Bhikku, he must undergo a ceremony called Upasampada.
11.The Buddha converted those who came to him according to their wish, either as Bhikku or as Upasaka.
12. An Upasaka could become a Bhikku whenever he felt like it.
13. And a Bhikku had to cease to be a Bhikku when he committed a breach of the major vows, or whenever he wished to give up his membership of the Order.
14. It must not be understood that the Buddha converted only those whose names occur in the following pages.
15. The instances are chosen only to show that he did not observe any distinction as to caste or sex in admitting persons to his Sangh or preaching his Dhamma.
Book Two, Part II—The Conversion of the Parivrajakas
1. *Arrival at Sarnath* — 2. *The Buddha’s First Sermon* — 3. *The Buddha’s First Sermon (cont’d)* — 4. *The Buddha’s First Sermon (cont’d)* — 5. *The Buddha’s First Sermon (cont’d)* — 6. *The Buddha’s First Sermon (concluded)* — 7. *The Response of the Parivrajakas*
§ 1. Arrival at Sarnath
1. Having decided to preach his doctrine, the Buddha asked himself “To whom shall I first teach the doctrine?” The thought [came to him] of Alara Kalam, whom the Buddha adored as the learned, wise, intelligent, and of little impurity; “What if I first teach him the doctrine?” But he was told that Alara Kalam was dead.
2. Then thought he of preaching it to Uddaka Ramputta. But he too was dead.
3. Then he thought of the five old companions of his who were with him at Niranjana when he was practising austerities, and who had left him in anger on his abandonment of austerities.
4. “They did much for me, attended me and looked after me; what if I first teach the doctrine to them?” said he to himself.
5. He asked for their whereabouts. Having learnt that they were dwelling at Sarnath, in the deer park of Isipatana, he left in search of them.
6. The five, seeing him coming, decided among themselves not to welcome him. Said one of them, “This, friends, is the ascetic Gautama coming, who has abandoned austerities and has turned to [a] life of abundance and luxury. He has committed a sin. We must not therefore greet him, nor rise in respect, nor take his bowl and robe. We will only set apart a seat for him. If he wishes, he may sit down.” And they all agreed.
7. But when the Buddha approached, the five Parivrajakas were not able to abide by their decision; so greatly impressed were they by his personality that they all rose in their seats. One took his bowl, one took his robe, and one prepared a seat, and one brought water to wash his feet.
8. It was really a great welcome to an unwelcome guest.
9. Thus those who intended to scoff remained to pray.
§ 2. The Buddha’s First Sermon
1. After [the] exchange of greetings, the five Parivrajakas asked the Buddha whether he still believed in asceticism. The Buddha replied in the negative.
2. He said there were two extremes, a life of pleasure and a life of self-mortification.
3. One says let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die. The other says, kill all vasanas (desires) because they bring rebirth. He rejected both as unbecoming to man.
4. He was a believer in the Madhyama Marga (Majjhima Patipada), the middle path, which is neither the path of pleasure nor the path of self-mortification.
5. “Answer me this,” he said to the Parivrajakas. “So long as your self remains active and continues to lust after either worldly or heavenly pleasures, is not all mortification vain?” And they answered, “It is as thou sayest.”
6. “How can ye be free from self by leading a wretched life of self-mortification, if ye do not thereby succeed in quenching the fires of lust?” And they replied, “It is as thou sayest.”
7. “Only when the self in ye has been conquered [so] that ye are free from lust; ye will then not desire worldly pleasures, and the satisfaction of your natural wants will not defile ye. Let ye eat and drink according to the needs of your body.
8. “Sensuality of all kinds is enervating. The sensual man is a slave of his passion. All pleasure-seeking is degrading and vulgar. But I say unto you that to satisfy the needs of life is not an evil: to keep the body in good health is a duty, or otherwise you shall not be able to keep your mind strong and clear and have the lamp of wisdom burning.
9. “Know ye, O Parivrajakas, that there are these two extremes which man ought not to follow–the habitual indulgence on the one hand, of those things whose attraction depends upon the passions, and especially of sensuality–a low and pagan way of seeking satisfaction, unworthy, unprofitable, and the habitual practice thereof; and on the other hand, of asceticism or self-mortification, which is painful, unworthy, and unprofitable.
10. “There is a middle path which avoids both these extremes. Know ye, that, this is the path which I preach.”
11. The five Parivrajakas listened to him with attention. Not knowing what to say in reply to the Buddha’s middle path, they asked him what he was [=had been] doing after they had left him. Then the Buddha told them how he left for Gaya, how he sat in contemplation under the Banyan Tree, and how after four weeks of contemplation he obtained enlightenment, as a result of which he was able to discover a new path of life.
12. On hearing this, the Parivrajakas became extremely impatient to know what the path was, and requested the Buddha to expound it to them.
13. The Buddha agreed.
14. He began by saying that his path which is his Dhamma (religion) had nothing to do with God and [the] Soul. His Dhamma had nothing to do with life after death. Nor has his Dhamma any concern with rituals and ceremonies.
15. The centre of his Dhamma is man, and the relation of man to man in his life on earth.
16. This, he said, was his first postulate.
17. His second postulate was that men are living in sorrow, in misery and poverty. The world is full of suffering and that [discovering] how to remove this suffering from the world is the only purpose of Dhamma. Nothing else is Dhamma.
18. The recognition of the existence of suffering, and to show the way to remove suffering, is the foundation and basis of his Dhamma.
19. This can be the only foundation and justification for Dhamma. A religion which fails to recognise this is no religion at all.
20. “Verily, Parivrajakas! whatsoever recluses or Brahmins (i.e., preachers of religion) understand not, as it really is, that the misery in the world and the escape therefrom, is the main problem of Dhamma–such recluses and Brahmins in my opinion are not to be regarded as recluses and Brahmin ; nor have those worthies come to know fully of themselves what in this very life is the real meaning of Dhamma.”
21. The Parivrajakas then asked him, “If the foundation of your Dhamma is the recognition of the existence of suffering and the removal of suffering, tell us, how does your Dhamma remove suffering!”
22. The Buddha then told them that according to his Dhamma if every person followed (1) the Path of Purity; (2) the Path of Righteousness; and (3) the Path of Virtue, it would bring about the end of all suffering.
23. And he added that he had discovered such a Dhamma.
§ 3. The Buddha’s First Sermon—(contd.) The Path of Purity
1. The Parivrajakas then asked the Buddha to explain to them his Dhamma.
2. And the Buddha was pleased to do so.
3. He addressed them first on the Path of Purity.
4. “The Path of Purity,” he told the Parivrajakas, “teaches that a person who wishes to be good must recognise some principles as principles of life.
5. “According to my Path of Purity, the principles of life recognised by it are: Not to injure or kill; Not to steal or appropriate to oneself anything which belongs to another; Not to speak untruth; Not to indulge in lust; Not to indulge in intoxicating drinks.
6. “The recognition of these principles, I say, is most essential for every man. For every man must have a standard by which to judge whatever he does. And these principles, according to my teachings, constitute the standard.
7. “There are everywhere people who are patit (fallen). But there are two classes of the patit: the patit who has a standard, and a patit who has no standard.
8. “The patit who has no standard does not know that he has fallen. Consequently he always remains fallen. On the other hand, a patit who has a standard tries to rise from his fallen state. Why? The answer is, because he knows that he has fallen.
9. “This is the difference between having a standard, and having no standard, for regulating a man’s life. What matters is not so much the fall of the man, but the absence of any standard.
10. “You may ask, ye Parivrajakas! Why are these principles worthy of recognition as a standard of life?
11. “The answer to this question you will find for yourselves, if you ask: “Are these principles good for the individual?” also if you ask: “Do they promote social good?”
12. “If your answers to these questions are in the affirmative, then it follows that the principles of my Path of Purity are worthy of recognition as forming a true standard of life.”
§ 4. The Buddha’s First Sermon (cont’d)—Ashtanga Marga or the Path of Righteousness
1. The Buddha next addressed the Parivrajakas on the Ashtangamarga. He said that there are eight constituents in the Ashtangamarga.
2. He began his discourse with the exposition of Samma Ditti (Right Views), the first and foremost element in the Ashtangmarga,
3. “To realise the importance of Samma Ditti,” the Buddha said to the Parivrajakas:
4. “O, ye Parivrajakas, you must realise that the world is a dungeon, and man is a prisoner in the dungeon.
5. “This dungeon is full of darkness. So dark is it that scarce anything at all can rightly be seen by the prisoner. The prisoner cannot see that he is a prisoner.
6. “Indeed, man has not only become blind by living too long in the darkness, but he very much doubts if any such strange thing as light is said to be, can ever exist at all.
7. “Mind is the only instrument through which light can come to man.
8. “But the mind of these dungeon-dwellers is by no means a perfect instrument for the purpose.
9. “It lets through only a little light, just enough to show to those with sight that there is such a thing as darkness.
10. Thus defective in its nature, such understanding as this is.
11. “But know ye, Parivrajakas! the case of the prisoner is not as hopeless as it appears.
12. “For there is in man a thing called will. When the appropriate motives arise, the will can be awakened and set in motion.
13. “With the coming of just enough light to see in what directions to guide the motions of the will, man may so guide them that they shall lead to liberty.
14. “Thus though man is bound, yet he may be free; he may at any moment begin to take the first steps that will ultimately bring him to freedom.
15. “This is because it is possible to train the mind in whatever directions one chooses. It is mind that makes us to be prisoners in the house of life, and it is mind that keeps us so.
16. “But what mind has done, that mind can undo. If it has brought man to thraldom, it can also, when rightly directed, bring him to liberty.
17. “This is what Samma Ditti can do.”
18. “What is the end of Samma Ditti?” asked the Parivrajakas. “The end of Samma Ditti,” replied the Buddha, “is the destruction of Avijja (Nescience). It is opposed to Miccha Ditti.
19. “And Avijja means the failure to understand the noble truths, of the existence of suffering and the removal of suffering.
20. “Samma Ditti requires [the] giving up of belief in the efficacy of rites and ceremonies, to have disbelief in the sanctity of the Shastras.
21. “Samma Ditti requires the abandonment of superstition and supernaturalism.
22. “Samma Ditti requires the abandonment of all doctrines which are mere speculations without any basis in fact or experience.
23. “Samma Ditti requires [a] free mind and free thought.
24. “Every man has aims, aspirations, and ambitions. Samma Sankappo teaches that such aims, aspirations, and ambitions shall be noble and praiseworthy and not ignoble and unworthy.
25. “Samma Vacca (Right Speech) teaches:
(1) that one should speak only that which is true;
(2) that one should not speak what is false;
(3) that one should not speak evil of others;
(4) that one should refrain from slander;
(5) that one should not use angry and abusive language towards any fellow man;
(6) that one should speak kindly and courteously to all;
(7) that one should not indulge in pointless, foolish talk, but let his speech be sensible and to the purpose.
26. “The observance of Right Speech, as I have explained, is not to be the result of fear or favour. It is not to have the slightest reference to what any superior being may think of his action, or to any loss which Right Speech may involve.
27. “The norm for Right Speech is not the order of the superior or the personal benefit to the individual.
28. “Samma Kamanto teaches right behaviour. It teaches that every action should be founded on respect for the feelings and rights of others.
29. “What is the norm for Samma Kamanto? The norm is that course of conduct which is most in harmony with the fundamental laws of existence.
30. “When his [=one’s] actions are in harmony with these laws, they may be taken to be in accord with Samma Kamanto.
31. “Every individual has to earn his livelihood. But there are ways and ways of earning one’s livelihood. Some are bad; some are good. Bad ways are those which cause injury or injustice to others. Good ways are those by which the individual earns his livelihood without causing injury or injustice to others. This is Samma Ajivo.
32. “Samma Vyayamo (Right Endeavour) is primary endeavour to remove Avijja; to reach the door that leads out of this painful prison house, to swing it open.
33. “Right endeavour has four purposes.
34. “One is to prevent states of mind which are in conflict with the Ashtangamarga.
35. “Second is to suppress such states of mind which may already have arisen.
36. “Third is to bring into existence states of mind which will help a man to fulfil the requirements of the Ashtangamarga.
37. “Fourth is to promote the further growth and increase of such states of mind as already may have arisen.
38. “Samma Satti calls for mindfulness and thoughtfulness. It means constant wakefulness of the mind. Watch and ward by the mind over the evil passions is another name for Samma Satti.
39. “There are, ye Parivrajakas, five fetters or hindrances which come in the way of a person trying to achieve Samma Ditti, Samma Sankappo, Samma Vacca, Samma Kamanto, Samma Ajeevo, Samma Vyayamo and Samma Satti.
40. “These five hindrances are covetousness, ill-will, sloth and torpor, doubt, and indecision. It is, therefore, necessary to overcome these hindrances, which are really fetters, and the means to overcome them is through Samadhi. But know ye, Parivrajakas, Samma Samadhi is not the same as Samadhi. It is quite different.
41. “Samadhi is mere concentration. No doubt it leads to Dhyanic states which are self-induced, holding the five hindrances in suspense.
42. “But these Dhyana states are temporary. Consequently the suspension of the hindrances is also temporary. What is necessary is a permanent turn to the mind. Such a permanent turn can be achieved only by Samma Samadhi.
43. “Mere Samadhi is negative, inasmuch as it leads to temporary suspension of the hindrances. In it there is no training to the mind. Samma Samadhi is positive. It trains the mind to concentrate and to think of some Kusala Kamma (Good Deeds and Thoughts) during concentration, and thereby eliminate the tendency of the mind to be drawn towards Akusala Kamma (Bad Deeds and Bad Thoughts) arising from the hindrances.
44. “Samma Samadhi gives a habit to the mind to think of good, and always to think of good. Samma Samadhi gives the mind the necessary motive power to do good.”
§ 5. The Buddha’s First Sermon (cont’d)—The Path of Virtue
1. The Buddha then explained to the Parivrajakas the Path of Virtue.
2. He told them that the path of virtue meant the observance of the virtues called: (1) Sila; (2) Dana; (3) Uppekha; (4) Nekkhama; (5) Virya; (6) Khanti; (7) Succa; (8) Adhithana; (9) Karuna; and (10) Maitri.
3. The Parivrajakas asked the Buddha to tell them what these virtues meant.
4. The Buddha then proceeded to satisfy their desire.
5. “Sila is moral temperament, the disposition not to do evil and the disposition to do good; to be ashamed of doing wrong. To avoid to do [=doing] evil for fear of punishment is Sila. Sila means fear of doing wrong.
6. “Nekkhama is renunciation of the pleasures of the world.
7. “Dana means the giving of one’s possessions, blood and limbs, and even one’s life, for the good of others, without expecting anything in return.
8. “Virya is right endeavour. It is doing with all your might whatever you have undertaken to do, with never a thought of turning back, whatever you have undertaken to do.
9. “Khanti is forbearance. Not to meet hatred by hatred is the essence of it. For hatred is not appeased by hatred. It is appeased only by forbearance.
10. “Succa is truth. A person must never tell a lie. His speech must be truth and nothing but truth.
11. “Adhithana is resolute determination to reach the goal.
12. “Karuna is loving kindness to human beings.
13. “Maitri is extending fellow feeling to all beings, not only to one who is a friend, but also to one who is a foe; not only to man, but to all living beings.
14. “Upekka is detachment as distinguished from indifference. It is a state of mind where there is neither like nor dislike. Remaining unmoved by the result, and yet engaged in the pursuit of it.
15. “These virtues one must practice to his utmost capacity. That is why they are called Paramitas (States of Perfection).
§ 6. The Buddha’s First Sermon (concluded)
1. Having explained His Dhamma and what it involved, the Buddha then asked the Parivrajakas:
2. “Is not personal purity the foundation of good in the world?” And they answered, “It is as thou sayest.”
3. And he continued, “Is not personal purity undermined by covetousness, passion, ignorance, the destruction of life, theft, adultery, and lying? Is it not necessary for personal purity to build up sufficient strength of character so that these evils should be kept under control? How can a man be the instrument of good if he has no personal purity in him?” And they replied, “It is as thou sayest.”
4. “Again, why do men not mind enslaving or dominating others? Why do men not mind making the lives of others unhappy? Is it not because men are not righteous in their conduct towards one another?” And they answered in the affirmative.
5. “Will not the practice of the Ashtanga Marga, the path of right views, right aims, right speech, right livelihood, right means, right mindfulness, right perseverance, and right contemplation, in short, the Path of Righteousness, if followed by every one, remove all injustice and inhumanity that man does to man?” And they said, “Yes.”
6. Turning to the path of virtue, he asked, “Is not Dana necessary to remove the suffering of the needy and the poor, and to promote general good? Is not Karuna necessary, to be drawn to the relief of poverty and suffering wherever it exists? Is not Nekkamma necessary to selfless work? Is not Uppekka necessary, for sustained endeavour even though there is no personal gain?
7. “Is not love for man necessary?” And they said “Yes.”
8. “I go further and say, “Love is not enough; what is required is Maitri. It is wider than love. It means fellowship not merely with human beings but with all living beings. It is not confined to human beings. Is not such Maitri necessary? What else can give to all living beings the same happiness which one seeks for one’s own self, to keep the mind impartial, open to all, with affection for every one and hatred for none?”
9. They all said “Yes.”
10. “The practice of these virtues must, however, be accompanied by Prajna, i.e., intelligence.
11. “Is not Prajna necessary?” The Parivrajakas gave no answer. To force them to answer his question, the Buddha went on to say that the qualities of a good man are: “do no evil, think nothing that is evil, get his livelihood in no evil way, and say nothing. that is evil or is likely to hurt anyone.” And they said, “Yes, so it is.”
12. “But is doing good deeds blindly to be welcomed?” asked the Buddha “I say, ‘no’. This is not enough,” said the Buddha to the Parivrajakas. “If it was enough,” said the Buddha to the Parivrajakas, “then a tiny babe could be proclaimed to be always doing good. For as yet the babe does not know what a body means, much less will it do evil with its body beyond kicking about; it does not know what speech is, much less will it say anything evil beyond crying; it does not know what thought is, beyond crying with delight; it does not know what livelihood is, much less will it get its living in an evil way, beyond sucking its mother.
13. “The Path of Virtue must, therefore, be subject to [the] test of Prajna, which is another name for understanding and intelligence.
14. “There is also another reason why Prajna-paramita is so important and so necessary. There must be Dana. But without Prajna, Dana may have a demoralizing effect. There must be Karuna. But without Prajna, Karuna may end in supporting evil. Every act of Paramita must be tested by Prajna Paramita, which is another name for wisdom.
15. “I premise that there must be knowledge and consciousness of what wrong conduct is, how it arises; similarly, there must also be knowledge and consciousness of what is right conduct and wrong conduct. Without such knowledge there cannot be real goodness, though the act may be good. That is why I say Prajna is a necessary virtue.”
16. The Buddha then concluded his sermon by addressing the following admonition to the Parivrajakas.
17. “You are likely to call my Dhamma pessimistic, because it calls the attention of mankind to the existence of suffering. I tell you such a view of my Dhamma would be wrong.
18. “No doubt my Dhamma recognises the existence of suffering, but forget not that it also lays equal stress on the removal of suffering.
19. “My Dhamma has in it both hope and purpose.
20. “Its purpose is to remove Avijja, by which I mean ignorance of the existence of suffering.
21. “There is hope in it because it shows the way to put an end to human suffering.
22. “Do you agree with this or not?” And the Parivrajakas said , “Yes, we do.”
§ 7. The Response of the Parivrajakas
1. The five Parivrajakas at once realised that this was really a new Dhamma. They were so struck by this new approach to the problems of life that they were unanimous in saying, “Never in the history of the world has any founder of religion taught that the recognition of human suffering was the real basis of religion.
2. “Never in the history of the world has any founder of religion taught that the removal of this misery is the real purpose of it!
3. “Never in the history of the world had a scheme of salvation been put forth, so simple in its nature; so free from supernatural and superhuman agency; so independent of, even so antagonistic to, the belief in a soul, to the belief in God and to the belief in life after death!
4. “Never in the history of the world had a scheme of religion been put forth which had nothing to do with revelation, and whose commands are born of the examination of the social needs of man and which are not the orders of a God !
5. “Never in the history of the world has salvation been conceived as the blessing of happiness to be attained by man in this life and on this earth, by righteousness born out of his own efforts!”
6. These were the sentiments which the Parivrajakas uttered after they had heard the Buddha’s Sermon on his new Dhamma.
7. They felt that in him they had found a reformer, full of the most earnest moral purpose and trained in all the intellectual culture of his time, who had the originality and the courage to put forth deliberately and with a knowledge of opposing views, the doctrine of a salvation to be found here, in this life, in inward change of heart to be brought about by the practice of self-culture and self-control.
8. Their reverence for him became so unbounded that they at once surrendered to him and requested him to accept them as his disciples.
9. The Buddha admitted them into his order by uttering the formula “Ehi Bhikkave” (come in Bhikkus). They were known as the Panchavargiya Bhikkus.
Book Two, Part III—Conversion of the High and the Holy
1. *Conversion of Yashas* — 2. *Conversion of the Kassyapas* — 3. *Conversion of Sariputta and Moggallana* — 4. *Conversion of Bimbisara* — 5. *Conversion of Anathapindika* — 6. *Conversion of Pasenjit* — 7. *Conversion of Jeevaka* — 8. *Conversion of Ratthapala*
§1. Conversion of Yashas
1. There lived in the town of Benares a nobleman’s son called Yashas. He was young in years and very attractive in appearance. He was beloved of his parents. He lived in abounding wealth. He had a big retinue and a large harem, and passed his time in nothing but dancing, drinking and carnal pleasures.
2. As time past [=passed], a feeling of disgust came over him. How could he escape from this orgy? Was there any better way of life than the way he was leading? Not knowing what to do, he decided to leave his father’s house.
3. One night he left his father’s house and was wandering about; He happened to wend his way towards Isipathana.
4. Feeling tired, he sat down; and as he was seated he said to himself in loud tones, ‘Where am I, what is the way? Alas! What distress; alas! What danger!’
5. This happened on the night of the same day on which the Blessed One preached his first sermon to the Panchavargiya Bhikkus at Isipathana. Just when Yashas was approaching Isipathana, the Blessed One, who was staying at Isipathana, having arisen at dawn, was walking up and down in the open. air. And the Blessed One saw Yashas, the noble youth coming from [Benares?] after giving utterance to his feelings.
6. And the Blessed One, having heard his cry of distress, said, “There is no distress, there is no danger. Come, I will show you the way,” and the Blessed Lord preached his gospel to Yashas.
7. And Yashas, when he heard it, became glad and joyful; and he put off his gilt slippers, and went and sat down near the Blessed One and respectedly saluted him.
8. Yashas, hearing the Buddha’s words, requested the Blessed One to take him as his disciple.
9. Then he bade him come, and asked him to be a Bhikku, to which Yashas agreed.
10. The parents of Yashas were in great distress on finding that their son had disappeared. The father started in search. Yashas’s father passed by the same spot where the Lord and Yashas in the Bhikku’s garb were seated, and in passing, he asked the Blessed One, “Pray, have you seen Yashas, my son?”
11. The Lord replied, “Come in, Sir, you will find your son.” He went in and sat near his son, but he knew him not.
12. The Lord explained to him how Yashas met him, and how on hearing him he became a Bhikku. The father then recognised his son and was happy his son had chosen the right path.
13. “My son, Yashas,” said the father, “your mother is absorbed in lamentations and grief. Return home and restore your mother to life.”
14. Then Yashas looked at the Blessed One, and the Blessed One said to Yashas’s father, “Is that your wish, that Yashas should return to the world and enjoy the pleasures of a worldly life as he did before?”
15. And Yasha’s father replied, “If Yashas, my son, finds it a gain to stay with you, let him stay.” Yashas preferred to remain a Bhikku.
16. Before departing Yashas’s father said, “May the Blessed One, O Lord, consent to take his meal at my home with the members of my family.”
17. The Blessed One, having donned his robes, took his alms bowl and went with Yashas to the house of his father.
18. When they arrived there, they met the mother and also the former wife of Yashas. After the meal, the Blessed One preached to the members of the family his doctrine. They became very happy and promised to take refuge in it.
19. Now there were four friends of Yashas belonging to the wealthy family [=families] of Benares. Their names were Vimala, Subahu, Punyajit ,and Gavampati.
20. When Yashas’s friends learned that Yashas had taken refuge in the Buddha and his Dhamma, they felt that what is [=was] good for Yashas must be good for them.
21. So they went to Yashas and asked him to approach the Buddha on their behalf, to receive them as his disciples.
22. Yashas agreed and he went to the Buddha, saying, “May the Blessed One preach the Dhamma to these four friends of mine.” The Lord agreed, and Yashas’s friends took refuge in the Dhamma.
§ 2. Conversion of the Kassyapas
1. There lived in Benaras a family known as the Kassyapa family. There were three sons in the family. They were very highly educated, and carried on a rigorous religious life.
2. After some time the eldest son thought of taking up Sannyasa. Accordingly he left his home, took Sannyasa, and went in the direction of Uruvella, where he established his Ashram.
3. His two younger brothers followed him, and they too became Sannyasis.
4. They were all Agnihotris, or worshippers of fire. They were called Jatilas because they kept [=wore] long hair.
5. The three brothers were known as Uruvella Kassyapa, Nadi Kassyapa (Kassyapa of the River, i.e., the Niranjana), and Gaya Kassyapa (of the village Gaya).
6. Of these the Uruvella Kassyapa had a following of five hundred Jatilas; Nadi Kassyapa had three hundred Jatilas as his disciples; and Gaya Kassyapa had two hundred Jatilas. Of these the chief was Uruvella Kassyapa.
7. The fame of Uruvella Kassyapa had spread far and wide. He was known to have obtained Mukti (Salvation) while alive. People from far-away places came to his Ashram, which was located on the banks of the river Falgu.
8. The Blessed Lord, having come to know of the name and fame of Uruvella Kassyapa, thought of preaching his gospel to him and if possible [seeking] to convert him to his Dhamma.
9. Having come to know of his whereabouts, the Blessed Lord went to Uruvella.
10. The Blessed One met him and, wanting to have an opportunity to instruct him and convert him, said, “If it is not disagreeable to you, Kassyapa, let me dwell one night in your Ashram.”
11. “I am not agreeable to this,” said Kassyapa. “There is a savage Naga king called Muchalinda who rules over this place. He is possessed of dreadful powers. He is the deadly enemy of all ascetics performing fire worship. He pays nocturnal visits to their Ashrams and does them great harm. I fear he may do you the same harm as he does to me.”
12. Kassyapa did not know that the Nagas had become the friends and followers of the Blessed One. But the Blessed One knew it.
13. So the Blessed One pressed for his request, saying, “He is not likely to do any harm to me; pray, Kassyapa, allow me a place in your fire room, for one night.”
14. Kassyapa continued to raise many difficulties, and the Blessed One continued to press his request.
15. Then Kassyapa said, “My mind desires no controversy, only I have my fears and apprehensions, but follow your own good pleasure.”
16. The Blessed Lord forthwith stepped into the fire grove and took his seat.
17. The Naga king Muchalinda came into the room at his usual time. But instead of finding Kassyapa, he found the Blessed One seated in his place.
18. Muchalinda, seeing the Lord seated, his face glowing with peace and serenity, felt as though he was in the presence of a great divinity, and bending his head, began to worship.
19. That night Kassyapa’s sleep was very much disturbed by the thought of what might have happened to his guest. So he got up with great misgivings, fearing that his guest might have been burnt up.
20. Then Kassyapa and his followers at morning light came, one and all, to have a look. Far from the Lord injured by Muchalinda, they found Muchalinda worshipping the Lord.
21. Beholding the scene, Kassyapa felt that he was witnessing a great miracle.
22. Struck by this miracle, Kassyapa requested the Blessed Lord to stay near him and make an Ashram, and promised to look after him.
23. The Blessed Lord agreed to stay on.
24. The two, however, had different motives. Kassyapa’s motive was to obtain protection against Muchalinda Naga. The Blessed Lord thought that one day Kassyapa will [=would] give him [an] opportunity to propound his gospel.
25. But Kassyapa showed no such inclination. He thought that the Blessed Lord was only a miracle maker and nothing more.
26. One day the Blessed Lord thought of himself taking the initiative, and asked Kassyapa, “Are you an Arhant?
27. “If you are not an Arhant, what good is this Agnihotra going to do to you?”
28. Kassyapa said, “I do not know what is to be an Arhant. Will you explain it to me?”
29. The Lord then told Kassyapa, “An Arhant is one who has conquered all the passions which disturb a man from pursuing the eight-fold Path. Agnihotra cannot cleanse a man of his sins.”
30. Kassyapa was a proud person. But he did feel the force of the Blessed Lord’s argument. Making his mind pliant and yielding, until at length prepared to be a vehicle of the true law, he confessed that his poor wisdom could not compare with the wisdom of the world-honoured One.
31. And so, convinced at last, humbly submitting, Uruvella Kassyapa accepted the doctrine of the Lord and became his follower.
32. Following their master, the followers of Kassyapa, virtuously submissive, in turn received the teaching of the law. Kassyapa and all his followers were thus entirely converted.
33. Uruvella Kassyapa then, lifting his goods and all his sacrificial vessels, threw them together into the river, which floated [them] down upon the surface of the current.
34. Nadi and Gaya, who dwelt down the stream, seeing these articles of clothing (and the rest) floating along the stream [all] disorderly, said, “These are the belongings of our brother; why has he thrown them away? Some great change has happened,” and [they] were deeply pained and restless. The two, each with five hundred followers, went up the stream to seek their brother.
35. On seeing him and all his followers now dressed as hermits, strange thoughts engaged their minds, and they inquired into the reasons. Uruvella Kassyapa told them the story of his conversion to the Buddha’s Dhamma.
36. “Our brother having submitted thus, we too should also follow him,” they said.
37. They conveyed their wishes to their eldest brother. Then the two brothers, with all their band of followers, were brought to hear the Lord’s discourse on the comparison of a fire sacrifice with his own gospel.
38. In his discourse to the two brothers the Blessed Lord said: “The dark smoke of ignorance arises, whilst confused thoughts, like wood drilled into wood, create the fire.
39. “Lust, anger, delusion, these are as fire produced, and these enflame and burn all other things which cause grief and sorrow in the world.
40. “If once this way is found, and lust, anger and delusion consumed, then with it is born sight, knowledge, and pure conduct.
41. “So when the heart of a man has once conceived distaste for sin, this distaste removes covetous desire; covetous desire extinguished, there is recluse [=refuge?].”
42. The great Rishis, listening to him, lost all regard for fire worship, and wished to be the disciples of the Buddha.
43. The conversion of the Kassyapas was a great triumph for the Blessed Lord. For they had a very strong hold on the imagination of the people.
§ 3. Conversion of Sariputta and Moggallana
1. While the Blessed Lord was in Rajagraha there resided [there] a well-known person, by name Sanjaya, with a great retinue of Parivrajakas numbering about two hundred and fifty as his disciples.
2. Among his disciples were Sariputta and Moggallana–two young Brahmins.
3. Sariputta and Moggallana were not satisfied with the teachings of Sanjaya, and were in search of something better.
4. Now one day the venerable Assaji, one of the Panchvargiya Bhikkus, in the forenoon, having put on his under-robes, and having taken his alms bowl and outer robe, entered the city of Rajagraha for alms.
5. Sariputta was observing the dignified deportment of Assaji, and was struck by it. On seeing the venerable Assaji, Sariputta thought, “Indeed this person is one of those monks who are the worthy ones in the world. What if I were to approach this monk and to ask him, ‘In whose name, friend, have you retired from the world? Who is your teacher? Whose Dhamma do you profess?’”
6. Now Sariputta thought, ” This is not the time to ask this monk; he has entered the inner yard of a house for alms. What if I were to follow this monk step by step, according to the course recognised by those who want something?”
7. And the venerable Assaji, having finished his alms pilgrimage through Rajagraha, went back with the food he had received. Then Sariputta went to the place where the venerable Assaji was; having approached him, he exchanged greetings; and with complaisant words, he stood at his side.
8. Standing at his side, the wandering ascetic Sariputta said to the venerable Assaji, “Your countenance, friend, is serene; your complexion is pure and bright. In whose name, friend, have you retired from the world? Who is your teacher? Whose Dhamma do you profess?”
9. Assaji replied, “There is, friend, the great recluse of the Sakya’s clan; in this Blessed One’s name have I retired from the world; this Blessed One is my teacher, and it is the Dhamma of this Blessed One that I follow.”
10. “And what, venerable Sir, is the doctrine which your teacher holds? And what does he preach to you?”
11. “I am only a young disciple, friend; I have but recently received ordination; and I have newly adopted this Dhamma and discipline. I cannot explain to you the Dhamma in detail; but I will tell you in short what it means.”
12. Then Sariputta, the wandering ascetic, said to the venerable Assaj, “So be it, friend, tell me as much or as little as you like, but tell me the meaning, I want just meaning. Why make so much of the letter?”
13. Then the venerable Assaji explained to Sariputta the substance of the teachings of the Buddha, and Sariputta was completely satisfied.
14. Sariputta and Moggallana, though not brothers, were bound together as hough they were brothers. They had given their word to each other: he who first attains the truth shall tell the same to the other one. That was their mutual engagement.
15. Accordingly Sariputta went to the place where Moggallana was. Seeing him, he said to Sariputta, “Your countenance, friend, is serene; your complexion is pure and bright. Have you then really reached the truth?”
16. “Yes, friend, I have come to know the truth.” “And how, friend, have you done so?” Then Sariputta told him what happened between him and Assaji.
17. Then Moggallana said to Sariputta, “Let us go, friend, and join the Blessed One; that he, the Blessed One, may be our teacher.”
18. Sariputta replied: “It is on our account, friend, that these two hundred and fifty wandering Parivrajakas live here, and it is we whom they regard; let us first tell them before taking leave of them; they will do what they think fit.”
19. Then Sariputta and Moggallana went to the place where they were; having approached them, they said to them, “Friends, we are going to join the Blessed One; he, the Blessed One, is our teacher.”
20. They replied, “It is on your account. Sirs, that we live here, and it is you whom we regard; if you. Sirs, will lead the holy life under the great Samana, we all will do the same.”
21. Then Sariputta and Moggallana went to the place where Sanjaya was; having approached him, they said, “Friend, we go to join the Blessed One; he, the Blessed One, is our teacher.”
22. Sanjaya replied, “Nay, friends, do not go; we will all three look after this company.”
23. And a second and third time Sariputta and Moggallana said this. and Sanjaya answered as before.
24. Then Sariputta and Moggallana took with them two hundred and fifty wandering ascetics and went to the Veluvana in Rajagraha, where the Blessed One was staying.
25. And the Blessed One saw them–Sariputta and Moggallana, coming from afar; on seeing them he thus addressed the monks: “There, monks, arrive two companions,” pointing towards Sariputta and Moggallana; “these will be my chief pair of disciples, and [an] auspicious pair.”
26. When they had arrived at the bamboo grove, they went to the place where the Blessed One was; having approached him, they prostrated themselves, with their heads at the feet of the Blessed One, and said to the Blessed One, “Lord, let us receive ordination from the Blessed One.”
27. The Blessed One then uttered the usual formula indicating admission, “Ehi Bhikku” (Come, Monks), and Sariputta and Moggallana and the two hundred Jatilas became the disciples of the Buddha.
§ 4. Conversion of King Bimbisara
1. Rajagraha was the capital of Seniya Bimbisara, King of Magadha.
2. Having heard of the conversions of this large number of Jatilas, everyone in the city had begun to talk about the Blessed One.
3. Thus King Bimbisara came to know of his arrival in the city.
4. “To have converted the most orthodox and the most obstinate Jatilas was no mean task.” “Truly so,” said King Bimbisara to himself, “he must be the Blessed, holy, absolute Buddha, proficient in knowledge and conduct, the way-farer, who understands the world, the highest one who guides men, the teacher of gods and men. He must be teaching the truth, which he understood himself.
5. “He must be preaching that Dhamma which is lovely in the beginning, lovely in the middle, lovely at the end, in the spirit and in the letter; he must be proclaiming the consummate perfect, pure, and holy life. It is good to obtain the sight of a man like him.”
6. So King Bimbisara, surrounded by twelve myriads of Magadha Brahmins and householders, went to the place where the Blessed One was. Having approached him and respectfully saluted the Blessed One, he sat down near him. And of those twelve myriads of Magadha Brahmins and householders, some also respectfully saluted the Blessed One and sat down near him; some exchanged greetings with the Blessed One, and having done so they sat down near him with complaisant words; some bent their clasped hands towards the Blessed One and sat down near him; some made known their name and family name before the Blessed One and sat down near him; some sat down near him silently.
7. Now those twelve myriads of Magadha Brahmins and householders saw Uruvella Kassyapa among the monks who came with the Blessed Lord. They thought, “How now is this? Does the great Samana follow the holy life under Uruvella Kassyapa, or does Uruvella Kassyapa follow the holy life under the great Samana?”
8. And the Blessed One, who understood in his mind the reflection which had arisen in the minds of those twelve myriads of Magadha Brahmins and householders, addressed the venerable Uruvella Kassyapa, “What has thou seen, O dweller of Uruvella, that thou who art called the great one has forsaken the fire worship? How is it thou has forsaken the fire sacrifice?”
9. Kassyapa replied, “It is sights and sounds, and also tastes, and women of sense-desire that the sacrifices promise; [it was] because I understood that these things are impure that I took no more delight in sacrifices and offerings.”
10. “But if you don’t mind, tell us what made you think so.”
11. Then the venerable Uruvella Kassyapa rose from his seat, adjusted his upper robe so as to cover one shoulder, prostrated himself, inclining his head to the feet of the Blessed One, and said to the Blessed One, “My teacher is the Blessed One, I. am his pupil.” Then those twelve myriads of Magadha Brahmins and householders understood, “Uruvella Kassyapa follows the holy life under the great Samana.”
12. And the Blessed One, who understood in his mind ‘the reflection that had arisen in the minds of those twelve myriads of Magadha Brahmins and householders, preached to them his Dhamma. Just as a clean cloth free from black specks properly takes the dye, thus eleven myriads of those Magadha Brahmins and householders with Bimbisara at their head, while sitting there, obtained the pure and spotless dye of the Dhamma. One myriad announced their having become lay followers.
13. Then the Magadha king, Seniya Bimbisara, having witnessed the scene, having understood the Dhamma, having penetrated the Dhamma, having overcome uncertainty, having dispelled all doubts, having gained full knowledge, said to the Blessed One, “In former days, Lord, when I was a prince, I entertained five aspirations; these are now fulfilled.
14. “In former days. Lord, to me when I was a prince, came this thought: ‘O that I might be inaugurated king!’ That was my first aspiration, Lord; that is now fulfilled. ‘And might then a holy one, a fully Enlightened One, come over into my kingdom!’ This was my second aspiration, Lord; that is now fulfilled. ‘And might I minister to that Blessed One!’ That was my third aspiration. Lord; that is now fulfilled.’ And might he, the Blessed One, preach the Dhamma to me!’ This was my fourth aspiration, Lord ; and that is now fulfilled. ‘And might I understand the Dhamma of that Blessed One!’ This was my fifth aspiration, Lord; this is now fulfilled. These were my five aspirations, Lord, which I entertained in former days when I was a prince.
15. “Wonderful, Lord! Wonderful, just as if one should set up what had been overturned, or should reveal what had been hidden, or should point out the way to one who had lost his way, or should bring a lamp into the darkness, in order that those who had eyes might see things; thus has the Blessed One preached the Dhamma in many ways. I take refuge, Lord, in that Blessed One, and in the Dhamma, and in the fraternity of Bhikkus (monks). May the Blessed One receive me from this day forth, while my life lasts, as a lay disciple who has taken refuge in him.”

columbia.edu
02_1
1.
After having attamed enlightenment and after having formulated his way,
doubt arose in the mind of the Buddha. Should he go forth and preach
his doctrine, or should he continue to devote himself to his own
personal perfection?     2. He said to himself, “True, I have gained a
new doctri…

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
§ 5. Conversion of Anathapindika
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:28 am


Friends


§ 5. Conversion of Anathapindika
1. Sudatta was a resident of Shravasti, the capital of the kingdom of Kosala. It was ruled by King Pasenjit. Sudatta was treasurer of the king. From his bounties to the poor, Sudatta was known as Anathapindika.
2. When the Lord was at Rajagraha, Anathapindika happened to visit the place on some private business of his own. He was stopping with his sister, who was married to the guild master of Rajagraha.
3. When he arrived he found the guild master preparing a meal for the Lord and his monks, on so great a scale that he thought that a wedding was in progress or that the king had been invited.
4. On learning the truth, he became very eager to visit the Lord, and he set out in the very night to meet the Blessed One.
5. And the Blessed One saw at once the sterling quality of Anathapindika’s heart, and greeted him with words of comfort. After taking his seat, Anathapindika expressed a desire to hear a discourse on some religious subject.
6. The Blessed Lord, responding to his wishes ,raised the question, “Who is it that shapes our lives? Is it Ishavara, a personal creator? If Ishavara be the maker, all living things should have silently to submit to their maker’s power. They would be like vessels formed by the potter’s hand. If the world had been made by Ishavara, there should be no such thing as sorrow, or calamity, or sin; for both pure and impure deeds must come from him. If not, there would be another cause beside him, and he would not be the self-existent one. Thus, you see, the thought of Ishavara is overthrown.
7. “Again, it is said that the Absolute cannot be a cause. All things around us come from a cause, as the plant comes from the seed; how can the Absolute be the cause of all things alike? If it pervades them, then certainly it does not make them.
8. “Again, it is said that self is the maker. But if self is the maker, why did he not make things pleasing? The cases of sorrow and joy are real and objective. How can they have been made by self?
9. “Again, if you adopt the argument [that] there is no maker, or fate in [=is] such as it is, and there is no causation, what use would there be in shaping our lives, and adjusting means to an end?
10. “Therefore, we argue that all things that exist are not without cause. However, neither Ishavara, nor the Absolute, nor the self, nor causeless chance, is the maker, but our deeds produce results both good and evil.
11. “The whole world is under the law of causation, and the causes that act are not un-mental, for the gold of which the cup is made is gold throughout.
12. “Let us, then, surrender the heresies of worshipping Ishavara and praying to him; let us not lose ourselves in vain speculations of profitless subtleties; let us surrender self and all selfishness; and as all things are fixed by causation, let us practise good so that good may result from our actions.”
13. And Anathapindika said, “I see the truth of what the Blessed One has said, and I wish to open my whole mind. Having listened to my words, let the Lord advise me what I should do.
14. “My life is full of work; and having acquired great wealth, I am surrounded with cares. Yet do I enjoy my work, and I apply myself to it with all diligence. Many people are in my employ, and depend upon the success of my enterprises.
15. “Now, I have heard your disciples praise the bliss of the hermit and denounce the unrest of the world. ‘The Blessed One,’ they say, ‘has given up his kingdom and his inheritance, and has found the path of righteousness, thus setting an example to all the world how to attain Nirvana.’
16. “My heart yearns to do what is right, and to be a blessing unto my fellow-beings. Let me then ask you, must I give up my wealth, my home, and my business enterprises, and, like you, go into homelessness, in order to attain the bliss of a religious life?”
17. And the Blessed Lord replied, “The bliss of a religious life is attainable by everyone who walks in the noble eight-fold path. He that cleaves to wealth, had better cast it away than allow his heart to be poisoned by it; but he who does not cleave to wealth, and, possessing riches, uses them rightly, will be a blessing unto his fellow-beings.
18. “I say unto thee, remain in thy station of life, and apply thyself with diligence to thy enterprises. It is not life and wealth and power that enslave men, but the cleaving to life and wealth and power.
19. “The Bhikku who retires from the world in order to lead a life of leisure will have no gain. For a life of indolence is an abomination, and lack of energy is to be despised.
20. “The Dhamma of the Tathagata does not require a man to go into homelessness or to resign the world, unless he feels called upon to do so; what the Dhamma of the Tathagata requires is for every man to free himself from the illusion of self, to cleanse his heart, to give up his thirst for pleasure, and lead a life of righteousness.
21. “And whatever men do, whether they remain in the world as artisans, merchants, and officers of the king, or retire from the world and devote themselves to a life of religious meditation, let them put their whole heart into their task; let them be diligent and energetic; and, if they are like the lotus, which, though it grows in the water, yet remains untouched by the water, if they struggle in life without cherishing envy or hatred, if they live in the world a life not of self but a life of truth, then surely joy, peace, and bliss will dwell in their minds.”
22. Anathapindika perceived that this was the most excellent system of truth, simple and of wisdom born.
23. Thus firmly settled in the true doctrine, he slowly bent in worship at the feet of the Blessed One, and with closed hands made his request.
§ 6. Conversion of King Pasenjit
1. Then King Pasenjit, hearing that the Lord had come, went in his royal equipage to the Jetavana Vihara. Saluting him with clasped hands, he said:
2. “Blessed is my unworthy and obscure kingdom, that it has met with so great a fortune. For how can calamities and dangers befall it in the presence of Lord of the World, the Dharma Raja, the King of Truth?
3. “Now that I have seen your sacred features, let me partake of the refreshing waters of your teachings.
4. “Worldly profit is fleeting and perishable, but religious profit is eternal and inexhaustible. A worldly man, though a king, is full of trouble, but even a common man who is holy has peace of mind.”
5. Knowing the tendency of the king’s heart, weighed down by avarice and love of pleasure, the Blessed One seized the opportunity and said:
6. “Even those who, have been born in low degree, when they see a virtuous man feel reverence for him, how much more must an independent king, who by his previous conditions of life has acquired much merit, feel?
7. “And now as I briefly expound the law, let the Maharaja listen and weigh my words, and hold fast to what I say.
8. “Our good or evil deeds follow us continually like shadows.
9. “That which is most needed is a loving heart!
10. “Regard your people as we do an only son. Do not oppress them, do not destroy them; keep in due check every member of your body, forsake unrighteous doctrines, and walk in the straight path; do not exalt yourself by trampling down others. Give comfort and befriend the sufferer.
11. “Neither ponder much on kingly dignity, nor listen to the smooth words of flatterers.
12. “There is no profit in vexing oneself by austerities, but meditate on Dhamma and weigh the righteous law.
13. “We are enclosed on all sides by the rocks of sorrow and ill, and only by considering the true law can we escape from this sorrow-filled mountain.
14, “What profit, then, in practising inequity?
15. “All who are wise spurn the pleasures of the body. They loathe lust and seek to promote their spiritual existence.
16. “When a tree is burning with fierce flames, how can the birds congregate therein? Truth cannot dwell where passion lives. Without a knowledge of this, the learned man, though he may be praised as a sage, is ignorant.
17. “On him who has this knowledge true wisdom dawns. To acquire this wisdom is the one aim needed. To neglect it implies the failure of life.
18. “The teachings of all schools should centre here, for without it there is no reason.
19. “This truth is not for the hermit alon ; it concerns every human being, priest and layman alike. There is no distinction between the monk who has taken the vows, and the man of the world living with his family. There are hermits who fall into perdition, and there are humble householders who mount to the rank of rishis.
20. “The tide of lust is a danger common to all; it carries away the world. He who is involved in its eddies finds no escape. But wisdom is the handy boat, reflection is the rudder. The slogan of religion calls you to the rescue of your self from the assaults of Mara, the enemy.
21. “Since it is impossible to escape the result of our deeds, let us practise good works.
22. “Let us inspect our thoughts [so] that we do no evil, for as we sow so shall we reap.
23. “There are ways from light into darkness, and from darkness into light. There are ways, also, from gloom into deeper darkness, and from the dawn into brighter light. The wise man will use the light as he has to receive more light. He will constantly advance to the knowledge of the truth.
24. “Exhibit true superiority by virtuous conduct and the exercise of reason; meditate deeply on the vanity of earthly things, and understand the fickleness of life.
25. “Elevate the mind, and seek sincere faith with firm purpose; transgress not the rules of kingly conduct, and let your happiness depend not upon external things, but upon your own mind. Thus you will lay up a good name for distant ages.
26. The king listened with reverence, and remembered all the words of the Blessed One in his heart, and promised to become his lay disciple.
§ 7. Conversion of Jeevaka
1. Jeevaka was the son of Salvati, a courtesan of Rajagraha.
2. Immediately after birth the child, being illegitimate, was placed in a basket and thrown on a dust-heap.
3. A large number of people were standing by the dust-heap watching the child. Abhaya, the Raja-kumara, happened to pass by the site. He questioned the people, who said, “It is alive.”
4. For this reason the child was called Jeevaka. Abhaya adopted him and brought him up.
5. When Jeevaka grew in age, he learned how he was saved, and was charged with the intense desire to qualify himself to save others.
6. He therefore went to the University of Takashila without the knowledge and permission of Abhaya, and studied medicine for seven years.
7. Returning to Rajagraha, he set up his practice as a doctor, and within a very short time acquired a great name and fame in the profession.
8. His first patient was the wife of a sethi of Saketa, and for curing her he received sixteen thousand kahapanas, a man-servant, a maid-servant, and a coach with a horse.
9. Knowing his eminence, Abhaya gave him residence in his own establishment.
10. At Rajagraha he cured Bimbisara of a troublesome fistula, and is said to have received as reward all the ornaments of Bimbisara’s five hundred wives.
11. Other noteworthy cures of Jeevaka included that of the sethi of Rajagraha, on whom he performed the operation of trepanning; and of the son of the sethi of Benares, who was suffering from chronic intestinal trouble due to misplacement.
12. Jeevaka was appointed physician to the king and the king’s women.
13. But Jeevaka was greatly attached to the Blessed Lord. Consequently he also acted as a physician to him and the Sangh.
14. He became a disciple of the Lord. The Blessed Lord did not make him a Bhikku, as he wanted him to remain free to tend to the sick and the wounded.
15. When Bimbisara died, Jeevaka continued to serve his son Ajatsatru, and was mainly instrumental in bringing him to the Lord after his crime of parricide.
§ 8. The Conversion of Ratthapala
1. Once when the Lord was on an alms pilgrimage in the Kuru country with a great company of almsmen, he stayed at Thullakotthita, which was a township of the Kurus.
2. They came to know of it, and went to him to pay their respects.
3. When they were seated, the Lord instructed them with a discourse on the Doctrine. Having received their instruction from the Lord, the Brahmin heads of houses of Thullakotthita gratefully thanked him, rose up, and departed with deep obeisance.
4. Seated among them was a young man named Ratthapala, a scion of a leading family of the place, to whom this thought came, “So far as I understand the Doctrine which the Lord has preached, [it] is no easy matter for one who lives in a home to lead the higher life in all its fullness, purity, and perfection.
5. “What if I were to cut off hair and beard, don the yellow robes, and go forth from home to homelessness as a pilgrim!”
6. When the Brahmins had not been gone long, then Ratthapala came up and, after salutations, told the Lord the thought which had come to him, and asked to be admitted to, and confirmed in, the confraternity under him.
7. “Have you your parents’ consent to this step, Ratthapala?’ asked the Lord.
8. “No, Sir.”
9. “I do not admit those who have not their parents’ consent.”
10. “That consent. Sir, I will take steps to obtain,” said the young man; who, rising up and taking a reverential leave of the Lord, went off to his parents, told them his thoughts, and asked their consent to his becoming a Bhikku.
11. The parents made answer as follows, “Dear Ratthapala, you are our only son, very dear to us and beloved; you live in comfort and have been brought up in comfort, with no experience at all of discomfort. Go away; eat, drink, enjoy yourself, and do good works in all happiness. We refuse our consent.
12. “Your death would leave us desolate, with no pleasure left in life; why, while we have you still, should we consent to your going forth from home to homelessness as a Bhikku?”
13. A second and yet a third time did Ratthapala repeat his request, only to be met by the same refusal from his parents.
14. Failing thus to get his parents’ consent, the young man flung himself down on the bare ground, declaring that he would either die there or become a Bhikku.
15. His parents entreated him to get up, while repeating their objections to his becoming a Bhikku, but the young man said not a word. A second and a third time they entreated him, but still he said not a word.
16. So the parents sought out Ratthapala’s companions, to whom they told all this and besought them to urge, as from themselves, what his parents had said to him.
17. Thrice his companions appealed to him, but still he said not a word. So his companions came to the parents with this report, “There on the bare ground he lies, declaring that he will either die there or become a Bhikku. If you refuse your consent, he will never get up alive. But if you give your consent, you will see him when he has become a Bhikku. Should he not like being a Bhikku, what alternative will he have! Why, only to come back here. Do give your consent!” they urged.
18. “Yes, we consent; but when he is a Bhikku, he must come and see us.”
19. Off now went his companions to Ratthapala, and they told him that his parents had given their consent, but that when he was a Bhikku he was to come and see them.
20. Thereupon the young man arose and, when he had regained his strength, betook himself to the Lord, and after salutations, seated himself on one side, saying, “I have got my parents’ consent to my becoming a Bhikku; I ask the Lord to admit me.”
21. Admission and confirmation were granted him under the Lord; and a fortnight afterwards the Lord, having stayed at Thullakotthita as long as he wanted, proceeded on his alms pilgrimage towards Sravasti, where he took up his abode in Jeta’s grove in Anathapindika’s pleasance.
22. Dwelling alone and aloof, strenuous, ardent ,and purged of self, the reverend Ratthapala was not [there] long before he won the prize in quest of which young men go forth from home to homelessness as Bhikkus, that prize of prizes which crowns the highest life.
23. Then he went to the Lord and, seated on one side after salutations, said that with the Lord’s permission, he wished to go and see his parents.
24. Scanning with his own heart the thoughts of Ratthapala’s heart, and recognizing thereby that he was incapable of abandoning his training and reverting to the lower life of a layman, the Lord bade him go when he would.
25. Hereupon, rising up and taking his leave of the Lord with deep reverence, Ratthapala, after duly putting away his bedding, set out, with his robe and bowl, on an alms pilgrimage to Thullakotthita, where he took up his abode in the deer-park of the Kuru king.
26. Early next morning, duly robed and bowl in hand, he went into the town for alms, and there as he passed from house to house on his undiscriminating round, he came to his father’s house.
27. Indoors, in the hall within the middle door, his father was having his hair combed and, seeing Ratthapala coming in the distance, he said, “It was these shavelings of recluses who made Bhikku of my only dear and beloved son.”
28. So at his own father’s house Ratthapala was given nothing, not even a refusal; all he got was abuse.
29. At this moment a slave-girl of the family was about to throw away the previous day’s stale rice; and to her Ratthapala said, “If, sister, that is to be thrown away, put it in my bowl here.”
30. As the girl was doing so, she recognised his hands and feet and voice, and going straight to her mistress, cried out, “Do you know, madam, the young master is back.”
31. “If what you say is true, you are a slave no longer,” said the mother, who hurried off to tell her husband that she heard their son was back.
32. Ratthapala was eating that stale rice under the hedge when his father arrived, exclaiming; “Can it be, my dear son, that you are eating stale rice? Should you not have come to your own house?”
33. Said Ratthapala, “What house of our own, householder, can we have who are homeless, having gone forth from home to homelessness? I did come to your house, where I was given nothing, not even a refusal; all I got was abuse.”
34. “Come, my son; let us go indoors.” “Not so, householder; I have finished my eating for today” said Ratthapala.
35. “Well then, my son, promise to take your meal here tomorrow.”
36. By his silence the reverend Ratthapala gave consent.
37. Then the father went indoors,–where first he ordered great heaps of gold and bullion to be piled up under a covering of mats, and then he told his daughters-in-law, who had been the reverend Ratthapala’s wives aforetime, to deck themselves out in all the finery their husband liked to see them in.
38. When night had passed, the father, having ordered an excellent meal to be got ready in his house, told his son when it was ready. Early that forenoon, the reverend Ratthapala, duly robed and bowl in hand, came and took the seat set for him.
39. Hereupon, ordering the heap of treasure to be unveiled, the father said, “This is your mother’s fortune, that is your father’s, and that came from your grand-father. You have the wherewithal both to enjoy yourself and to do good works.
40. “Come, my son, abandon your training; revert to the lower life of the layman; enjoy your substance and do good works.”
41. “If you will take my advice, householder, you will cart away all this heaped-up treasure and sink it in the middle of the Ganges. And why? Because thence you will only derive sorrow and lamentation, ills, pain of mind, pain of body, and tribulation.”
42. Clinging to his feet, the reverend Ratthapala’s whilom [=former] wives asked, like what were the nymphs divine for whose sake he was leading the higher life?
43. “For the sake of no nymphs at all, sisters,” said he.
44. At hearing themselves called sisters, the ladies all fainted and fell to the ground.
45. Said Ratthapala to his father, “If food is to be given, householder, give it; trouble me not.”
46. “The food is ready, my son; begin,” said the father, as he served that excellent meal without stint till his son had his fill.
47. After taking food he departed to the deer-park of the Kuru king, where he sat down under a tree during the noontide heat.
48. Now the king had given directions to his huntsman to tidy up the park against his coming to see it; and the obedient huntsman was engaged on his task when he saw Ratthapala seated under a tree during the noontide heat, and reported to the king that the park was in. order but that under a tree there was seated Ratthapala, the young gentleman of whom His Majesty had often heard tell.
49. “Never mind about the park today,” said the king; “I will pay a call on His Reverence.” Ordering, therefore, all the repast which had been prepared to be made ready, he mounted a chariot and drove forth in procession, in royal state, out of the city to see Ratthapala.
50. Riding as far as the ground was passable for his chariot, and proceeding thence on foot with his princely train, the king came at last upon the reverend Ratthapala, whom, after exchange of courteous greetings, the king–still standing–invited to be seated on a clump of flowers.
51. “Nay, sire; sit you there, I have got a seat.”
52. Seating himself on the seat indicated to him, the king said, “There are four kinds of losses, Ratthapala, which impel men to cut off hair and beard, don the yellow robes, and go forth from home to homelessness–namely, (i) old age, (ii) failing health, (iii) impoverishment, and (iv) death of kinsfolk.
53. “Take a man who, being aged and old, far advanced in life, stricken in years, and at the close of life, recognises his position, and realises the difficulty either of acquiring new wealth or of doing well with what he has got; so he decides to take to homelessness. This is known as the loss which old age entails. But here are you in the prime of youth and early manhood, with a wealth of coal-black hair untouched by grey, and in all the beauty of your prime;–not yours is the loss old age entails. What have you known or seen or heard, to make you take to homelessness?
54. “Or take a man who, being in ill-health or pain, or gravely ill, recognises his position and realises the difficulty either of acquiring new wealth or doing well with what he has already; so he decides to take to homelessness. This is known as the loss which failing health entails. But here are you neither ill nor ailing, with a good digestion maintained by humours neither too hot nor too cold; not yours is the loss which failing health entails. What have you known or seen or heard, to make you take to homelessness ?
55. “Or take a man who, after being rich and wealthy and of great substance, and after gradually losing it, recognises his, position and realises the difficulty either of acquiring new wealth or of doing well with what he has got; so he decides to become a pilgrim. This is known as the loss which impoverishment entails. But the revered Ratthapala is the son of [a] leading family in this very Thullakotthita, and there is none of this loss of wealth for the revered Ratthapala. What has the good Ratthapala known or seen or heard, that he has gone forth from home into homelessness?
And what, good Ratthapala, is loss of relations? As to this, good Ratthapala, someone has many friends and acquaintances, kith and kin, but gradually these relations of his diminish. He reflects thus, ‘Formerly I had many friends and acquaintances, kith and kin, but gradually these relations of mine have diminished, so it is not easy for me to acquire wealth etc….’ So he that is followed by this loss of relations, having cut off hair and beard, having donned saffron garments, goes forth from home into homelessness. This is known as the loss which kinsfolk’s death entails. But here are you with a host of friends and relations; not yours is the loss which kinsfolk’s death entails. What have you known or seen or heard, to make you take to homelessness?”
56. “I have gone forth,” replied Ratthapala, “sire, from home to homelessness because I have known, seen, and heard the following four propositions enunciated by the All-Enlightened Lord who knows and sees:
(i) The world is in continual flux and change.
(ii) The world has no protector or preserver.
(iii) We own nothing; we must leave everything behind.
(iv) The world lacks and hankers, being enslaved to craving.”
57. “It is wonderful, it is marvellous,” said the king, “how right in this the Lord was!”
Book Two, Part IV—Call from Home
1. *Suddhodana and the Last Look* — 2. *Meeting Yeshodhara and Rahula* — 3. *Reception by the Sakyas* — 4. *Last attempt to make Him a Householder* — 5. *The Buddha’s answer* — 6. *The Minister’s reply* — 7. *The Buddha’s Determination*
§ 1. Suddhodana and the Last Look
1. After the conversion of Sariputta and Moggallana, the Lord stayed in Rajagraha for two months.
2. Having heard that the Lord was residing at Rajagraha, Suddhodana, his father, sent word to him saying, “I wish to see my son before I die. Others have had the benefit of his doctrine, but not his father nor his relatives.”
3. The man with whom the message was sent was Kaludayin, the son of one of the courtiers of Suddhodana.
4. And the messenger, on arrival, said, “O world-honoured Tathagata, your father looks for your coming, as the lily longs for the rising of the sun.”
5. The Blessed One consented to the request of his father and set out on the journey to his father’s house, accompanied by a large number of his disciples.
6. The Lord journeyed by slow stages. But Kaludayin went ahead of him to inform Suddodhana that the Blessed One was coming and was on his way.
7. Soon the tidings spread in the Sakya country. “Prince Siddharth, who wandered forth from home into homelessness to obtain enlightenment, having attained his purpose, is coming home to Kapilavatsu.” This was on the lips of every one.
8. Suddhodana and Mahaprajapati went out with their relatives and ministers to meet their son. When they saw their son from afar, they were struck with his beauty and dignity and his lustre and they rejoiced in their heart, but they could find no words to utter.
9. This indeed was their so ; these were the features of Siddharth! How near was the great Samana to their heart, and yet what a distance lay between them! That noble muni was no longer Siddharth their son; he was now the Buddha, the Blessed One, the Holy One, Lord of Truth and Teacher of Mankind!
10. Suddhodana, considering the religious dignity of their son, descended from the chariot; and having saluted him first, said, “It is now seven years since we saw you. How we have longed for this moment.”
11. Then the Buddha took a seat opposite his father, and the king eagerly gazed at his son. He longed to call him by his name but he dared not. “Siddharth,” he exclaimed silently in his heart, “Siddharth, come back to your old father and be his son again.” But seeing the determination of his son, he suppressed his sentiments. Desolation overcame him and Mahaprajapati.
12. Thus the father sat face to face with his son, rejoicing in his sadness and sad in his rejoicing. Well may he be proud of his son, but his pride broke down at the idea that his great son would never be his heir.
13. “I would offer thee my kingdom,” said the king, but if I did, thou would[st] account it but as ashes.”
14. And the Lord said, “I know that the king’s heart is full of love, and that for his son’s sake he feels deep grief. But let the ties of love that bind you to the son whom you lost, embrace with equal kindness all your fellow-beings, and you will receive in his place a greater one than your son Siddharth; you will receive one who is the teacher of truth, the preacher of righteousness; and the bringer of peace and of Nirvana will enter into your heart.”
15. Suddhodana trembled with joy when he heard the melodious words of his son, the Buddha, and clasping his hands, exclaimed with tears in his eyes, “Wonderful is the change! The overwhelming sorrow has passed away. At first my sorrowing heart was heavy, but now I reap the fruit of your great renunciation. It was right that moved by your mighty sympathy, you should reject the pleasures of power and achieve your noble purpose in religious devotion. Having found the path, you can now preach your Dhamma to all that yearn for deliverance.”
16. Suddhodana returned to his house, while the Buddha remained in the grove with his companions.
17. The next morning the Blessed Lord took his bowl and set out to beg for his food in Kapilavatsu.
18. And the news spread, “Siddharth is going from house to house to receive alms, in the city where he used to ride in a chariot attended by his retinue. His robe is like a red cloud, and he holds in his hand an earthen bowl.”
19. On hearing the strange rumour, Suddhodana went forth in great hase and exclaimed, “Why do you disgrace me thus? Do you not know that I can easily supply you and your Bhikkus with food?”
20. And the Lord replied, “It is the custom of my Order.”
21. “But how can this be? You are not one of them that ever begged for food.”
22. “Yes, father,” rejoined the Lord, “You and your race may claim descent from kings; my descent is from the Buddhas of old. They begged their food, and always lived on alms.”
23. Suddhodana made no reply, and the Blessed One continued, “It is customary, when one has found a hidden treasure, for him to make an offering of the most precious jewel to his father. Suffer me, therefore, to offer you this treasure of mine which is the Dhamma.”
24. And the Blessed Lord told his father, “If you free yourself from dreams, if you open your mind to truth, if you be energetic, if you practise righteousness, you will find eternal bliss.”
25. Suddhodana heard the words in silence and replied, “My son! What thou say[e]st will I endeavour to fulfil.”
§ 2. Meeting Yeshodhara and Rahula
1. Then Suddhodana conducted the Blessed Lord into his hous,e and all the members of the family greeted him with great reverence.
2. But Yeshodhara, the mother of Rahula, did not make her appearance. Suddhodana sent for Yeshodhara. but she replied, “Surely, if I am deserving of any regard, Siddhartha will come and see me.”
3. The Blessed One, having greeted all his relatives and friends, asked, “Where is Yeshodhara?”; and on being informed that she had refused to come, he rose straightaway and went to her apartment.
4. “I am free,” the Blessed One said to his disciples Sariputta and Moggallana, whom he had bidden to accompany him into Yeshodhara’s chamber; “but Yeshodhara, however, is not as yet free. Not having seen me for a long time, she is exceedingly sorrowful. Unless her grief be allowed to run its course, her heart will cleave [=split open]. Should she touch the Tathagata, the Holy One, you must not prevent her.”
5. Yeshodhara sat in her room in deep reflection. When the Blessed One entered, she was, from the abundance of her affection, like an overflowing vessel, unable to contain herself.
6. Forgetting that the man whom she loved was Buddha, the Lord of the World, the Preacher of Truth, she held him by his feet and wept bitterly.
7. Remembering, however, that Suddhodana was present, she felt ashamed and rose up, sitting [=seating] herself reverently at a little distance.
8. Suddhodana apologized for Yeshodhara, saying, “This arises from her deep affection, and is more than a temporary emotion. During the seven years that [=since] she has lost her husband, when she heard that Siddharth had shaved his head, she did likewise; when she heard that he had left off the use of perfumes and ornaments, she also refused their use. Like her husband, she has eaten at appointed times from an earthen bowl only.
9. “If this is more than a temporary emotion, it is not for want of courage.”
10. And the Blessed One spoke to Yeshodhara, telling of her great merits and the great courage she showed when he took Parivraja. Her purity, her gentleness, her devotion had been invaluable to him as a Bodhisattva when he aspired to the highest aim of mankind, to attain enlightenment. This, then, was her karma, and it was the result of great merits.
11. Her grief had been unspeakable, and the glory that surrounded her spiritual inheritance increased by [=through] her noble attitude during her life, and had made her a unique person.
12. Then Yeshodhara dressed Rahula, now seven years old, in all the splendour of a prince, and said to him:
13. “This holy man, whose appearance is so glorious that he looks like the Great Brahma, is your father. He possesses great mines of wealth which I have not yet seen. Go to him and entreat him to put you in the possession thereof, for the son ought to inherit the property of the father.”
14. Rahula replied, “Who is my father? I know of no father but Suddhodana.”
15. Yeshodhara took the boy in her arms and from the window she pointed out to the Lord, who happened to be near, partaking of food among the Bhikkus, informing him that he was his father and not Suddhodana.
16. Rahula then went to him; and looking up in his face, said without fear and with much affection:
17. “Aren’t thou my father?” And standing near by him, he added, “O Samana, even your shadow is full of bliss!” The Blessed One remained silent.
18. When the Tathagata had finished his repast, he gave blessings and went away from the palace, but Rahula followed and asked him for his inheritance.
19. No one prevented the boy, nor did the Blessed One himself.
20. Then the Blessed One turned to Sariputta, saying, “My son asks for his inheritance. I cannot give him perishable treasures that will bring cares and sorrows, but I can give him the inheritance of a holy life, which is a treasure that will not perish.”
21. Addressing Rahula with earnestness, the Blessed One said, “Gold and silver and jewels have I none. But if you are willing to receive spiritual treasures, and are strong to carry them and to keep them, I have plenty. My spiritual treasure is the path of righteousness. Do you desire to be admitted to the brotherhood of those who devote their life to the culture of the mind seeking for the highest bliss attainable?”
22. And Rahula replied with firmness, “I do.’”
23. When Suddhodana heard that Rahula had joined the brotherhood of the Bhikkus he was greatly grieved.
§ 3. Reception by the Sakyas
1. On his return to the country of the Sakyas, the Lord found his countrymen divided into two camps: one in favour, and the other against him.
2. This recalled to his mind the old clash of opinion that took place in the Sakya Sangh when the issue of war between the Sakyas and Koliyas was fought, and in which he had played so prominent a part.
3. Those against him refused even now to do obeisance to him and to recognise his greatness. Those for him had already decided to dedicate a son per household to form a retinue for him. These now decided to enter the Order, and set out with the Lord on his return to Rajagraha.
4. Among the families which had decided to dedicate a son, there was the family of Amitodana.
5. Amitodana had two sons. One was Anuruddha, who had been very delicately nurtured, and the other Mahanama.
6. And Mahanama went to Anuruddha, saying, “Either do you renounce the world, or I will do so.” And Anuruddha replied, “I am delicate. It is impossible for me to go forth from the household life into the homeless state. You do so.”
7. “But come now, dear Anuruddha, I will tell you what is incident to the household life. First, you have to get your fields ploughed. When that is done, you have to get them sown. When that is done, you have to get the water led down over them. When that is done, you have to get the water led off again. When that is done, you have to get the seeds pulled up. When that is done, you have to get the crop reaped. When that is done, you have to get the crop carried away. When that is done, you have to get it arranged into bundles. When that is done, you have to get it trodden out. When that is done, you have to get the straw picked out. When that is done you have to get the chaff removed. When that is done, you have to get it winnowed. When that is done, you have to get the harvest garnered. When that is done, you have to do just the same next year, and the same all over again the year after that.
8. “The work is never over; one sees not the end of one’s labour. O[h] when shall our work be over? When shall we see the end of our labours? When shall we, still possessing and retaining the pleasures of our five senses, yet dwell at rest? Yes, the work, dear Anuruddha, is never over; no end appears to our labours.”
9. “Then do you take thought for the household duties. I will go forth from the household life into the houseless state,” said Anuruddha.
10. And Anuruddha, the Sakyan, went to his mother, and said to her. “I want, mother, to go forth from the household life into the houseless state. Grant me thy permission to do so.”
11. And when he had thus spoken, his mother replied to Anuruddha, the Sakyan, saying, “You two, dear Anuruddha, are my two sons, near and dear to me, in whom I find no evil. Through death I shall some day, against my will, be separated from you, but how can I be willing, whilst you are still alive, that you should go forth from the household life into the houseless state?”
12. And a second timeAnuruddha made the same request, and received the same reply. And a third time Anuruddha made the same request to his mother.
13. Now at that time Bhaddiya, the Sakyan Raja, held rule over the Sakyans; and he was a friend of Anuruddha. And the mother of Anuruddha, thinking that that being so, the raja would not be able to renounce the world, said to her son, “Dear Anuruddha, if Bhaddiya the Sakyan raja will renounce the world, you also may go forth with him.”
14. Then Anuruddha went to Bhaddiya and said to him, “My renunciation of the world, dear friend, is being obstructed by you.”
15. “Then let that obstruction, dear friend, be removed. I am with you. Renounce the world according to your wish.”
16. “Come, dear friend, let us both renounce the world together!”
17. “I am not capable, dear friend, of giving up the household life. Whatsoever else you can ask of me, that will I do. Do you go forth alone,” said Bhaddiya.
18. “Mother, dear friend, has told me that if you do so, I may. And you have even now declared, ‘If your renunciation be obstructed by me, then let that obstruction be removed. Even with you will I renounce the world according to your wish.’ Come then, dear friend, let us both renounce the world.”
19. And Bhaddiya, the Sakyan raja, said to Anuruddha, “Wait, my friend, for seven years. At the end of seven years we will renounce the world together.”
20. “Seven years are too long, dear friend. I am not able to wait for seven years.”
21. Bhaddiya reduced the offer to six years and so on down to one year, to seven months and so on down to one month, and a fortnight. To each offer Anuruddha replied, “Too long a time to wait.”
22. Then the raja says [=said], ” Wait, my friend, for seven days, whilst I hand over the kingdom to my sons and my brothers.”
23. “Seven days is not too long. I will wait thus far,” was the reply.
24. So Bhaddiya the Sakyan raja, and Anuruddha, and Ananda, and Bhagu, and Kimbila, and Devadatta–just as they had so often previously gone out to the pleasure-ground with fourfold array–even so did they now go out with fourfold array, and Upali, the barber, went with them, making seven in all.
25. And when they had gone some distance they sent their retinue back and crossed over into the neighbouring district, and took off their fine things and wrapped them in their robes, and made a bundle of them, and said to Upali the barber, “Do you now, good Upali, turn back to Kapilavatsu. These things will be sufficient for you to live upon. We will go and join the Blessed One.” And so they went ahead.
26. They went on, and Upali parted company for the purpose of going back home.
§ 4. Last attempt to make Him a Householder
1. Suddhodana wept bitterly at the thought of his son going away, never to be seen again.
2. Then Suddhodana spoke to his counsellor and his family priest, and asked them if they could go and persuade his son to stay back and join the family.
3. The family priest ,accompanied by the counsellor, in obedience to the wishes of the king, went and overtook him on the way.
4. They paid him honour as was fitting, and having obtained his permission, sat down near him.
5. The family priest addressed the Lord as he sat at the foot of the tree.
6. “O prince, consider for a moment the feelings of the king, with his eyes raining tears, with the arrow of thy separation plunged into his heart. He has asked you to come back home. It is then only that he can die peacefully.
7. “I know that thy resolve is fixed upon religion, and I am convinced that this purpose of thine is unchanging; but I am consumed with a flame of anguish like fire at thy going into this homeless state.
8. “Come, thou who love duty,–abandon this purpose for the sake of duty.
9. “Enjoy for a while the sovereignty of the earth, –thou shall go to the orest at the time provided by the sastras,–do not show disregard for thy unhappy kindred. Compassion for all creatures is the true religion.
10. “Religion is not wrought out only in the forests. The salvation of ascetics can be accomplished even in a city; thought and effort are the true means, the forest and the badge are only a coward’s signs.
11. “The king of the Sakyas is drowned in a deep sea of sorrow, full of waves of trouble, springing from thee; do thou therefore deliver him who is helpless and protectorless like an ox drowning in the sea.
12. “Consider also the queen, who brought thee up, who has not yet gone to the region inhabited by Agastya–wilt thou not take some heed of her, who ceaselessly grieves like a cow that has lost her calf?
13. “Surely thou wilt succour thy wife by the sight of thee, who now mourns as a widow yet with her lord still alive,–like a swan separated from her mate, or a female elephant deserted in the forest by her companion.”
14. The Lord, having heard the words of the family priest, reflected for a moment, knowing all the virtues of the virtuous, and then thus uttered his gentle reply.
§ 5. The Buddha’s Answer
1. “I well know the paternal tenderness of the king, especially that which he has displayed towards me; yet knowing this as I do, still alarmed at the ill and sorrow which pervades the world, I am inevitably forced to leave my kindred.
2. “Who would not wish to see his dear kindred, if but this separation from beloved ones did not exist? But since even after it has been once, separation will still come again, it is for this that I abandon my father, however loving.
3. “I do not however approve that thou should think [of] the king’s grief as caused by me, when in the midst of his dream-like unions, he is afflicted by thoughts of separations in the future.
4. “Thus let thy thoughts settle into certainty; having seen the multiform in ts various developments; neither a son nor kindred is the cause of sorrow,–this sorrow is caused only by ignorance.
5. “Since parting is inevitably fixed in the course of time for all beings, just as for travellers who have joined company on a road,–what wise man would cherish sorrow when he loses his kindred, even though he loves them?
6. “Leaving his kindred in another world, he departs hither, and having stolen away from them here, he goes forth once more; having gone thither, he goes elsewhere also,–such is the lot of mankind,–what consideration can the liberated have for them
7. “Since from the moment of leaving the womb death is a characteristic adjunct, why, in thy affection for thy son, has thou called my departure to the forest ill-timed?
8. “There may be an ‘ill time’ in one’s attaining a worldly object,–time indeed is described as inseparably connected with all things; time drags the world into all its various times; but all time suits a bliss which is really worthy of praise.
9. “That the king should wish to surrender to me his kingdom,–this is a noble thought, well worthy of a father; but it would be as improper for me to accept it, as for a sick man through greed to accept unwholesome food.
10. “How can it be right for the wise to enter royalty, the home of illusion, where are found anxiety, passion, and weariness; and the violation of all right through another’s service?
11. “The golden palace seems to me to be on fire; the daintiest viands seem mixed with poison; infested with crocodiles is the tranquil lotus-bed.”
§6. The Minister’s Reply
1. Having heard the Buddha’s discourse, well suitable to his virtues and knowledge, freed from all desires, full of sound reasons, and weighty,–the counsellor thus made answer:
2. “This resolve of thine is an excellent counsel, not unfit in itself but only unfit at the present time; it could not be thy duty, loving duty as thou do[st], to leave thy father in his old age to sorrow
3. “Surely thy mind is not very penetrating, or it is ill-skilled in examining duty, wealth, and pleasure,–when for the sake of an unseen result thou departest, disregarding a visible end.
4. “Again, some say that there is another birth,–others with confident assertion say that there is not; since, then, the matter is all in doubt, it is right to enjoy the good fortune which comes into thy hand.
5. “If there is any activity hereafter, we will enjoy ourselves in it as [it] may offer; or if there is no activity beyond this life, then there is an assured liberation to all the world without any effort.
6. “Some say there is a future life, but they do not allow the possibility of liberation; as fire is hot by nature, and water liquid, so they hold that there is a special nature in our power of action.
7. “Some maintain that all things arise from inherent properties,–both good and evil, and existence and non-existence; and since all this world thus arises spontaneously, therefore also all effort of ours is vain.
8. “Since the action of the senses is fixed, and so too the agreeableness or the disagreeableness of outward objects,–then for that which is united to old age and pains, what effort can avail to alter it? Does it not all arise spontaneously?
9. “The fire becomes quenched by water, and fire causes water to evaporate; and different elements, united in a body, producing unity, bear up the world.
10. “That the nature of the embryo in the womb is produced as composed of hands, feet, belly, back, and head, and that it is also united with the soul,–the wise declare that all this comes of itself spontaneously.
11. “Who causes the sharpness of the thorn? Or the various natures of beasts and birds? All this has arisen spontaneously; [when] there is no acting from desire, how then can there be such a thing as will?
12. “Others say that creation comes from Isvara,–what need then is there of the effort of the conscious soul? That which is the cause of the action of the world, is also determined as the cause of its ceasing to act.
13. “Some say that the coming into being and the destruction of being are alike caused by the soul, but they say that coming into being arises without effort, while the attainment of liberation is by effort.
14. “A man discharges his debt to his ancestors by begetting offspring, to the saints by sacred lore, to the gods by sacrifices; he is born with these three debts upon him,–whoever has liberation (from these), he indeed has liberation.
15. “Thus by this series of rules the wise promise liberation to him who uses effort; but however ready for effort with all their energy, those who seek liberation will find weariness.
16. “Therefore, gentle youth, if thou has a love for liberation, follow rightly the prescribed rule; thus wilt thou thyself attain to it, and the king’s grief will come to an end.
17. “And as for thy meditations on the evils of life ending in thy return from the forest to thy home,–let not the thought of this trouble thee, my son,–those in old time[s] also have returned from the forests to their houses.” He mentioned Ambarish Drumakesha, Rama, and others.
§7. The Buddha’s Determination
1. Then, having heard the affectionate and loyal words of the minister, who was as the eye of the king,–firm in his resolve, the king’s son made his answer, with nothing omitted or displaced, neither tedious nor hasty:
2. “This doubt whether anything exists or not, is not to be solved for me by another’s words; having determined the truth by asceticism or quietism, I will myself grasp whatever is the truth concerning it.
3. “It is not for me to accept a theory which depends on the unknown and is ll controverted, and which involves a hundred prepossessions; what wise man would go by another’s belief? Mankind is like the blind directed in darkness by the blind.
4. “But even though I cannot discern the truth, yet still, if good and evil are doubted, let one’s mind be set on the good; even a toil in vain is to be chosen by him whose soul is good.
5. “But having seen that this ’sacred tradition’ is uncertain, know that that only is right which has been uttered by the trustworthy; and know that trustworthiness means the absence of faults; he who is without faults will not utter an untruth.
6. “And as for what thou said to me in regard to my returning home, the examples you give are no authority,–for in determining duty, how can thou quote as authorities those who have broken their vows?
7. “Even the sun therefore may fall to the earth, even the mountain Himavat may lose its firmness; but never could I return to my home as a man of the world, with my senses only alert for external objects.
8. “I would enter the blazing fire, but not my house with my purpose unfulfilled.” Rising up in accordance with his resolve. full of disinterestedness, he went his way.
9. Then the minister and the Brahmin, both full of tears, having heard his firm determination, and having followed him awhile with despondent looks, and overcome with sorrow, slowly returned to Kapilavatsu.
10. Through their love for the prince and their devotion to the king they returned, and often stopped, looking back; they could neither behold him on the road nor yet lose the sight of him,–shining in his own splendour and beyond the reach of all others, like the sun.
11. Having failed to persuade him to return home, the minister and the priest went back with faltering steps, saying to each other, “How shall we approach the king and see him, who is longing for his dear son?”
Book Two, Part V—Campaign for Conversion Resumed
1. *Conversion of Rustic Brahmins* — 2. *Conversion of the Brahmins of Uttaravati*
§ 1. Conversion of Rustic Brahmins
1. At the back of the Gridhrakutta mountains, near Rajagriha, there was a village of some seventy or so families, all of them Brahmins.
2. The Buddha, wishing to convert these people, came to the place and sat down under a tree.
3. The people, seeing the dignity of his presence, and the glorious appearance of his body, flocked round him, on which he asked the Brahmins how long they had dwelt in the mountain there, and what their occupation was.
4. To this they replied, “We have dwelt here during thirty generations past, and our occupation is to tend cattle.”
5. On [his] asking further as to their religious belief they said, “We pay homage and sacrifice to the sun and the moon, the rain (water), and fire, according to the several seasons.
6. “If one of us dies, we assemble and pray that he may be born in the heaven of Brahma, and so escape further transmigrations.”
7. The Buddha replied, “This is not a safe way, not by it can you benefit. The true way is to follow me, become true ascetics, and practise complete self-composure with a view to obtain Nirvana”; and then he added these lines:
8. “They who consider truth as that which is untrue, and regard that which is untrue as truth–this is but to adopt heretical opinions, and can never lead to true advantage.
9. “But to know as truth that which is true, and to regard as false that which is false, this is perfect rectitude, and this shall bring true profit.
10. “Everywhere in the world there is death–there is no escape from it.
11. “To consider this as the condition of all states of being, that there is nothing born but must die, and, therefore, to desire to escape birth and death, this is to exercise one’s self in Religious Truth.”
12. The seventy Brahmins, hearing these words, desired at once to become Shamans; and on being welcomed by Buddha, their hair fell off, and they presented the appearance of true disciples.
13. Then they all set out to return to the Vihara, and on the road certain thoughts about their wives and families troubled them, whilst at the same time a heavy downpour of rain prevented their advance.
14. There were some ten houses on the roadside, in which they sought shelter; but on entering one of them it was soon perceived that through the roof the rain found its way, and there was but little protection from the rain.
15. On this the Buddha added these lines, and said, “As when a house-roof is not properly secured, then the rain finds a way through it and drops within, so when the thoughts are not carefully controlled, the desires (sexual desires) will soon bore through all our good resolutions.
16. “But as when a roof is well stopped then the water cannot leak through, so by controlling one’s thoughts, and acting with reflection, no such desires can arise or disturb us.”
17. The seventy Brahmins, on hearing these lines, although convinced that their desires were reprehensible, yet were not wholly free from doubt; nevertheless they went forward.
18. As they advanced, they saw some scented wrapping on the ground, and Buddha took the opportunity of calling their attention to it; and after this, seeing some fish-gut also lying about, he directed their notice to its ill odour, and then added these lines and said:
19. “He who consorts with the low and the base, contracts the same character as he who handles a foul substance; he goes from worse to worse, and utterly without reason, he perfects himself in wickedness.
20. “But the wise man (consorting with the wise) contracts the same character, even as the scent of a sweet odour adheres to him who handles it; advancing in wisdom, practising virtue, he goes on to perfection, and is satisfied.”
21. The seventy Brahmins, hearing these verses, convinced that their desire to return home and enjoy personal indulgence was the evil taint that adhered to them, cast off such thoughts and, going forward, came to the Vihara, and finally obtained the condition of Arhatas.
§ 2. Conversion of the Brahmins of Uttaravati
1. Once the Buddha was residing in the Jetavana, at Shravasti, and preaching his doctrine for the benefit of men and gods; there were in a country to the eastward, called Uttaravati, a company of 500 Brahmins.
2. They had agreed to go together to the residence of a Nirgrantha ascetic on the banks of the Ganges, who, by polluting himself with dirt, etc., aspired to the condition of a Rishi.
3. On their way they were overtaken in the desert with thirst. Seeing a tree, and hoping to find some human habitation near, they hasened to it, but when they arrived there they found no sign of life.
4. On this they raised their voices in lamentation. Suddenly from the tree they heard the voice of the resident Spirit, who asked them why they lamented so, and on hearing the reason, supplied them to the full with drink and meat.
5. The Brahmins, ready to start onward, asked the Spirit what had been his previous history, that he was thus born.
6. On which he explained that having gone to the assembly of priests in Shravasti when Sudatta had bestowed the garden on the Buddha, he had remained all night listening to the law Dhamma; and having filled his drinking cup with water as he went, had bestowed it in charity among the priests.
7. On his return next morning, his wife in anger asked him what annoyance he had received, that he should stay away all night. On which he replied that he was not annoyed, but he had been to listen to the Buddha preaching at the Jetavana.
8. On this his wife began roundly to abuse the Buddha, and said, “This Gotama is but a mad preacher, who deceives the people,” and so on.
9. “On this,” he said, “I resented not her statements, but rather submitted to them; and so when I came to die I was born as a spirit, but on account of my pusillanimity I was confined to this tree,” and then he recited these verses.
10. “Sacrifices and such services are sources of misery, day and night, a continual burden and anxiety.
11. “To escape sorrow, and destroy the elements of the body, a man should attend to the Law (of Buddha), and arrive at deliverance from all worldly Rules of Religion (World Rishis).”
12. The Brahmins, having heard these words, resolved themselves to go to Shravasti, to the place where the Buddha was, and having explained the object of their visit, the world-honoured said to them:
13. “Although a man goes naked with tangled hair, or though he clothes himself with a few leaves or garment of bark, though he covers himself with dirt and sleeps on the stones, what use is this in getting rid of impure thoughts?
14. “But he who neither contends [n]or kills, [n]or destroys by fire, who desires not to get the victory, who is moved by goodwill towards all the world–there is no ground in such a case for ill-will or hate.
15. “To sacrifice to spirits in order to find peace (merit), or, after this life expecting reward–his happiness is not one quarter of that man’s who pays homage to the good.
16. “He who is ever intent on good conduct and due reverence to others, who always venerates old age,–four happy consequences increasingly attend that man–beauty and strength, and life and peace.”
17. On hearing this from her husband, the wife became reconciled.
Book Two, Part VI—Conversion of the Low and the Lowly
1. *Conversion of Upali, the Barber* — 2. *Conversion of Sunita, the Sweeper* — 3. *Conversion of Sopaka and Suppya, the Untouchables* — 4. *Conversion of Sumangala and other Low Castes* — 5. *Conversion of Suprabuddha, the Leper*
§ 1. Conversion of Upali, the Barber
1. While going back, Upali the barber thought, “The Sakyans are a fierce people. If I go back with these ornaments, they will kill me, thinking that I have killed my companions and run away with their ornaments. Why should I not go the way these young men of the Sakya clan have gone?”
2. “Why indeed should I not?” asked Upali to himself. And he let down the bundle of ornaments from his back, and hung it on a tree, saying, “Let him who finds it take it as a gift,” and returned to follow the Sakya youths.
3. And the Sakyans saw him coming from afar, and on seeing, they said to him, “What have you come back for, good Upali? “
4. Then he told them what he felt, and they replied, “Thou has done well, good Upali, in that thou did[st] not return; for the Sakyans are fierce, and they might have killed thee.”
5. And they took Upali the barber with them to the place where the Blessed One was. And on arriving there, they bowed down before the Blessed One and took their seats on one side. And so seated, they said to the Blessed One:
6. “We Sakyans, Lord, are haughty. And this Upali, the barber, has long been an attendant, Lord, upon us. May the Blessed One admit him to the Order before us, so that we may render him respect and reverence, and bow down with outstretched hands before him as our senior and thus shall the Sakyan pride be humbled in us!”
7. Then the Blessed One received first Upali the barber, and afterwards those young men of the Sakya clan, into the ranks of the Order.

youtube.com
ANNIHILATION OF CASTE PART 2

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
§ 2. Conversion of Sunita, the Sweeper
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:25 am


Friends

§ 2. Conversion of Sunita, the Sweeper
1. There lived in Rajagraha a scavenger, by name Sunita. He earned his living as a road sweeper, sweeping away the rubbish thrown by the householders on the roadside. His was a low and hereditary occupation.
2. One day in the early hours of the dawn, the Blessed One rose, dressed himself, and walked into Rajagraha for alms, followed by a large number of Bhikkus.
3. Now Sunita was cleaning the street, collecting scraps, rubbish, and so on into heaps, and filling therewith the basket which he carried on a yoke.
4. And when he saw the Master and his train approaching, his heart was filled with joy and awe.
5. Finding no place to hide in on the road, he placed his yoke in a bend in the wall, and stood as if stuck to the wall, saluting the Lord with clasped hands.
6. Then the Lord, when he had come near, spoke to him in voice divinely sweet, saying, “Sunita! What to you is this wretched mode of living? Can you endure to leave home and come into the Order?”
7. And Sunita, experiencing the rapture of one who has been sprinkled with Ambrosia, said, “If even such as the Exalted One may in this life take Orders, why should I not? May the Exalted One suffer me to come forth.”
8. Then the Master said, “Come, Bhikku!” And Sunita by that word received sanction and ordination and was invested with bowl and robes.
9. The Master, leading him to the Vihar, taught him the Dhamma and the Discipline, and said, “By the discipline of holy life, restraint and mastery of self, a man becomes holy.”
10. When asked how Sunita became so great, the Buddha said, “As on a rubbish-heap on [a] highway cast, a lily may grow, fragrant and sweet, so among rubbish-creatures, worldlings blind, by insight shines the very Buddha’s child.”
§ 3. Conversion of Sopaka and Suppiya, the Untouchables
1. Sopaka was a pariah of Shravasti. In her travail at his birth, his mother fell into a long deep swoon, so that her husband and kinsfolk said “She is dead!” And they bore her to the cemetery and prepared to cremate her body.
2. But on account of the storm of wind and rain, the fire would not burn. So they went away, leaving Sopaka’s mother on the funeral pyre.
3. Sopaka’s mother was not then dead. She died afterwards. Before her death she gave birth to a child.
4. The child was adopted by the watchman of the cemetery, and was brought up by him along with his own child Suppiya. The child was known by the name of the community, Sopaka, to which its mother belonged.
5. The Blessed Lord one day happened to pass by the cemetery. Sopaka, seeing the Lord, approached him. After saluting the Lord, he asked his permission to join him as his disciple.
6. Sopaka was then only seven years old. So the Lord asked him to obtain his father’s consent.
7. Sopaka went and fetched his father. The father saluted the Lord, and requested him to admit his son to the Order.
8. Notwithstanding that he belonged to the pariah community, the Lord admitted him to the Order, and instructed him in the doctrine and discipline.
9. Sopaka later became a Thera.
10. Suppiya and Sopaka had grown together from childhood; and Sopaka having been adopted and brought up by Suppiya’s father, Suppiya learned the Lord’s doctrine and discipline from his companion, Sopaka, and requested Sopaka to admit him to the Order, although Sopaka belonged to a community which was lower in rank than the community to which Suppiya belonged.
11. Sopaka agreed; and Suppiya, a member who belonged to the despised community whose occupation was to perform the duties of watchmen in the cemetery, became a Bhikku.
§ 4. Conversion of Sumangala and other Low Castes
1. Sumangala was a peasant of Shravasti. He earned his living by work in the fields, working with a little sickle, plough and spade.
2. Channa was a native of Kapilavatsu, and was a slave in the house of Suddhodana.
3. Dhanniya was a resident of Rajagraha. He was a potter.
4. Kappata-Kura was a native of Shravasti. The only way he knew of to support himself, was to go about, clad in rags, pan in hand, seeking for rice-grains. Hence he became known as Kappata-Kura–”Rags and-rice.” When grown up, he maintained himself by selling grass.
5. All of them sought from the Buddha permission to become Bhikkus and enter the Order. The Buddha, without hesitation and without caring for their low birth or their previous condition, admitted them into the Order.
§5. Conversion of Supprabuddha, the Leper
1. Once the Exalted One was staying near Rajagraha, in the bamboo grove, at the squirrels’ feeding-ground.
2. Now there lived in Rajagraha at that time a certain man who was a leper, named Supprabuddha, a poor, wretched, miserable creature.
3. And it happened at that time that the Exalted One was sitting there in the midst of a great multitude, teaching the Dhamma.
4. And Supprabuddha, the leper, saw from afar the multitude gathered together, and at the sight he thought, “Without a doubt an alms-giving of food, both hard and soft, is toward yonder. Suppose I draw near to yonder crowd, I might get there something to eat, food soft or hard.”
5. So Supprabuddha, the leper, drew near that crowd, and he beheld the Exalted One sitting there amid a great crowd, preaching the Norm. So, seeing the Exalted One he thought, “No. There is no alms-giving here of food. It is Gotama the Samana preaching the Dhamma in the assembly. Suppose I were to listen to his teaching.”
6. So he sat down at one side, thinking, “I too will listen to the teaching.”
7. Now the Exalted One, reading with His thought the thoughts of that whole gathering, said to Himself, “Who, I wonder, of these present, is able to grasp the Truth?” Then He saw Supprabuddha, the leper, sitting in the crowd; and at the sight of him He knew, “This one can grasp the Truth.”
8. So for the sake of Supprabuddha, the leper, the Master preached a sermon, dealing in due order with these topics: on alms-giving, on the holy life, and on the heaven-world; and He pointed out the meanness and vileness of sensual desires, and the profit of freedom from the asavas.
9. Now when the Exalted One saw that the heart of Supprabuddha, the leper, was softened, pliant, set free, elated, and full of faith, then He set forth to him the Dhamma most excellent of the Buddha: to wit, suffering, the cause of suffering, the ceasing of suffering, and the path.
10. Then, just as a white cloth, free from stains, is ready to receive the dye, even so in Supprabuddha, the leper, as he sat there in that very place, arose the pure stainless insight of the Truth, the knowledge that whatsoever hath a beginning, that also must have an end. And Supprabuddha, the leper, saw the Truth, reached the Truth, perceived the truth, plunged into the Truth, crossed beyond doubting, was freed from all questionings, won confidence, and needing nothing further, being established in the Master’s teaching, sprang up from his seat and drew near to Him, and there he sat down at one side.
11. So seated he said to the Exalted One, “Excellent, O Lord, Excellent, O Lord, just as if, Lord, one should lift up the fallen, discover the hidden, point out the way to one bewildered, show a light in the gloom, saying, ‘Now they who have eyes to see can see shapes,’ even so in diverse ways has the Exalted One expounded the truth. I, even I, Lord, do go for refuge to the Exalted One, to the Norm and to the Order of Brethren. May the Exalted One accept me as His follower, as one who from this time forth even to life’s end has gone to refuge in Him.”
12. Thereupon Supprabuddha, the leper, being taught, established, roused, and made happy by the Exalted One’s pious talk, praised and welcomed His words, gave thanks and rose up from his seat, saluted the Exalted One by the right, and went away.
13. Unfortunately it came to pass that a young calf flung the leper Supprabuddha down and gored him to death.
Book Two, Part VII—Conversion of Women
1. *Conversion of Mahaprajapati Gautami, Yeshodhara, and her Companions* — 2. *Conversion of Prakrati, a Chandalika*
1 Conversion of Mahaprajapati Gautami, Yeshodhara, and her Companions
1. When the Blessed One had been on a visit to his father’s home, the desire to join the Sangh was as keen among the Sakya women as it was among the Sakya men.
2. The leader of such women was no other than Mahaprajapati Gautami.
3. Now at the time when the Blessed One was staying among the Sakyas in the Nigrodharama, Mahaprajapati Gautami went to him and said, “It would be well, Lord, if women were allowed to become Parivrajakas and enter the Sangh under the doctrine and discipline proclaimed by the Tathagata!”
4. “Enough, O Gautami! Let not such a thought come into your mind.” And a second and a third time did Mahaprajapati make the same request in the same words, and a second and a third time did she receive the same reply.
5. Then Mahaprajapati Gautami, sad and sorrowful, bowed down before the Blessed One, and went away weeping and in tears.
6. After the Blessed One had left Nigrodharama for his wanderings, Mahaprajapati and the Sakya women sat together to give further consideration to their request for admission to the Sangh, and the refusal of the Lord to grant such a request.
7. The Sakya women refused to take the Lord’s refusal as final. They decided to go further: to assume the garb of a Parivrajaka and present the Lord with a fait accompli.
8. Accordingly Mahaprajapati Gautami cut off her hair and put on orange-coloured robes, and set out with a number of women of the Sakya clan on her journey to meet the Lord, who was at that time staying in Vesali in the Mahavana in the Kutagara Hall.
9. In due course Mahaprajapati Gautami with her companions arrived at Vesali, and with swollen feet and covered with dust, came to the Kutogara Hall.
10. Again she made the same request to the Blessed Lord which she had made when he was staying at Nigrodharama, and he refused it again.
11. On receiving his refusal a second time, Mahaprajapati withdrew, and was standing outside the entrance of the hall not knowing what to do. While she was so standing, Ananda, on his way to the hall saw her and recognised her.
12. He then asked Mahaprajapati, “Why standest thou there, outside the porch, with swollen feet, covered with dust, and sorrowful, weeping and in tears?” “Inasmuch, O Ananda, as the Lord, the Blessed One, does not permit women to renounce their homes and enter the homeless state under the doctrine and discipline proclaimed by the Tathagata,” said Mahaprajapati.
13. Then did the Venerable Ananda go up to the place where the Blessed One was, and bowed down before the Blessed One, and take [=took] his seat on one side. And, so sitting, the Venerable Ananda said to the Blessed One, “Behold, Lord; Mahaprajapati Gautami is standing outside under the entrance porch, with swollen feet, covered with dust, sad and sorrowful, weeping and in tears, inasmuch as the Blessed One does not permit women to renounce their homes and enter the homeless state under the doctrine and discipline proclaimed by the Blessed One. It were well, Lord, if women were to have permission granted to them to do as she desires.
14. “Has not Mahaprajapati proved herself of great service to the Blessed One, when as aunt and nurse she nourished him and gave him milk, and on the death of his mother suckled the Blessed One at her own breast; it were, therefore, well, Lord, that women should have permission to go forth from the household life and enter the homeless state, under the doctrine and discipline proclaimed by the Tathagata.”
15. “Enough, Ananda! Let it not [be?], please, that women should be allowed to do so.” A second time and a third time did Ananda make the same request, in the same words, and received the same reply.
16. Then the Venerable Ananda asked the Blessed One, “What can be the ground, Lord, for your refusal to allow women to take Parivraja?
17. “The Lord knows that the Brahmins hold that the Shudras and women cannot reach moksha (Salvation) because they are unclean and inferior. They do therefore not allow Shudras and women to take Parivraja. Does the Blessed One hold the same view as the Brahmins?
18. Has not the Blessed One allowed the Shudras to take Parivraja and join the Sangh in the same way he has done to the Brahmins? What is the ground, Lord, for treating women differently?
19. Does the Blessed One hold that women are not capable of reaching Nibbana, under the doctrine and discipline proclaimed by the Blessed One?”
20. The Blessed One replied, “Ananda! Do not misunderstand me. I hold that women are as much capable as men in the matter of reaching Nibbana. Ananda! do not misunderstand me, I am not an upholder of the doctrine of sex inequality. My rejection of Mahaprajapati’s request is not based on sex inequality. It is based on practical grounds.”
21. “I am happy, Lord, to know the real reason. But must the Lord refuse her request because of practical difficulties? Would not such an act bring the Dhamma into discredit, and make it open to the charge of upholding sex inequality? Could not the Lord devise some rules to get over such practical difficulties by which the Lord is worried?”
22. “Well, Ananda, I grant, if Mahaprajapati insists, that women must be allowed to take Parivraja under the doctrine and discipline proclaimed by me. But it shall be subject to eight conditions. Let Mahaprajapati Gautami take upon herself the responsibility of enforcing the Eight Chief Rules. That will be her initiation.”
23. Then the Venerable Ananda, when he learnt from the Blessed One these Eight Chief Rules, went to Mahaprajapati Gautami and told her all that the Blessed One had said.
24. “Just, Ananda, as a man or a woman, when young and of tender years, accustomed to adorn himself, would, when he had bathed his head, receive with both hands a garland of lotus flowers, or of jasmine flowers, or of stimutaka flowers, and place it on the top of his head; even so do I, Ananda, take upon me these Eight Chief Rules, never to be transgressed during my lifelong [=lifetime],” said Mahaprajapati to Ananda.
25. Then the Venerable Ananda returned to the Blessed One, and bowed down before him, and took his seat on one side. And so sitting, the Venerable Ananda said to the Blessed One, “Mahaprajapati Gautami, Lord, has taken upon herself the responsibility for the enforcement of the Eight Chief Rules; she may therefore be regarded as having received the Upasampada initiation (entry into the Sangha).”
26. Now Mahaprajapati received ordination, and 500 Sakya ladies who had come with her were also ordained at the same time. Thus ordained, great Prajapati came before the Master, and saluting him, stood on one side, and the Blessed One taught her the Dhamma, the doctrine, and the discipline.
27. The other five hundred Bhikkhunis were ininstructed by Nandaka, one of the disciples of the Blessed One.
28. Among the Sakya women who became Bhikkhunis along with Mahaprajapati was Yeshodhara. After her initiation she came to be known as Bhadda Kaccana.
§ 2. Conversion of Prakrati, a Chandalika
1. Once the Blessed Lord was living in Shravasti, in the Jetavana Arama of Anathpindika.
2. It so happened that Ananda, his disciple, had gone into the city to beg for alms. After eating his food, Ananda was going to the river for drinking water.
3. He saw a girl on the river bank filling her pot. Ananda asked her to give him some water.
4. The girl, whose name was Prakrati, refused, saying she was a Chandalika.
5. Ananda said, “I am concerned with water, I am not concerned with your caste.” The girl then gave him some water from her pot.
6. Thereafter, Ananda left for Jetavana. The girl followed him and saw where he was staying, and found that his name was Ananda and that he was a follower of the Buddha.
7. On returning home she told her mother, Matangi, what had happened; and falling on the ground, started weeping.
8. The mother asked for the cause of her weeping. The girl told the whole story, and said, “If you wish to marry me [=arrange my marriage], I can only marry Ananda. I will not marry anybody else.”
9. The mother started on an inquiry. On [her] return she told the girl that such a marriage was impossible, for Ananda was under a vow of celibacy.
10. On hearing this news, the girl was filled with extreme sorrow, and gave up food. She was not prepared to take things as though it was a decree of fate. So she said, “Mother, you know the art of sorcery, don’t you? Why don’t you employ it to achieve our purpose?” The mother said, “I will see what can be done.”
11. Matangi invited Ananda to her house for a meal. The girl became very happy. Matangi then told Ananda that her daughter was very anxious to marry him. Ananda replied, “I am vowed to be celibate, and therefore I cannot marry any woman.”
12. “If you do not marry my daughter, she will commit suicide, so attached she is to you,” Matangi told Ananda. “But I cannot help [this],” replied Ananda.
13. Matangi went inside, and told her daughter that Ananda refused to marry her.
14. The girl cried, “Mother, where is your sorcery?” The mother said, “My sorcery cannot win against the Tathagata.”
15. The girl shouted and said, “Close the door, and do not allow him to go out. I shall see that he becomes my husband this very night.”
16. The mother did what the girl wanted her to do. As night fell the mother brought in[to] the room a bed. The girl, dressed in her best, stepped in. But Ananda remained unmoved.
17. The mother at last used her sorcery. As a result, a fire broke out in the room. The mother then held Ananda by his clothes and said, “If you will not agree to marry my daughter, I will throw you in this fire.” However, Ananda did not yield; and the mother and the daughter, feeling helpless, left him free.
18. Ananda, on his return, told the Blessed Lord all that had happened.
19. On the second day the girl came to Jetavana in search of Ananda. Ananda was going out for alms. Ananda saw her and wanted to avoid her. But the girl followed him wherever he went.
20. When Ananda returned to Jetavana, he found the girl waiting at the door of his Vihar.
21. Ananda told the Blessed One how the girl was pursuing him. The Blessed One sent for her.
22. When the girl appeared before him, the Blessed One asked her why she was pursuing Ananda. The girl replied that she was intent on marrying him. “I have heard he is unmarried and I am also unmarried.”
23. The Bhagavan said, “Ananda is a Bhikku, and he has no hair on his head. If you can get yourself clean shaven I shall see what could be done.”
24. The girl replied, “I am prepared for it.” The Bhagavan said, “You must get your mother’s permission for undergoing tonsure.”
25. The girl returned to her mother and said, “Mother! I have achieved what you failed to achieve. The Bhagavan has promised to get me married to Ananda if I undergo tonsure.”
26. The mother grew angry and said, “You must not do that. You are my daughter, and you must keep hair. Why are you so eager to marry a Shramana, Ananda? I can get you married to a better man.”
27. She replied, “I will either die, or marry Ananda. There is no third alternative for me.”
28. The Mother said, “Why are you insulting me?” The girl said, “If you love me you must let me do as I wish.”
29. The mother withdrew her objection, and the girl underwent tonsure.
30.. Then the girl presented herself before the Blessed Lord, saying, ” I have tonsured my head as directed by you.”
31. The Blessed Lord then asked her, “What do you want? What part of his body you cherish?” The girl said, “I am in love with his nose, I am in love with his mouth, I am in love with his ears, I am in love with his voice, I am in love with his eyes, and I am in love with his gait.”
32. The Blessed Lord then said to the girl, “Do you know that the eyes are the home of tears, the nose is the home of dirt, the mouth is the home of spit, the ear is the home of dirt, and the body is the container of dung and urine?”
33. “When men and women come together they procreate children. But where there is birth there is death also; where there is death there is sorrow also. My dear girl, what are you going to get by marrying Ananda? I do not know.”
34. The girl began to cogitate, and agreed that there was no purpose in her marriage with Ananda, on which she was so intent; and she told the Blessed Lord accordingly.
35. After saluting the Blessed Lord, the girl said, “Owing to ignorance, I was going in pursuit of Ananda. My mind is now enlightened. I am like a sailor whose ship, after a mishap, has reached the other bank. I am like an unprotected aged person who has found protection. I am like the blind who has got new sight. The Blessed Lord by his wise words of advice has awakened me from my sleep.”
36. “Blessed art thou, Prakrati, for though you are a Chandalika you will be a model for noblemen and noblewomen. You are of low caste, but Brahmins will learn a lesson from you. Swerve not from the path of justice and righteousness and you will outshine the royal glory of queens on the throne.”
37. The marriage having failed, the only course for her was to join the Bhikkhuni Sangh.
38. Having expressed her wish she was admitted into it, though she belonged to the lowest class.
Book Two, Part VIII—Conversion of the Fallen and the Criminals
1. *Conversion of a Vagabond* — 2. *Conversion of Angulimala, the Robber* — 3. *Conversion of Other Criminals* — 4. *Risk of Conversion*
§ 1 Conversion of a Vagabond
1. There was in olden times a certain disorderly person living in Rajagraha, who neither reverenced his parents nor paid respect to his superiors, but always had resort to sacrifice and worship of the sun and moon and fire when he went wrong, hoping thereby to get merit, and feel happy in himself.
2. But notwithstanding all his bodily exercises, in worship and offerings, he found no peace, even after three years’ incessant perseverance.
3. He at length resolved to go to Shravasti to inquire of the Buddha. Arrived there, and seeing the glory of his person, he fell down at his feet, and said how he was pleased.
4. Then the Lord explained the folly of animal sacrifice, and the senselessness of all such exercises where the heart was untouched, and where there was no final reverence or dutiful behaviour to those to whom it belonged; and in, conclusion recited certain gathas which, resplendent with glory, lit up the place and all the surrounding country with the brightness of his presence.
5. On this, the villagers, and especially the parents of the children, came near to worship him.
6. On seeing the parents, and hearing their account of the children, Buddha smiled, and recited these gathas:
7. “The great man is entirely free from covetous desire; he dwells in a place of light, himself enlightened. Although perchance he meets with sorrow, he rejoices; without consternation, he exhibits his wisdom.
8. “The wise man (bhadra) concerns himself with no worldly business; he desires neither wealth, children, [n]or possessions (land), always carefully observing the precepts, and walking in the way of supreme wisdom, he hankers not after strange doctrine (or wealth or honour).
9. “The wise man, knowing the character of instability, as a tree in the midst of sand, (uses every effort) to change his friend whose mind is unfixed, and to bring him back from impurity to virtue (purity).”
§ 2 Conversion of Angulimala, the Robber
1. There was in the realm of Pasenadi, king of Kosala, a robber named Angulimala, a ruffian whose hands were red with blood, who was always killing and wounding, and showed no mercy to any living creature. Because of him, what had been villages were villages no more, what had been townships were townships no more, and what had been countryside was countryside no more.
2. From every human being whom he slew, he took a finger to make for himself a necklace, and so got his name of “Necklace of Fingers.”
3. Once when the Lord was staying in Shravasti in Jeta’s grove, he had heard of the ravages committed by the robber Angulimala. The Blessed Lord decided to convert him into a righteous man. So one day, after taking his meal and after putting away his bedding, and then, with robes and bowl, set out on his journey to find the robber Angulimala.
4. Seeing him journeying thither, neatherds, goatherds, ploughmen, and wayfarers called out, “Don’t go that way, recluse! It will take you to the robber Angulimala.
5. “Why, even when, ten, twenty, thirty, or forty people band themselves together to travel this road, the whole company falls into the robber’s hands!” But, without a word, the Lord held on to his way.
6. A second time, and yet a third time, those near there and the rest repeated their warning; but still, without a word, the Lord went his way.
7. From some way off the robber saw the Lord coming and marvelled exceedingly that, where even companies of ten to fifty travellers dare not come his way, this solitary recluse should be seen to be forcing his way alone; and the robber was minded to slay ‘this recluse.’ So, armed with sword and buckler, and with his bow and quiver, the robber followed up the Lord’s trail.
8. The Lord, while he himself was proceeding at his wonted pace, the robber, for all his efforts, could not catch him up [=catch up to him].
9. Thought the robber, “This is a wonderful and marvellous thing. Heretofore, I could always overtake an elephant, or horse, or carriage, or deer, when going full speed; and yet here am I unable, despite all my efforts, to overtake this recluse while he proceeds at his wonted pace.” So he stopped and shouted to the Lord to stop.
10. When the two met the Lord said, “I have stopped, Angulimala, for your sake. Will you stop following your career of an evil doer? I have been pursuing you in order to win you over, to convert you to the path of righteousness. The good in you is not yet dead. If you will only give it a chance, it will transform you.”
11. Angulimala felt overcome by the words of the Blessed One, saying, “At last this sage has tracked me down.”
12. “And now that thy hallowed words ask me to renounce evil deeds forever, I am prepared to give myself a trial,” replied Angulimala.
13. Angulimala threw into a deep abyss the string of his victims’ fingers which he wore round his neck, and fell at the Master’s feet and craved admission to the Brotherhood.
14. The Lord, the guide of gods and men, said, “Almsman, follow me”; and almsman since that summons Angulimala did become.
15. With Angulimala as his almsman in attendance, the Lord now proceeded on his way to the pleasance in Shravasti. At this very time the portals of King Pasenadi’s inner palace were beset by a huge crowd loudly shouting that in the realm he had conquered there was a robber named Angulimala, a ruffian who was committing ravages and was killing and wounding innocent people and who took pride in wearing a necklace made of fingers of victims whom he slew. “Suppress him, sire,” they cried. Pasenadi promised to run him down to earth. But he failed.
16. One morning King Pasenadi went to the pleasance to see the Lord. The Blessed Lord inquired, “What is the matter, sire? Is there trouble with Seniya Bimbisara of Magadha, or with Licchavis of Vesali, or with any other hostile power?”
17.”No trouble at all of that sort, sir. In my realms there is a robber named Angulimala who is infesting my territories and harassing my subjects. I want to suppress him but I have failed.”
18. “If now, sire, you were to see Angulimala with his hair and beard off, in the yellow robes, as a pilgrim who kills not. steals not, lies not, eats but one meal a day, and leads the higher life in virtue and goodness,–what would you do to him?”
19. “Sir, I would salute him, or rise to meet him, or would invite him to be seated, or invite him to accept robes and other requisites, or I would extend to him the defence, protection and safeguards which are his due. But how could the shadow of such virtue ever extend to one so wicked and depraved?”
20. At that moment the Reverend Angulimala was seated quite close to the Lord–who, stretching forth his right arm, said, “This, sire, is Angulimala!”
21. At this the king in his alarm became dumbfounded, with every hair of his body standing erect. Seeing this, the Lord said, “Fear not, sire; fear not; there is no cause for fear here.”
22. So the king’s fears and alarm abated; and across to the reverend Angulimala he went, saying, “Is your reverence indeed Angulimala?” “Yes, sire.”
23. “What sire, was your father’s family, and your mother’s ?” “My father was a Gagga, sire, and my mother a Mantani.”
24. “Be of good cheer, Gagga Mantani-putta; I will take care to supply you with all requisites.”
25. Now at the time, the Reverend Angulimala having pledged to be resident in the wilds, subsisting on alms, and wearing clothes from the dust heap not exceeding three in number, he declined the king’s offer on the ground that he had already got his full three robes.
26. Then the king went across to the Lord and, after salutations, seated himself to the one side, saying; “It is wonderful, sir, it is marvellous, what a tamer of the untamed the Lord is, how he quells the unquelled, and how he calms the uncalmed! Here is one whom I could not subdue with cudgel and sword; but without either cudgel or sword the Lord has subdued him! And now, sir, I must be going, for I have much to do and attend to.”
27. “When Your Majesty pleases.” Then, rising from his seat, the king saluted the Lord with deep reverence and withdrew.
28. One day when, duly robed and bowl in hand, Angulimala had gone into Shravasti for alms, he was hit by a clod flung by one man, by a club flung by a second and by a potsherd flung by a third, so that it was with a broken head streaming with blood, with his bowl smashed, and with his cloak in tatters, that he presented himself before the Lord. Seeing him drawing near, the Lord said to Angulimala, “Endure it all, endure it all.”
29. Thus did Angulimala the robber become a righteous man by accepting the teachings of the Buddha.
30. Expressing the joy of the bliss of deliverance he said, “Who shows zeal, where zeal was none, who with virtue clokes his past, who in youth to Buddha cleaves, he, like the moon, floods earth with light.
31. “Let my foes hear this gospel, embrace this creed and follow wisdom’s sons who cleave to it. Let my foes hear in season, love’s message which is meek forbearance–and conform their lives to it.
32. “As ‘Finger Necklace,’ I, bandit, lived and whirled downstream, till He brought me to land. As ‘Finger Necklace,’ I was steeped in blood; saved now am I.”
§ 3. Conversion of Other Criminals
1. There was to the south of Rajagraha a great mountain, distant from the city about 200 li.
2. Through this mountain there was a pass, deep and lonely, through which the road to South India lay.
3. Five hundred robbers had taken up their abode in this defile, who used to murder and rob all travellers that passed that way.
4. The king had vainly sent his forces to capture them, but they always escaped.
5. The Buddha, residing in the neighbourhood, and considering the case of these men, that they understood not the nature of their conduct, and that although he had come into the world to teach them, yet their eyes had not seen him, nor their ears heard the tidings of his law, he resolved to go to them.
6. Consequently he transformed himself into a man richly dighted, on a well-caparisoned steed, with his sword and bow, with bags of silver and gold on his saddle-bow, and precious stones studding his horse’s bravery.
7. On entering the defile, loud neighed his steed. On hearing the sound the 500 robbers started up, and spying the traveller, exclaimed, “Never have we had such a prospect of booty; let us be up, and capture him!”
8. So they proceeded to surround the traveller, with a view to prevent his escape; but on seeing him they fell on the ground.
9. On their falling to the ground, they exclaimed, “What God is this?” “What God is this?”
10. On this the traveller began to explain that such hurts and pains as they give and receive were trivial compared with the pain caused by the sorrow that rules the world, and the wounds of unbelief and doubt; and that nought but the wisdom resulting from earnest attention (hearing) to the Scriptures could heal such wounds; and then he added these words and said:
11. “There is no painful wound so bad as sorrow–no piercing arrow so sharp as folly. Nothing can remedy these but an earnest attention to religious instruction. From this the blind receive sight, the deluded are enlightened.
12. “Men are guided and led by this, as eyes given to them without eyes.
13. “This, then, is able to dispel unbelief, to remove sorrow, to impart joy; the highest wisdom is the lot of those who hear.”
14. “This is the title of him who has acquired the greatest merit (most to be revered).”
15. On hearing this the robbers repented of their evil lives, and the arrows, of themselves, left their bodies, and their wounds were healed.
16. They then became disciples, and obtained rest and peace.
§ 4. Risk of Conversion
1. In olden times, Buddha was residing in a country about 500 li from Rajagraha, full of mountains. In these mountains there lived a certain clan of about 122 persons, who occupied themselves in hunting, and fed themselves on the flesh of the animals they killed.
2. (Buddha goes to the place and converts the women, who were left alone during the day, whilst their husbands were hunting, and then adds these lines.)
3. “He who is humane does not kill (or, it is humane not to kill); he is ever able to preserve (his own?) life.
4. “This principle (chu) is imperishable; whoever observes it, no calamity shall betide that man.
5. “Politeness, indifference to wordly things, hurting no one, without place for annoyance–this is the character of the Brahma Heaven (or of Brahma Deva).
6. “Ever exercising love towards the infirm; pure, according to the teaching of Buddha; knowing when sufficient has been had; knowing when to stop,–this is to escape (the recurrence of) birth and death.”
The women, having heard these words, were converted, and on the men’s return, although they wished at first to kill Buddha, they were restrained by their wives; and, listening to these words of love, they also were converted.
7. And then he added these lines.
8. “There are eleven advantages which attend the man who practices mercifulness, and is tender to all that lives.
9. “His body is always in health (happy); he is blessed with peaceful sleep; and when engaged in study he is also composed.”
10. “He has no evil dreams; he is protected by Heaven (Devas) and loved by man; he is unmolested by poisonous things, and escapes the violence of war; he is unharmed by fire or water.
11. “He is successful wherever he lives; and when dead goes to the Heaven of Brahma. These are the eleven.”
12. Having uttered these words, both men and women were admitted into the company of his disciples, and obtained rest.
BOOK THREE: WHAT THE BUDDHA TAUGHT
Book Three, Part I—His Place in His Dhamma
1. *The Buddha claimed no place for Himself in His Own Dhamma* — 2. *The Buddha did not promise to give salvation. He said He was Marga Data (Way Finder) and not Moksha Data (Giver of Salvation)* — 3. *The Buddha did not claim any Divinity for Himself or for His Dhamma. It was discovered by man for man. It was not a Revelation*
§ 1. The Buddha claimed no place for Himself in His own Dhamma
1. Christ claimed to be the Prophet of Christianity.
2. He further claimed that he was the Son of God.
3. Christ also laid down the condition that there was no salvation for a person unless he accepted that Christ was the Son of God.
4. Thus Christ secured a place for Himself by making the salvation of the Christian depend upon his acceptance of Christ as the Prophet and Son of God.
5. Mohammad, the Prophet of Islam, claimed that he was a Prophet sent by God.
6. He further claimed that no one could get salvation unless he accepted two other conditions.
7. A seeker of salvation in Islam must accept that Mohammad is the Prophet of God.
8. A seeker after salvation in Islam must further accept that he is the last prophet.
9. Salvation in Islam is thus ensured only to those who accept these two conditions.
10. Mohammad thus secured a place for Himself by making the salvation of the Muslim depend upon his acknowledgement of Mohammed as the Prophet of God.
11. No such condition was ever made by the Buddha.
12. He claimed that he was no more than the natural son of Suddhodana and Mahamaya.
13. He carved for himself no place in his religion by laying down any such conditions regarding himself for salvation as Jesus and Mahommad did.
14. That is the reason why we are left to know so little about himself even though abundant material was available.
15. As is known, the first Buddhist congregation was held soon after the death of the Buddha at Rajagraha.
16. Kassyappa presided over the congregation. Anand, Upali and many others who belonged to Kapilavatsu and who wandered with him wherever he went, and were with him till his death, were present.
17. But what did Kassyappa the President do?
18. He asked Anand to repeat the Dhamma and put the question to the congregation, “Is this right?” They answered in the affirmative. And Kassyappa then closed the question.
19. Thereafter he asked Upali to repeat the Vinaya and put the question to the congregation, ” Is this right ?” They answered in the affirmative. Kassyappa then closed the question.
20. Kassyappa then should have put the third question to someone present in the congregation to record some important incidents in the life of the Buddha.
21. But Kassyappa did not. These were the only two questions with which he thought the Sangh was concerned.
22. If Kassyappa had collected the record of the Buddha’s life we would have had today a full-fledged biography of the Buddha.
23. Why did it not strike Kassyappa to collect the record about the Buddha’s life?
24. It could not be indifference. The only answer one can give is that the Buddha had carved no niche for himself in his religion.
25. The Buddha and his religion were quite apart.
26. Another illustration of the Buddha keeping himself out of his religion is to be found in his refusal to appoint a successor.
27. Twice or thrice the Buddha was requested by his followers to appoint a successor.
28. Every time the Buddha refused.
29. His answer was, “The Dhamma must be its own successor.
30. “Principle must live by itself, and not by the authority of man.
31. “If principle needs the authority of man, it is no principle.
32. “If every time it becomes necessary to invoke the name of the founder to enforce the authority of Dhamma, then it is no Dhamma.”
33. Such was the view he took of his own position regarding his Dhamma.
§ 2. The Buddha did not promise to give Salvation. He said He was Marga Data (Way Finder) and not Moksha Data (Giver of Salvation)
1. Most religions are described as revelations. But the Buddha’s religion is not a revelation.
2. A revealed religion is so called because it is a message of God to His creatures to worship their maker (i.e., God) and to save their souls.
3. Often the message is sent through a chosen individual who is called a prophet, to whom the message is revealed and who reveals it to the people. It is then called Religion.
4. The obligation of the prophet is to ensure salvation to the faithful.
5. Salvation of the faithful means the saving of their souls from being sent to hell, provided they obey God’s commands and recognise the prophet as his messenger.
6. The Buddha never claimed that he was a prophet or a messenger of God. He repudiated any such description.
7. A more important point than this is that his religion is a discovery. As such, it must be sharply distinguished from a religion which is called Revelation.
8. His religion is a discovery in the sense that it is the result of inquiry and investigation into the conditions of human life on earth; and understanding of the working of human instincts with which man is born; the moulding of his instincts and dispositions which man has formed as a result of history and tradition, and which are working to his detriment.
9. All prophets have promised salvation. The Buddha is the one teacher who did not make any such promise. He made a sharp distinction between a moksha data and a marga data, one who gives salvation and one who only shows the way.
10. He was only a marga data. Salvation must be sought by each for himself by his own effort.
11. He made this very clear to the Brahmin Moggallana in the following Sutta.
12. “Once the Exalted One was staying at Shravasti, in the East Park, at the [multi-]storeyed house of Migara’s mother.
13. “Then the Brahmin Moggallana, the accountant, came to the Exalted One and gave him friendly greeting, and after the exchange of courtesies sat down at one side. So seated, the Brahmin Moggallana, the accountant, said this to the Exalted One:
14. “‘Just as, Master Gautama, one gets a gradual view of this [multi-]storeyed house, a progress, a graduated path, and so on right up to the last step of the stairs, just so is the progressive training of us Brahmins: that is to say, in our course of study in the Vedas.’
15. “‘Just as in a course of archery, Gautama, with us the Brahmins, the training, the progress, the approach is step by step; for instance, in counting.’
16. “‘When we take a private pupil we make him count thus: ‘One one, twice two, thrice three, four times four, and so on up to a hundred.’ Now is it possible. Master Gautama, for you to point to a similar progressive training on the part of your followers in your Dhamma?’
17. “‘It is so, Brahmin. Take the case, Brahmin, of a clever horse-trainer. He takes a thoroughbred in hand, gives him his first lesson with bit and bridle, and then proceeds to the further course.’
18. “‘Just so, Brahmin, the Tathagata takes in hand a man who is to be trained and gives him his first lesson, thus: ‘Come thou, brother! Be virtuous. Abide, constrained by the restraint of the obligation.’
19. ‘Become versed in the practice of right behaviour; seeing danger in trifling faults, do you undertake the training and be a pupil in the moralities.’
20. “‘As soon as he has mastered all that, the Tathagata gives him his second lesson, thus: ‘Come thou brother! Seeing an object with the eye, be not charmed by its general appearance or its details.’
21. “‘Persist in the restraint of that dejection that comes from craving, caused by the sense of sight uncontrolled–these ill states, which would overwhelm one like a flood. Guard the sense of sight, win control over the sense of sight.’
22. “‘And so do with the other organs of sense. When you hear a sound with the ear, or smell a scent with the nose, taste a taste with the tongue, or with body touch things tangible, and when with mind you are conscious of a thing, be not charmed with its general appearance or its details.’
23. “‘As soon as he has mastered all that, the Tathagata gives him a further lesson, thus: ‘Come thou, brother! Be moderate in eating; earnest and heedful do you take your food, not for sport not for indulgence, not for adding personal charm or comeliness to body, but do it for body’s stabilising, for its support, for protection from harm, and for keeping up the practice of the righteous life, with this thought: ‘I check my former feeling. To no new feeling will I give rise, that maintenance and comfort may be mine.’
24. “‘Then, Brahmin, when he has won restraint in food, the Tathagata gives him a further lesson thus: ‘Come thou, brother! Abide given to watchfulness. By day, when walking or sitting, cleanse your heart from things that may hinder you. By night spend the first watch walking up and down or sitting, and do likewise. By night in the second watch, lie down on the right side in the posture of a lion, and placing one foot upon the other, mindful and self-possessed, set your thoughts on the idea of exertion. Then in the third watch of the night rise up, and walking up and down, or sitting, cleanse the heart of things that may hinder.’
25. “‘Then, Brahmin, when the brother is devoted to watchfulness, the Tathagata gives him a further lesson, thus: ‘Come thou, brother! Be possessed of mindfulness and self-control. In going forth or going back, have yourself under control. In looking forward or looking back, in bending or relaxing, in wearing robes or carrying robe and bowl, in eating, chewing, tasting, in easing yourself, in going, standing, sitting, lying, sleeping or waking, in speaking or keeping silence have yourself under control.’
26. “‘Then Brahmin, when he is possessed of self-control, the Tathagata gives him a further lesson thus: ‘Come thou, brother! Seek out a secluded lodging, a forest or root of a tree, a mountain or a cave or a mountain grotto, a charnel field, a forest retreat, the open air, a heap of straw.’ And he does so. And when he has eaten his food he sits down crosslegged, and keeping his body straight up, he proceeds to practise the four ecstacies.’
27. “‘Now, Brahmin, for all brothers who are pupils, who have not yet attained mastery of mind, who abide aspiring, for such is the manner of my training.’
28. “‘But as to those brethren who are arhants, who have destroyed the asavas, who have lived the life, done their task, laid down the burden, won their own salvation, utterly destroyed the fetters of becoming, and are released by the perfect insight, for such as those these things are conducive to ease in the present life and to mindful self-control as well.’
29. “When this was said, the Brahmin Moggallana, the accountant, said to the Exalted One :
30. “‘But tell me, Master Gautama. Do the disciples of the worthy Gautama,–do all of them win the absolute perfection which is Nibbana, or do some fail thus to attain?’
31. “Some of my disciples, Brahmin, thus advised and trained by me, do so attain. Others do not.”
32. “But what is the reason, Master Gautama? What is the cause, Master Gautama? Here we have Nibbana. Here we have the Path to Nibbana. Here we have the worthy Gautama as instructor. What is the reason, I say, why some disciples thus advised and trained do attain, while others do not attain?”
33. “That, Brahmin, is a question that I will answer. But first do you answer me this, so far as you think fit. Now how say you. Brahmin–Are you well skilled in the road to Rajagraha?”
34. “I am, master, Skilled indeed am I in the road to Rajagraha!’
35. “Well, thus instructed, thus advised, he takes the wrong road, and off he goes with his face set to the west.
36. “Then a second man comes up with the same request, and you give him the same instructions. He follows your advice and comes safe to Rajagraha.
37. “‘That is my business?’
38. “‘What do I in the matter. Brahmin? The Tathagata is one who only shows the way.’
39. Here is a full statement that he does not promise salvation. He only shows the way.
40. Besides, what is salvation?
41. With Mohammad and Jesus, salvation means saving the soul from being sent to hell, by the intercession of the Prophet.
42. With Buddha, salvation means Nibbana, and Nibbana means control of passions.
43. What promise of salvation can there be in such a Dhamma?
§ 3. The Buddha did not Claim any Divinity for himself or for his Dhamma. It was discovered by man for man. It was not a Revelation
1. Every founder of religion has either claimed divinity for himself or for his teachings.
2. Moses, although he did not claim for himself any divine origin, did claim divine origin for his teachings. He told his followers that if they wished to reach the land of milk and honey they must accept the teachings, because they were the teachings of Jehovah the God.
3. Jesus claimed divinity for himself. He claimed that he was the Son of God. Naturally His teachings acquired a divine origin.
4. Krishna said that he was God himself, and the Gita was his own word.
5. The Buddha made no such claim, either for himself or his Sasana.
6. He claimed that he was one of the many human beings and his message to the people was the message of man to man.
7. He never claimed infallibility for his message.
8. The only claim he made was that his message was the only true way to salvation as he understood it.
9. It was based on universal human experience of life in the world.
10. He said that it was open to anyone to question it, test it, and find what truth it contained.
11. No founder has so fully thrown open his religion to such a challenge.
Book Three, Part II—Different Views of the Buddha’s Dhamma
1. *What others have understood Him to have Taught* — 2. *The Budha’s Own Classification*
§ 1. What others have understood Him to have Taught
1. “What are the teachings of the Buddha?”
2. This is a question on which no two followers of the Buddha or the students of Buddhism agree.
3. To some Samadhi is his principal teaching.
4. To some it is Vippassana (a kind of Pranayam).
5. To some Buddhism is esoteric. To others it is exoteric.
6. To some it is a system of barren metaphysics.
7. To some it is sheer mysticism.
8. To some it is a selfish abstraction from the world.
9. To some it is a systematic repression of every impulse and emotion of the heart.
10. Many other views regarding Buddhism could be collected.
11. This divergence of views is astonishing.
12. Some of these views are those of men who have a fancy for certain things. Such are those who regard thai the essence of Buddhism lies in Samadhi or Vippassana, or Esoterism.
13. The other views are the results of the fact that the majority of the writers on Buddhism are students of ancient Indian history. Their study of Buddhism is incidental and occasional.
14. Some of them are not students of Buddhism.
15. They are not even students of anthropology, the subject matter which deals with the origin and growth of religion.
16. The question that arises is–”Did the Buddha have no Social Message?”
17. When pressed for an answer, students of Buddhism refer to the two points. They say–
18. “The Buddha taught Ahimsa.”
19. “The Buddha taught peace!”
20. Asked, “Did the Buddha give any other Social Message?”
21. “Did the Buddha teach justice?”
22. “Did the Buddha teach love?”
23. “Did the Buddha teach liberty?”
24. “Did the Buddha teach equality?”
25. “Did the Buddha teach fraternity?”
26. “Could the Buddha answer Karl Marx?”
27. These questions are hardly ever raised in discussing the Buddha’s Dhamma.
28. My answer is that the Buddha has a Social Message. He answers all these questions. But they have been buried by modern authors.
§ 2. The Buddha’s Own Classification
1. The Buddha adopted a different classification of Dhamma.
2. The first category he called Dhamma.
3. He created a new category called Not-Dhamma (Adhamma) though it went by the name of Dhamma.
4. He created a third category which he called Saddhamma.
5. The third category was another name for Philosophy of Dhamma.
6. To understand His Dhamma one must understand all the three–Dhamma, Adhamma, and Saddhamma.
Book Three, Part III—What is Dhamma
1. *To Maintain Purity of Life is Dhamma* — 2. *To Reach Perfection in Life is Dhamma* — 3. *To Live in Nibbana is Dhamma* — 4. *To Give up Craving is Dhamma* — 5. *To believe that all compound things are impermanent is Dhamma* — 6. *To believe that Karma is the instrument of Moral Order is Dhamma*
§ 1. To Maintain Purity of Life is Dhamma
(1.i)
1. “There are these three forms of purity… And of what sort is purity of body?
2. “Herein a certain one abstains from taking life, from stealing, from sinful living. This is called ‘purity of body.’
3. “And of what sort is purity of speech?
4. “Herein a certain one abstains from falsehood…
5. “And of what sort is purity of mind?
6. “Herein a monk, if he have some personal sensual desire, is aware: ‘ There is in me sensual desire.’ If there be none he is likewise aware of it. Also he is aware of how the arising of sensual desire not yet arisen comes about, and how it is abandoned when it has arisen, and how in the future there is no such arising.
7. “If he have some personal malevolence, he is aware: ‘ There is within me malevolence.’ Also he is aware of the arising . . . and the abandoning thereof, and of how in future there is no recurrence thereof.
8. “If he have some personal sloth-and-torpor…excitement and flurry…if he have some personal doubt-and-wavering, he is aware of the fact. Also of how (each of these) arises, is abandoned and recurs not again in future. This is called ‘purity of mind.’
9. “He who is pure in body, speech, and mind,
“Sinless and clean and blessed with purity–
“‘Sin-washer’ is the name men give to him.”
(1.ii)
1. “There are three forms of purity…Purity of body, purity of speech, purity of mind.”
2. “And of what sort is purity of body?”
3. “Herein a certain one abstains from taking life, from stealing, from wrong practice in sensual lusts. This is called ‘purity of body.’”
4. “And of what sort is purity of speech?”
5. “Herein a certain one abstains from falsehood…from idle babble. This is called ‘purity of speech.’”
6. “And of what sort is purity of mind?”
7. “Herein a certain one is not covetous or malevolent of heart, and has [a] right view. This is called ‘purity of mind.’ These are the three forms of purity.”
(1.iii)
1. There are these five weaknesses, which are a source of weakness to training. What five?
2. Taking life; taking what is not given; lustful, evil practices; lying; and indulging in spirituous liquors, which cause idleness.
3. These are the five causes which lead to failure.
4. When these five sources of weakness to training are put away, four arisings of mindfulness should be made to become.
5. Herein a monk abides contemplating the body as body, strenuous, mindful and self-possessed, having overcome both the hankering and discontent common in the world.
6. He abides contemplating the feelings as feelings…
7. He abides contemplating the mind as mind…
8. He abides contemplating ideas as ideas, strenuous, mindful and self-possessed, having overcome both the hankering and discontent common in the world.
9. When these five sources of weakness to training are put away, these four arisings of mindfulness should be made to become.
(1.iv)
1. There are these three failures. Failure in morals, failure in mind, failure in view.
2. And of what sort is failure in morals? A certain one takes life, steals, is a wrong-doer in sensual desires, a liar, a slanderer, of bitter speech, an idle babbler. This is called “failure in morals.”
3. And of what sort is failure in mind?
4. A certain one is covetous and malevolent of heart. This is called “failure in mind.”
5. And of what sort is failure in view?
6. Herein a certain one holds the depraved, the perverse view that there is no (virtue in) alms giving, in sacrifice, in offerings; that there is no fruit, no result of good and evil deeds; that this world is not, that there is no world beyond; that there is no mother, no father, no beings of spontaneous birth; that in the world are no recluses and Brahmins who have won the summit, who have won perfection, who of themselves by their own in tuitional powers have realised the world beyond and can proclaim it. This, monks, is called “failure in view.”
7. Monks, it is due to failure in morals, failure in mind and in view, that beings, when [the] body breaks up after death, are reborn in the Waste, the Way of Woe, in the Downfall, in Purgatory. Such are the three failures.
8. Monks, there are these three successes. What three? Success in morals, success in mind, success in view.
9. Now of what sort is success in morals?
10. A certain one abstains from taking life and the rest…from bitter speech and idle babbling. This is called “success in morals.”
11. And of what sort is success in mind?
12. Herein a certain one is not covetous or malevolent of heart. This is called “success in mind.”
13. And of what sort is success in view?
14. Herein a certain one has [a] right view: he holds with certainty that there is (virtue in) almsgiving, in sacrifice, in offerings; that there is fruit and result of good and evil deeds; that this world is, that there is a world beyond; that mother, father and beings of spontaneous birth do exist; that in the world there are recluses and Brahmins who have realised the world beyond and can proclaim it. This, monks, is called “success in view.”
15. It is owing to success in these three things that beings, when [the] body breaks up after death, are reborn in the Happy Lot, in the Heaven World. Such, monks, are the three successes.
§ 2. To Reach Perfection in Life is Dhamma
1. There are these three perfections.
2. Perfection in body, speech and mind.
3. And of what sort is perfection in mind?
4. By the destruction of the asavas, realising in this very life himself, knowing it thoroughly–the heart’s release, the release by insight which is free from the asavas, having attained it abides therein. This is called “perfection in mind.” These are the three bodily perfections.
5. There are other perfections. The Buddha explained them to Subhuti.
6. Subhuti: “What is a Bodhisattva’s perfection of giving?”
7. The Lord: “Here a Bodhisattva, his thoughts associated with the knowledge of all modes, gives gifts, i.e., inward or outward things, and, having made them common to all beings, he dedicates them to supreme enlightenment; and also others he instigates thereto. But there is nowhere an apprehension of anything.”
8. Subhuti: “What is a Bodhisattva’s perfection of morality?”
9. The Lord: “He himself lives under the obligation of the ten ways of wholesome acting, and also others he instigates thereto.”
10. Subhuti: “What is a Bodhisattva’s perfection of patience?”
11. The Lord: “He himself becomes one who has achieved patience, and others also he instigates to patience.”
12. Subhuti: “What is a Bodhisattva’s perfection of vigour?”
13. The Lord: “He dwells persistently in the five perfections, and also others he instigates to do likewise.”
14. Subhuti: “What is the Bodhisattva’s perfection of concentration (or meditation)?”
15. The Lord: “He himself, through skill in means, enters into the trances, yet he is not reborn in the corresponding heavens of form as he could [be]; and others also he instigates to do likewise.”
16. Subhuti: “What is a Bodhisattva’s perfection of wisdom?”
17. The Lord: “He does not settle down in any dharma, he contemplates the essential original nature of all dharmas; and others also he instigates to the contemplation of all dharmas.”
18. It is Dhamma to cultivate these perfections.



G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
§ 3. Dhamma to be Saddhamma must Promote Equality between Man and Man
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:22 am

§ 3. Dhamma to be Saddhamma must Promote Equality between Man and Man
1. Men are born unequal.
2. Some are robust, others are weaklings.
3. Some have more intelligence, others have less or none.
4. Some have more capacity, others have less.
5. Some are well-to-do, others are poor.
6. All have to enter into what is called the struggle for existence.
7. In the struggle for existence, if inequality be recognised as the rule of the game, the weakest will always go to the wall.
8. Should this rule of inequality be allowed to be the rule of life?
9. Some answer in the affirmative, on the ground that it results in the survival of the fittest.
10. The question, however, is: is the fittest the best from the point of view of society?
11. No one can give a positive answer.
12. It is because of this doubt that religion preaches equality. For equality may help the best to survive, even though the best may not be the fittest.
13. What society wants is the best, and not the fittest.
14. It is, therefore, the primary reason why religion upholds equality.
15. This was the viewpoint of the Buddha, and it was because of this that he argued that a religion which does not preach equality is not worth having.
16. Can you respect or believe in a religion which recommends actions that bring happiness to oneself by causing sorrow to others; or happiness to others by causing sorrow to oneself; or sorrow to both oneself and others?
17. Is not that a better religion which promotes the happiness of others simultaneously with the happiness of oneself, and tolerates no oppression?
18. These were some of the most pertinent questions which he asked the Brahmins who opposed Equality.
19. The religion of the Buddha is perfect justice, springing from a man’s own meritorious disposition.
Book Four, Part I—His Place in His Dhamma
1. *What is Religion?* — 2. *How Dhamma Differs From Religion* — 3. *The Purpose of Religion and the Purpose of Dhamma* — 4. *Morality and Religion* — 5. *Dhamma and Morality* — 6. *Mere Morality is not Enough: it must be Sacred and Universal*
§ 1. What is Religion?
1. The word “religion” is an indefinite word with no fixed meaning.
2. It is one word with many meanings.
3. This is because religion has passed through many stages. The concept at each stage is called Religion, though the concept at one stage has not had the same meaning which it had at the preceding stage, or is likely to have at the succeeding stage.
4. The conception of religion was never fixed.
5. It has varied from time to time.
6. Because most of the phenomena such as lightning, rain, and floods, the occurrence of which the primitive man could not explain, [were not understood], any weird performance done to control the phenomenon was called magic. Religion therefore came to be identified with magic.
7. Then came the second stage in the evolution of religion. In this stage religion came to be identified with beliefs, rituals, ceremonies, prayers, and sacrifices.
8. But this conception of religion is derivative.
9. The pivotal point in religion starts with the belief that there exists some power which causes these phenomena, which primitive man did not know and could not understand. Magic lost its place at this stage.
10. This power was originally malevolent. But later it was felt that it could also be benevolent.
11. Beliefs, rites, ceremonies, and sacrifices were necessary both to propitiate a benevolent power, and also to conciliate an angry power.
12. Later that power was called God or the Creator.
13. Then came the third stage: that it is this God who created this world and also man.
14. This was followed by the belief that man has a soul, and the soul is eternal and is answerable to God for man’s actions in the world.
15. This is, in short, the evolution of the concept of Religion.
16. This is what Religion has come to be and this is what it connotes–belief in God, belief in [a] soul, worship of God, curing of the erring soul, propitiating God by prayers, ceremonies, sacrifices, etc.
§2. How Dhamma Differs From Religion
1. What the Buddha calls Dhamma differs fundamentally from what is called Religion.
2. What the Buddha calls Dhamma is analogous to what the European theologians call Religion.
3. But there is no greater affinity between the two. On the other hand, the differences between the two are very great.
4. On this account, some European theologians refuse to recognise the Buddha’s Dhamma as Religion.
5. There need be no regrets over this. The loss is theirs. It does no harm to the Buddha’s Dhamma. Rather, it shows what is wanting in Religion.
6. Instead of entering into this controversy, it is better to proceed to give an idea of Dhamma, and show how it differs from Religion.
7. Religion, it is said, is personal, and one must keep it to oneself. One must not let it play its part in public life.
8. Contrary to this, Dhamma is social. It is fundamentally and essentially so.
9. Dhamma is righteousness, which means right relations between man and man in all spheres of life.
10. From this it is evident that one man, if he is alone, does not need Dhamma.
11. But when there are two men living in relation to each other, they must find a place for Dhamma whether they like it or not. Neither can escape it.
12. In other words. Society cannot do without Dhamma.
13. Society has to choose one of the three alternatives.
14. Society may choose not to have any Dhamma as an instrument of Government. For Dhamma is nothing if it is not an instrument of Government.
15. This means Society chooses the road to anarchy.
16. Secondly, Society may choose the police–i.e., dictatorship–as an instrument of Government.
17. Thirdly, Society may choose Dhamma, plus the Magistrate wherever people fail to observe the Dhamma.
18. In anarchy and dictatorship liberty is lost.
19. Only in the third [case] liberty survives.
20. Those who want liberty must therefore have Dhamma.
21. Now what is Dhamma? and why is Dhamma necessary? According to the Buddha, Dhamma consists of Prajna and Karuna.
22. What is Prajna? And why Prajna? Prajna is understanding. The Buddha made Prajna one of the two corner-stones of His Dhamma because he did not wish to leave any room for superstition.
23. What is Karuna? And why Karuna? Karuna is love. Because without it, Society can neither live nor grow; that is why the Buddha made it the second corner-stone of His Dhamma.
24. Such is the definition of the Buddha’s Dhamma.
25. How different is this definition of Dhamma from that of Religion.
26. So ancient, yet so modern, is the definition of Dhamma given by the Buddha.
27. So aboriginal, yet so original.
28. Not borrowed from anyone, yet so true.
29. A unique amalgam of Pradnya and Karuna is the Dhamma of the Buddha.
30. Such is the difference between Religion and Dhamma.
§ 3. The Purpose of Religion and the Purpose of Dhamma
1. What is the purpose of Religion? What is the purpose of Dhamma? Are they one and the same? Or are they different
2. The answer to these questions are to be found in two dialogues–one between the Buddha and Sunakkhatta, and the other between the Buddha and the Brahmin Potthapada.
3. The Exalted One was once staying among the Mallas, at Anupiya, one of their towns.
4. Now the Exalted One ,having robed himself in the early morning, put on his cloak and took his bowl and entered the town for alms.
5. On the way, he thought it was too early to go for alms. Therefore he went to the pleasance where Bhaggava the wanderer dwelt, and called on him.
6. On seeing the Blessed One Bhaggava got up, saluted him, and said, “May it please you, sire, to be seated; here is a seat made ready for you.”
7. The Exalted One sat down thereon, and Bhaggava, taking a certain low stool sat down beside him. So seated, Bhaggava, the wanderer, spake thus to the Exalted One :
8 “Some days ago, Lord, a good many days ago, Sunakkhatta of the Licchavis called on me and spake thus: ‘I have now given up the Exalted One, Bhaggava. I am remaining no longer under him (as my teacher).’ Is the fact really so, just as he said?”
9. “It is just so, Bhaggava, as Sunakkhatta of the Licchavis said,” replied the Blessed One.
10. “Some days ago, Bhaggava, a good many days ago, Sunakkhatta, the Licchavi, came to call on me, and spake thus: ‘Sir, I now give up the Exalted One. I will henceforth remain no longer under him (as my teacher).’ When he told me this, I said to him: ‘But now, Sunakkhatta, have I ever said to you, Come, Sunakkhatta, live under me (as my pupil)?’
11. “‘No sir, you have not.’
12. “Or have you ever said to me: ‘Sir, I would fain dwell under the Exalted One (as my teacher)?’
13. “‘No sir, I have not.’
14. “Then I asked him ‘If I said not the one, and you said not the other, what are you and what am I, that you talk of giving up? See, foolish one, in how far the fault here is your own.’
15. “‘Well, but, sir, the Exalted One works me no mystic wonders surpassing the power of ordinary men.’
16. “Why now, Sunakkhatta, have I ever said to you: ‘Come, take me as your teacher, Sunakkhatta, and I will work for you mystic wonders surpassing the power of ordinary men?’
17. “‘You have not, sir.’
18. “Or have you ever said to me: ‘Sir, I would fain take the Exalted One as my teacher, for he will work for me mystic wonders beyond the powers of ordinary men?’
19. “‘I have not, sir.’
20. “‘But if I said not the one, and you said not the other, what are you and what am I, foolish man, that you talk of giving up? What think you, Sunakkhatta? Whether mystic wonders beyond the power of ordinary man are wrought, or whether they are not, is the object for which I teach the Dhamma: that it leads to the thorough, destruction of ill for the doer thereof?’
21. ‘”Whether, sir, they are so wrought or not, that is indeed the object for which the Dhamma is taught by the Exalted One.’
22. “‘If then, Sunakkhatta, it matters not to that object whether mystic wonders are wrought or not, of what use to you would be the working of them? See, foolish one, in how far the fault here is your own.’
23. “‘But, sir, the Exalted One does not reveal to me the beginning of things.’
24. “Why now, Sunakkhatta, have I ever said to you: ‘Come, Sunakkhatta, be my. disciple and I will reveal to you the beginning of things?’
25. “‘Sir, you have not.’
26. “Or have you ever said to me: ‘I will become the Exalted One’s pupil, for he will reveal to me the beginning of things?’
27. “‘Sir, I have not.’
28. “‘But if I have not said the one and you have not said the other, what are you and what am I, foolish man, that you talk of giving up on that account? What think you, Sunakkhatta? Whether the beginning of things be revealed, or whether it be not, is the object for which I teach the Dhamma, that it leads to the thorough destruction of ill for the doer thereof?
29. “‘Whether, sir, they are revealed or not, that is indeed the object for which the Dhamma is taught by the Exalted One.’
30. “‘If then, Sunakkhatta, it matters not to that object whether the beginning of things be revealed, or whether it be not, of what use to you would it be to have the beginning of things revealed?’”
31. This illustrates that Religion is concerned with revealing the beginning of things and Dhamma is not.
§ 3 part 2 — The other differences between Religion and Dhamma are brought out in the discussion between the Blessed One and Potthapada.
1. The Blessed One was once staying at Shravasti in Anathapindika’s pleasance of the Jeta’s wood. Now at that time Potthapada, the wandering mendicant, was dwelling in the hall put up in Queen Mallika’s park for a debate on general systems of philosophical opinion.
2. There was with him a great following of mendicants; to wit, three hundred. A dialogue took place between the Blessed Lord and Potthapada. Potthapada asked:
3. “Then, sir, if that be so, tell me at least, is the world eternal? Is this alone the truth, and any other view mere folly?’”
4. “That, Potthapada, is a matter on which I have expressed no opinion,” replied the Blessed Lord.
5. Then, in the same terms, Potthapada asked each of the following questions:
(i) ‘Is the world not eternal?’
(ii) ‘Is the world finite?’
(iii) ‘Is the world infinite?’
(iv) ‘Is the soul the same as the body?’
(v) ‘Is the soul one thing, and the body another?’
(vi) ‘Does one who has gained the truth live again after death?’
(vii) ‘Does he not live again after death?’
(viii) ‘Does he both live again and not live again, after death?’
(ix) ‘Does he neither live again, nor not live again, after death?’
6. And to each questions the Exalted One made the same reply:–
7. “That too, Potthapada, is a matter on which I have expressed no opinion.”
8. “But why has the Exalted One expressed no opinion on that?”
9. “Because this question is not calculated to profit, it is not concerned with the Dhamma, it does not redound even to the elements of right conduct, nor to detachment, nor to purification from lusts, nor to quietude, nor to tranquillisation of heart, nor to real knowledge, nor to the insight (of the higher stages of the Path), nor to Nirvana. Therefore is it that I express no opinion upon it. “
10. “Then what is it that the Exalted One has determined?”
11. “I have expounded, Potthapada, what Dukkha is; I have expounded what is the origin of Dukkha; I have expounded what is the cessation of Dukkha; I have expounded what is the method by which one may reach the cessation of Dukkha.”
12. “And why has the Exalted One put forth a statement as to that?”
13. “Because that question, Potthapada, is calculated to profit, is concerned with the Dhamma, redounds to the beginnings of right conduct, to detachment, to purification from lusts, to quietude, to tranquillisation of heart, to real knowledge, to the insight of the higher stages of the Path, and to Nirvana. Therefore is it, Potthapada, that I have put forward a statement as to that.”
14. In this dialogue it is clearly put forth what is the subject matter of Religion, and what is not the subject matter of Dhamma. The two are poles apart
15. The purpose of Religion is to explain the origin of the world. The purpose of Dhamma is to reconstruct the world.
§ 4. Morality and Religion
1. What is the place of morality in Religion?
2. As a matter of truth, morality has no place in Religion.
3. The content of religion consists of God, soul, prayers, worship, rituals, ceremonies, and sacrifices.
4. Morality comes in only wherein man comes in relation to man.
5. Morality comes into religion as a side wind, to maintain peace and order.
6. Religion is a triangular piece.
7. Be good to your neighbour, because you are both children of God.
8. That is the argument of religion.
9. Every religion preaches morality, but morality is not the root of religion.
10. It is a wagon attached to it. It is attached and detached as the occasion requires.
11. The action of morality in the functioning of religion is therefore casual and occasional.
12. Morality in religion is therefore not effective.
§ 5. Dhamma and Morality
1. What is the place of morality in Dhamma?
2. The simple answer is, Morality is Dhamma and Dhamma is Morality.
3. In other words, in Dhamma morality takes the place of God, although there is no God in Dhamma.
4. In Dhamma there is no place for prayers, pilgrimages, rituals, ceremonies, or sacrifices.
5. Morality is the essence of Dhamma. Without it there is no Dhamma.
6. Morality in Dhamma arises from the direct necessity for man to love man.
7. It does not require the sanction of God. It is not to please God that man has to be moral. It is for his own good that man has to love man.
§ 6. Mere Morality is not Enough: it must be Sacred and Universal
1. When is a thing sacred? Why is a thing sacred?
2. In every human society, primitive or advanced, there are some things or beliefs which it regards as sacred, and the rest [it regards] as profane.
3. When a thing or belief has reached the stage of being sacred (pavitra), it means that it cannot be violated. Indeed it cannot be touched. It is taboo.
4. Contrary to this, a thing or a belief which is profane (apavitra), i.e., outside the field of the sacred, may be violated. It means one can act contrary to it, without feeling any fear or qualms of conscience.
5. The sacred is something holy. To transgress it is a sacrilege.
6. Why is a thing made sacred? To confine the scope of the question to the matter in hand, why morality should [=should morality] have been made sacred?
7. Three factors seem to have played their part in making morality sacred.
8. The first factor is the social need for protecting the best.
9. The background of this question lies imbedded in what is called the struggle of existence and the survival of the fittest.
10. This arises out of the theory of evolution. It is common knowledge that evolution takes place through a struggle for existence, because the means of food supply in early times were so limited.
11. The struggle is bitter. Nature is said to be red in claw and tooth.
12. In this struggle, which is bitter and bloody, only the fittest survive.
13. Such is the original state of society.
14. In the course of [the] ancient past someone must have raised the question, is the fittest (the strongest) the best? Would not the weakest, if protected, be ultimately the best for advancing the ends and aims of society?
15. The then prevailing state of society seems to have given an answer in the affirmative.
16. Then comes, the question what is the way to protect the weak?
17. Nothing less than to impose some restraints upon the fittest.
18. In this lies the origin and necessity for morality.
19. This morality had to be sacred, because it was imposed originally on the fittest, i.e., the strongest.
20. This has very serious consequences.
21. First, does morality in becoming social become anti-social?
22. It is not that there is no morality among thieves. There is morality among businessmen. There is morality among fellow castemen and there is also morality among a gang of robbers.
23. But this morality is marked by isolation and exclusiveness. It is a morality to protect “group interest.” It is therefore anti-social.
24. It is the isolation and exclusiveness of this kind of morality which throws its anti-social spirit in[to] relief.
25. The same is true where a group observes morality because it has interests of its own to protect.
26. The results of this group organisation of society are far-reaching.
27. If society continues to consist of anti-social groups, society will remain a disorganised and a factional society.
28. The danger of a disorganised and factional state of society is that it sets up a number of different models and standards.
29. In the absence of common models and common standards, society cannot be a harmonious whole,
30. With such different models and standards, it is impossible for the individual to attain consistency of mind.
31. A society which rests upon the supremacy of one group over another, irrespective of its rational or proportionate claims, inevitably leads to conflict.
32. The only way to put a stop to conflict is to have common rules of morality which are sacred to all.
33. There is the third factor which requires morality to be made sacred and universal. It is to safeguard the growth of the individual.
34. Under the struggle for existence or under group rule the interests of the individuals are not safe.
35. The group set-up prevents an individual from acquiring consistency of mind, which is possible only when society has common ideals, common models. His thoughts are led astray, and this creates a mind whose seeing unity is forced and distorted.
36. Secondly, the group set-up leads to discrimination and denial of justice.
37. The group set-up leads to stratification of classes. Those who are masters remain masters, and those who are born in slavery remain slaves. Owners remain owners, and workers remain workers. The privileged remain privileged, and the serfs remain serfs.
38. This means that there can be liberty for some, but not for all. This means that there can be equality for a few, but none for the majority.
39. What is the remedy? The only remedy lies in making fraternity universally effective.
40. What is fraternity? It is nothing but another name for [the] brotherhood of men–which is another name for morality.
41. This is why the Buddha preached that Dhamma is morality; and as Dhamma is sacred, so is morality.
Book Four, Part 2 — How Similarities in Terminology Conceal Fundamental Difference
SECTION ONE–REBIRTH
1. *Preliminary* — 2. *Rebirth of What?* — 3. *Rebirth of Whom?*
SECTION TWO–KARMA
1. *Is the Buddhist Doctrine of Karma the same as the Brahminic Doctrine?* — 2. *Did the Buddha believe in Past Karma having effect on Future Life?* — 3. *Did the Buddha believe in Past Karma having effect on Future Life?—concluded*
SECTION THREE–AHIMSA
1. *The different ways in which it was interpreted and followed* — 2. *True meaning of Ahimsa*
*SECTION FOUR–TRANSMIGRATION*
*SECTION FIVE–CAUSES OF THIS MISUNDERSTANDING*
SECTION ONE–REBIRTH
§ 1. Preliminary
1. What happens after death, is a question often asked.
2. The contemporaries of the Buddha held two different views. One set was called Eternalist, and the other was called Annihilationist.
3. The Eternalist said that the soul knows no death: therefore life is eternal. It is renewed by rebirth.
4. The thesis of the Annihilationists was summed up in one word, Ucchedvad, which meant that death is the end of everything. There is nothing left after death.
5. The Buddha was not an eternalist. For it involved a belief in the existence of a separate, immortal soul, to which he was opposed.
6. Was the Buddha an annihilationist? With his belief in the non-existence of the soul, the Buddha would naturally be expected to be an annihilationist.
7. But in the Alagaddupamma-Sutta the Buddha complains that he is called an annihilationist, when as a matter of fact he is not.
8. This is what he says: “Though this is what I affirm and what I preach, yet some recluses and Brahmins, wrongly, erroneously, and falsely charge me, in defiance of facts, with being an annihilationist and with preaching the disintegration, destruction, and extirpation of human beings.
9. “It is just what I am not, and what I do not affirm, that is wrongly, erroneously, and falsely, charged against me by these good people who would make me out to be an annihilationist.”
10. If this statement is a genuine one, and is not an interpolation by those who wanted to foist a Brahmanic doctrine on Buddhism, the statement raises a serious dilemma
11. How can the Buddha not believe in the existence of the soul, and yet say that he is not an annihilationist?
12. This raises the question: did the Buddha believe in rebirth?
§ 2. Rebirth of What?
1. Did the Buddha believe in rebirth?
2. The answer is in the affirmative.
3. It is better to split this question further into two parts: (1) Rebirth of What; and (2) Rebirth of Whom.
4. It is better to take each one of these two questions separately.
5. Here we may consider the first: Rebirth of What.
6. This question is almost always ignored. It is because of the mixing of the two questions that so much confusion has arisen.
7. According to the Buddha, there are four elements of Existence which go to compose the body. They are (1) Prithvi; (2) Apa; (3) Tej; and (4) Vayu.
8. Question is, when the human body dies, what happens to these four elements? Do they also die along with dead body? Some say that they do.
9. The Buddha said no: they join the mass of similar elements floating in (Akash) space.
10. When the four elements from this floating mass join together, a new birth takes place.
11. This is what the Buddha meant by rebirth.
12. The elements need not [be], and are not necessarily, from the same body which is dead. They may be drawn from different dead bodies.
13. It must be noted that the body dies. But the elements are ever-living.
14. This is the kind of rebirth in which the Buddha believed.
15. Great light is thrown upon the subject by Sariputta in his dialogue with Maha-Kotthita.
16. It is said that once when the Lord was staying at Shravasti in Jeta’s Grove in Anathapindika’s Ashram, the Maha-Kotthita, rising up at even-tide from his meditations, went to Sariputta and asked him to elucidate some of the questions which troubled him.
17. The following was one of them.
18. Maha-Kotthita asked, “How many factors has the first ecstasy (Dhyana) put from it, and how many does it retain?”
19. Sariputta replied, “Five of each. Gone are lusts, malevolence, torpor, worry and doubt. Observation, reflection, zest, satisfaction and a focussed heart persist.”
20. Maha-Kotthita asked, “Take the five senses of sight, sound, smell, taste and touch,—each with its own particular province and range of function, separate and mutually distinct. What ultimate base have they? Who enjoys all their five provinces and ranges?”
21. Sariputta replied, “Mind (Mano).”
22. Maha-Kotthita asked, “On what do these five faculties of sense depend?”
23. Sariputta replied, “On vitality.”
24. Maha-Kotthita asked, “On what does vitality depend?”
25. Sariputta: On heat.”
26. Maha-Kotthita asked, “On what does heat depend?”
27. Sariputta replied, “On vitality.”
28. Maha-Kotthita asked, “You say that vitality depends on heat; you also say that heat depends on vitality! What precisely is the meaning to be attached to this?”
29. Sariputta replied, “I will give you an illustration. Just as in the case of a lamp, the light reveals the flame and the flame the light, so vitality depends upon heat and heat on vitality.”
30. Maha-Kotthita asked, “How many things must quit the body before it is flung aside and cast away like a senseless log?”
31. Sariputta answered, “Vitality, heat, and consciousness.”
32. Maha-Kotthita asked, “What is the difference between a lifeless corpse and an almsman in trance, in whom perception and feelings are stilled?”
33. Sariputta replied, “In the corpse not only are the plastic forces of the body and speech and mind stilled and quiescent, but also vitality is exhausted, heat is quenched, and the faculties of sense broken up; whereas in the almsman in trance vitality persists, heat abides, and the faculties are clear, although respiration, observation, and perception are stilled and quiescent.”
34. This probably is the best and most complete exposition of Death or Annihilation.
35. There is only one lacuna in this dialogue. Maha-Kotthita should have asked Sariputta one question: What is heat?
36. What answer Sariputta would have given, it is not easy to imagine. But there can be no doubt that heat means energy.
37. Thus amplified, the real answer to the question, What happens when the body dies? is: the body ceases to produce energy.
38. But this is only a part of the answer. Because death also means that whatever energy that had escaped from the body joins the general mass of energy playing about in the Universe.
39. Annihilation has therefore a two-fold aspect. In one of its aspects it means cession [=cessation] of production of energy. In another aspect it means a new addition to the stock of [the] general floating mass of energy.
40. It is probably because of this two-fold aspect of annihilation that the Buddha said that he was not an absolute annihilationist. He was an annihilationist so far as soul was concerned. He was not an annihilationist so far as matter was concerned.
41. So interpreted, it is easy to understand why the Buddha said that he was not an annihilationist. He believed in the regeneration of matter and not in the rebirth of the soul.
42. So interpreted, the Buddha’s view is in consonance with science.
43. It is only in this sense that the Buddha could be said to have believed in rebirth.
44. Energy is never lost. That is what science affirms. Annihilation in the sense that after death nothing is left, would be contrary to science. For it would mean that energy is not constant in volume.
45. This is the only way by which the dilemma could be solved.
§3. Rebirth of Whom?
1. The most difficult question is Rebirth of Whom.
2. Does the same dead person take a new birth?
3. Did the Buddha believe in this thesis? The answer is, “Most improbable.”
4. The answer depends upon the elements of existence of the dead man meeting together and forming a new body; then the possibility of the rebirth of the same sentient being is possible.
5. If a new body is formed after a mixture or the different elements of the different men who are dead, then there is rebirth but not the rebirth of the same sentient being.
6. This point has been well explained by sister Khema to King Pasenadi.
7. Once the Exalted One was staying near Savatthi at Jeta Grove, in Anathapindika’s Ashram.
8. Now on that occasion the sister Khema, after going her rounds among the Kosalana, took up her quarters at Toranavatthu, between Shravasti and Saketa.
9. Now the Rajah Pasenadi of Kosala was journeying from Saketa to Shravasti, and midway between Saketa and Shravasti he put up for one night at Toranavatthu.
10. The Rajah Pasenadi of Kosala called a certain man and said, “Come thou, good fellow! Find out some recluse or brahmin such that I can wait upon him today.”
11. “Even so, your majesty,” said that man in reply to the Rajah Pasenadi of Kosala, and after wandering through all Toranavatthu he saw not any one, either recluse or brahmin, on whom the Rajah Pasenadi might wait.
12. Then that man saw the sister Khema, who had come to reside at Toranavatthu. And on seeing her he went back to the Rajah Pasenadi of Kosala, and said:
13. “Your Majesty, there is no recluse or brahmin in Toranavatthu such that your majesty can wait upon him. But, your majesty, there is a sister named Khema, a woman-disciple of that Exalted One. Now of this lady a lovely rumour has gone abroad, that she is sage, accomplished, shrewd, widely learned, a brilliant talker, of goodly ready wit. Let your majesty wait upon her.”
14. So the Rajah Pasenadi of Kosala went to visit the sister Khema, and on coming to her saluted and sat down at one side. So seated, he said to her:
15. “How say you, lady? Does the Tathagata exist after death?”
16. “That also, maharajah is not revealed by the Exalted One.”
17. “How then, lady? When asked ‘Does the Tathagata exist after death?’ you reply, ‘That is not revealed by the Exalted One,’ and when I ask…the other questions, you make the same reply. Pray, lady, what is the reason, what is the cause, why this thing is not revealed by the Exalted One?”
18. “Now in this matter, maharajah, I will question you. Do you reply as you think fit. Now how say you, maharajah. Have you some accountant, some ready reckoner, or calculator, able to count the sand in [the] Ganges, thus: There are so many hundred grains, or so many thousand grains, or so many hundreds of thousands of grains of sand?”
19. “No, indeed, lady.”
20. “Then have you some accountant, ready reckoner, or calculator able to reckon the water in the mighty ocean, thus: There are so many gallons of water, so many hundreds, so many thousands, so many hundreds of thousand gallons of water?”
21. “No, indeed, lady.”
22. “How is that?”
23. “Mighty is the ocean, lady–deep, boundless, unfathomable.”
24. “Even so, maharajah, if one should try to define the Tathagata by his bodily form, that bodily form of the Tathagata is abandoned, cut down at the root, made like a palm-tree stump, made some thing that is not, made of a nature not to spring up again in future time. Set free from reckoning as body, maharajah, is the Tathagata. He is deep, boundless unfathomable, just like the mighty ocean. To say, ‘The Tathagata exists after death’, does not apply. To say, ‘The Tathagata exists not after death’, does not apply. To say, ‘The Tathagata both exists and exists not, neither exists nor not exists, after death’, does not apply.
25. “If one should try to define the Tathagata by feeling–that feeling of the Tathagata is abandoned, cut down at the root…Yet free from reckoning as feeling is the Tathagata, maharajah, deep, boundless, unfathomable like the mighty ocean. To say, ‘The Tathagata exists after death…exists not after death’, does not apply.
26. “So also if one should try to define the Tathagata by perception, by the activities, by consciousness…set free from reckoning by consciousness is the Tathagata, deep, boundless, unfathomable as the mighty ocean. To say, ‘The Tathagata exists after death…exists not after death’, does not apply.”
27. Then the Rajah Pasenadi of Kosala was delighted with the words of the sister Khema, and took pleasure therein. And he rose from his seat, saluted her by the right, and went away.
28. Now on another occasion the Rajah went to visit the Exalted One, and on coming to him saluted him and sat down at one side. So seated, he said to the Exalted One:
29. “Pray, Lord, does the Tathagata exist after death?”
30. “Not revealed by me, maharajah, is this matter.”
31. “Then Lord, the Tathagata does not exist after death.”
32. “That also, maharajah, is not revealed by me.”
33. He then asks the other questions and gets the same reply.
34. “How then, Lord? When I ask the question, ‘Does the Tathagata exist?…does he not exist after death?’ you reply, ‘It is not revealed by me’. Pray, Lord, what is the reason, what is the cause, why this thing is not revealed by the Exalted One?”
35. “Now, maharajah, I will question you. Do you reply as you think fit. Now what say you, maharajah–have you some accountant…(the rest is exactly as before).’
36. “Wonderful, Lord! Strange it is, Lord, how the explanation both of Master and disciple, both in spirit and in letter, will agree, will harmonise, will not be inconsistent, that is, in any word about the highest.
37. “On a certain occasion. Lord, I went to visit the sister Khema, and asked her the meaning of this matter, and she gave me the meaning in the very words, in the very syllables used by the Exalted One. Wonderful, Lord! Strange it is, Lord, how the explanation both of Master and disciple will agree, will harmonise, in spirit and in letter, how they will not be inconsistent,–that is, in any word about the highest.
38. “Well, Lord, now we must be going. We are busy folk. We have many things to do.”
39. “Do now what you think it is time for, maharajah.”
40. Thereupon the Rajah Pasenadi of Kosala was delighted with the words of the Exalted One, and welcomed them. And he rose from his seat, saluted the Exalted One by the right, and went away.
SECTION TWO–KARMA
§ 1. Is the Buddhist Doctrine of Karma the same as the Brahminic Doctrine?
1. There is no doctrine in the Buddha’s Dhamma which has created so much confusion as this doctrine of Karma.
2. What is its place in the Buddha’s Dhamma, and what is its significance which has already been told?
3. Ignorant Hindus, out of sheer want of understanding, say by comparing merely the similarity of words, that Buddhism is the same as Brahmanism or Hinduism.
4. The educated and orthodox section of the Brahmins also do the same. They do so deliberately, to mislead the ignorant masses.
5. The educated Brahmins know full well that the Buddhist Law of Karma is quite different from the Brahminic Law of Karma. Yet they keep on saying that Buddhism is the same as Brahmanism and Hinduism.
6. The similarity in terminology gives them an easy handle for their false and malicious propaganda.
7. It is, therefore, necessary to examine the position closely.
8. The Buddha’s Law of Karma, however much may be similarity of words cannot be the same in its connotation as the Brahminic Law of Karma.
9. The premises of the two are so widely different, indeed so widely opposed that the result of the two cannot be the same. They must be different.
10. The principles of the Hindu Law of Karma may be stated seriatim [=systematically] for convenience.
11. The Hindu Law of Karma is based on the soul. The Buddhist is not. In fact, there is no soul in Buddhism.
12. The Brahminic Law of Karma is hereditary.
13. It goes on from life to life. This is so because of the transmigration of the soul.
14. This cannot be true of the Buddhist Law of Karma. This is also because there is no soul.
15. The Hindu Law of Karma is based on the existence of a soul which is distinct from the body. When the body dies, the soul does not die. The soul flies away.
16. This is not true of the Buddhist Law of Karma.
17. According to the Hindu Law of Karma, what happens when a man does a karma is this: his act produces two-fold results. It affects the doer; and secondly it produces an impress upon his soul.
18. Each act he does produces an impress upon his soul.
19. When a man dies and when his soul escapes, the soul is full of such impressions.
20. It is these impressions which determine his birth and status in his future life.
21. This Hindu theory is inconsistent with the Buddhist theory of no-soul.
22. For these reasons, the Buddhist doctrine of Karma cannot be, and is not, the same as the Hindu doctrine of Karma.
23. It is therefore simply foolish to talk about the Buddhist doctrine of Karma being the same as the Brahminic doctrine of Karma.
24. All that one can say is, beware of this jugglery.
§ 2. Did the Buddha believe in Past Karma having effect on Future Life?
1. The Law of Karma was enunciated by the Buddha. He was the first to say: “Reap as you sow.”
2. He was so emphatic about the Law of Karma that he maintained that there could be no moral order unless there was a stern observance of the Law of Karma.
3. The Buddha’s Law of Karma applied only to Karma and its effect on present life.
4. There is, however, an extended doctrine of Karma. According to it, Karma includes Karma done in past life or lives.
5. If a man is born in a poor family, it is because of his past bad karma. If a man is born in a rich family, it is because of his past good karma.
6. If a man is born with a congenital defect, it is because of his past bad karma.
7. This is a very pernicious doctrine. For in this interpretation of karma there is no room left for human effort. Everything is predetermined for him by his past karma.
8. This extended doctrine is often found to be attributed to the Buddha.
9. Did the Buddha believe in such a doctrine?
10. To examine this extended doctrine properly, it is better to change the language in which it is usually expressed.
11. Instead of saying that past karma is transmitted, it should be better if it was said that past karma is inherited.
12. This change of language enables us to test it by the law of heredity. At the same time it does no harm to the doctrine, either to its de jure or de facto connotation.
13. This restatement makes it possible to pose the two questions which could not otherwise be posed, and without answering which the matter could not be made clear.
14. The first question is, how is past karma inherited? What is the process?
15. The second question is, what is the nature of past karma in terms of heredity? Is it an inherent characteristic, or [an] acquired characteristic?
16. What do we inherit from our parents?
17. Starting with science, the new individual begins when a sperm enters the egg. Fertilisation consists in fusion of the head of the sperm with the nucleus of the egg.
18. Each human being takes its origin from the union of two bits of living matter, an egg from the mother which has been fertilised by a single sperm from the father.
19. That human birth is genetic is told by the Buddha to a Yakkha who came to discuss the matter with him.
20. The Exalted One was then staying near Rajagraha, on the hill called Indra’s Peak.
21. Now that Yakkha drew near to the Exalted One and addressed him as follows:
Material form is not the living soul’.
So says the Enlightened One. Then how doth soul possess this body?
Whence to soul doth come
Our bunch of bones and bowels?
How doth soul within the mother-cave suspended bide?
22. To this the Exalted One replied:
At first the Kalala takes birth, and thence the abudde.
Therefrom the pesi grows,
Developing as ghana in its turn.
Now in the ghana doth appear the hair,
The down, the nails.
And whatsoever food and drink the mother of him takes,
thereby the man in mother’s womb doth live and grow.
23. But the Hindu doctrine differs.
24. It says that the body is genetic. But the soul is not. It is implanted into the body from outside–the doctrine is unable to specify the source.
25. Turning to the second question as to what is the nature of past karma, it must be determined whether it is an inherent characteristic or an acquired characteristic.
26. Unless an answer to this question is forthcoming, it cannot be tested by the scientific theory of heredity.
27. But assuming there is an answer one way or the other to this question, how is it possible to get any help from science [as to] whether it is a sensible theory or senseless theory?
28. According to science, a child inherits the characteristics of his parents.
29. In the Hindu doctrine of karma a child inherits nothing from its parents except the body. The past karma in the Hindu doctrine is the inheritance of the child by the child and for the child.
30. The parents contributes nothing. The child brings everything.
31. Such a doctrine is nothing short of an absurdity.
32. As shown above, the Buddha did not believe in such an absurdity.
33. “Yes, if it were not reborn; but if it were, no.”
34. “Give me an illustration.”
35. “Suppose, O king, a man were to steal another man’s mangoes, would the thief deserve punishment?”
36. “Yes.”
37. “But he would not have stolen the mangoes the other set in the ground. Why would he deserve punishment?
38. “Because those he stole were the result of those that were planted.”
39. “Just so, great king, this name-and-form commits deeds, either pure or impure, and by that karma another name-and-form is reborn. And therefore is it not set free from its evil deeds?”
40. “Very good, Nagasena!”
41. The king said, “When deeds are committed, Nagasena, by one name-and-form, what becomes of those deeds?”
42. “The deeds would follow it, O king, like a shadow that never leaves it.”
43. “Can anyone point out those deeds, saying: ‘Here are those deeds, or there?’
44. “No “
45. “Give me an illustration.”
46. “Now what do you think, O king? Can anyone point out the fruits which a tree has not yet produced, saying:
47. ‘Here they are, or there?’”
48. “Certainly not, sir.”
49. “Just so, great king; so long as the continuity of life is not cut off, it is impossible to point out the deeds that are done.”
50. “Very good, Nagasena.”
§ 3. Did the Buddha believe in Past Karma having effect on Future Life? —concluded
1. The Buddha’s doctrine of Past Karma is thus in keeping with science.
2. He did not believe in the inheritance of Past Karma.
3. How can he, having held to the view that birth is genetic, and whatever inheritance comes to the child, it comes through its parents?
4. Apart from logic there is more direct evidence on the point contained in a sutta called the Cula-Dukkha-Khanda-Sutta which contains a dialogue between the Buddha and the Jains.
5. In this dialogue this is what the Buddha says: “Niganthas, you have done evil in the past; extirpate it by these severe austerities. Every present restraint on body, speech, and mind will hereafter undo the evil doings of the past. Hence, by expelling through penance all past misdeeds, and by not committing fresh misdeeds, the future becomes cleared; with the future cleared, the past is wiped out; with the past wiped out, ill is no more; with ill no more, (painful) feelings are no more; and with painful feelings now no more, all will be outworn. This teaching commends and approves itself to us, and we rejoice in it.”
6. Thereupon, I said to those Niganthas, “Do you know, reverend sirs, whether you had an existence before this or you were not non-existent?”
7. “No, Sir.”
8. “Do you know that, in a former existence, you were guilty, and not guiltless, of misdeeds?”
9. “No.”
10. “Do you know that (in that former existence) you were guilty, and not guiltless, of this or that specific misdeed?”
11. “No.”
12. Secondly the Buddha asserts that the status of a man may be governed not so much by heredity as by his environment.
13. In the Devadaha-Sutta, this is what the Buddha says: “Some recluses and Brahmins there are who affirm and hold the view that, whatsoever the individual experiences–be it [=they] pleasant or unpleasant or neither–all comes from former actions. Hence, by expiation and purge of former misdeeds, and by not committing fresh misdeeds, nothing accrues for the future; the misdeeds die away; as misdeeds die away, ill dies away; as ill dies away, feelings die away; and as feelings die away, all will wear out and pass. This is what the Niganthas affirm.
14. “If it is because of their birth’s environment that creatures experience pleasure and pain, the Niganthas are blameworthy, and they are also blameworthy, if environment is not the cause.”
15. Now these statements of the Buddha are very relevant. How could the Buddha throw doubt on past karma, if he believed in it? How could the Buddha maintain [that] pain and pleasure in [the] present life being [=is] due to environment, if he believed that it was due to past karma?
16. The doctrine of past karma is a purely Brahminic doctrine. Past karma taking effect in [the] present life is quite consistent with the Brahminic doctrine of soul, the effect of karma on soul. But it is quite inconsistent with the Buddhist doctrine of non-soul.
17. It has been bodily introduced into Buddhism by someone who wanted to make Buddhism akin to Hinduism, or who did not know what the Buddhist doctrine was.
18. This is one reason why it must be held that the Buddha could not have preached such a doctrine.
19. There is another and a more general reason why it must be held that the Buddha could not have preached such a doctrine.
20. The basis of the Hindu doctrine of past karma as the regulator of future life is an iniquitous doctrine. What could have been the purpose of inventing such a doctrine?
21. The only purpose one can think of is to enable the state or the society to escape responsibility for the condition of the poor and the lowly.
22. Otherwise, such an inhuman and absurd doctrine could never have been invented.
23. It is impossible to imagine that the Buddha, who was known as the Maha Karunika, could have supported such a doctrine.
SECTION THREE–AHIMSA
§ 1. The different ways in which it was interpreted and followed
1. Ahimsa, or non-killing, forms a very important part of the Buddha’s teachings.
2. It is intimately connected with Karuna and Maitri.
3. The question has, however, been raised whether His Ahimsa was absolute in its obligation, or only relative. Was it only a principle? Or was it a rule?
4. People who accept the Buddha’s teachings find it difficult to accept Ahimsa as an absolute obligation. They say that such a definition of Ahimsa involves the sacrifice of good for evil, the sacrifice of virtue for vice.
5. This question requires to be clarified. There is no subject which is a matter of greater confusion than this subject of Ahimsa.
6. How have the people of Buddhist countries understood and practised Ahimsa?
7. This is an important question which must be taken into account.
8. The monks of Ceylon fought against, and asked the people of Ceylon to fight against, the foreign invaders.
9. On the other hand the monks of Burma refused to fight against the foreign invaders, and asked the Burmese people not to fight.
10. The Burmese people eat eggs but not fish.
11. This is how Ahimsa is understood and followed.
12. Recently the German Buddhist Association passed a resolution by which they accepted all the Panch Silas except the first, which deals with Ahimsa.
13. This is the position about the Doctrine of Ahimsa.
§ 2. True Meaning of Ahimsa
1. What does Ahimsa mean?
2. The Buddha has nowhere given any definition of Ahimsa. In fact he has very seldom, if at all, referred to the subject in specific terms.
3. One has, therefore to spell out his intention from circumstantial evidence.
4. The first circumstantial evidence on the point is that the Buddha had no objection to eating meat, if it was offered to him as part of his alms.
5. The monk can eat meat offered to him, provided he was not a party to the killing of it.
6. He resisted the opposition of Devadatta, who insisted that the monks should be prohibited from eating meat given to them by way of alms.
7. The next piece of evidence on the point is that he was only opposed to the killing of animals in yajna (sacrifice). This he has himself said.
8. Ahimsa Permo Dharma is an extreme Doctrine. It is a Jain Doctrine. It is not a Buddhist Doctrine.
9. There is another piece of evidence which is more direct than circumstantial, which almost amounts to a definition of Ahimsa. He has said: “Love all, so that you may not wish to kill any.” This is a positive way of stating the principle of Ahimsa.
10. From this it appears that the doctrine of Ahimsa does not say “Kill not.” It says, “Love all.”
11. In the light of these statements, it is quite easy to have a clear understanding of what the Buddha meant by Ahimsa.
12. It is quite clear that Buddha meant to make a distinction between will to kill and need to kill.
13. He did not ban killing where there was need to kill.
14. What he banned was killing where there was nothing but the will to kill.
15. So understood, there is no confusion in the Buddhist doctrine of Ahimsa.
16. It is a perfectly sound or moral doctrine which everyone must respect.
17. No doubt he leaves it to every individual to decide whether the need to kill is there. But with whom else could it be left? Man has Pradnya, and he must use it.
18. A moral man may be trusted to draw the line at the right point.
19. Brahminism has in it the will to kill.
20. Jainism has in it the will never to kill.
21. The Buddha’s Ahimsa is quite in keeping with his middle path.
22. To put it differently, the Buddha made a distinction between Principle and Rule. He did not make Ahimsa a matter of Rule. He enunciated it as a matter of Principle or way of life.
23. In this he no doubt acted very wisely.
24. A principle leaves you freedom to act. A rule does not. Rule either breaks you, or you break the rule.
SECTION FOUR–TRANSMIGRATION
1. The Blessed Lord preached that there was rebirth. But the Blessed Lord also preached that there was no transmigration.
2. There were not wanting people who criticised the Lord for preaching what they regarded as two such contradictory doctrines.
3. How can there be rebirth unless there is transmigration? asked the critics.
4. There is here a case of rebirth without transmigration, they said. Can this be?
5. There is no contradiction. There can be rebirth, although there is no transmigration.
6. This has been well explained by Nagasena in his replies to the questions of King Milinda.
7. Milinda, King of Bactria, asked Nagasena, “Did the Buddha believe in Rebirth (Transmigration)?”
8. His reply was “Yes.”
9. “Is this not a contradiction?”
10. Nagasena replied, “No.”
11. “Can there be rebirth without a soul?”
12. Nagasena said, “Of course, yes, there can be.”
13. “Explain how it can be.”
14. The king said, “Where there is no transmigration, Nagasena, can there be rebirth?”
15. “Yes, there can.”
16. “But how can that be? Give me an illustration.”
17. “Suppose a man, O king, were to light a lamp from another lamp–can it be said that the one transmigrates from, or to, the other?”
18. “Certainly not.”
19. “Just so, great king, is rebirth without transmigration.”
20. “Give me a further illustration.”
21. “Do you recollect, great king, having learnt, when you were a boy, some verse or other from your teacher?”
22. “Yes. I recollect that.”
23. “Well then, did that verse transmigrate from your teacher?”
24. “Certainly not.”
25. “Just so, great king, is rebirth without transmigration.”
26. “Very good, Nagasena!”
27. The king said, “Is there such a thing, Nagasena, as the soul?”
28. “In the highest sense, O king, there is no such thing.”
29. “Very good, Nagasena!”
SECTION FIVE–CAUSES OF THIS MISUNDERSTANDING
1. What the Buddha preached was heard by his audience, which largely consisted of the Bhikkus.
2. It is the Bhikkus who reported to the people at large what the Buddha had said on any particular matter.
3. The art of writing had not yet developed. The Bhikkus had therefore to memorise what they had heard. Not every Bhikku cared to memorise what he heard. But there were some that had made it their profession to memorise. They were called Bhanakas.
4. The Buddhist canonical literature is as vast as [an] ocean. To memorise all this was indeed a great feat.
5. In reporting the Buddha, it has often been found that he has been misreported.
6. Many cases of misreporting had been brought to the knowledge of the Buddha while he was alive.
7. Reference may be made by way of illustration to five such cases. One is mentioned in the Alagaddupama Sutta and the other in the Maha-Kamma-Vibhanga Sutta, a third in the Kannakatthala Sutta, [a] fourth in the Maha-Tanha-Sankhya Sutta, and[a] fifth in the Jivaka Sutta.
8. There were perhaps many more such cases of misreporting. For we find that even the Bhikkus going [=went] to the Buddha, asking him to tell them what they should do in such contingencies.
9. The cases of misreporting are common with regard to karma and rebirth.
10. These doctrines have also a place in the Brahminic religion; consequently, it was easy for the Bhanakas to incorporate the Brahminic tenets into the Buddhist Religion.
11. One has therefore to be very careful in accepting what is said in the Buddhist canonical literature as being the word of the Buddha.
12. There is, however, one test which is available.
13. If there is anything which could be said with confidence it is: He was nothing if not rational, if not logical. Anything therefore which is rational and logical, other things being equal, may be taken to be the word of the Buddha.
14. The second thing is that the Buddha never cared to enter into a discussion which was not profitable for man’s welfare. Therefore anything attributed to the Buddha which did not relate to man’s welfare cannot be accepted to be the word. of the Buddha.
15. There is a third test. It is that the Buddha divided all matters into two classes: those about which he was certain, and those about which he was not certain. On matters which fell into class I, he has stated his views definitely and conclusively. On matters which fell into class II, he has expressed his views, but they are only tentative views.
16. In discussing the three questions about which there is doubt and difference, it is necessary to bear these tests in mind, before deciding what the view of the Buddha was thereon.
Book Four, Part III—The Buddhist Way of Life
1. *On Good, Evil, and Sin* — 2. *On Craving and Lust* — 3. *On Hurt and Ill-will* — 4. *On Anger and Enmity* — 5. *On Man, Mind, and Impurities* — 6. *On Self and Self-Conquest* — 7. *On Wisdom, Justice, and Good Company* — 8. *On Thoughtfulness and Mindfulness* — 9. *On Vigilance, Earnestness, and Boldness* — 10. *On Sorrow and Happiness; On Charity and Kindness* — 11. *On Hypocrisy* — 12. *On Following the Right Way* — 13. *Mix not True Dhamma with False Dhamma*
§ 1. On Good, Evil, and Sin
1. Do good. Be no party to evil. Commit no sin.
2. This is the Buddhist way of life.
3. If a man should do that which is good, let him do it again and again, let him turn the desires of his heart thereto. Happy is the heaping of good.
4. Think not casually of the good, saying, “it will not come to me.” Drop by drop is the water pot filled. By little added to little does good grow.
5. But well done is that deed which brings one no regrets, the fruit whereof is received with delight and satisfaction.
6. Well done is the deed which, done, brings no regrets, the fruit whereof is received with delight and satisfaction.
7. If a man does what is good, let him do it again; let him delight in it; the accumulation of good is delightful.
8. Even a good man sees evil days, so long as his good deed does not ripen; but when his good deed ripens, then does the good man see good things.
9. Let no man think lightly of good, saying in his heart, “it will not come right unto me.” Even by the falling of water drops a water-pot is filled; the wise man becomes full of good, even if he gathers it little by little.
10. Far surpassing the fragrance of sandal or incense or lotus or jasmine, is the fragrance of virtue.
11. Faint is this fragrance of incense and sandal, but the fragrance of virtue ascends to the highest place.
12. Treat not lightly of evil, saying, “it will not come to me.” Drop by drop is the water pot filled. By little added to little evil accumulates.
13. It is not well to do a deed which, done, brings regrets, the fruit whereof is received with tears and lamentations.
14. If a man speaks or acts evil of mind, suffering follows him, close as the wheel the hoof of the beast that draws the cart.
15. Follow not after things evil. Dwell not in negligence. Cherish not false ideas.
16. Hasten towards the excellent, suppress all evil thoughts. Whoso is backward in doing good, his mind delights in evil.
17. It is not well to do that deed which, done, brings regrets, the fruit whereof is received with tears and lamentations.
18. Even an evil-doer sees happiness, so long as his evil deed does not ripen; but when his evil deed ripens, then does the evil-doer see evil.
19. Let no man think lightly of evil, saying in his heart, “it will not come right unto me.” Even by the filling of water drops a water-pot is filled; the fool becomes full of evil, even if he gathers it little by little.
20. A man should hasten towards the good, and should keep his thought away from evil; if a man does what is good slothfully, his mind delights in evil.
21. If a man commits a sin, let him not do it again, let him not delight in sin; the accumulation of evil is painful.
22. Follow the law of virtue; do not follow that of sin. The virtuous rests in bliss in this world.
23. From lust is born sorrow, from lust is born fear. To him who is wholly free from lust, there is neither sorrow nor fear.
24. Hunger is the worst of diseases (component), existence the worst of distress. This knowing, in accordance with truth and fact, Nibbana becomes the highest happiness.
25. The evil done by oneself, self-begotten, self-bred, crushes the doer, as a diamond breaks even a precious stone.
26. He whose wickedness is very great brings himself down to that state where his enemy wishes him to be, as a creeper does with the tree which it surrounds.
27. Bad deeds, and deeds hurtful to ourselves, are easy to do; difficult to do, what is beneficial and good.

youtube.com
ANNIHILATION OF CASTE PART 2

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
2. On Craving and Lust
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:19 am

§ 2. On Craving and Lust
1. Do not be possessed by Craving, nor by Lust.
2. This is the Buddhist way of life.
3. Not in a rain of riches is satisfaction of desire to be found. “Unsatisfying, grievous are desires”–so the wise man well knows.
4. Even in the pleasures of the heaven-worlds he takes no delight; his delight is in the ending of craving; he is the disciple of the Supremely Awakened One, the Buddha.
5. From craving is born sorrow, from craving is born fear. To him who is wholly free from craving, there is neither sorrow nor fear.
6. From craving is born sorrow, from craving is born fear. To him who is wholly free from craving, there is neither sorrow nor fear.
7. He who gives himself to vanity, forgetting (the real aim of life) and grasping at pleasure, will in time envy him who has exerted himself in meditation.
8. Let no man have attachment to anything; loss of it gives pain. Those who love nothing, and hate nothing, have no fetters.
9. From pleasure comes grief, from pleasure comes fear; he who is free from pleasure knows neither grief nor fear.
10. From attachment comes grief, from attachment comes fear; he who is free from attachment knows neither grief nor fear.
11. From lust comes grief, from lust comes fear; he who is free from lust knows neither grief nor fear.
12. From greed comes grief, from greed comes fear; he who is free from greed knows neither grief nor fear.
13. He who possesses virtue and intelligence, who is just, speaks the truth, and does what is his own business–him the world will hold dear.
14. Kinsmen, friends, and lovers salute a man who has been long away, and returns safe from afar.
15. In like manner his good works receive him who has done good, and has gone from this world, as kinsmen receive a friend on his return.
§ 3. On Hurt and Ill-will
1. Cause no hurt; cherish no ill-will.
2. This is the Buddhist Way of Life.
3. Is there in all the world a man so blameless that he gives no occasion for reproach, as a spirited horse gives no occasion for the stroke of the lash?
4. By confidence, by virtue, by energy, by meditation, by investigation into the Truth, by perfection in knowledge and conduct, by recollectedness, leave ye this great suffering behind.
5. The most excellent of ascetic practices is the practice of forbearance, of long sufferin ; most excellent of all is Nibbana”–so says the Buddha. He is no ascetic who does hurt to others; he is no disciple who works another’s woe.
6. To speak no ill, to do no harm, to practise restraint in conformity with the discipline, this is the counsel of the Buddha.
7. Kill [not], nor cause slaughter.
8. He who, seeking his own happiness, does not punish or kill beings who also long for happiness, will find happiness.
9. If, like a shattered, metal plate (gong), thou utter nothing, then thou has reached Nibbana; anger is not known to thee.
10. He who inflicts pain on [an] innocent and harmless person, will soon come to grief.
11. He who, dressed in fine apparel of tranquillity, is quiet, subdued, restrained, chaste, and has ceased to find fault with all other beings, he indeed is an ascetic (Samana), a friar (Bhikku).
12. Is there in this world any man so restrained by shame that he does not provoke reproof, as a noble horse the whip?
13. If a man offend a harmless, pure, and innocent person, the evil falls back upon that fool, like light dust thrown up against the wind.
§4. On Anger and Enmity
1. Cherish no anger. Forget your enmities. Win your enemies by love.
2. This is the Buddhist Way of Life..
3. The fire of anger should be stilled.
4. One who harbours the thought: “He reviled me, maltreated me, overpowered me, robbed me”–in him anger is never stilled.
5. He who harbours not such a thought, in him anger is stilled.
6. Enemy works evil to enemy, hater to hater, but whose is the evil?
7. Let a man overcome anger by love; let him overcome evil by good; let him overcome the greedy by liberality, the liar by truth.
8. Speak the truth, do not yield to anger; give, if thou art asked for little.
9. Let a man leave anger, let him forsake pride, let him overcome all bondag ; no sufferings befall the man who is not attached to name and form, and who calls nothing his own.
10. He who holds back rising anger like a rolling chariot, him I call a real driver; other people are but holding the reins.
11. Conquest begets enmity; the conquered lie down in distress. The tranquillised lies down in happiness, dismissing alike victory and defeat.
12. There is no fire like lust, no ill-fortune like hatred. There is no misery like the constituents of existence, no happiness higher than the Peace of Nibbana.
13. For hatred does not cease by hatred at any time: hatred ceases by love. This is an old rule.
§ 5. On Man, Mind, and Impurities
1. Man is what his mind makes him.
2. The training of the mind to seek the good, is the first step in the path of Righteousness.
3. This is the main teaching in the Buddhist Way of Life.
4. In everything the primal element is mind. Mind is pre-eminent.
5. If a man speaks or does evil, suffering follows him, close as the wheel of [=to] the hoof of the beast that draws the cart.
6. If a man speaks or acts from uprightness of mind, happiness follows him, close like his never-departing shadow.
7. This fickle, unsteady mind, difficult to guard, difficult to guide–the wise man makes it straight, as the fletcher makes straight the arrow.
8. As quivers and throbs the water-dwelling fish, when thrown up out of the water on to the land, so quivers and throbs the mind forsaking the realm of Mara.
9. Hard to control, unstable is this mind, ever in quest of delight. Good is it to subdue the mind. A mind subdued brings happiness.
10. Make thyself an island, work hard; when thy impurities are blown away, and thou art free from guilt, thou wilt enter into the heavenly world of the elect.
11. Let a wise man blow off the impurities of himself, as a smith blows off the impurities of silver, one by one, little by little, and from time to time.
12. As the impurity which springs from the iron, when it springs from it, destroys it; thus to [=do] a transgressor’s own works, lead him to the evil path.
13. But there is a taint worse than all taints. Ignorance is the greatest taint. O mendicants! throw off that taint, and become taintless.
14. Life is easy to live for a man who is without shame–a crow here, a mischief maker, an insulting, bold, and wretched fellow.
15. But life is hard to live for a modest man, who always looks for what is pure, who is disinterested, quiet, spotless, and intelligent.
16. He who destroys life, who speaks untruth, who in the world takes what is not given him, who goes to another man’s wife.
17. And the man who gives himself to drinking intoxicating liquors–he, even in this world, digs up [=digs] his own grave.
18. O man, know this: that the unrestrained are in a bad state; take care that greediness and vice do not bring thee to grief for a long time.
19. The world gives according to its faith or according to its pleasure; if a man frets about the food and the drink given to others, he will find no rest either by day or by night.
20. He in whom that feeling is destroyed, and taken out with the very root, finds rest by day and by night.
21. There is no fire like passion, there is no torrent like greed.
22. The fault of others is easily perceived, but that of oneself is difficult to perceive; a man winnows his neighbour’s faults like chaff, but his own faults he hides, as a cheat hides the bad dice from the player.
23. If a man looks after [=looks for] the faults of others, and is always inclined to be offended, his own passions will grow, and he is far from the destruction of passions.
24. Refrain from all evil; cultivate the good; cleanse your own thoughts; this is the teaching of the Buddha.
§ 6. On Self and Self-Conquest
1. If one has self, let him practise self-conquest.
2. This is the Buddhist Way of Life.
3. Self is the lord of self– who else could be the lord? With self well subdued, a man finds a lord such as few can find.
4. The foolish man who scorns the rule of the venerable (arahat), of the elect (ariya), of the virtuous, and follows a false doctrine, he bears fruit to his own destruction, like the fruits of the Katthaka reed.
5. By oneself the evil is done, by oneself one suffers; by oneself evil is left undone, by oneself one is purified. The pure and the impure (stand and fall) by themselves, no one can purify another.
6. He who loves looking for pleasures only, his senses uncontrolled, immoderate in his food, idle and weak, will certainly be overthrown by his own overdoing, as the wind throws down a weak tree.
7. He who lives without looking for pleasures, his senses well controlled, moderate in his food, faithful and strong, he will not be overthrown any more than the wind throws down a rocky mountain.
8. If to himself a man is dear, let him keep close watch upon himself.
9. First establish thyself in the right; then thou mayest counsel others. Let not the wise man give occasion for reproach.
10. Oneself, they say, is hard to control. If one shapes oneself according as one counsels others, thus well controlled, one will have control over others.
11. A man pays in himself for the evil he has done, and in himself is purified. The good and evil are purified severally, no one purifies another.
12. Though one should conquer in battle thousands and thousands of men, who shall conquer himself, he is the greatest of warriors.
13. First establish thyself in the right, then thou mayest counsel others. Let not the wise man give occasion for reproach.
14. If one shapes oneself according as one counsels others, thus well controlled, one will have control over others. Oneself, they say, is hard to control.
15. Verily oneself is the guardian of oneself. What other guardian should there be? Guarded by oneself, one gets a guardian the like of which is not likely gotten.
16. If to himself a man is dear, let him keep close watch upon himself.
17. A man pays in himself for the evil he has done, and in himself is purified. The good and evil are purified severally, no one purifies another.
18. Verily oneself is the guardian of oneself; what other guardian should there be? Guarded by oneself, one gets a guardian the like of which is not easily gotten.
§ 7. On Wisdom, Justice, and Good Company
1. Be wise, be just, and choose good company.
2. This is the Buddhist Way of Life.
3. If you see a man who shows you what is to be avoided, who administers reproofs and is intelligent, follow that wise man as you would one who tells of hidden treasures; it will be better, not worse, for him who follows him.
4. Let him admonish, let him teach, let him forbid what is improper–he will be beloved of the good, by the bad he will be hated.
5. Do not have evil-doers for friends, do not have low people for friends; have virtuous people for friends, have for friends the best of men.
6. He who drinks in the Dhamma lives happily with a serene mind; the sage rejoices always in the Dhamma as preached by the elect.
7. Well-makers lead the water (wherever they like); fletchers bend the arro ; carpenters bend a log of wood; wise people fashion themselves.
8. As a solid rock is not shaken by the wind, the wise people falter not amidst blame and praise.
9. Wise people, after they have listened to the Dhamma, become serene, like a deep, smooth, and still lake.
10. Good men indeed walk (warily) under all circumstances; good men speak not out of a desire for sensual gratification; whether touched by happiness or sorrow, wise people never appear elated or depressed.
11. It is sweet as honey, so thinks the fool, while as yet the evil has not ripened. But when the evil ripens, the fool comes to grief.
12. A fool does not know when he commits his evil deeds; but a wicked man burns by his own deeds, as if burnt by fire.
13. Long is the night to him who is awak ; long is a mile to him who is tired; long is life to the foolish who do not know the true Dhamma.
14. If a traveller does not meet with one who is his better, or his equal, let him firmly keep to his solitary journey; there is no companionship with a fool.
15. “These sons belong to me, and this wealth belongs to me”– with such thoughts a fool is tormented. He himself does not belong to himself; how much less sons and wealth?
16. The fool who knows his foolishness, is wise at least so far. But a fool who thinks himself wise, he is called a fool indeed.
17. If a fool be associated with a wise man even all his life, he will perceive the truth as little as a spoon perceives the taste of soup.
18. If an intelligent man be associated for one minute only with a wise man, he will soon perceive the truth, as the tongue perceives the taste of soup.
19. Fools of poor understanding have themselves for their greatest enemies, for they do evil deeds which bear bitter fruits.
20. That deed is not well done of which a man must repent, and the reward of which he receives crying and with a tearful face.
21. Know, that deed is well done of which a man does not repent, and the reward of which he receives gladly and cheerfully.
22. As long as the evil deed done does not bear fruit, the fool thinks it is like honey; but when it ripens, then the fool suffers grief.
23. And when the evil deed, after it has become known, turns to sorrow for the fool, then it destroys his bright lot; nay, it cleaves his head.
24. Let the fool wish for a false reputation, for precedence among the Bhikkus, for lordships in the convents, for worship among other people.
25. A man is not an elder because his head is grey; his age may be ripe, but he is called “old-and-vain.”
26. He in whom there is truth, virtue, pity, restraint, moderation, he who is free from impurity and is wise, he is called an elder.
27. An envious, stingy, dishonest man does not become respectable by means of much talking only, or by the beauty of his complexion.
28. He in whom all this is destroyed, and taken out with the very root; he when freed from hatred, and wise, is called respectable.
29. A man is not just if he carries a matter by violence; no, he who distinguishes both right and wrong, who is learned and guides others, not by violence, but by the same Dhamma, being a guardian of the Dhamma and intelligent, he is called just.
30. A man is not learned simply because he talks muc ; he who is patient, free from hatred and fear, is called learned.
31. A man is not a supporter of the Dhamma because he talks much; even if a man has learnt little, but sees the Dhamma bodily, he is supporter of the Dhamma, a man who never neglects the Dhamma.
32. If a man find a prudent companion who walks with him, is wise, and lives soberly, he may walk with him, overcoming all dangers, happy, but considerate.
33. If a man finds no prudent companion to walk with him, is wise, and lives soberly, let him walk alone, like a king who has left his conquered country behind, like an elephant in the forest.
34. It is better to live alone, there is no companionship with a fool ; let a man walk alone, let him commit no sin, with few wishes, like an elephant in the forest.
35. If the occasion arises, friends are pleasant; enjoyment is pleasant, whatever be the cause; a good work is pleasant, whatever be the cause; a good work is pleasant in the hour of death; the giving up of all grief is pleasant.
36. Pleasant in the world is the state of a mother, pleasant the state of a father, pleasant the state of a Samana.
37. Pleasant is virtue lasting to old age, pleasant is a faith firmly rooted; pleasant is attainment of intelligence, pleasant is avoiding of sins.
38. He who walks in the company of fools suffers a long way; company with fools, as with an enemy, is always painful; company with the wise is pleasure, like meeting with kinsfolk.
39. Therefore, one ought to follow the wise, the intelligent, the learned, the much-enduring, the dutiful, the elect; one ought to follow such a good and wise man, as the moon follows the path of the stars.
40. Follow not after vanity, nor after the enjoyment of love and lust. He who is earnest obtains ample joy.
41. When the learned man drives away vanity by earnestness, he, the wise, climbing the terraced heights of wisdom, looks down upon the fools,;free from sorrow he looks upon the sorrowing crowd, as one that stands on a mountain looks down upon them that stand upon the plain
42. Earnest among the thoughtless, awake among the sleepers, the wise man advances like a richer [=racer?], leaving behind the hack.
§ 8. On Thoughtfulness and Mindfulness
1. In everything be thoughtful; in everything be mindful; in all things be earnest and bold.
2. This is the Buddhist Way of Life.
3. All that we are is the result of what we have thought; it is founded on our thoughts, it is made up of your thoughts. If a man speaks or acts with an evil thought, pain follows him. If a man speaks or acts with a pure thought, happiness follows him. Therefore pure thoughts are important.
4. Be not thoughtless, watch your thought! Draw yourself out of the evil way, like an elephant sunk in mud.
5. Let the wise man guard his thoughts, for they are difficult to perceive, very artful, and they rush whenever they list; thoughts well-guarded bring happiness.
6. As rain breaks through an ill-thatched house, passion will break through an unreflecting mind.
7. As rain does not break through a well-thatched house, passion will not break through a well-reflecting mind.
8. This mind of mine went formerly wandering about as it liked, as it listed, as it pleased; but I shall now hold it in thoroughly, as the Elder who holds the hook holds the furious elephant.
9. It is good to tame the mind, which is difficult to hold in and tightly, rushing wherever it listeth; a tamed mind brings happiness.
10. Those who bridle their mind which travels far, will be free from the bonds of temptation.
11. If a man’s faith is unsteady, if he does not know the true Dhamma, if his peace of mind is troubled, his knowledge will never be perfect.
12. Whatever a hater may do to a hater, or an enemy to an enemy, a wrongly directed mind will do him greater mischief.
13. Not a mother, not a father will do so much, nor any other relatives. as a well directed mind will do [for] us.
§9. On Vigilance, Earnestness, and Boldness
1. When, vigilant, the wise man puts from him negligence, ascending the tower of wisdom he looks down, free from sorrow, upon the sorrow-laden race of mankind. As from a mountain top, the wise man looks upon the fools in the valley.
2. Vigilant among the negligent, awake among those asleep, as a fleet courser leaves behind a sorry nag, so go the wise.
3. Give not yourselves unto negligence. Have naught to do with the lust of the flesh. The vigilant is given to meditation.
4. Earnestness leads to where death is not; heedlessness is the way to death. Those who continue in earnestness do not die, but the heedless are as if already dead.
5. Fall not away from your purpose for the sake of another, however great this latter may be. When once you have seen your goal, hold it firm and fast.
6. Be watchful! Have done with indolence! Travel the True Path! Whoso walks thereon, happy he lives in the world.
7. Idleness is a disgrace; constant sloth is defilement. By strenuous striving and with the help of insight, you should pull out the poisoned arrow of indolence.
8. Give not yourselves unto negligence. Have not to do with the lust of the flesh. The vigilant, the given to meditation–these attain an overflowing happiness.
9. If an earnest person has roused himself, if he is not forgetful, if his deeds are pure, if he acts with consideration, if he restrains himself and lives according to Dhamma, his glory will increase.
§ 10. On Sorrow and Happiness; On Charity and Kindness
1. Poverty gives rise to sorrow.
2. But removal of poverty does not necessarily give rise to happiness.
3. Not [a] high standard of living, but a high standard of culture, is what gives happiness.
4. This is the Buddhist Way of Life.
5. Hunger is the worst of diseases.
6. Health is the greatest of gifts, contentedness the best riches; trust is the best of relationships, Nibbana the highest happiness.
7. We must learn to live happily indeed, not hating those who hate us !
8. We must learn to live happily indeed, free from ailments among the ailing men.
9. We must learn to live happily indeed, free from greed among the greedy.
10. Mankind is ruined by passion, just as fields are damaged by weeds. Therefore charity done to the passionless brings great reward.
11. Mankind is damaged by vanity, just as fields are damaged by weeds. Therefore charity done to those who are free from vanity brings great reward.
12. Mankind is ruined by lust, just as fields are damaged by weeds. Therefore charity done to those who are free from lust brings great reward.
13. Charity to Dhamma exceeds all gifts. The sweetness of the Dhamma exceeds the Dhamma. The delight in the Dhamma exceeds all delights.
14. Victory breeds hatred, for the conquered is unhappy. He who has given up both victory and defeat–he, the contented, is happy.
15. There is no fire like passion; there is no losing throw like hatred; there is no pain like this body; there is no happiness higher than the rest.
16. Fix not your gaze upon the ill-words and ill-deeds of others, upon what others do or leave undone. Look rather at what [you] by yourself have done or left undone.
17. Hard always is life for the modest, the seeker after purity, the detached, the retiring, the cleanly of life, the discerning.
18. Is there in the world a man so blameless that he gives no occasion for reproach, as a spirited horse gives no occasion for the stroke of the lash? Like a spirited horse that needs not the lash, be fiery, be fleet.
19. Do not speak harshly to anybody: those who are spoken to will answer thee in the same way. Angry speech is painful, blows for blows will touch thee.
20. Liberty, courtesy, good-will and unselfishness–these are to the world what the linch-pin [is] to the chariot.
21. This is the Buddhist Way of Life.
§ 11. On Hypocrisy
1. Let not anyone speak falsely. Let not anyone lead another to speak falsely, nor yet approve of the action of one who speaks falsely. Let every kind of lying and false speech be put away from among you.
2. As the Perfect One speaks, so He acts. As the Perfect One acts, so He speaks. And because He speaks as He Acts and acts as He speaks, therefore is He called the Perfect One.
3. This is the Buddhist Way of Life.
§ 12. On Following the Right Way
1. Choose the Right Way. Depart not from it.
2. There are many paths; not all lead to the Right Way.
3. The Right Path is for the happiness not of the few but of all.
4. It must be good at the beginning, good in the middle, and good at the end.
5. To follow the right way is to lead the Buddhist Way of Life.
6. The best way is the eightfold way; the best of truths the four words; the best of virtues passionlessness; the best of men he who has eyes to see.
7. This is the way, there is no other that leads to the purifying of intelligence. Go on this path.
8. If you go on this way, you will make an end of pain! The way was preached by me, when I had understood the removal of the thorns (in the flesh).
9. You yourself must make an effort. The Tathagatas are only preachers.
10. “All created things perish”; he who knows and sees this becomes passive in pain.
11. “All forms are unreal”; he who knows and sees this becomes passive in pain.
12. He who does not rouse himself when it is time to rise; who, though young and strong, is full of sloth; whose will and thought are weak; that lazy and idle man never finds the way to knowledge.
13. Watching his speech, well restrained in mind, let a man never commit any wrong with his body ! Let a man but keep these three roads of action clear, and he will achieve the way which is taught by the wise.
14. Through real knowledge is gotten, through lack of real knowledge is lost; let a man who knows this double path of gain and loss thus place himself that knowledge may grow.
15. Cut out the love of self, like an autumn lotus, with thy hand! Cherish the road of peace. Nirvana has been shown by the Sugata.
16. Do not follow the evil law! Do not live on in thoughtlessness! Do not follow false doctrine!
17. Rouse thyself! Do not be idle! Follow the law of virtue! The virtuous rests in bliss in this world.
18. He who formerly was reckless, and afterwards became sober, brightens up this world, like the moon when freed from clouds.
19. He whose evil deeds are covered by good deeds, brightens up this world, like the moon when freed from clouds.
20. If a man has transgressed the one law, and speaks lies, there is no evil he will not do.
21. Those who are ever watchful, who study day and night, and who strive after Nirvana, their passions will come to an end.
22. This is an old saying: “They blame him who sits silent, they blame him who speaks much, they also blame him who says little”; there is no one on earth who is not blamed.
23. There never was, there never will be, nor is there now, a man who is always blamed, or a man who is always praised.
24. Beware of the anger of the tongue, and control thy tongue. Leave the sins of the mind, and practise virtue with thy mind.
25. Earnestness is the path of Nirvana, thoughtlessness the path of death. Those who are in earnest do not die, those who are thoughtless are as if dead already.
§ 13. Mix not True Dhamma with False Dhamma
1. Those who mistake false for true and true for false, there abides wrong-mindedness–they arrive not at the truth.
2. Those who know true as true and false as false, there abides right-mindedness–these arrive at the truth.
3. As rain gets into an ill-thatched house, so craving gets into an ill-trained mind.
4. As rain gets not into a well-thatched house, so craving gets not into a well-trained mind.
5. Arise! Be not negligent! Walk the Good Way of the Teaching! Who walks in the way of the teaching, happy is he in this and in all worlds.
6. Walk the Good Way of the teaching; walk not in ways that are evil. Who walks in the way of the teaching, happy he lives in this and in all worlds.
Book Four, Part IV—His Sermons
SECTION ONE–SERMONS FOR HOUSEHOLDERS
1. *The Happy Householder* — 2. *[A] Daughter may be better than a Son* — 3. *Husband and Wife*
SECTION TWO–SERMONS ON THE NEED FOR MAINTAINING CHARACTER
1. *What Constitutes the Downfall of Man* — 2. *The Wicked Man* — 3. *The Best Man* — 4. *The Enlightened Man* — 5. *Man—Just and Good* — 6. *Need for Doing Good Deeds* — 7. *Need for Making Good Resolutions*
SECTION THREE–SERMONS ON RIGHTEOUSNESS
1. *What is Righteousness?* — 2. *Need for Righteousness* — 3. *Righteousness and the Claims of the World* — 4. *How to Reach Perfection in Righteous Conduct* — 5. *One Need Not Wait for a Companion to Tread on the Path of Righteousness*
SECTION FOUR–SERMONS ON NIBBANA
1. *What is Nibbana?* — 2. *The Roots of Nibbana*
SECTION FIVE–SERMONS ON DHAMMA
1. *Why Right Views Rank First* — 2. *Why Bother About Life After Death?* — 3. *Prayers and Invocations to God are a Futility* — 4. *It is Not What You Eat that Makes You Holy* — 5. *Not Food but Evil Actions that Matter* — 6. *Not Enough is Outward Washing* — 7. *What is Holy Life?*
SECTION SIX–SERMONS ON SOCIO-POLITICAL QUESTIONS
1. *Do not Depend on the Favour of Princes* — 2. *If the King is Righteous, his Subjects will be Righteous* — 3. *It is the Social System on which Depends Political and Military Strength* — 4. *War is Wrong* — 5. *The Duties of a Victor, Who has Won Peace*
SECTION ONE–SERMONS FOR HOUSEHOLDERS
§ 1. The Happy Householder
1. Once Anathapindika came to where the Exalted One was, made obeisance to the Exalted One, and took a seat at one side.
2. Anathapindika was anxious to know wherein lay the happiness of a householder.
3. Accordingly Anathapindika asked the Lord to explain to him the secret of the householder’s happiness.
4. The Lord said, first is the happiness of possession. A householder is possessed of wealth, justly and righteously acquired by great industry, amassed by strength of the arm, and earned by sweat (of the brow). At the thought “I am possessed of wealth justly gained” he gains happiness.
5. Second is the happiness of enjoyment. A householder is possessed of wealth justly and righteously acquired by great industry amassed by strength of the arm, and earned by sweat (of the brow), enjoys his wealth, and performs acts of merit. Thus at the thought “I am doing meritorious deeds with my wealth which was justly gained” and so forth, he gains happiness.
6. Third is the happiness of freedom from debt. A householder owes no one any debt great or small, thus he gains happiness; thus he at the thought of “I owe no man anything” and so forth, gains happiness.
7. Fourth is the happiness of blamelessness. A householder who is endowed with blameless action of body, blameless speech, and blameless thinking, gains happiness of blamelessness.
8. Verily, Anathapindika, these four kinds of happiness are constantly obtainable by the householder, if he strives for them.
§ 2. [A] Daughter may be better than a Son
1. When the Exalted One was once at Shravasti, the king of the Kosalas, Pasendi, had come to visit him.
2. While the king was engaged in a conversation with the Blessed Lord, a messenger from the Palace arrived and, approaching the king, announced to his private ear that Queen Mallika had given birth to a daughter.
3. The king appeared very sad and depressed. The Blessed Lord asked the king the reason of his sadness.
4. The king replied that he had just received the sad news that Queen Mallika had given birth to a daughter.
5. Thereupon the Exalted One, discerning the matter said: “A woman child, O lord of men, may prove even a better offspring than a male. For she may grow up wise and virtuous, her husband’s mother reverencing true wife, a daughter.
6. The boy that she may bear may do great deeds and rule great realms; yea, such a son of a noble wife becomes his country’s guide.”
§ 3. Husband and Wife
1. At one time, the Exalted One had entered the high road between Madhura and Neranja. Also many householders and their wives had joined the high road between Madhura and Neranja.
2. Then the Exalted One, having left the road, took a seat under a certain tree, and these householders and their wives saw the Exalted One seated under it.
3. So seeing, they came to where the Exalted One was. Having come, they made obeisance to the Exalted One and sat at one side, and asked the Blessed One the right relations between the husband and wife. To the householders and their wives so seated, the Exalted One spake thus:
4. “Householders, there are four ways for a husband and wife, of living together. A vile man lives with a vile woman, a vile man lives with a goddess, a god lives with a vile woman and a god lives with a goddess.
5. “Householders! A husband kills, steals, commits impurity, lies and indulges in fermented liquor; is wicked and sinful; with his heart possessed by avarice he lives the life of a householder, and abuses and reviles virtuous people. Also his wife kills, steals, commits impurity, lies, and indulges in fermented liquor; is wicked and sinful; with her heart possessed by avarice, she lives the life of the family, and abuses and reviles virtuous people. Thus indeed, householders, a vile man lives with a vile woman.
6. “Householders! A husband kills, steals, commits impurity, lies and indulges in fermented liquor; is wicked and sinful; with his heart possessed by avarice, he lives the life of a householder, and abuses and reviles virtuous people. But his wife abstains from killing, thieving, sexual impurity, lying, and indulgence in fermented liquor. His wife is virtuous and of good behaviour; with her heart freed from the taint of avarice she lives the family life, and abuses not, nor reviles, virtuous people. Thus indeed, house-holders, a vile man lives with a goddess.
7. “Householders! A husband abstains from killing, thieving, impurity, lying and indulgence in fermented liquor; is virtuous and of good behaviour; with his mind freed from the stains of avarice, he lives the family life and abuses not, nor reviles, virtuous people. But his wife kills, steals, commits impurity, lies and indulges in fermented liquor, is wicked and sinful; with her heart possessed by avarice she lives the family life, and abuses and reviles virtuous people. Thus indeed, householders, a god lives with a vile woman.
8. “Householders! Herein, a husband and a wife both abstain from killing, thieving, impurity, lying, and indulgence in fermented liquor; are virtuous and of good behaviour; with mind freed from taints of avarice they live the family life and abuse not, nor revile, virtuous people. Thus indeed, householders, a god lives with a goddess.
9. “These, householders, are the four ways of living together.”
SECTION TWO–SERMONS ON THE NEED FOR MAINTAINING CHARACTER
§ 1. What Constitutes the Downfall of Man
1. On one occasion, the Blessed One was dwelling in the monastery of Anathapindika, in the Jeta Grove, near Shravasti.
2. Now when the night was far spent, a certain Deva, whose splendour illuminated the whole Jeta Grove, came to the presence of the Blessed One and, drawing near, respectfully saluted him and stood at one side. Standing thus, he addressed the Blessed One in verse:
3. “Having come to interrogate the Blessed One, I ask thee, O Gautama, about the falling man. Pray, tell me the cause of one’s downfall.” The Blessed One consented to explain the causes of man’s downfall.
4. “Easily known is the progressive one, easily known is the declining one. A lover of the Dhamma is the progressive one, a hater of the Dhamma is the declining one.
5. “The vicious are dear to him, in the virtuous he finds nothing pleasing; he favours the creeds of the vicious–this is the second cause of one’s downfall.
6. “The man who is drowsy, fond of society, not industrious, indolent, and who manifests anger–this is the third cause of one’s downfall.
7. “Whosoever, being rich, does. not support his aged mother and father, who have passed their youth–this is the fourth cause of one’s downfall.
8. “He who, by falsehood, deceives a Brahmana or an ascetic or any other medicant–this is the fifth cause of one’s downfall.
9. “The man who owns much property, who has gold and food, but alone enjoys his delicacies–this is the sixth cause of one’s downfall.
10. “The man who prides [=takes pride] in birth or wealth or clan, and despises his own kinsmen–this is the seventh cause of one’s downfall.
11. “The man who is a debauchee, [a] drunkard, a gambler, who squanders whatever he possesses–this is the eighth cause of one’s downfall.
12. “Not contented with one’s own wives, if one is seen amongst courtesans and the wives of others–this is the ninth cause of one’s downfall.
13. “He who places in authority an intemperate spend-thrift woman, or a man of similar nature–this is the eleventh cause of one’s downfall.
14. “He who, of slender means but vast ambition, of warrior birth, aspires to sovereignty–this is the twelfth cause of one’s downfall.
15. “Know these causes of downfall, ye noble Deva, and if ye succeed in overcoming them ye will be saved.”
§2. The Wicked Man
1. The Blessed Lord, while he was on [a] journey, gave, as was his usual practice, the following discourse to the Bhikkhus who were accompanying him.
2. Addressing the Bhikkhus, the Lord said: “Do you know how to recognise a wicked man?” “No, Lord,” replied the Bhikkhus.
3. “I will tell you the characteristics of a wicked man.
4. “There is a man who shows up the faults of another even when unasked, not to say [=not to speak of] when asked. Being indeed asked and plied with questions, he speaks ill of another without suppressing or concealing, but with full details. Brethren, such a man is a wicked man.
5. “There is a man who, being asked, does not point out the good qualities of another, not to say [=not to speak of] when unasked. Being indeed asked and plied with questions, he speaks well of another.
6. “There is a man who, being asked, does not disclose his own bad qualities, not to say [=not to speak of] when unasked. Being indeed asked and plied with questions, he points out his own bad qualities, but suppresses and conceals them and does not give full details. Brethren, such a man is a wicked man.
7. “Then again, brethren, there is a man who, even unasked, discloses his good qualities, not to say [=not to speak of] when asked. Brethren, being asked and plied with questions, be points out his own good qualities without suppressing or concealing them and giving full details. Brethren, such a man is a wicked man.”
§ 3. The Best Man
1. The Blessed One, while he was on journey, gave, as was his practice, the following discourse to the Bhikkhus who were accompanying him:
2. Addressing the Bhikkhus, the Lord said: “There are four classes of persons, brethren, to be found in the world.
3. “He who has not striven for his own welfare, nor that of others; he who has striven for others’ welfare, but not his own; he who has striven for his own welfare, but not others’; he who has striven for both his own welfare, and that of others.
4. “One who has striven neither for his own welfare nor for that of others is like a torch from a funeral pyre, lit at both ends, and in the middle smeared with dung. He kindles no fuel either in village or in forest. He is useless to the world. And he is useless to himself.
5. “One who has striven for the welfare of others at the cost of his own, is both excellent and eminent of the two.
6. “Then again, brethren, in the case of the person who has striven both for his own welfare and for that of others–of these four persons this is best and chief, topmost and highest and supreme.”
§ 4. The Enlightened Man
1. At one time, the Exalted One had reached the high road between (the two towns of) Ukkattha and Setabbya. Then the Brahmin named Dona had also reached the high road between Ukkattha and Setabbya.
2. Just then the Exalted One left the road and sat down at the foot of a tree, cross-legged. Then Dona the Brahman, following the footsteps of the Exalted One, saw him seated at the foot of that tree, resplendent and of a comely ppearance, with sense controlled, with mind appeased, supremely tamed, restrained and powerful. So seeing, he approached where the Exalted One was.
3. Having come he said thus to him:
“Is not the Venerable One a Deva?”
“Brahman, I am indeed not a Deva.”
“Is not the Venerable One then a Gandhabba?”
“Brahman, I am indeed not a Gandhabba.”
“Is not the Venerable One then a Yakkha?”
“Brahman, I am indeed not a Yakkha.”
“Is not the Venerable One then a man?”
“Brahman, I am indeed not a man.”
4. Having heard the Blessed One reply thus, the Brahman Dona said:
“When thou art asked: Are ye a Deva? Thou sayest: No.
When Thou art questioned: Are ye a Gandhabba? Thou sayest: No.
When Thou art asked: Are ye a Yakkha? Thou sayest: No.
When Thou art questioned: Are ye then a man? Thou sayest: No.
Who then can the Venerable One be?”
5. “Brahman, verily I was a Deva, a Gandhabba, Yakkha, a man, so long as I had not purged myself of the intoxicants. These very intoxicants have I now given up–with roots cut out like unto a palm-tree with its base destroyed and rendered unable to sprout again–so that in future they do not come into existence.
6. “Just as a lotus or a water-lily born of the water, grown in the water, risen out of the water, stands unstained by the water, even so, Brahman, being born of the world, grown in the world, having overcome the world, I abide unstained by the world.
7. “Therefore, 0 Brahman, consider me as the Enlightened One.”
§5. Man—Just and Good
1. Addressing the Brethren, the Lord said, “There are four classes of persons whom you must learn to distinguish, if you wish to ascertain who are good and just.
2. “Brethren, there is a class of persons who strive for their own welfare, but not that of others.
3. “Brethren, herein a certain person practises the extirpation of lust in himself, but does not urge the extirpation of lust in others; practises the extirpation of ill-will in himself, but does not urge the extirpation of ill-will in others; and also practises the extirpation of ignorance in himself, but does not urge the extirpation of ignorance in others.
4. “Indeed, Brethren, this is the person who pursues his own welfare, but not the welfare of others.
5. “Brethren, there is a class of persons who have striven for others’ welfare, but not their own.
6. “Brethren, herein a certain person does not practise the extirpation of lust, ill-will, and ignorance in himself, but urges the extirpation of lust, ill-will, and ignorance in others.
7. “Indeed, Brethren, this is the person who has. striven for others’ welfare, but not his own.
8. “Brethren, there is a class of persons who strive not, neither for their own welfare nor that of others.
9. “Brethren, herein a certain person practises not the extirpation of lust, ill-will, and ignorance in himself, nor urges the extirpation of lust, ill-will, and ignorance in others.
10. “Brethren, this is the person that has not striven for his own welfare nor that of others.
11. “Brethren, there is a class of persons who strive for their own welfare as well as that of others.
12. “Brethren, herein a certain person both practises the extirpation of lust, ill-will, and ignorance in himself, and also urges the extirpation of lust, ill-will, and ignorance in others.
13. “Brethren, this is the person who has striven for his own welfare as well as that of others.
14. “This last person is to be deemed just and good.”
§ 6. Need for Doing Good Deeds
1. On one occasion, thus spake the Exalted One to the Brethren.
2. “Be not afraid of good works, brethren. It is another name for happiness, for what is desired, beloved, dear, and delightful, this word ‘good works’. I myself, brethren, can bear witness to having reaped for many a long day the profit of good works, a thing desired, beloved, dear, and delightful.
3. “I often ask ‘Of what deeds is all this the fruit? Of what deed is it the ripening, in that I am now thus happy and contented?’
4. “The answer that comes to me is: ‘Of three deeds this is the fruit. Of three deeds this is the ripening, the deeds of Charity, Self-taming, and Self-control.’
5. “Auspicious, festive, happy, blessed dawn! Fair day, glad time is that when alms are given to worthy ones; when goodly acts, words, thoughts, right aspirations, bring auspicious gain to those that practise them.
6. “Happy are they that win such gain, and prosperous in the way! So be ye also prosperous in the way, free from disease and happy with your kin.”
§ 7. Need for Making Good Resolutions
1. Once when he was at Shravasti in Jeta’s Grove, the Exalted One said to the Brethren:
2. “Brethren, there is a great need of good resolutions to be made and observed for a pure and happy life.
3. “I will tell you what your resolutions should be.
4. “Resolve that, ‘all my life long may I support my parents. May I respect the head of my clan. May I be of gentle speech. May I speak evil of none. Clearing my heart of the stain of selfishness, may I dwell at home generous, pure-handed, delighting in giving up, may I be a proper man to ask a boon of, delighting in sharing gifts with others.
5. “‘All my life long, may I be angerless, and, if anger arise, may I quickly check it.”
6. Such are the seven resolutions, Brethren, by undertaking and performing which you will attain the state of happiness and purity.
SECTION THREE–SERMONS ON RIGHTEOUSNESS
§1 What is Righteousness
1. Once when the Lord was on an alms-pilgrimage in Kosala, with a great train of almsmen, he came to a Brahmin village of the Kosalans named Sala.
2. It came to the ears of the Brahmin heads of families in Sala that the Blessed Lord had come to their village in the course of an alms-pilgrimage in Kosala.
3. They felt it was good to go and visit him. So the Brahmins of Sala went to the Lord and, after exchanging civil greetings, took their seats on one side.
4. They asked the Blessed One if he would explain to them what he meant by righteousness.
5. So to the attentive Brahmins the Lord said: “There are three forms of unrighteousness and wickedness for the body; four for speech; and three for thoughts.
6. “As regards bodily unrighteousness, a man (i) may take life, as a hunter with hands bathed in blood, given to killing and slaying, merciless to living creatures; or (ii) may take what is not his, by appropriating to himself in thievish fashion the belongings of other people in village and jungle; or (iii) may be a fornicator, having intercourse with girls under the charge of mother or father or brother or sister or relations–yes, with girls affianced and plighted and even wearing the very garlands of betrothal.
7. “As regards unrighteousness of speech a man (i) may be a liar; when cited to give testimony before assembly or village-meeting or family council or royal household or his guild, he may say that he knows when he does not know, or that he does not know when he does know, or that he saw when he did not see, or that he did not see when he did see, deliberately lying in the interests either of himself or of other people or for some trifling gain. Or (ii) he may be a slanderer; repeating here what he has heard elsewhere so as to set one set of people by the ears, and repeating elsewhere what he has heard here so as to set another set of people by the ears; he is a dissolver of harmony and a fomenter of strife; discord prompts his utterances, discord being his pleasure, his joy, and his delight. Or (iii) he may be bitter of tongue; what he says is rough and harsh, hurtful and wounding to others, provocative of anger, and leading to distraction. Or (iv) he may be a tattler talking out of season, without heed to fact, always talking of the unprofitable, never of the Doctrine, never of the Rule, but ever of the trivial, of the ill-timed, of the frivolous, of things leading nowhere and unprofitable.
8. “As regards unrighteousness of thought, a man (i) may be covetous, coveting other people’s gear with the yearning that it were all his own. Or (ii) he may be malevolent and wicked of heart, wishing that creatures around him might be killed, destroyed, annihilated, or cease to be. Or (iii) he may be wrong in outlook and erroneous in his conceptions, holding that there are no such things as alms or sacrifice or oblations, that there is no such things as the fruit and harvest of deeds good and bad, that there is no such thing as this world or any other, that there are no such things as either parents or relations elsewhere, that there are no such things in the world as recluses and Brahmins who, having trodden the right path and walked aright, have, of and by themselves, comprehended and realized this and other worlds and made it all known to others too.
9. “Contrariwise, there are three forms of righteousness and goodness for the body; four for speech, and three for thoughts.
10. “As regards bodily righteousness, a man (i) puts from him all killing and abstains from killing anything; laying aside cudgel and sword, he lives a life of innocence and mercy, full of kindliness and compassion for everything that lives. (ii) Theft he puts from him, and eschews taking from others except what is given to him by them; he lives an honest life. (iii) Putting from him all sensual misconduct, he abstains from fornication; he has no intercourse with girls under the charge of mother or father or brother or sister or relations, no intercourse with girls affianced and plighted and with the garlands of betrothal upon them.
11. “As regards righteousness in speech, (i) a man puts lying from him and abstains from lies; when cited to give testimony before assembly or village-meeting or family council or royal household or his guild, he says that he does not know when he does not, and that he does know when he does, says that he did not see when he did not see and that he saw when he did see, never deliberately lying in the interests of himself or of other people or for some trifling gain. (ii) All slander he puts from him, and from slandering he abstains; what he hears here he does not repeat elsewhere so to set one set of people by the ears, nor does he repeat here what he hears elsewhere so as to set another set of people by the ears; he is a promoter of harmony and a restorer of amity, for concord is his pleasure, his joy, and his delight. (iii) There is no bitterness in his tongue, and he abstains from bitter speech; what he says is without gall, pleasant, friendly hearty, urbane, agreeable, and welcome to all. (iv) No tattler, he abstains from tattle, speaking in season, according to fact, always of the profitable, of the Doctrine and Rule, in speech which is seasonable and memorable, illuminating, well-marshalled, and of great profit.
12. “As regards righteousness in thoughts, (i) a man is devoid of covetousness, never coveting other people’s gear with the yearning that it were all his own. (ii) He harbours no malevolence or wickedness of thought; his wish is that creatures around him may live on in peace and happiness, safe from all enmity and oppression. (iii) He is right in outlook and correct in his conceptions.
13. “This is what I mean by righteousness and unrighteousness.”
§2. Need for Righteousness
1. Then the Exalted One addressed the lay brethren of Pataligama:
2. “There are losses, householders, which attend the wicked and immoral man.
3. “The wicked, immoral man, as the result of sloth, comes to great loss of wealth.
4. “Then again, an evil report prevails about him, which defames him in the eyes of the world.
5. “Whatever company he may enter, be it a company of the nobles, or the Brahmins, or the housefathers, or a company of recluses, he enters shyly and confused in mind. He is not fearless. This is the third loss.
6. “Again, he has no peace of mind, and is troubled in mind when he dies. This is the fourth loss.
7. “Such, householders, are the losses that attend the wicked and immoral man.
8. “Consider the profits which attend the righteous man who lives virtuously.
9. “The righteous man who lives virtuously comes by a great mass of wealth, due to his own exertions.
10. “Then again, a good reputation prevails about him. He is honoured everywhere.
11. “Into whatsoever company he enters, be it of the nobles or the Brahmins or the housefathers or the recluses, he enters bold and confident.
12. “Again, he enjoys peace of mind, and makes an end with mind untroubled.
13. “The fool in doing ill knows not his folly: His own deeds, like a fire, the fool consume.
14. He who offends the harmless innocent soon reaches grievous disaster, or a mind distraught, loss of relations, loss of all his wealth.
§ 3. Righteousness and the Claims of the World
1. Once when the Lord was staying at Rajagraha in the Bamboo grove where the squirrels were fed, the reverend Sariputta was making an alms pilgrimage with a great train of almsmen among the Southern Hills.
2. On his way he met an almsman who had spent the rainy season at Rajagraha. After interchange of greetings of friendliness and civility, Sariputta enquired after the Master’s health and was told he was well, as too was the Confraternity, and also the Brahmin Dhananjani of Tandula-pala Gate in Rajagraha, concerning whose health too Sariputta had made enquiries.
3. “And is the Brahmin, Dhananjani, zealous and earnest?” asked Sariputta further of the Almsman.
4. “How could earnest zeal possibly dwell in Dhananjani?” replied theAlmsman. “He uses the king to fleece the Brahmins and householders, and uses them to fleece the king. Also, his pious wife, who came of a pious stock is dead now; and he has taken to himself another wife who is not pious and comes of no pious stock.”
5. “This is bad news, very bad news, to hear of Dhananjani’s lack of zeal,” said Sariputta. “Perhaps, however, at some time and place I may meet him. I should like to have a talk with him.”
6. After staying as. long as he wanted in the Southern Hills, Sariputta proceeded on his alms pilgrimage till he reached Rajagraha, where he took up his abode in the Bamboo Grove.
7. Early in the morning, bowl in hand and duly robed, he went into Rajagraha for alms, at a time when the Brahmin Dhananjani was out of the city seeing his cows milked in the byre.
8. On his return after his round and meal, Sariputta sought out the Brahmin. Seeing him coming, the Brahmin came to meet him, with the remark that they had time for a draught of milk before meal-time.
9. “Not so, Brahmin, I have had my meal today, and shall be resting under the shade of a tree during the noontide. Come to me there.”
10. Dhananjani agreed, and after his own meal joined Sariputta, seating himself by him after friendly greetings.
11. Said Sariputta: “May I rest assured, Dhananjani, that zeal and earnestness and righteousness are yours?”
12. “How can that be, when I have to support my parents, my wife and family, and my slaves and serving folk, and have to entertain my cquaintances and friends, my kith and kin, and guests, and have also to provide for my kinsfolk dead and gone, and for the deities, and for the king, not to speak of supporting myself in meat and drink?”
13. “What think you, Dhananjani? If we suppose a man who, for his parents’ sake, has departed from righteousness and equity, and is being hauled up [in court], would it avail him either to plead on his own behalf that it was for his parents’ sake that he had departed from righteousness and equity, and that therefore he should not be hauled up?”
14. “No; despite all appeals, the wardens would cast him into prison.”
15. “Would it avail him either to plead on his own behalf, or to have his wife and family plead for him, that it was for their sake he had departed from righteousness and equity?”
16. “No.”
17. “Would it avail him if his slaves and serving folk pleaded for him?”
18. “Not a whit.”
19. “Or if his friends and acquaintances pleaded for him?”
20. “Not a whit.”
21. “Or if his kith and kin, or his guests, pleaded for him?”
22. “Not a whit.”
23. “Or if his kinsfolk dead and gone pleaded the claims of his deities, or his monarch’s claims on him?”
24. “Not a whit.”
25. “Would it avail him to plead on his own behalf, or to have others pleading for him, that it was to support himself in meat and drink that he departed from righteousness and equity?”
26. “No.”
27. “What think you, Dhananjani? Which is the better man? He that for the sake of his parents departs from righteousness and equity, or he that no matter what happens to them walks in righteousness and equity?
28. “The latter,” replied Dhananjani, “for to walk in righteousness and equity is better than to depart therefrom.”
29. “Moreover, Dhananjani, there are other courses of action which are justified and righteous in themselves, whereby he can support his parents, and yet avoid evildoing and walk uprightly. Now, does the same reasoning apply to the support of wife and family and everything else?”
30. “It does, Sariputta.”
31. Hereupon the Brahmin, rejoicing in what the reverend Sariputta had said, thanked him, rose up and went his way.
§ 4. How to Reach Perfection in Righteous Conduct
1. Once while the Lord was staying at Shravasti in Jeta’s Grove, there came to him five hundred lay-followers. One of them was Dhammika.
2. Dhammika asked the Lord: “What principles make your followers reach perfection in righteous conduct?
3. “I ask thee this question because thou art the most matchless judge of the weal of men.
4. “Trained Jains and Mendicants all failed to vanquish thee. Trained Brahmins, ripe in years, with others keen to air their point of view, are led to embrace thy saving truth. For, ’tis thy saving Truth, subtle, but preached so well, for which all yearn. Vouchsafe an answer, Lord, to us!
5. “Let the lay-followers learn from thy lips thy Lore immaculate!”
6. The Blessed Lord in compassion for his lay-followers said: “Give me your ear. I will explain the principles of righteous conduct. Hear and follow them.
7. “Slay not, nor doom to death, nor sanction slaughter. Do no violence to aught that lives, strong or weak.
8. “No layman, wittingly, should thieve, or order theft, or sanction any theft; take but what others give.
9. “And shun incontinence as ’twere a pit of fire; or, failing continence, debauch no wedded wife.
10. “In conclaves, courts, or talk, let him not lie; let him not prompt or sanction lies; let him renounce untruth.
11. “Layman, observe this law: shun drink; make no man drink; sanction no drinking. Mark how drink to madness leads.
12. “Through drink fools sin, and egg lax brethren on to sin. So flee this maddening vice, this folly, bliss of fools.
13. “Slay not, nor steal, nor lie; from strong drink keep away; refrain from lechery; touch not wrong meals at night!
14. “Eschew both scents and wreaths; spread on the ground thy bed; so make thy sabbath vows as week succeeds to week, and keep with pious hearts this eightfold festival.
15. “At morn, these vows performed, with pious, thankful heart, be wise, and of thy means give Almsmen food and drink.
16. “Cherish thy parents well; follow a righteous trade. Thus shall the layman staunch reach realms of light above.
§ 5. One Need Not Wait for a Companion to Tread on the Path of Righteousness
1. An elephant in battle bears the arrow at him buried; I must bear men’s bitter tongues for every evil in the world.
2. Tamed, they lead him into battle; tamed, the king his back ascends; tamed, is he the best of beings, when no bitter speech offends.
3. Good are well-tamed mules, and good are Cindian steeds of lineage famed; good indeed the mighty tusker; best of all the men self-tamed.
4. Yet such mounts can naught avail us, cannot be Nibbana’s guide. We can only reach the Path on the self-tamed self-ride.
5. Take delight in Earnestness; watch thy thoughts and never tire. Lift thee from the Path of Evil, take the Tusker out of mire.
6. Hast thou found a fellow-traveller, upright, firm, intelligent? Leaving all thy cares behind thee, gladly walk with him intent.
7. Hast thou found no fellow-traveller, upright, intelligent? As a King deserts his borders, by the enemy pursued, like the tusker in the forest, so go thy way in solitude.
8. Better is the lonely life, for fools companions cannot be. Live alone and do no evil, live alone with scanty needs, lonely as the mighty tusker in the forest lonely feeds.
9. Expunge all bad thoughts.
10. Here is the way to expunge [them]..
11. You are to expunge [them] by resolving that, though others may be harmful, you will be harmless.
12. That, though others may kill, you will never kill.
13. That, though others may steal, you will not.
14. That, though others may not lead the higher life, you will.
15. That, though others may lie, traduce, denounce, or prattle, you will not.
16. That, though others may be covetous, you will covet not.
17. That, though others may be malignant, you will be benignant.
18. That, though others may be given over to wrong views, wrong aims, wrong speech, [wrong] actions, wrong modes of livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, and wrong concentration, you must follow the Noble Eight-fold Path in right outlook, right aims, right speech, right actions, right mode of livelihood, right efforts, right mindfulness, and right concentration.
19. That, though others are wrong about the truth and wrong about Deliverance, you will be right about truth and right about Deliverance.
20. That, though others may be possessed by sloth and torpor, you will free yourself therefrom.
21. That, though others may be puffed up, you will be humble-minded.
22. That, though others may be perplexed by doubts, you will be free from them.
23. That, though others may harbour wrath, malevolence, envy, jealousy, niggardliness, avarice, hypocrisy, deceit, imperviousness, arrogance, forwardness, unscrupulousness, lack of instruction, inertness, bewilderment, and unwisdom, you will be the reverse of all these things.

youtube.com
ANNIHILATION OF CASTE PART 3

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
SECTION FOUR–SERMONS ON NIBBANA
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:17 am



Friends

SECTION FOUR–SERMONS ON NIBBANA
§ 1. What is Nibbana?
1. Once the Blessed Lord was staying at Shravasti in Anathapindika’s Ashrama, where Sariputta was also staying.
2. The Lord, addressing the Brethren, said: “Almsmen, be ye partakers not of the world’s goods, but of my doctrine; in my compassion for you all I am anxious to ensure this.”
3. Thus spoke the Lord, who thereupon rose and passed to his own cell.
4. Sariputta remained behind, and the Brethren asked him to explain what is Nibbana.
5. Then Sariputta in reply to the Brethren said: “Brethren, know you that greed is vile, and vile is resentment.
6. “To shed this greed and this resentment, there is the Middle Way, which gives us eyes to see and makes us know, leading us on to peace, insight, enlightenment, and Nibbana.
7. “What is this Middle Way? It is naught but the Noble Eight-fold Path of right outlook, right aims, right speech, right action, right means of livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right concentration; this, Almsmen is the Middle Way.
8. “Yes, sirs; anger is vile and malevolence is vile, envy and jealousy are vile, niggardliness and avarice are vile, hypocrisy and deceit and arrogance are vile, inflation [boastfulness?] is vile, and indolence is vile.
9. “For the shedding of inflation and indolence there is the Middle Way, giving us eyes to see, making us know, and leading us on to peace, insight, enlightenment.
10. “Nibbana–which is naught but that Noble Eight-fold Path.”
11. Thus spoke the reverend Sariputta—glad at heart, the Almsmen rejoiced at what he had said.
§ 2. The Roots of Nibbana
(2.i)
1. Once the venerable Radha came to the Exalted One. Having done so, he saluted the Exalted One and sat down on one side. So seated, the venerable Radha thus addressed the Exalted One: “Pray, Lord, what for is Nibbana?”
2. “Nibbana means release from passion,” replied the Lord.
3. “But Nibbana, Lord,–what is the aim of it?”
4. “Rooted in Nibbana, Radha, the righteous life is lived. Nibbana is its goal. Nibbana is its end.”
(2.ii)
1. Once the Exalted One was dwelling at Shravasti, in Jeta’s Grove, at Anathapindika’s Park. Then the Exalted One called the brethren, saying, “Brethren.” “Yes, Lord,” replied those brethren to the Exalted One. The Exalted One thus spake:
2. “Do ye bear in mind, brethren, the Five Fetters that bind to the lower world, as taught by me?”
3. Whereupon the venerable Malunkyaputta said this to the Exalted One :
4. “I, Lord, bear in mind those Five Fetters.”
5. “And how, Malunkyaputta, do you bear them in mind?”
6. ” I bear in mind, Lord, the view of bodyhood, as taught by the Exalted One; and wavering, and the moral taint of dependence on rite and ritual, the excitement of sensual delight, and malevolence, taught by the Exalted One as fetters that bind to the lower world. These are the Five Fetters that I bear in mind, Lord.”
7. “As taught for whom, Malunkyaputta, do you bear in mind these Five Fetters? Will not the wanderers of other views reproach you, using the parable of a tender baby for their reproach and saying thus:
8. “‘But, Malunkyaputta, there can be no bodyhood for a tender baby-boy, dull of wits and lying on his back. How, then, can there arise in him any view of bodyhood? Yet there is indeed latent in him a tendency to the view of bodyhood.
9. “‘Likewise, Malunkyaputta, there can be no mental conditions for a tender baby-boy, dull of wits and lying on his back. How, then, can there be in him any wavering of mental conditions? Yet there is in him a latent tendency to wavering.
10. “‘So also, Malunkyaputta, he can have no moral practice. How, then, can there be in him any moral taint of dependence on rite and ritual? Yet he has a latent tendency thereto.
11. “‘Again, Malunkyaputta, that tender babe has no sensual passions. How, then, can be known the excitement of sensual delight? But the tendency is there.
12. “‘Lastly, Malunkyaputta, for that tender babe beings do not exist. How then can it harbour malevolence against beings? Yet the tendency thereto is in him.’
13. “Now, Malunkyaputta, will not those wanderers of other views thus reproach you, using for their reproach the parable of that tender baby-boy?”
14. When this was said, the venerable Ananda thus addressed the Exalted One: “Now is the time, Exalted One. O Wayfarer, now is the time for the Exalted One to set.”
SECTION FIVE–SERMONS ON DHAMMA
§ 1. Why Right Views Rank First
1. Of the noble Eightfold Plath the noblest is Right Outlook.
2. Right thinking is the preface and the key to every thing else in the higher life, and ignorance [sic].
3. The lack of understanding is the root of all evil.
4. For developing right outlook, one must see all phenomena of life as a process of causal law. To have right outlook is to recognise the law of cause and effect.
5. “Whatsoever individual, brethren, follows perverted views, perverted aim, perverted speech or acts or living, perverted effort, attention, and contemplation; whose knowledge and emancipation are perverted–for him every action of deed, word or thought, performed and achieved according to such perverted views; every willed act, every aspiration, every resolve, all his activities; these things one and all conduce to what is distasteful, unpleasing, repulsive, unprofitable, and painful. And why so? Because of his evil view.”
6. To be right is not enough. A baby may be right, but that does not mean that a baby knows what is right. To be right one must know what is right.
7. “Ananda, who can be rightly described as an almsman? Only he who has mastered what is rationally possible and what is rationally impossible.”
§ 2. Why Bother About Life After Death?
1. On a certain occasion the venerable Kassapa the Great and the venerable Sariputta were staying near Benares at Isipatana in the Deer Park.
2. Then the venerable Sariputta, rising up at eventide from solitude, went to the venerable Kassapa the Great, and sat down on one side.
3. So seated, the venerable Sariputta said to the venerable Kassapa the Great, “How now friend Kassapa? Does the Tathagata exist beyond death?
4. “Undeclared is it, friend, by the Exalted One, that the Tathagata exists beyond death.
5. “What then, friend? Does the Tathagata both exist and not exist beyond death?
6. “This also, friend, is undeclared by the Exalted One.
7. “How then, friend? Does the Tathagata neither not exist beyond death? That also, friend, is not declared by the Exalted One.
8. “But why, friend, has it not been declared by the Exalted One?”
9. “This is a question not concerned with profit to humanity, or with the first principles of holy life. It does not lead to perfect wisdom nor to Nibbana. That, friend, is why it is not declared by the Exalted One.”
§ 3. Prayers and Invocations to God are a Futility
1. Once the Blessed Lord speaking to Vasettha said:
2. “If this river Achiravati were full of water even to the brim and overflowing, and a man with business to be done on the further bank of it should come up, and want to cross over,
3. “And standing on that bank, he should invoke the further bank and say: ‘ Come hither, O further bank! Come over to this side!’
4. “Now what think you, Vasettha? Would the further bank of the river Achiravati, by that man’s invoking and praying, and hoping, and praising, come over to this side?
5. “In just the same way, Vasettha, do the Brahmins, versed in the three Vedas, omitting the practice of those qualities which really make a man a Brahmin, and adopting the practice of those qualities which really make men non-Brahmins, say thus:
6. “‘Indra we call upon, Brahma we call upon, Isana we call upon, Prajapati we call upon, Brahma we call upon–we call, we call.’
7. “Verily, Vasettha, that these Brahmins, by reason of their invoking .and praying and hoping and praising, should after death become united with Brahma–verily such a condition of things can in nowise be.”
§ 4. It is Not What You Eat that Makes You Holy
1. A Brahmin happened to meet the Lord, and raised the question of the effect of food on a man’s character.
2. The Brahmin said: “The millet-grain, palm-nuts, pulse, bulbs, and wilding shoots–this diet, rightly got, ever prompts the good life. Tis eating carrion that is bad.”
3. The Blessed One replied: “Though you (Lord) say you touch no carrion, you eat choice dishes made with [the] flesh of birds–I ask what you term ‘carrion’.
4. “Killing and maiming, stripes, bonds, theft, lies, fraud, deceit, adultery–not meats, but these, are carrion.
5. “Pursuit of pleasure, lust for guzzlings, life unclean, blatant dissent–not meats, but these, are carrion.
6. “Backbiting, cruelty, betrayals, ruthless pride, mean stinginess–not meats, but these, are carrion.
7. “Anger, conceit, revolt, guile, envy, bluster, pride, low company–not meats, but these, are carrion.
8. “Base living, slander, fraud, cheating, the trickster’s wiles, foul infamies–not meats, but these, are carrion.
9. “This rage to slay and steal, these crimes, are fraught with doom and end in hell–not meats, but these, are carrion.
10. “No abstinence from meat and fish, no nudity, no topknots, shaven crowns, or garb of pelt, no cult of sacred fire, no stark austerities to purchase future bliss, no rinsing, burnt-offering, rites, can cleanse the man who doubts.
11. “Control thy sense, rule thy powers, hold to Truth, be kind. The saint who leaves all ties and vanquishes all ills, is stained by naught he either sees or hears.”
12. Hearing the Lord preach these lofty, saving truths, denouncing ‘carrion’, and sweeping ills away, the Brahmin meekly knelt and asked to be enrolled as Almsman then and there.
§ 5. Not Food But Evil Actions That Matter
1. A Brahmin, by name Amagandha, was an ascetic who lived in the region of Himalayas with his pupils.
2. They ate neither fish nor flesh. Every year they came down from their hermitage in search of salt and acids. The inhabitants of the village received them with honour, and gave them hospitality for four months.
3. Then the Blessed Lord with his monks visited the same village. The people, on hearing the Lord preach his Dhamma, became his followers.
4. That year even Amagandha and his disciples as usual went to the villagers, but the villagers did not show the same enthusiasm.
5. Amagandha was disappointed to hear that the Lord did not forbid eating fish and flesh. Wishing to have the matter confirmed, he went to Jeta Vana at Shravasti, where the Blessed Lord was then staying, and said:
6. “Millet, cingula-beans and peas, edible leaves and roots, the fruit of any creeper; the righteous who eat these, obtained justly, do not tell lies for the sake of pleasures.
7. “Thou eatest whatever food is given by others, which is well prepared, nicely got up, pure, and excellent. He who enjoys such food made of rice, he eats ‘Amagandha’. You say that the charge of Amagandha, does not apply to me, while eating rice with well prepared bird’s flesh.
8. “I inquire the meaning of this from you, of what kind is your Amagandha?”
9. The Lord replied: “Taking life, beating, cutting, binding, stealing, lying, fraud, deceiving, worthless knowledge, adultery–this is Amagandha, and not the eating of flesh.
10. “In this world those individuals who are unrestrained in sensual pleasures, who are greedy for sweet things, who are associated with impure actions, who are of Nihilistic views, crooked, difficult to follow–this is Amagandha, and not the eating of flesh.
11. “In this world those who are rude, harsh, backbiting, treacherous, unkind, excessively egoistic, ungenerous, and do not give anything to anybody–this is Amagandha, and not the eating of flesh.
12. “Anger, pride, obstinacy, antagonism, deceit, envy, boasting, excessive egoism, association with the unrighteous–this is Amagandha, and not eating of flesh.
13. “Those who are of bad morals, refuse to pay their debt, slanderers, deceitful in their dealings, pretenders, those who in this world being the vilest of men, commit such wrongdoings–this is Amagandha, and not the eating of flesh.
14. “Those persons who, in this world, are uncontrolled towards living beings, who are bent on injuring others, having taken their belongings; immoral, cruel, harsh, disrespectful–this is Amagandha, and not the eating of flesh.
15. “Those who attack these living beings either because of greed or of hostility, and always bent upon (evil), they go to darkness after death and fall into hell headlong–this is Amagandha, and not the eating of flesh.
16. “Abstaining from fish or flesh, nakedness, shaving of the head, matted hair, covering with ashes, wearing rough deer skins, attending the sacrificial fire–nor all these various penances in the world (performed) for immortality, neither incantations, oblations, sacrifices nor seasonal observances, purifies a person who has not overcome his doubt.
17. “He who lives with his senses guarded and conquered, and is established in the Dhamma, delights in uprightness and gentleness, who has gone beyond attachments and has overcome all sorrows–that wise man does not cling to what is seen and heard.
18. “It is evil actions which constitute Amagandha, and not the eating of fish or flesh.”
§ 6. Not Enough Is Outward Washing
1. Once the Exalted One was dwelling at Shravatsi. And the Brahmin Sangarava also dwelt there. Now he was a cleanser by water, and practised cleansing by water. Night and day he abode, given to the habit of going down to bathe.
2. Now the venerable Ananda, robing himself at an early hour and taking outer robe and bowl, went forth to Shravatsi to beg. And when he had gone his rounds in Shravatsi and had eaten his meal, upon his return he went to the Exalted One, saluted Him, and sat down on one side. So seated, the venerable Ananda said:
3. “Lord, there is here one Sangarava, a Brahmin, dwelling at Shravatsi, a cleanser by water, one who practises cleansing by water. Night and day does he abide, given to the habit of going down to bathe. Well were it. Lord, if the Exalted One would pay a visit to the Brahmin Sangarava, out of compassion for him.”
4. And the Exalted One consented by His silence.
5. So next day at an early hour, the Exalted One robed himself and, taking outer robe and bowl, went to the dwelling of the Brahmin Sangarava, and when he got there he sat down on a seat made ready.
6. Then the Brahmin Sangarava came to the Exalted One and greeted him, and after the exchange of mutual courtesies sat down on one side.
7. As he thus sat, the Exalted One said this to the Brahmin Sangarava: “Is it true, Brahmin, as they say, that thou art a cleanser by water, that thou dost practise cleansing by water, abiding night and day given to the habit of going down to bathe?”
8. “True it is. Master Gautama.”
9. “Now, Brahmin, seeking what profit dost thou so practise the habit of going down to bathe, and so forth?”
10. “It is in this way, Master Gautama. Whatsoever evil I do by day, I get it washed away that very evening by my bathing. Whatsoever evil I do by night, I get it washed away next morning by my bathing. That is the profit I am looking for in being a cleanser by water and so forth.”
11. Then said the Exalted One:
12. “The Norm is the pool. It is clear and undefiled.
13. “Hither when they have come to bathe, the masters of the lore are cleansed in every limb, and pass unto the Further Shore.”
14. Whereupon the Brahmin Sangarava said to the Exalted One: “Excellent it is, Master Gautama. May the Master Gautama accept me as his follower, from this day forth so long as life doth last, as one who has taken refuge in him.”
§7. What is Holy Life?
1. Once while the Blessed Lord was on [a] journey he gave, as was his practice, the following discourse to the Bhikkhus who were accompanying him.
2. Addressing the Bhikkhus the Lord said: “O brethren, this holy life is not practised with a view to deceive people, nor to seek their favour, nor for the purpose of gain, benefit, or fame, nor with the intention of getting out of difficulties in controversy, nor that one may be known as such and such by men. Indeed, brethren, this holy life is practised for the controlling (of body and speech), the cleansing (of corruptions), and the detachment (from) and cessation (of craving).”
SECTION SIX–SERMONS ON SOCIO-POLITICAL QUESTIONS
§ 1. Do Not Depend on the Favour of Princes
1. Once the Exalted One was staying at Rajagraha in the Bamboo Grove, in the Squirrels’ Feeding ground.
2. At that time, Prince Ajatasatru was supporting Devadatta, who had turned hostile to the Blessed Lord.
3. He was maintaining the supporters of Devadatta, late and early, with five hundred carts, conveying therein food brought in five hundred cooking-pots.
4. Then a number of the brethren came before the Exalted One, saluted him, and sat down on one side, and there sitting, they told all of these things to the Exalted One.
5. Then the Blessed Lord, addressing the brethren said: “Do ye not long for gains, favours and flattery from the kings. So long, brethren, as Prince Ajatasatru thus supports Devadatta, late and early, with five hundred carts, conveying therein food brought in five hundred cooking-pots, it is ruin, brethren, that may be expected of Devadatta, and not growth in good conditions.
6. “Just as if, brethren, one were to crumble liver on a mad dog’s nose, the dog would only get the madder, even so, brethren, so long as Prince Ajatasatru thus supports Devadatta it is ruin that may be expected of Devadatta, and not growth in good conditions. Thus terrible, brethren, are gains, favours, and flattery of the princes.
7. “They are a bitter, painful hindrance to the attainment of the sure peace that passeth all.
8. “Wherefore, brethren, thus must you train yourselves: ‘When gains, favours, and flattery befall us, we will reject them, and when they do befall us, they shall not take hold of and be established in our hearts, and make us slaves of the prince.’”
§2. If the King is Righteous, his Subjects will be Righteous
1. Once the Lord, addressing the Almsmen, said:
2. “Brethren during such time as kings are unrighteous, their ministers and officers also become unrighteous. The ministers and officers, brethren, being unrighteous, Brahmins and householders also become unrighteous. The Brahmins and householders, brethren, being unrighteous, the town-folk and villagers become unrighteous.
3. “But whenever, brethren, kings are righteous, then kings’ ministers and officers also become righteous. Whenever kings’ ministers and officers become righteous, the Brahmins and householders also become righteous. Whenever Brahmins and householders become righteous, the town-folk and villagers also become righteous.
4. “When kine are crossing, if the old bull swerves, they all go swerving, following his lead. So among men, if he who is reckoned chief walks crookedly, the others crooked go.
5. “Similarly, the whole realm suffers when the king goes wrong. When kine are crossing, if the bull goes straight they all go straight, because his course is straight. So among men, if he who’s reckoned chief walks righteously, the others live aright. The whole realm lead happy lives when kings are good.”
§3. It is the Social System on which Depends Political and Military Strength
1. The Blessed One was once dwelling in Rajagraha, on the hill called the Vultures’ Peak.
2. Now at that time, Ajatasatru, the son of the queen consort of Videha origin, the king of Magadha, was desirous of attacking the Vajjins, and he said to himself, “I will root out these Vajjins, mighty and powerful though they be, I will destroy these Vajjins, I will bring these Vajjins to utter ruin!”
3. So he spoke to the Brahmin Vasakara, the Prime Minister of Magadha, and said:
4. “Come now, O Brahmin, do you go to the Blessed One, and bow down in adoration at his feet on my behalf, and enquire on my behalf whether he is free from illness and suffering, and in the enjoyment of ease and comfort and vigorous health.
5. “Then tell him that Ajatasatru, son of Videhi, the King of Magadha, is eager to attack the Vajjins, mighty and powerful though they be–I will destroy these Vajjins, I will bring these Vajjins to utter ruin!
6. “And bear carefully in mind whatever the Blessed One may predict, and repeat it to me. For the Buddha speaks nothing untrue.”
7. Then the Brahmin Vasakara hearkened to the words of the king, saying, “Be it as you say.” And ordering a number of magnificent carriages to be [made] ready, he went to the Vultures’ Peak.
8. On arriving there, he exchanged with the Blessed One the greetings and compliments, and then delivered to him the message, even as the king had commanded.
9. Now at that time the venerable Ananda was standing behind the Blessed One. And the Blessed One said to him: “Have you heard, Ananda, that theVajjins hold full and frequent public assemblies?
10. “Lord, so I have heard,” replied he.
11. “So long, Ananda,” rejoined the Blessed One, “as the Vajjins hold these full and frequent public assemblies; so long may they be expected not to decline, but to prosper.
12. “So long, Ananda, as the Vajjins meet together in concord, and rise in concord, and carry out their undertakings in concord.
13. “So long as they enact nothing not already established, abrogate nothing that has been already enacted, and act in accordance with the ancient institutions of the Vajjins as established in former days.
14. “So long as they honour and esteem and revere and support the Vajjin Elders, and make it a point of duty to hearken to their words.
15. “So long as no women or girls belonging to their clans are detained among them by force or abduction.
16. “So long as the Vajjins respect and follow religion.
17. “So long, Ananda, the Vajjins may be expected not to decline but to prosper, and no one can destroy them.”
18. In short, the Blessed Lord declared that so long as the Vajjins believe in democracy and practise democracy, there is no danger to their State.
19. Then the Blessed One addressed Vasakara and said:
20. “When I was once staying, O Brahmin, at Vaishali, I taught the Vajjins these conditions of welfare.
21. “We may expect, then,” answered the Brahmin, “the welfare and not the decline of the Vajjins, so long as they observe these conditions. So, Gautama, the Vajjins cannot be overcome by the king of Magadha.”
22. So Vasakara heard the words of the Blessed One, rose from his seat, and went back to Rajagraha to inform the king of what the Lord had said.
§ 4. War is Wrong
1. It so happened that Ajatasatru, the king of Magadha, mustering an army of cavalry and infantry, invaded Kasi, a part of the kingdom of king Pasenadi. And Pasenadi, hearing of the expedition, also mustered a similar army and went to meet him.
2. The two fought with one another, and Ajatasatru defeated the king Pasenadi, who retreated to his own capital Shravasti.
3. The Bhikkhus who were in Shravasti, returning from their alms round, came and told the Exalted One of the battle and the retreat.
4. “Almsmen, the king of Magadha, Ajatasatru, is a friend of whatever is evil. King Pasenadi is a friend of whatever is good. For the present, Pasenadi will pass the night in misery, a defeated man.
5. “Conquest engenders hate; the conquered lives in misery. But whoso is at peace and passionless, happily doth he live; conquest hath he abandoned and defeat.”
6. Again it so happened these two kings met in battle a second time. But in that battle, the Kosala king Pasenadi defeated Ajatasatru and captured him alive. Then king Pasenadi thought: “Although this king injures me who was not injuring him, yet is he my nephew. What if I were now to confiscate his entire army, elephants, horses, chariots and infantry and leave him only his life?” And he did so.
7. And almsmen, returning from their alms tour in Shravasti, brought word of this to the Exalted One. Thereupon the Exalted One said: “A man may spoil another, just so far as it may serve his ends; but when he’s spoiled by others, he, despoiled, spoils yet again.
8. “So long as evil’s fruit is not matured, the fool doth fancy now’s the hour, the chance! But when the deed bears fruit, he fareth ill.
9. “The slayer gets a slayer in his turn; the conqueror gets one who conquers him; the abuser wins abuse from another.
10. “Thus by the evolution of the deed, a man who spoils is spoiled in his turn.”
§ 5. The Duty of the Victor Who Has Won Peace
1. When the victor in war has won the peace, he claims the right further to degrade the vanquished, if not to enslave him. The Buddha had a totally different view on the matter. In his view, if peace had [=has]any meaning it means that the victor has a duty to use his victory for the service of the vanquished. This is what he said to the Bhikkhus on this subject:
2. “When Peace is won, the adept in warfare needs to prove an able, upright man, of gracious speech [and] kind mood, devoid of arrogance; an easy, grateful guest, no busybody, wants but few, sense-disciplined, quick-witted, bluster-free, never importunate; and let him never stoop to conduct mean or low, evoking grave rebuke.
3. “May creatures all abound in weal and peace; may all be blessed with peace always–all creatures weak or strong, all creatures great and small; creatures unseen or seen, dwelling afar or near, born or awaiting birth, may all be blessed with peace!
4. “Let none cajole or flout his fellows anywher ; let none wish others harm in dudgeon or in hate.
5. “Just as with her own life a mother shields from hurt her own, her only child, let all-embracing thoughts for all that lives be thine, an all-embracing love for all the universe in all its heights and depths and breadths, unstinted love, unmarred by hate within, not rousing enmity.
6.”So, as you stand, or walk, or sit, or lie, reflect with all your might on this: ‘Tis deemed a state divine.’”
BOOK FIVE: THE SANGH
Book Five, Part I—The Sangh
1. *The Sangh and its Organisation* — 2. *Admission to the Sangh* — 3. *The Bhikkhu and His Vows* — 4. *The Bhikkhu and Ecclesiastical Offences* — 5. *The Bhikkhu and Restraints* — 6. *The Bhikkhu and Good Conduct Rules* — 7. *The Bhikkhu and the Trial of Offences* — 8. *The Bhikkhu and Confession*
§ 1. The Sangh and its Organisation
1. The followers of the Blessed Lord were divided into two classes: Bhikkhus, and Lay Followers called Upasakas.
2. The Bhikkhus were organised into a Sangh, while the Upasakas were not.
3. The Buddhist Bhikkhu is primarily a Parivrajaka. This institution of Parivrajaka is older than that of the Buddhist Bhikkhu.
4. The old Parivrajakas were persons who had abandoned family life, and were a mere floating body of wanderers.
5. They roamed about with a view to ascertain the truth by coming into contact with various teachers and philosophers, listening to their discourses, entering into discussion on matters of ethics, philosophy, nature, mysticism, etc.
6. Some of the old type of Parivrajakas lived under a teacher until they found another. Others lived singly, without acknowledging any master.
7. Among these older type of Parivrajakas there were also women wanderers. The female Parivrajakas sometimes lived with men Parivrajakas; sometimes they lived alone and by themselves.
8. These old type of Parivrajakas had no Sangh, had no rules of discipline, and had no ideal to strive for.
9. It was for the first time that the Blessed Lord organised his followers into a Sangh or fraternity, and gave them rules of discipline, and set before them an ideal to pursue and realise.
§2. Admission to the Sangh
1. The Sangh was open to all.
2. There was no bar of caste.
3. There was no bar of sex.
4. There was no bar of status.
5. Caste had no place in the Sangh.
6. Social status had no place in the Sangh.
7. Inside the Sangh all were equal.
8. Inside the Sangh, rank was regulated by worth and not by birth.
9. As the Blessed Lord said, the Sangh was like the ocean, and the Bhikkhus were like the rivers that fell into the ocean.
10. The river has its separate name and separate existence.
11. But once the river entered the ocean, it lost its separate name and separate existence.
12. It becomes one with the rest.
13. Same is the case with the Sangh. When a Bhikkhu entered the Sangh, he became one with the rest, like the water of the ocean.
14. He lost his caste. He lost his status; so said the Lord.
15. The only distinction observed inside the Sangh was that of sex. The Bhikkhu Sangh was separate in its organisation from the Bhikkhuni Sangh.
16. The entrants into the Sangh were divided into two classes: Shramaneras and Bhikkhus.
17. Anyone below twenty could become a Shramanera.
18. By taking the trisaranas and by taking the ten precepts, a boy becomes a Shramanera.
19. “I follow the Buddha; I follow the Dhamma; and I follow the Sangh”—are the Trisaranas.
20. “I shall abstain from killing; I shall not commit theft; I shall follow Brahmacharya; I shall not tell [an] untruth; I shall abstain from drink.”
21. “I shall abstain from taking food at an untimely hour; I shall abstain from indecent and immoral acts; I shall abstain from ornamenting and decorating myself; I shall abstain from luxuries; I shall abstain from the love of gold and silver.”
22. These are the ten precepts.
23. A Shramanera can leave the Sangh at any time and become a layman. A Shramanera is attached [to a] Bhikkhu, and spends his time in the service of the Bhikkhu. He is not a person who has taken Parivraja.
24. The status of a Bhikkhu has to be reached in two stages. The first stage is called Parivraja, and the second stage is called Upasampada. It is after Upasampada that he becomes a Bhikkhu.
25. A candidate who wishes to take Parivraja, with a view ultimately to become a Bhikkhu, has to seek a Bhikkhu who has the right to act as an Uppadhya. A Bhikkhu can become an Uppadhya only after he has spent at least ten years as a Bhikkhu.
26. Such a candidate, if accepted by the Uppadhya, is called a Parivrajaka, and has to remain in the service and tutelage of the Uppadhya.
27. After the period of tutelage ends, it is his Uppadhya who has to propose the name of his student to a meeting of the Sangh specially called for the purpose, for Upasampada; and the student must request the Sangh for Upasampada.
28. The Sangh must be satisfied that he is a fit and a proper person to be made a Bhikkhu. For this purpose, there is a set of questions which the candidate has to answer.
29. Only when the Sangh grants permission, that Upasampada is granted and the person becomes a Bhikkhu.
30. The rules regulating entry into the Bhikkhuni Sangh are more or less the same as the rules regulating the entry into the Bhikkhu Sangh.
§ 3. The Bhikkhu and His Vows
1. A layman or a Shramanera takes precepts. His obligation is to follow them.
2. A Bhikkhu, besides taking precepts, takes them also as vows which he must not break. If he breaks them, he becomes liable to punishment.
3. A Bhikkhu vows to remain celebate.
4. A Bhikkhu vows not to commit theft.
5. A Bhikkhu vows not to boast.
6. A Bhikkhu vows not to kill or take life.
7. A Bhikkhu vows not to own anything except what the rules allow.
8. No Bhikkhu is to possess more than the following eight articles:—
(1) Three pieces of cloth to cover his body:(i) [a] lower garment called Antarvaska; (ii) [an] upper garment called Uttarasang; (iii) [a] covering garment against cold called Sanghati.
(2) A girdle for the loins.
(3) An alms-bowl.
(4) A razor.
(5) A needle.
(6) A water-strainer.
9. A Bhikkhu takes the vow of poverty. He must beg for his food. He must live on alms. He must sustain himself only on one meal a day. Where there is no Vihar built for the Sangh, he must live under a tree.
10. A Bhikkhu does not take a vow of obedience. Outward respect and courtesy to his superiors is expected from the novice. His own salvation and his usefulness as a teacher depend on his self-culture. He is to obey not his superior, but the Dhamma. His superior has no supernatural gift of wisdom or of absolution. He must stand or fall by himself. For that he must have freedom of thought.
11. Any breach of a vow taken by a Bhikkhu results in an offence of Parajika. The punishment for Parajika is expulsion from the Sangh.
§ 4. The Bhikkhu and Ecclesiastical Offences
1. Any breach of the vows taken by a Bhikkhu is an offence against the Dhamma.
2. In addition to these offences, there were certain other offences to which he was also liable. They were called Sanghadisesa, “ecclesiastical offences.”
3. The list of such offences included in the Vinaya Pitaka are thirteen.
4. They are allied to the Parajika.
§ 5. The Bhikkhu and Restraints
1. Besides sailing [=steering] clear of offences, a Bhikkhu must observe certain restrictions, and cannot be as free as others.
2. One set of such restrictions are called Nissagiya-pacittiya. It contains 26 restrictions to be observed by the Bhikkhu.
3. They relate to accepting gifts of robes, woollen mats, bowls, and medical requisites.
4. They also relate to the acceptance of gold and silver, [and] engagement of a monk in buying and selling, and appropriation of property given to the Sangh to himself.
5. The punishment for [a] breach of these restrictions is restoration (nissagiya) and expression of repentance (pacittiya).
6. Besides these restrictions there are other restrictions which a Bhikkhu has to observe. They are called pacittiya. They number ninety-two.
§ 6. The Bhikkhu and Good Conduct Rules
1. A Bhikkhu must behave well. He should be a model person in his mode and manner of behaviour.
2. In order to secure this purpose, the Blessed Lord framed a number of Conduct Rules.
3. These Good Conduct Rules were called Sekhiya Dhamma. They number seventy-five.
§ 7. The Bhikkhu and the Trial of Offences
1. The enactment of these acts and omissions were [=was] not a mere formality. They were legal in substance, involving a definite charge, trial, and punishment.
2. No Bhikkhu could be punished without a trial by a regularly constituted Court.
3. The Court was to be constituted by the Bhikkhus resident at the place where an offence had taken place.
4. No trial could take place without a proper number of Bhikkhus required to constitute a Court.
5. No trial would be legal without a definite charge.
6. No trial could be legal if it did not take place in the presence of the accused.
7. No trial could be legal if the accused had not been given the fullest opportunity to defend himself.
8. The following punishments could be awarded against a guilty Bhikkhu: (i) Tarjaniya Karma (warn and discharge); (ii) Niyasha Karma (declaring insane); (iii) Pravrajniya Karma (expulsion from the Sangh); (iv) Utskhepniya Karma (boycott); (v) Parivasa Karma (expulsion from Vihar).
9. Expulsion may be followed by abbana karma. Abbana Karma means annulment of dismemberment [=expulsion]. It may be followed after granting of pardon granted by the Sangh, after being satisfied with the proper performance of Parivasa Karma.
§ 8. The Bhikkhu and Confession
1. The most original and unique institution created by the Blessed Lord in connection with the organisation of the Bhikkhus was the introduction of Confession, called uposath.
2. The Blessed Lord realized that it was possible to enforce what he had laid down as offences. But he had laid down certain restrictions which were not offences. He said that the restrictions were most intimately connected with building up of character and maintaining character; and that there was equal necessity to see that they were observed.
3. But the Lord could find no effective way of enforcing them. He therefore thought of Confession in open [=public] as a means of organising the Bhikkhu’s conscience and making it act as a sentinel to guard him against taking a wrong or false step.
4. The Confession was confined to the transgressions of restrictions (which were called Patimokha).
5. For a Confession there was to be a meeting of the Bhikkhus of a given locality. There were to be three such meetings in a fortnight, one each on chaturdashi, panchadasi, and ashatam; on that day, the Bhikkhus may fast. That is why the day is also called uposath.
6. At the meeting a Bhikkhu reads the restrictions, one by one, contained in the Patimokha. After reading a restriction, he says to the assembled Bhikkhus, “I take it that none of you have transgressed this Rule, that is why you are silent.” He says this three times. Then [he] deals with the next restriction.
7. A similar Confessional meeting is required of the Bhikhhuni Sangh.
8. On a Confession a charge and trial may follow.
9. On a failure to Confess, any Bhikkhu may report a transgression, if he was a witness to it; and then a charge and trial may follow.
Book Five, Part II—The Bhikkhu: the Buddha’s Conception of Him
1. *Buddha’s Conception of What a Bhikkhu Should Be* — 2. *The Bhikkhu and the Ascetic* — 3. *The Bhikkhu and the Brahmin* — 4. *The Bhikkhu and the Upasaka*
§ 1. Buddha’s Conception of What a Bhikkhu Should Be
1. The Buddha has himself told the Bhikkhus what he expected of them as Bhikkhus. This is what he has said:
2. “He who wishes to put on the yellow dress without having cleansed himself from sin, who disregards also temperance and truth, is unworthy of the yellow dress.
3. “But he who has cleansed himself from sin, is well grounded in all virtues, and [is] endowed also with temperance and truth, he is indeed worthy of the yellow dress.
4. “A man is not a mendicant (Bhikkhu) simply because he asks others for alms; he who adopts the whole law is a Bhikkhu, not he who only begs.
5. “He who is above evil, who is chaste, who with care passes through the world, he indeed is called a Bhikkhu.
6. “Not only by discipline and vows, not only by much learning, not by entering into a trance, not by sleeping alone, do I earn the happiness of release which no worldling can know. O Bhikkhu, he who has obtained the extinction of desires, has obtained confidence.
7. “The Bhikkhu who controls his mouth, who speaks wisely and calmly, who teaches the meaning of the law, his word is sweet.
8. “He who dwells in the. law, delights in the law, meditates on the law, recollects the law, that Bhikkhu will never fall away from the true law.
9. “Let him not despise what he has received, nor ever envy others; a mendicant who envies others does not obtain peace of mind.
10. “A Bhikkhu who, though he receives little, does not despise what he has received, even the gods will praise him, if his life is pure, and if he is not slothful.
11. “He who never identifies himself with name and form, and does not grieve over what is no more, he indeed is called a Bhikkhu.
12. “The Bhikkhu who behaves with kindness, who is happy in the doctrine of Buddha, will reach Nibbana–happiness arising from the cessation of natural inclinations.
13. “O Bhikkhu, empty this boat! If emptied, it will go quickly; having cut off passion and hatred, thou wilt go to Nibbana.
14. “Cut off the five (fetters), leave the five, rise above the five. A Bhikkhu who has escaped from the five fetters, he is called Oghatinna, ’saved from the flood’.
15. “Meditate, O Bhikkhu, and be not heedless! Do not direct thy thought to what gives pleasure.
16. “Without knowledge there is no meditation; without meditation there is no knowledge; he who has knowledge and meditation is near unto Nibbana.
17. “A Bhikkhu who has entered his empty house, and whose mind is tranquil, feels a more than human delight when he sees the Dhamma clearly.
18. “And this is the beginning here for a wise Bhikku: watchfulness over the senses, contentedness, restraint under the Dhamma; keep noble friends whose life is pure, and who are not slothful.
19. “Let him live on charity, let him be perfect in his duties; then in the fulness of delight he will make an end of suffering.
20. “Rouse thyself by thyself, examine thyself by thyself; thus self-protected and attentive wilt thou live happily, O Bhikkhu.
21. “For self is the lord of self, self is the refuge of self; therefore curb thyself, as the merchant curbs a noble horse.
22. “A Bhikkhu (mendicant) who delights in earnestness, who looks with fear on thoughtlessness, moves about like fire, burning all his fetters, small or large.
23. “A Bhikkhu (mendicant) who delights in reflection, who looks with fear on thoughtlessness, cannot fall away (from his perfect state)–he is close upon Nibbana.”
24. The disciples of Gautama (Buddha) are always well awake, and their thoughts day and night are always set on Buddha,
25. The disciples of Gautama are always well awake, and their thoughts day and night are always set on the church.
26. The disciples of Gautama are always well awake, and their thoughts day and night are always set on the Dhamma.
27. The disciples of Gautama are always well awake, and their thoughts day and night are always set on their body.
28. The disciples of Gautama are always well awake, and their minds day and night always delight in compassion.
29. The disciples of Gautama are always well awake, and their minds day and night always delight in meditation.
30. It is hard to leave the world (to become a friar), it is hard to enjoy the world; hard is the monastery, painful are the houses; painful it is to dwell with equals (to share everything in common), and the itinerant mendicant is beset with pain.
31. A man full of faith, if endowed with virtue and glory, is respected, whatever place he may choose.
§ 2. The Bhikkhu and the Ascetic
1. Is the Bhikkhu an ascetic? The answer is in the negative.
2. This negative answer has been given by the Blessed Lord himself, in a discussion withNigrodha the wanderer.
3. The Exalted One was once staying near Rajagraha, on the Vulture’s Peak. Now at that time there was sojourning in Queen Udumbarika’s Park assigned to the wanderers, the wanderer Nigrodha, together with a great company of wanderers.
4. Now the Exalted One, descending from the Vulture’s Peak came to the Peacock’s Feeding-Ground on the bank of the Sumagadha, and there walked to and fro in the open air. Then Nigrodha saw him thus walking, and on seeing him he called his company to order, saying: “Be still, sirs, and make no noise. The Samana Gautama is by the bank of the Sumagadha.” When he had said this the wanderers kept silence.
5. Then the Exalted One went up to Nigrodha the wanderer, and Nigrodha spake thus to him: “Let the Lord, the Exalted One, approach. Welcome is the Lord, the Exalted One! Long has the Lord, the Exalted One, taken ere deciding on this step of coming hither. May it please the Lord, the Exalted One, to take a seat. Here is one ready.”
6. The Exalted One sat down on the seat made ready, and Nigrodha, taking a low seat, sat beside him.
7. Thereupon Nigrodha said to the Exalted One, “As the Samana Gautama has come to out assembly, we would like to ask him this question: ‘What, Lord, is this religion of the Exalted One, wherein he trains his disciples, and which those disciples, so trained by the Exalted One as to win comfort, acknowledge to be their utmost support and the fundamental principles of righteousness?’”
8. “Difficult is it, Nigrodha, for one of another view, of another persuasion, of another confession, without practice and without teaching, to understand that wherein I train my disciples, and which they, so trained as to win comfort, acknowledge to be their utmost support and the fundamental principle of righteousness.
9. “But ask me, Nigrodha, a question about your own doctrine, about austere scrupulousness of life: in what does the fulfilment, in what does the non-fulfilment of these self-mortifications consist?”
10. Then Nigrodha spake thus to the Exalted One: “We, Lord, profess self-mortifying austerities; we hold them to be essential; we cleave to them. In what does the fulfilment, in what does the nonfulfilment of them consist?”
11. “Suppose, Nigrodha, that an ascetic goes naked, is of certain loose habits, licks his hands, respects no ‘approach, sir’, nor ’stop, sir’; accepts nothing expressly brought, nor expressly prepared, nor any invitations. He accepts nothing taken from [the] mouth of [a] cooking-pot; nor placed within the threshold, nor within a mortar, nor among sticks, nor within a quern; nor anything from two eating together, nor from a pregnant woman, nor from a nursing mother; nor from a woman in intercourse with a man; nor food collected in drought; nor from where a dog is; nor from where flies are swarming; nor will he accept fish or meat; nor drink strong drink, nor intoxicants, nor gruel. He is either a one-houser, a one-mouthful man; or a two -ouser, a two-mouthful man; or a seven-houser, a seven-mouthful man. He maintains himself on one alms, on two, or on seven. He takes food once a day, or once every two days, or once every seven days. Thus does he dwell addicted to the the practice of taking food according to rule, at regular intervals, up to even half a month. He feeds either on pot-herbs, or wild rice, or nivara seeds, or leather parings, or on hata, or on the powder in rice rusks, on rice-scum, on flour or oil-seeds, on grasses, on cowdung, or fruits and roots from the wood, or on windfalls. He wears coarse hempen cloth, coarse mixture cloth, discarded corpse-cloths, discarded rags, or tirita-bark cloth; or again he wears antelope-hide, or strips of the same netted, or kusa fibre, or bark garments, or shale cloth, or a human-hair blanket, or a horse-hair blanket, or an owl’s-feather garment. He is a hair-and-beard plucker, addicted to the practice of plucking out both; a stander-up; a croucher on heels, addicted to exerting himself (to move forward) when thus squatting; a bed-of-thorns man, putting iron spikes or thorns on his couch; he uses a plank-bed; sleeps on the ground; sleeps only on one side; is a dust-and-dirt wearer and an open-air-man; a where-you-will sitter; a filth-eater, addicted to the practice of eating such; a non-drinker, addicted to the practice of drinking (cold water); an even-for-third-time-man.
12. “After having done this, Nigrodha,” the Blessed Lord said, “What think you, Nigrodha? If these things be so, is the austerity of self-mortification carried out, or is it not?” ” Truly, Lord, if these things be so, the austerity of self-mortification is carried out.”
13. “Now I, Nigrodha, affirm that austerity by self-mortification thus carried out, involves blemish in several ways.”
14. “In what way. Lord, do you affirm that blemish is involved?”
15. “In case, Nigrodha, when an ascetic undertakes a course of austerity, he through that course becomes self-complacent, his aim is satisfied. Now this, Nigrodha, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
16. “And then again, Nigrodha, when an ascetic undertakes a course of austerity, he through that undertaking exalts himself and despises others. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
17. “And again, Nigrodha, when an ascetic undertakes a course of austerity, he through that undertaking becomes inebriated and infatuated, and grows careless. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
18. “And again, Nigrodha, when an ascetic undertakes a course of austerity, it procures for him gifts, attention and fame. Thereby he becomes complacent and his aim is satisfied. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
19. “And again, Nigrodha, by the winning of gifts, attention, and fame, the ascetic exalts himself and despises others. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
20. “And again, Nigrodha, by the winning of gifts, attention, and fame, he becomes inebriated and infatuated, and grows careless. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
21. “And again, Nigrodha, when an ascetic undertakes a course of austerity, he comes to make a distinction in foods, saying: ‘This suits me; this doesn’t suit me’. The latter kind he deliberately rejects. Over the former he waxes greedy and infatuated, and cleaves to them, seeing not the danger in them, discerning them not as unsafe, and so enjoys them. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
22. “And again, Nigrodha, because of his longing for gifts, attentions, and fame, he thinks: ‘Rajas will pay me attentions, and so will their officials; so too will nobles, Brahmins, house-holders, and founders of schools. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
23. “And again, Nigrodha, an asectic gets grumbling at some recluse or Brahmin, saying: ‘That man lives on all sorts of things: things grown from tubers, or shoots, or berries, or joints, or fifthly, from seeds, munching them all up together with that wheel-less thunderbolt of a jawbone–and they call him a holy man!’ This, too becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
24. “And again, Nigrodha, an ascetic sees a certain recluse or Brahmin receiving attentions, being revered, honoured, and presented with offerings by the citizens. And seeing this he thinks: ‘The citizens pay attention to this fellow who lives in luxury; they revere and honour him, and present him with offerings, while to me who, as ascetic, lives a really austere life, they pay no attentions, nor reverence, nor honour, nor offerings.’ And so he cherishes envy and grudging at the citizens. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
25. “And again, Nigrodha, the ascetic affects the mysterious. When asked: ‘Do you approve of this?’ he, not approving, says: ‘I do’, or approving, says, ‘I do not’. Thus he consciously tells untruths. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
26. “And again, Nigrodha, the ascetic is liable to lose his temper and bear enmity. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
27. “And again, Nigrodha, the ascetic is liable to be hypocritical and deceitful, as well as envious and grudging; he becomes cunning and crafty, hard-hearted and vain; he entertains evil wishes and becomes captive to them; he entertains false opinions, becomes possessed of metempirical dogma, misinterprets his experience, is avaricious and adverse from renunciation. This, too, becomes a blemish in the ascetic.
28. “What think you of this, Nigrodha? Are these things blemishes in the austerities of self-mortification, or are they not?”
29. “Verily, Lord, these things are blemishes in the austerities of self-mortification. It is possible, Lord, that an ascetic may be possessed even of all these blemishes, much more by one or other of them.”
30. The Bhikkhus are not to be guilty of these blemishes.
§3. The Bhikkhu and the Brahmin
1. Is the Bhikkhu the same as the Brahmin? The answer to this question is also in the negative.
2. The discussion of the subject has not been concentrated at any one place. It is scattered all over. But the points of distinction can be easily summed up.
3. A Brahmin is a priest. His main function is to perform certain ceremonies connected with birth, marriage, and death.
4. These ceremonies become necessary because of the doctrine of original sin, which requires ceremonies to wash it off, and because of the belief in God and in Soul.
5. For these ceremonies a priest is necessary. A Bhikkhu does not believe in original sin, in God and Soul. There are, therefore, no ceremonies to be performed. He is, therefore, not a priest.
6. A Brahmin is born. A Bhikkhu is made.
7. A Brahmin has a caste. A Bhikkhu has no caste.
8. Once a Brahmin always a Brahmin. No sin, no crime, can unmake a Brahmin.
9. But once a Bhikkhu is not always a Bhikkhu. A Bhikkhu is made. So he can be unmade, if by his conduct he makes himself unworthy of remaining a Bhikkhu.
10. No mental or moral training is necessary for being a Brahmin. All that is expected (only expected) of him is to know his religious lore.
11. Quite different is the case of the Bhikkhu; mental and moral training is his life-blood.
12. A Brahmin is free to acquire [an] unlimited amount of property for himself. A Bhikkhu, on the other hand, cannot,
13. This is no small difference. Property is the severest limitation upon the mental and moral independence of man, both in respect of thought and action. It produces a conflict between the two. That is why the Brahmin is always opposed to change. For to him, a change means loss of power and loss of pelf.
14. A Bhikkhu, having no property, is mentally and morally free. In his case, there are no personal interests which can stand in the way of honesty and integrity.
15. They are Brahmins. Nonetheless, each Brahmin is an individual by himself. There is no religious organisation to which he is subordinate. A Brahmin is a law unto himself. They are bound by common interests which are material.
16. A Bhikkhu on the other hand is always a member of the Sangh. It is inconceivable that there could be a Bhikkhu without his being a member of the Sangh. A Bhikkhu is not a law unto himself. He is subordinate to the Sangh. The Sangh is a spiritual organisation.
§ 4. The Bhikkhu and the Upasaka
1. In the Dhamma, there is a marked distinction between the Dhamma of the Bhikku and the Dhamma of the Upasaka or the layman.
2. The Bhikkhu is bound to celibacy. Not so the Upasaka. He can marry.
3. The Bhikkhu can have no home. He can have no family. Not so the Upasaka. The Upasaka can have a home and can have a family.
4. The Bhikkhu is not to have any property. But an Upasaka can have property.
5. The Bhikkhu is forbidden from taking life. Not so the Upasaka. He may.
6. The Panchasilas are common to both. But to the Bhikkhu they are vows. He cannot break them without incurring [a] penalty. To the Upasaika they are precepts to be followed.
7. The Bhikkhu’s observance of the Panchasilas is compulsory. Their observance by the Upasakas is voluntary.
8. Why did the Blessed Lord make such a distinction? There must be some good reason for it. For the Blessed Lord would not do anything unless there was some good reason for it.
9. The reason for this distinction is nowhere explicitly stated by the Blessed Lord. It is left to be inferred. All the same, it is necessary to know the reason for this distinction.
10. There is no doubt that the Blessed Lord wanted through his Dhamma to lay the foundation of a kingdom of righteousness on earth. That is why he preached his Dhanmia to all without distinction, to Bhikkus as well as to laymen.
11. But the Blessed Lord also knew that merely preaching the Dhamma to the common men would not result in the creation of that ideal society based on righteousness.
12. An ideal must be practical, and must be shown to be practicable. Then and then only [do] people strive after it and try to realise it.
13. To create this striving, it is necessary to have a picture of a society working on the basis of the ideal, and thereby proving to the common man that the ideal was not impracticable but on the other hand realisable.
14. The Sangh is a model of a society realising the Dhamma preached by the Blessed Lord.
15. This is the reason why the Blessed Lord made this distinction between the Bhikkhu and the Upasaka. The Bhikkhu was the torch-bearer of the Buddha’s ideal society, and the Upasaka was to follow the Bhikkhu as closely as he could.
16. There is also another question that requires an answer. What is the function of the Bhikkhu?
17. Is the Bhikkhu to devote himself to self-culture, or is he to serve the people and guide them?
18. He must discharge both the functions.
19. Without self-culture he is not fit to guide. Therefore he must himself be a perfect, best man, [a] righteous man and an enlightened man. For this he must practice self-culture.
20. A Bhikkhu leaves his home. But he does not retire from the world. He leaves home so that he may have the freedom and the opportunity to serve those who are attached to their homes, but whose life is full of sorrow, misery, and unhappiness, and who cannot help themselves.
21. Compassion, which is the essence of the Dhamma, requires that everyone shall love and serve, and the Bhikkhu is not exempt from it.
22. A Bhikkhu who is indifferent to the woes of mankind, however perfect in self-culture, is not at all a Bhikkhu. He may be something else but he is not a Bhikkhu.
Book Five, Part III—The Duties of the Bhikkhu
1. *The Bhikkhu’s Duty to Convert* — 2. *Conversion Not to be by Miracles* — 3. *Conversion Not to be by Force* — 4. *A Bhikkhu Must Fight to Spread Virtue (Dhamma)*
1. The Bhikkhu’s Duty to Convert
1. The news of the conversion of Yasa and his four friends to the Dhamma spread far and wide. The result was that lay persons belonging to the highest families in the country, and to those next to the highest, came to be instructed in the doctrine of the Blessed One, and to take refuge in him and in his Dhamma.
2. Many people were coming to him to receive instruction in the Dhamma. The Lord knew that it was difficult for him personally to give instruction to each one. He also felt the necessity of organising [the] Parivrajakas, whose number was swelling every day, into a religious order which he called the Sangh.
3. He accordingly made the Parivrajakas the members of the Sangh, and framed rules of discipline called vinaya, and made them binding upon the members of the Sangh.
4. The Blessed Lord later on laid down two stages to be undergone by a disciple before he became a Bhikkhu. First a disciple became a Parivrajaka and remained a Parivrajaka for a certain number of years, attached to a Bhikkhu and remaining in training under him. After his training period was over, he was allowed to take Upasampada if he satisfied a body of examiners that he was fit for it. It is only then that he was allowed to become a Bhikkhu and a member of the Sangh.
5. There was no time in the early stages of the Dhamma to make such arrangements. The Lord, therefore, made them Bhikkhus and sent them out as Missionaries to spread his religion to anywhere and everywhere.
6. And before sending them out, the Blessed One said to the Bhikkhus: “I am delivered, O Bhikkhus, from all fetters, human and divine. You, O Bhikkhus, from all fetters, human and divine. Go ye now, and wander for the gain of the many, for the welfare of the many, out of compassion for the world; for the good, for the gain and for the welfare of gods and men.
7. “Let not two of you go the same way. Preach, Bhikkhus, the doctrine which is glorious in the beginning, glorious in the middle, glorious at the end, in the spirit and in the letter; proclaim a consummate, perfect, and pure life of holiness.
8. “Go then through every country, convert those not yet converted; throughout the world that lies burnt up with sorrow, teach everywhere; (instruct) those lacking right instruction.
9. “Go where there are great Rishis, royal Rishis, Brahman Rishis too; these all dwell there, influencing men according to their schools.
10. “Go, therefore, each one travelling by himself; filled with compassion, go! rescue and receive.”
11. The Blessed Lord also told them:
12. “That the gift of the Dhamma exceeds all gifts; the sweetness of the Dhamma exceeds all sweetness; the delight in the Dhamma exceeds all delights.
13. “The fields are damaged by weeds, mankind is damaged by passion; therefore a gift of Dhamma brings great reward.
14. “The fields are damaged by weeds, mankind is damaged by hatred; therefore a gift of Dhamma brings great reward.
15. “The fields are damaged by weeds; mankind is damaged by vanity; therefore the gift of Dhamma brings great reward.
16. “The fields are damaged by weeds, mankind is damaged by lust; therefore a gift of Dhamma brings great reward.”
17. Then the sixty Bhikkhus, receiving orders to carry on the mission to propagate the Dhamma, went through every land.
18. The Lord gave them further instruction in the matter of conversions.
05_01

columbia.edu

05_01
The
Sangh and its OrganisationAdmission to the SanghThe Bhikkhu and His
VowsThe Bhikkhu and Ecclesiastical OffencesThe Bhikkhu and RestraintsThe
Bhikkhu and Good Conduct RulesThe Bhikkhu and the Trial of OffencesThe
Bhikkhu and Confession

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
2. Conversion Not to be by Miracles
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:15 am


Friends


§2. Conversion Not to be by Miracles
1. The Exalted One was once staying among the Mallas, at Anapiya, one of their towns.
2. Now the Exalted One, having robed himself, put on his cloak, and took his bowl, and entered the town for alms.
3. The Blessed One thought: “It is too early for me now to go through Anapiya for alms. I might go to the pleasance where Bhaggava,the wanderer dwells, and call upon him.”
4. So the Exalted One went to the pleasance and to the place where Bhaggava the wanderer was.
5. Then Bhaggava spake thus to the Exalted One: “Let my Lord, the Exalted One come near. Welcome to the Exalted One! It is long since the Exalted One has taken the opportunity to come our way. May it please you, Sir, to be seated; here is a seat made ready.”
6. The Exalted One sat down thereon, and Bhaggava, taking a certain low stool, sat down beside him. So seated, Bhaggava the wanderer spake thus to the Exalted One:
7. “Some days ago, Lord, Sunakkhatta of the Licchavis called on me and spake thus: ‘I have now given up the Exalted One, Bhaggava. I am remaining no longer under him as my teacher.’ Is the fact really so?”
8. “It is just so, Bhaggava, as Sunakkhatta of the Licchavis said.
9. “Some days ago, Bhaggava, a good many days ago, Sunakkhatta, the Licchavi, came to call on me, and spake thus: ‘Sir, I now give up the Exalted One, I will henceforth remain no longer under him as my teacher.’ When he told me this, I said to him: ‘But, now, Sunakkhatta, have I ever said to you: ‘Come, Sunakkhatta, live under me as my pupil?’
10. “‘No, Sir, you have not’, replied Sunakkhatta.
11. “Or have you ever said to me: ‘Sir, I would fain dwell under the Exalted One (as my teacher)?’
12. “‘No, Sir, I have not,’ said Sunakkhatta.
13. “‘But if I said not the one, and you said not the other, what are you and what am I, that you talk of giving up?’
14. “‘Well, but. Sir, the Exalted One works me no mystic wonders surpassing the power of ordinary men.’
15. “Why, now, Sunakkhatta, have lever said to you: ‘Come, take me as your teacher, Sunakkhatta, and I will work for you mystic wonders surpassing the power of ordinary men?’
16. “‘You have not, Sir.’
17. “Or have you ever said to me: ‘Sir, I would fain take the Exalted One as my teacher, for he will work for me mystic wonders beyond the powers of ordinary men?’
18. “‘I have not, Sir.’
19. “‘But if I said not the one, and you said not the other, what are you and what am I, foolish man, that you talk of giving up? What think you, Sunakkhatta?’
20. “Whether mystic wonders beyond the power of ordinary men are wrought, or whether they are not, is not the object for which I teach the Dhamma this: that it leads to the thorough destruction of ill for the doer thereof?’
21. “‘Whether, Sir, they are wrought or not, that is indeed the object for which the Norm is taught by the Exalted One.’
22. “But Bhaggava, Sunakkhatta went on saying to me, ‘Sir, the Exalted One does not reveal to me the beginning of things.’
23. “Why now, Sunakkhatta, have I ever said to you: ‘Come, Sunakkhatta, be my disciple and I will reveal to you the beginning of things?’
24. “‘Sir, you have not.’
25. “Or have you ever said to me: ‘I will become the Exalted One’s pupil, for he will reveal to me the beginning of things?’
26. “‘Sir, I have not.’
27. “‘But if I have not said the one and you have not said the other, what are you and what am I, foolish man, that you talk of giving up on that account? What [is it to] you, Sunakkhatta? Whether the beginning of things be revealed, or whether it be not, is the object for which I teach the Dhamma this: that it leads to the thorough destruction of ill for the doer thereof?’
28. “‘Whether, Sir, they are revealed or not, that is indeed the object for which the Dhamma is taught by the Exalted One.”
29. “‘If then, Sunakkhatta, it matters not to that object whether the beginning of things be revealed, or whether it be not, of what use to you would it be to have the beginning of things revealed?’
30. “‘In many ways have you, Sunakkhatta, spoken my praises among the Vajjins.’
31. “‘In many ways have you, Sunakkhatta, spoken the praises of the Dhamma among the Vajjins.’
32. “‘In many ways have you, Sunakkhatta, spoken the praises of the Order among the Vajjins.’
33. “I tell you, Sunakkhatta, I make known to you, that there will be those that shall say concerning you thus: ‘Sunakkhatta of the Licchavis was not able to live the holy life under Gautama the recluse. And he, not being able to adhere to it, hath renounced the discipline and turned to lower things.’
34. “Thus, Bhaggava, did Sunakkhatta of the Licchayis, addressed by me, depart from this Doctrine and Discipline, as one doomed to disaster.”
35. And soon after, leaving the Doctrine and Discipline of the Buddha, Sunakkhatta started telling people that there was nothing superhuman about the Buddha’s ennobling gifts of knowledge and insight; that it was his own reasoning which had hammered out a doctrine of his own evolving and of his personal invention, such that whoso hears it preached for his good has only to act up to it to be guided to the utter ending of ill.
36. Although Sunakkhatta was slandering the Buddha, what he was telling people was true. For the Buddha never resorted to the superhuman or the miraculous in propagating his Doctrine.
§ 3. Conversion Not to be by Force
1. The Blessed One was once going along the high road between Rajagraha and Nalanda with a great company of the brethren,—with about five hundred brethren. And Suppiya the mendicant, too, was going along the high road between Rajagraha and Nalanda with his disciple, the youth Brahmadatta.
2. Now just then, Suppiya the mendicant was speaking in many ways in dispraiseof the Buddha, in dispraise of the Doctrine, in dispraise of the Order. But young Brahmadatta, his pupil, gave utterance, in many ways, to praise of the Buddha, to praise of the Doctrine, to praise of the Order.
3. Thus they two, teacher and pupil, holding opinions in direct contradiction one to the other, were following, step by step, after the Blessed One and the comany of the brethren.
4. Now the Blessed One put up at the royal rest-house in the Ambalatthika pleasance to pass the night, and with him the company of the brethren. And so also did Suppiya the mendicant, and with him his young disciple Brahmadatta. And there, at the rest-house, these two carried on the same discussion as before.
5. And in the early dawn a number of the brethren assembled, as they rose up, in the pavilion; and the subject of the talk that sprang up among them was the conversation between Suppiya and Bramhadatta.
6. Now the Blessed One, on realising what was the drift of their talk, went to the pavilion, and took his seat on the mat spread out for him. And when he had sat down he said: “What is the talk on which you are engaged sitting here, and what is the subject of the conversation between you?” And they told him all. And he said:
7. “Brethren, if outsiders should speak against me or against the Doctrine, or against the Order, you should not on that account either bear malice, or suffer heart-burning, or feel ill-will.
8. “If you, on that account, should be angry and hurt, that would stand in the way of your own self-conquest. If, when others speak against us, you feel angry at that, and displeased, would you then be able to judge how far that speech of theirs is well said or ill?”
9. “That would not be so, Sir.”
10. “But when outsiders speak in dispraise of me, or of the Doctrine, or of the Order, you should unravel what is false and point it out as wrong, saying: ‘ or this or that reason this is not the fact, that is not so, such a thing is not found among us, is not in us.’
11. “But also, brethren, outsiders may speak in praise of me, in praise of the Doctrine, in praise of the Order. What are the things when they would say praising me you would say?
12. “He may say ‘Putting away the killing of living things, Gautama the recluse holds aloof from the destruction of life. He has laid the cudgel and the sword aside; and ashamed of roughness, and full of mercy, he dwells compassionate and kind to all creatures that have life.’ It is thus that the unconverted man, when speaking in praise of the Tathagata, might speak.
13. “Or he might say: ‘Putting away the taking of what has not been given, Gautama the recluse lived aloof from grasping what is not his own. He takes only what is given, and expecting that gifts will come, he passes his life in honesty and purity of heart.’
14. “Or he might say: ‘Putting away unchastity, Gautama the recluse is chaste. He holds himself aloof, far off, from the vulgar practice, from the sexual act.’
15. “Or he might say: ‘Putting away lying words, Gautama the recluse holds himself aloof from falsehood. He speaks truth, from the truth he never swerves; faithful and trustworthy, he breaks not his word to the world.’
16. “Or he might say: ‘Putting away slander, Gautama the recluse holds himself aloof from calumny. What he hears here he repeats not elsewhere to raise a quarrel against the people here; what he hears elsewhere he repeats not here to raise a quarrel against the people there. Thus does he live as a binder-together of those who are divided, an encourager of those who are friends, a peacemaker, a lover of peace, impassioned for peace, a speaker of words that make for peace.’
17. “Or he might say: ‘Putting away rudeness of speech, Gautama the recluse holds himself aloof from harsh language. Whatsover word is blameless, pleasant to the ear, lovely, reaching to the heart, urbane, pleasing to the people, beloved of the people—such are words he speaks.’
18. “Or he might say : ‘ Putting away frivolous talk, Gotama the recluse holds himself aloof from vain conversation. In season he speaks, in accordance with the facts, words full of meaning, on religion, on the discipline of the Order. He speaks, and at the right time, words worthy to be laid up in one’s heart, fitly illustrated, clearly divided, to the point.’
19. “Or he might say: ‘Gautama the recluse holds himself aloof from causing injury to seeds or plants.
‘He takes but one meal a day, not eating at night, refraining from food after hours (after midday).
‘He refrains from being a spectator at shows, at fairs with nautch dances, singing, and music.
‘He abstains from wearing, [or] adorning or ornamenting himself with, garlands, scents, and unguents.
‘He abstains from the use of large and lofty beds.
‘He abstains from accepting silver or gold.
‘He abstains from accepting uncooked grain.
‘He abstains from accepting women or girls.
‘He abstains from accepting bond-men or bond-women.
‘He abstains from accepting sheep or goats.
‘He abstains from accepting fowls or swine.
‘He abstains from accepting elephants, cattle, horses and mares.
‘He abstains from accepting cultivated fields or waste.
‘He abstains from acting as a go-between or messenger.
‘He abstains from buying and selling.
‘He abstains from cheating with scales or bronzes or measures.
‘He abstains from the crooked ways of bribery, cheating and fraud.
‘He abstains from maiming, murder, putting in bonds; highway robbery, dacoity, and violence.’
20. “Such are the things, brethren, which an unconverted man, when speaking in praise of the Tathagata, might say. But you should not, even on that account, be filled with pleasure or gladness, or be lifted up in heart. Were you to be so, that also would stand in the way of your self-conquest. When outsiders speak in praise of me, or of the Doctrine, or of the Order, you should acknowledge what is right to be the fact, saying: ‘For this or that reason this is the fact; that is so; such a thing is found among us, is in us.’”
§ 4. A Bhikkhu Must Fight to Spread Virtue (Dhamma)
1. Addressing the Bhikkhus, the Lord once said:
2. “It is not I, O disciples, that quarrel with the world,” said the Lord, “but the world that quarrels with me. A teacher of the truth does not quarrel with anyone in the world.”
3. “Warriors, warriors, Lord, we call ourselves. In what way then are we warriors?”
4. “We wage war, O disciples, therefore we are called warriors.”
5. “Wherefore, Lord, do we wage war?”
6. “For lofty virtues, for high endeavour, for sublime wisdom—for these things do we wage war; therefore we are called warriors.”
7. Where virtue is in danger do not avoid fighting, do not be mealy-mouthed.
Book Five, Part IV—The Bhikkhu and the Laity
1. *The Bond of Alms* — 2. *Mutual Influence* — 3. *Dhamma of the Bhikkhu and the Dhamma of the Upasaka*
§ 1. The Bond of Alms
1. The Sangh was an organised body, the membership of which was not open to all.
2. To be a mere Parivrajaka was not enough to give the Parivrajaka a membership of the Sangh.
3. It is only after the Parivrajaka had obtained Upasampada that he could become a member of the Sangh.
4. The Sangh was an independent body. It was independent even of its founder.
5. It was autonomous. It could admit anyone it liked to its membership. It could dismember [=expel] any member, provided it acted in accordance with the rules of the Vinaya Pitaka.
6. The only cord which bound the Bhikkhu to the Laity was alms.
7. The Bhikkhu depended upon alms, and it is the laity who gave alms.
8. The laity was not organised.
9. There was a Sangha-Diksha, or a ceremony for marking the initiation of a person in the Sangh.
10. Sangha-Diksha included both initiation into the Sangh, as well as into the Dhamma.
11. But there was no separate Dhamma-Diksha for those who wanted to be initiated into the Dhamma but did not wish to become members of the Sangh, one of the consequences of which was to go from home into homelessness.
12. This was a grave omission. It was one of the causes which ultimately led to the downfall of Buddhism in India.
13. For this absence of the initiation ceremony left the laity free to wander from one religion to another and, worse still, follow [them] at one and the same time.
§ 2. Mutual Influence
1. However, the bond of alms was enough for a Bhikkhu to reform an erring member of the laity.
2. In this connection the following rules mentioned in the Anguttara Nikaya are worthy of attention.
3. In addition to these prescriptions, the laity had a general right to complain against a Bhikkhu to other Bhikkhus, against any mischief or misconduct.
4. The moment the complaint reached the Buddha and he had verified it, the relevant rule in the Vinaya Pithaka was amended to make the repetition of such a conduct, an offence against the Sangh.
5. The Vinaya Pithaka is nothing but redress of the complaints of the laity.
6. Such was the relation between the Bhikkhu and the Laity.
§ 3. Dhamma of the Bhikkhu and the Dhamma of the Upasaka
1. Some critics of Buddhism allege that Buddhism is not a religion.
2. No attention should be paid to such criticism. But if any reply is to be given, it is that Buddhism is the only real religion and those who do not accept this must revise their definition of religion.
3. Other critics do not go so far as this. What they say is that Buddhism as a religion is concerned only with the Bhikkhu. It does not concern itself with the common man. Buddhism kept the common man outside its pale.
4. The references to the Bhikkhu occur so often in the dialogues of the Buddha that they go to strengthen the criticism.
5. It therefore becomes necessary to make the matter clear.
6. Was the Dhamma common to both? Or is there any part of the Dhamma which is binding on the Bhikkhu but not so on the laity?
7. Merely because the sermons were addressed to the gathering of the Bhikkhus, it must not be supposed that what was preached was intended to apply to them only. What was preached applied to both.
8. That the Buddha had the laity in mind when he preached: (1) The Panchasila, (2) The Ashtanga Marga, and (3) The Paramitas, is quite clear from the very nature of things; and no argument, really speaking, is necessary.
9. It is [for] those who have not left their homes and who are engaged in active life that Panchasila, Ashtanga Marga, and Paramitas are essential. It is they who are likely to transgress them, and not the Bhikkhu who has left home, who is not engaged in active life, and who is not likely to transgress them.
10. When the Buddha, therefore, started preaching his Dhamma, it must be [=have been] principally for the laity.
11. It is not, however, necessary to rely merely on inference. There is direct evidence to disprove the criticism.
12. Reference may be made to the following sermon:
13. Once while the Lord was staying at Shravasti in Jeta’s Grove in Anathapindika’s pleasance, there came to him the lay follower Dhammika, with [an]other five hundred lay followers; who, after due salutations, took his seat to one side, and addressed the Lord as follows:
14. “What conduct, O Lord, perfects both those that are Bhikkhus and those that are only Upasakas–i.e., those who are homeless and those who are not?
15. “Let the almsmen seated round with these lay followers learn the saving truth.”
16. The Blessed Lord said: “Give ear, almsmen. Hear, and keep the rules prescribed.
17. “Go not thy round when noon is past; betime seek alms. Snares greet the untimely guest.
18. “Before thou seek thy meal, clear thou thy mind of zest for forms, sounds, odours, taste, and luck.
19. “Thine alms received, return alone, to sit apart and think, with fixed mind that never stays [=strays?] abroad
20. “In talk with pious folk, almsmen, let thy theme be the Doctrine.
21. “Treat alms, cell, bed, water, and rinsings just as means, and nothing more.
22. “Such reasoned use will leave an almsman as unstained as [a] lotus leaf whereon no drop of water rests.
23. “I now pass to the conduct which perfects the lay followers. To them I say:
24. “Slay not, nor doom to death, nor sanction slaughter. Do no violence to aught that lives, strong or weak. Love all living beings.
25. “No layman wittingly should thieve or order theft; take but what others give.
26. “Shun incontinence as it were a pit of fire; on failing continence, debauch no wedded wife.
27. “In conclaves, courts, let him not be; let him not prompt or sanction lies; let him renounce untruth.
28. “Observe this law: shun drink; make no man drink; sanction no drinking. Mark how drink to madness leads.
29. “Through drink, fools sin, and egg lax brethren on to sin. So flee this maddening vice, this folly, bliss of fools.
30. “Slay not, steal not, lie not; from strong drink keep away; refrain from lechery.
31. “So make thy sabbath vows as week succeeds week, and keep with pious hearts this eight-fold festival.
32. “At morn, these vows performed, with pious, thankful heart, be wise; and of thy means give almsmen food and drink.
33. “Cherish thy parents well; follow a righteous trade.
34. “Thus shall the layman, staunch, reach realms of light above.”
35. It will thus be seen that the Dharnma was the same for both.
36. There are of course differences in the call made upon the two.
37. A Bhikkhu must take five vows.
38. He must take the vow that he shall not kill.
39. He must take the vow that he shall not appropriate to himself property of another which has not been given to him.
40. He must take the vow that he shall never tell a lie.
41. He must take the vow that he shall not try to have carnal knowledge of a woman.
42. He must take the vow that he shall never drink any intoxicating drink.
43. All these rules are binding also upon the layman.
44. The only difference lies in this: with the Bhikkhu they are vows which are not to be transgressed, with the layman they are moral obligations to be voluntarily honoured.
45. Besides, there are two other differences which are noteworthy.
46. A Bhikkhu cannot have private property. A layman can have.
47. A Bhikkhu is free to enter parnibban. Nibbana is enough for a layman.
48. These are the similarities and differences between a Bhikkhu and the layman.
49. Dhamma, however, is the same for both.
Book Five, Part V—Vinaya for the Laity
1. *Vinaya for the Wealthy* — 2. *Vinaya for the Householder* — 3. *Vinaya for Children* — 4. *Vinaya for Pupils* — 5. *Vinaya for Husband and Wife* — 6. *Vinaya for Master and Servant* — 7. *Conclusions* — 8. *Vinaya for Girls*
§ 1. Vinaya for the Wealthy
(1.i)
1. The Blessed Lord did not elevate poverty by calling it a blessed state of life.
2. Nor did he tell the poor that they may remain content, for they will inherit the earth.
3. On the contrary: he said riches are welcome. What he insisted upon is that the acquisition of riches must be subject to Vinaya.
(1.ii)
1. Once Anathapindika came to where the Exalted One was. Having come, he made obeisance to the Exalted One, and took a seat at one side, and asked, “Will the Enlightened One tell what things are welcome, pleasant, agreeable, to the householder, but which are hard to gain?”
2. The Enlightened One, having heard the question put to him, said, “Of such things the first is to acquire wealth lawfully.
3. “The second is to see that your relations also get their wealth lawfully.
4. “The third is to live long and reach great age.
5. “‘For a true householder for the attainment of these three things, which in the world are welcome, pleasant, agreeable, but hard to gain, there are also four conditions precedent. They are the blessing of faith, the blessing of virtuous conduct, the blessing of liberality, and the blessing of wisdom.
6. “The blessing of faith and belief consist in the supreme knowledge of the Tathagata which teaches, ‘This is He, the Exalted One, the Holy One, the Supremely Awakened One, the perfect in Knowledge and in Conduct, the Auspicious, the Knower of all the worlds, the Incomparable Trainer of men, the Teacher of Devas and men.’
7. “The blessing of virtuous conduct which abstains from taking life, thieving, unchastity, lying, and partaking of fermented liquor.
8. “The blessing of liberality consists in the householder living with mind freed from the taint of avarice, generous, open-handed, delighting in gifts, a good one to be asked, and devoted to the distribution of gifts.
9. “Wherein consists the blessing of wisdom? Ye know that a householder who dwells with mind overcome by greed, avarice, ill-will, sloth, drowsiness, distraction, and flurry, commits wrongful deeds, and neglects that which ought to be done, and by so doing is deprived of happiness and honour.
10. “Greed, avarice, ill-will; sloth and drowsiness; distraction, and flurry and doubt, are stains of the mind. A householder who gets rid of such stains of the mind acquires great wisdom, abundant wisdom, clear vision, and perfect wisdom.
11. “Thus to acquire wealth legitimately and justly, earned by great industry, amassed by strength of the arm, and gained by sweat (of the brow), is a great blessing. The householder makes himself happy and cheerful, and preserves himself full of happiness; also make parents, wife and children, servants and labourers, friends and companions, happy and cheerful, and preserves them full of happiness.”
§ 2. Vinaya for the Householder
On this matter the Buddha’s thoughts are embodied in his discourse with Sigala.
1. At one time the Exalted One was in the Squirrels’ Feeding-ground in Velu Vana, in Rajagraha.
2. Now at this time young Sigala, a householder’s son, rising betimes, went forth from Rajagraha, and with wet hair and wet garments and clasped hands uplifted, paid worship to the several quarters of earth and sky–to the east, south, west, and north, to the nadir and the zenith.
3. And the Exalted One early that morning dressed himself, took his bowl and robe, and entered Rajagraha seeking alms. He saw young Sigala worshipping and asked him, “Why do you worship the several quarters of earth and sky?”
4. “My father, when he was dying, said to me, ‘Dear son, you should worship the quarters of earth and sky. So I, sir, honouring my father’s word, worship in this wise.’”
5. “But how can this be the true religion of a man of the world? ” asked the Blessed One. “What else can be the religion of man?” replied Sigala. “If there is, it would be an excellent thing if the Exalted One would tell me what it is.”
6. “Hear then, young householder, give ear to my words, and I will tell you what it is.” “So be it, Sir,” responded young Sigala. And the Exalted One said:
7. “A religion, to be a religion of man, must teach him to shun bad conduct. The destruction of life, the taking of what is not given, licentiousness, and lying speech, are the four vices of conduct which he must avoid.
8. “Know ye, Sigala, evil deeds are done from motives of partiality, enmity, stupidity, and fear. If he is not led away by these motives, he will do no evil deed.
9. “A religion, to be religion of man, must teach him not to dissipate his wealth. Dissipation of wealth results from being addicted to intoxicating liquors, frequenting the streets at unseemly hours, haunting fairs, being infatuated by gambling, associating with evil companions, the habit of idleness.
10. “There are, Sigala, six dangers which follow from being addicted to intoxicating liquors: actual loss of wealth, increase of quarrels, susceptibility to disease, loss of good character, indecent exposure, impaired intelligence.
11. “Six are the perils from frequenting the streets at unseemly hours: he himself is without guard or protection, and so also are his wife and children, so also is his property; he, moreover, becomes suspected as the doer of undiscovered crimes, and false rumours fix on him, and many are the troubles he goes out to meet.
12. “Six are the perils from the haunting of fairs: he is ever thinking, where is there dancing? Where is there singing? Where is there music? Where is recitation? Where are the cymbals? Where the tam-tams?
13. “Six are the perils for him who is infatuated with gambling: as winner he begets hatred, when beaten he mourns his lost wealth; his actual substance is wasted; his word has no weight in a court of law; he is despised by friends and officials; he is not sought after by those who would give or take in marriage, for they would say that a man who is a gambler cannot afford to keep a wife.
14. “Six are the perils from associating with evil companions: any gambler, any libertine, any tippler, any cheat, any swindler, any man of violence is his friend and companion.
15. “Six are the perils of the habit of idleness: he says it is too cold and does no work, he says it is too hot and does no work, he says it is too early or too late and does no work, he says ‘I am too hungry’ and does no work, he says ‘I am too full’ and does no work. And while all that he should do remains undone, new wealth he does not get, and such wealth as he has dwindles away.
16. “A religion, to be a religion of man, must teach him to know who is a true friend.
17. “Four are they who should be reckoned as foes in the likeness of friends; to wit, a rapacious person, the man of words not deeds, the flatterer, and the fellow-waster [=companion in dissipation].
18. “Of these, the first is to be reckoned as a foe in the likeness of a friend, for he is rapacious, he gives little and asks much, he does his duty out of fear, he pursues his own interests.
19. “A man of words who is not a man of deeds is to be reckoned as a foe in the likeness of a friend: for he makes a friendly profession as regards the past, he makes [a] friendly profession as regards the future, he tries to gain your favour by empty sayings; when the opportunity for service has arisen, he avows his disability.
20. “The flatterer is to be reckoned as a foe in the likeness of a friend: for he both consents to do wrong, and dissents from doing right; he praises to your face; he speaks ill of you to others.
21. “So also the fellow-waster companion is to be reckoned as a foe in the likeness of a friend: for he is your companion when you frequent the streets at untimely hours, he is your companion when you haunt shows and fairs, he is your companion when you are infatuated with gambling.
22. “Four are the friends who should be reckoned as sound at heart: the helper; the friend who is the same in happiness and adversity; the friend of good counsel; the friend who sympathises.
23. “The friend who is a helper is to be reckoned as sound at heart: because he guards you when you are off your guard, he guards your property when you are off your guard; he is a refuge to you when you are afraid; when you have tasks to perform he provides a double supply of what you may need.
24. “The friend who is the same in happiness and adversity is to be reckoned as sound of heart: because he tells you his secrets; he keeps secret your secrets; in your troubles he does not foresake you; he lays down even his life for your sake.
25. “The friend who declares what you need to do is sound of heart: because he restrains you from doing wrong, he enjoins you to do what is right, he informs you of what you had not heard before, he reveals to you the way of heaven.
26. “The friend who sympathises is to be reckoned as sound at heart: because he does not rejoice over your misfortunes; he rejoices over your prosperity; he restrains anyone who is speaking ill of you; he commends anyone who is praising you.” Thus speaks the Exalted One.
27. “Instead of teaching him to worship the six quarters, a religion which is a religion of man must teach him to respect and revere his parents, his teachers, his wife and children, his friends and companions, his servants and workmen, and his religious teachers.”
§ 3. Vinaya for Children
1. “A child should minister to his parents, saying: ‘Once supported by them, I will now be their support, I will perform duties incumbent on them; I will keep up the lineage and tradition of my family, I will make myself worthy of my heritage.’ For the parents show their love for him, they restrain him from vice, they exhort him to virtue, they train him to a profession, they contract a suitable marriage for him, and in due time they hand over his inheritance.”
§ 4. Vinaya for Pupils
1. “A pupil should minister to his teachers by rising from his seat, in salutation by waiting upon them, by eagerness to learn, by personal service, and by attention when receiving their teaching. For, teachers love their pupil, they train him in that wherein he has been well trained, they make him hold fast that which is well held, they thoroughly instruct him in the lore of every art, they speak well of him among his friends and companions. They provide for his safety in every quarter.”
§ 5. Vinaya for Husband and Wife
1. “A husband should minister to his wife by showing respect, by courtesy, by faithfulness, by handing over authority to her, by providing her with adornment. For the wife loves him, her duties are well performed: by hospitality to the kin of both, by faithfulness, by watching over the goods he brings, and by skill and industry in discharging all her business.
2. “A clansman should minister to his friends and companions by generosity, courtesy, and benevolence, by treating them as he treats himself, and by being as good as his word. For his friends and familiars love him, they protect him when he is off his guard, and on such occasions guard his property; they become a refuge in danger; they do not forsake him in his trouble, and they show consideration for his family.”
§ 6. Vinaya for Master and Servant
1. “A master should minister to his servants and employees by assigning them work according to their strength, by supplying them with food and wages, by tending them in sickness, by sharing with them unusual delicacies, by granting leave at times. For servants and employees love their master: they rise before him, they lie down to rest after him; they are content with what is given to them, they do their work well, and they carry about his praise and good fame.
2. “A clansman should minister to religious teachers by affection in act and speech and mind, by keeping open house to them, by supplying their temporal needs. For religious teachers restrain him from evil, they exhort him to good, they love him with kindly thoughts, they teach him what he had not heard, they correct and purify what he has heard.”
§7. Conclusions
1. When the Exalted One had thus spoken, Sigala, the young householder, said this: “Beautiful, Lord, beautiful! As if one should set up again that which had been overthrown, or reveal that which had been hidden; or should disclose the road to one that was astray, or should carry a lamp into darkness, saying: ‘They that have eyes will see!’ Even so hath the Truth been manifested by the Exalted One in many ways.
2. “And I, even I, do go to him as my refuge, and to the Truth and to the Order. May the Exalted One receive me as his lay-disciple, as one who has taken his refuge in him from this day forth as long as life endures.”
§ 8. Vinaya for Girls
1. Once the Exalted One dwelt near Bhaddiya in Jatiya Wood; and there Uggaha, Mendaka’s grandson, paid him a visit and, after saluting, sat down at one side. So seated, he said to the Exalted One:
2. “Lord, let the Exalted One accept a meal at my house tomorrow, he as fourth (with us three).”
3. The Exalted One accepted by his silence.
4. Then Uggaha, seeing the Exalted One had accepted, rose from his seat, saluted, and took his leave, keeping the Exalted One on his right.
5. Now when the night was over, the Exalted One, robing himself in the morning, took his bowl and cloak and went to Uggaha’s house, and there sat down on the seat made ready. And Uggaha served with his own hand. and satisfied the Exalted One with plenty of food.
6. And when the Exalted One had removed his hand from his bowl, he sat down at one side. Thus seated, he said:
7. “Lord, these girls of .mine will be going to their husbands’ families; Lord, let the Exalted One counsel them, let the Exalted One advise them, for their good and happiness for many a day!”
8. Then the Exalted One spoke to them and said: “Wherefore, girls, train yourselves in this way: ‘To whatsoever husband our parents shall give us–wishing our weal, seeking our happiness, compassionate–because of compassion for him we will rise up early, be the last to retire, be willing workers, order all things sweetly. and be gentle-voiced.’ Train yourselves thus, girls.
9. “And in this way also, girls: ‘We will honour, revere, esteem. and respect all who are our husband’s relatives, whether mother or father, recluse or godly man’ and on their arrival will offer them a seat and water.’ Train yourselves thus, girls.
10. “And in this way also. girls: ‘We will be deft and nimble at our husband’s home-crafts, whether they be of wool or cotton, making it our business to understand the work so as to do and get it done.’ Train yourselves thus, girls.
11. “And in this way also, girls: ‘Messengers and workfolk. we will know the work of each by what has been done, their remissness by what has not been done; we will know the strength and the weakness of the sick; we will divide the hard and soft food, each according to his share.’ Train yourselves thus, girls.
12. “And in this way also, girls: ‘The money, corn, silver and gold that our husband brings home, we will keep safe, watch and ward over it, and act as no robber, thief, carouser, wastrel therein.’ Train yourselves thus, girls.”
13. On hearing this advice, the daughters of Uggaha felt exceedingly happy and were grateful to the Lord.
BOOK SIX: HE AND HIS CONTEMPORARIES
Book Six, Part I—His Benefactors
*Book Six, Part I — His Benefactors*
1. *Gift from King Bimbisara* — 2. *Gift from Anathapindika* — 3. *Gift from Jeevaka* — 4. *Gift from Ambrapali* — 5. *Munificence of Vishakha*
§ 1. Gift from King Bimbisara
1. King Bimbisara was not merely a follower of the Blessed Lord; he was also a great devotee, and a great supporter of his Dhamma.
2. After his becoming a lay disciple, Bimbisara asked, “Might the Blessed Lord consent to take his meal with me tomorrow, together with the fraternity of the monks?”
3. The Blessed One expressed his consent by remaining silent.
4. Then King Bimbisara, when he understood that the Blessed One had accepted his invitation, rose from his seat, respectfully saluted the Blessed One, and, passing round him with his right side towards him, went away.
5. And when the night had elapsed, Bimbisara ordered excellent food to be prepared, and at [that] time announced to the Blessed One in the words: “It is time. Lord, the meal is ready.”
6. And in the forenoon the Blessed One, having put on his under-robe, took his alms-bowl, and with his robe on, entered the city of Rajagraha, accompanied by monks who had all been Jatilas before.
7. And the Blessed One went to the palace of King Bimbisara. Having gone there, he sat down with the monks who followed him, on seats laid out for them. Then King Bimbisara with his own hands served the fraternity of monks with the Buddha at its head; and when the Blessed One had finished his meal and cleaned his bowl and his hands, he sat down near him.
8. Sitting near him King Bimbisara thought: “Where may I find a place for the Blessed One to live in, not too far from the village and not too near, suitable for going and coming, easily accessible for people who keep on seeking him, by day not too crowded, where there is little sound, little noise by night, sequestered, hidden from men, well fitted for a retired life?”
9. And King Bimbisara thought: “There is the Veluvana, my pleasure garden, which is not too far from the town and not too near, suitable for going and coming. What if I were to make an offering of the Veluvana pleasure garden to the fraternity of monks, with the Buddha at its head?”
10. And King Bimbisara took a golden vessel with water in it, to be poured over the Buddha’s hand; and made a gift to the Blessed One, saying, “I give this Veluvana pleasure garden, Lord, to the fraternity of monks with the Buddha at its head.” The Blessed One accepted the park.
11. Then the Blessed One, after having taught, incited, animated, and gladdened King Bimbisara by religious discourse, rose from his seat and went away.
12. And in consequence of this event the Blessed One, after having delivered a religious discourse, addressed the monks: “I allow you, monks, to receive this donation of a park.”
§ 2. Gift from Anathapindika
1. After his conversion, Anathapindika once went to the Blessed Lord. Taking his seat on his right side, he said:
2. “The Lord knows that I dwell in Shravasti, a land rich in produce, and enjoying peace; Pasendi is the great king thereof.
3. “Now am I wishful to found a Vihar there. I pray you, of your tenderness, come to Shravasti and accept it from me.”
4. The Blessed Lord kept silent and thereby showed his willingness to accept the gift.
5. Anathapindika, the friend of the destitute and the supporter of orphans, having returned home, saw the garden of the heir-apparent, Jeta, with its green groves and limpid rivulets, and thought: “This is the place which will be most suitable as a Vihara for the fraternity of the Blessed One.” And he went to the prince and asked leave to buy the ground.
6. The prince was not inclined to sell the garden, for he valued it highly. He at first refused, but said at last: “If you can cover it with gold, then, and for no other price, shall you have it.”
7. Anathapindika rejoiced and began to spread his gold; but Jeta said: “Spare yourself trouble, for I will not sell.” But Anathapindika insisted. Thus they differed and contended, until they resorted to the magistrate.
8. Meanwhile the people began to talk of the unwonted proceeding; and the prince, hearing more of the details, and knowing that Anathapindika was not only very wealthy but also straightforward and sincere, inquired into his plans. On hearing the name of the Blessed One, the prince became anxious to share in the foundation, and he accepted only one-half of the gold, saying: “Yours is the land, but mine are the trees. I will give the trees as my share of the offering to the Lord.”
9. Having made the foundation, they began to build the hall which rose loftily in due proportions, according to the directions which the Blessed One had given; and it was beautifully decorated with appropriate carvings.
10. This Vihara was called Jetavana, and the friend of the orphans invited the Lord to come to Shravasti and receive the gift. And the Blessed One left Kapilavastu and came to Shravasti.
11. While the Blessed One entered Jetavana, Anathapindika scattered flowers and burned incense, and as a sign of the gift he poured water from a golden dragon pitcher, saying, “This Jetavana Vihara I give for the use of the brotherhood throughout the world.”
12. The Blessed One received the gift, and replied: “May all evil influences be overcome; may the offering promote the kingdom of righteousness, and be a permanent blessing to mankind in general and especially also to the giver.”
13. Anathapindika was one of the eighty chief disciples who bore the title of Chief Almsgiver.
§ 3. Gift from Jeevaka
1. Jeevaka the physician visited the Blessed One twice a day, whenever the Blessed One happened to be in Rajagraha.
2. Jeevaka found the Veluvana, gifted away to the Blessed One by King Bimbisara, too far away.
3. Jeevaka had his own park in Rajagraha, known as Ambavana, which was much nearer from [=to] his place.
4. He thought of building a Vihara with all its adjuncts, and present[ing] the Ambavana and the Vihara to the Blessed One.
5. With this idea in his mind he approached the Blessed One, and requested him to let him fulfil his wishes.
6. The Blessed Lord showed his acceptance by remaining silent.
§ 4. Gift from Ambrapali
1. Now the Exalted One was staying at Nadika and was wishing for a change. He addressed Ananda, and said: “Come, Ananda, let us go on to Vesali.”
2. “So be it. Lord,” said Ananda, in assent, to the Exalted One.
3. Then the Exalted One proceeded, with a great company of the brethren, to Vesali, and there at Vesali, the Exalted One stayed at Ambrapali’s grove.
4. Now the courtesan Ambrapali heard that the Exalted One had arrived at Vesali, and was staying there at her mango grove. And ordering a number of state vehicles to be made ready, she mounted one of them, and went forth with her train from Vesali towards her garden. She went in the carriage as far as the ground was passable for carriages; there she alighted, and she proceeded on foot to the place where the Exalted One was, and took her seat respectfully on one side. And when she was thus seated the Exalted One instructed her with religious discourse.
5. Then she addressed the Exalted One, and said: ” May the Exalted One do me the honour of taking his meal, together with the brethren, at my house tomorrow ? “
6. And the Exalted One gave, by silence, his consent. Then when Ambrapali the courtesan saw that the Exalted One had consented, she rose from her seat and bowed down before him; and keeping him on her right hand as she passed him, she departed thence.
7. Now the Licchavis of Vesali heard that the Exalted One had arrived at Vesali, and was staying at Ambrapali’s grove. They too wanted to invite the Buddha to their place for a meal. And ordering a number of state carriages to be made ready, they each mounted one of them and went forth with their train from Vesali.
8. They and Ambrapali crossed on the way.
9. And Ambrapali drove up against the young Licchavis, axle to axle, wheel to wheel, and yoke to yoke, and the Licchavis said to Ambrapali the courtesan, “How is it, Ambrapali, that thou drivest up against us thus?”
10. “My Lords, I have just invited the Exalted One and his brethren for their morrow’s meal,” said Ambrapali.
11. “Ambrapali, sell this honour to us fora hundred thousand,” said they.
12. “My Lords, were you to offer all Vesali with its subject territory, I would not give it up.”
13. The Licchavis cast up their hands, exclaiming: “We are outdone by this mango girl. We are out-reached by this mango girl,” and they went on to Ambrapali’s grove.
14. Knowing that they were outdone, they still thought of approaching the Blessed One, in the hope that he might reconsider and give their invitation first preference. So they went on to Ambrapali’s grove.
15. When the Exalted One saw the Licchavis approaching in the distance, he addressed the brethren and said: “Brethren, let those of the brethren who have never seen the devas, gaze upon this company of the Licchavis, behold this company of the Licchavis, compare this company of the Licchavis–for they are even a company of next-world devas.”
16. And when they had ridden as far as the ground was passable for carriages, the Licchavis alighted there, and then went on foot to the place where the Exalted One was, and took their seats respectfully by his side.
17. Then they addressed the Exalted One, and said : “May the Exalted One do us the honour of taking his meal, together with the brethren, at our house tomorrow?”
18. “I have promised, Licchavis, to dine tomorrow with Ambrapali,” was the reply.
19. Then the Licchavis knew that they had failed. And after expressing their thanks and approval of the words of the Exalted One, they rose from their seats and bowed down before the Exalted One, and keeping him on their right hand as they passed him, departed thence.
20. And at the end of the night, Ambrapali the courtesan made ready in her mansion sweet rice and cakes, and announced the time to the Exalted One, saying, “The hour. Lord, has come, and the meal is ready.”
21. And the Exalted One who had dressed himself early in the morning, took his bowl and his robe, and went with the brethren to the place where Ambrapali’s mansion was; and when he had come there he seated himself on the seat prepared for him. And Ambrapali, the courtesan, set the sweet rice and cakes before the order, with the Buddha at their head, and waited upon them till they refused any more.
22. And when the Blessed One had quite finished his meal, and had cleansed the bowl and his hands, the courtesan had a low stool brought, and sat down-at his side, and addressed the Exalted One, and said:
23. ” Lord, I present my pleasance to you and to the order.” And the Exalted One accepted the gift; and after giving a religious discourse, he rose from his seat and took her leave.
§ 5. Munificence of Vishakha
1. Vishakha was a wealthy woman of Shravasti. She had many children and grandchildren.
2. When the Blessed One stayed at Shravasti, Vishakha went up to the place where the Blessed One was, and tendered Him an invitation to take his meal at her house, which the Blessed One accepted.
3. And heavy rain fell during the night and the next morning; and the bhikkhus doffed their robes to keep themselves dry, and let the rain fall upon their bodies.
4. When the next day the Blessed One had finished his meal, she took her seat at his side and spoke thus: “Eight are the boons, Lord, which I beg of the Blessed One.”
5. Then the Blessed One said: “The Tathagatas, O Vishakha, grant no boons unless they know what they are.”
6. Vishakha replied: “Proper, Lord, and unobjectionable are the boons I ask.”
7. Having received permission to ask the boons, Vishakha said: “I desire. Lord, through all my life to bestow robes for the rainy season on the Sangha, and food for incoming bhikkhus, and food for outgoing bhikkhus, and food for the sick, and food for those who wait upon the sick, and medicine for the sick, and a constant supply of rice-milk for the Sangha, and bathing robes for the bhikkhunis, the sisters.”
8. “But,” said the Lord, “What, O Vishakha, have you in view, in asking these eight boons of the Tathagata?”
9. And Vishakha replied: “I gave command, Lord, to my maid-servant, saying, ‘Go thou and announce to the fraternity that the meal is ready,’ and my maid went, but when she came to the vihara, she observed that the bhikkhus had doffed their robes, while it was raining, and she thought: ‘These are not bhikkhus, but naked ascetics letting the rain fall on them.’ So she returned to me and reported accordingly, and I had to send her a second time.
10. “Impure, Lord, is nakedness, and revolting. It was this circumstance, Lord, that I had in view in desiring to provide the Sangha throughout my life with special garments for use in the rainy season.
11. “As to my second wish. Lord, an incoming bhikku, not being able to take the direct roads, and not knowing the places where food can be procured, comes on his way wearied out by seeking for alms. It was this circumstance, Lord, that I had in view, in desiring to provide the Sangha throughout my life with food for incoming bhikkhus.
12. “Thirdly, Lord, an outgoing bhikkhu, while seeking about for alms, may be left behind, or may arrive too late at the place whither he desires to go, and will set out on the road in weariness.
13. “Fourthly, Lord, if a sick bhikkhu does not obtain suitable food, his sickness may increase upon him, and he may die.
14. “Fifthy, Lord, a bhikkhu who is waiting upon the sick will lose his opportunity of going out to seek food for himself.
15. “Sixthly, Lord, if a sick bhikkhu does not obtain suitable medicines, his sickness may increase upon him, and he may die.
16. “Seventhly, Lord, I have heard that the Blessed One has praised rice-milk, because it gives readiness of mind, dispels hunger and thirst; it is wholesome nourishment for the healthy, and for the sick as a medicine. Therefore I desire to provide the Sangha throughout my life with [a] constant supply of rice-milk.
17. “Finally, Lord, the bhikkhunis are in the habit of bathing in the river Archiravati with the courtesans, at the same landing-place, and naked. And the courtesans. Lord, ridicule the bhikkhunis, saying, ‘What is the good, ladies, of your maintaining chastity when you are young? When you are old, maintain chastity then; thus will you be obtainers of both ends.’ Impure, Lord, is nakedness for a woman, disgusting, and revolting.
18. “These are the circumstances, Lord, that I had in view.”
19. The Blessed One said, “But what was the advantage you had in view for yourself, O Vishakha, in asking these eight boons of the Tathagatha?”
20. Vishakha replied: “Bhikkhus who have spent the rainy season in various places will come, Lord, to Shravasti to visit the Blessed One. And on coming to the Blessed One they will ask, saying: ‘Such and such a bhikkhu. Lord, has died. What, now, is his destiny?’ Then will the Blessed One explain that he has attained the fruits of conversion; that he has entered Nirvana or attained arhantship, as the case may be.
21. “And I, going up to them, shall ask, ‘Was that brother, sirs, one of those who had formerly been at Shravasti?’ then shall I arrive at the conclusion, ‘For a certainty did that brother enjoy either the robes for the rainy season, or the food for the incoming bhikkhus, or the food for the outgoing bhikkhus, or the food for the sick, or the food for those that wait upon the sick, or the medicine for the sick, or the constant supply of rice-milk.’
22. “Then will gladness spring up within me; thus gladdened joy will come to me; and so rejoicing all my frame will be at peace. Being thus at peace, I shall experience a blissful feeling of content; and in that bliss my heart will be at rest. That will be to me an exercise of my moral powers, an exercise of the seven kinds of wisdom! This, Lord, was the advantage I had in view for myself, in asking those eight boons of the Blessed One.”
23. Then the Blessed One said, “It is well, it is well, Vishakha. Thou hast done well in asking these eight boons of the Tathagata with such advantage in view. Charity bestowed upon those who are worthy of it is like good seeds sown in good soil that yields an abundance of fruits. But alms given to those who are yet under the tyrannical yoke of the passions are like a seed deposited in bad soil. The passions of the receiver of the alms choke, as it were, the growth of merits.”
24. And the Blessed One gave thanks to Vishakha in these verses: “Whatsoever donation a woman upright in life, a disciple of the Blessed One, may bestow in gladness of heart and without stint, her gift is heavenly, destructive of sorrow, and productive of bliss.” ” A blissful life does she attain entering upon the path that is from corruption and impurity.” “Aiming at good, happy does she become; and she rejoices in her charitable actions.”
25. Vishakha gave to the Order the Purva-Aram or Eastern Garden, and was the first to become a matron of the lay-sisters.
Book Six, Part II—His Enemies
1. *Charge of Conversion by Glamour* — 2. *Charge of being a Parasite!* — 3. *Charge of Breaking Happy Households* — 4. *Jains and a False Charge of Murder* — 5. *Jains and a False Charge of Immorality* — 6. *Devadatta, a Cousin and an Enemy* — 7. *Brahmins and the Buddha*
§ 1. Charge of Conversion by Glamour
1. Once the Exalted One dwelt at Vesali, in the Gable-roofed Hall in the Great Wood. Now Bhaddiya the Licchavi came to the Exalted One and said, “Lord! People say ‘Gautama the recluse is a charmer, and knows a trick of glamour, whereby he entices the followers of other sects.’
2. “They who say this disclaim any desire to misrepresent the Exalted One. Indeed, Lord, we Licchavis do not believe in this charge. But we would like to know what the Exalted One has to say about it.”
3. The Lord said, “Come now, Bhaddiya, accept not on hearsay, nor by tradition, nor by what people say. Accept not because it is in the scriptures, by mere logic, nor by inference, nor by consideration of appearances, nor because it accords with your view, nor because you think it must be right, nor out of respect, with the thought that ‘One must revere a recluse’.”
4. “But, Bhaddiya, if at any time you know, of [=for] yourself, by examination of facts, that what is being done is sinful or wrongful, that it is reproached by the wise and the result is loss or injury, then, Bhaddiya, eschew them.
5. “Now as to your question, Bhaddiya, what think you: are not those who accuse me of performing conversion by glamour ambitious persons?” “They are, Lord,” replied Bhaddiya.
6. “What think ye, Bhaddiya: does not an ambitious person, overcome by avarice and with mind overpowered, tell lies or commit crime to achieve his ambition?” “It is so, Lord,” replied Bhaddiya.
7. “What think you, Bhaddiya: when thoughts of ill-will and vindictiveness arise in the mind of such a person, does he not instigate others to level accusations against those who come in the way of his ambition?” “That is so, Lord,” said Bhaddiya.
8. “Now, Bhaddiya, all I do is to exhort my pupil thus: ‘Come you, my dear man, dwell controlling (thoughts of) avarice. So dwelling, you will not commit acts born of avarice, either by body, work, or thought. Dwell controlling ill-will and ignorance.’
9. “So, Bhaddiya, those recluses and Brahmins who wrongly reproach me with being a teacher and proclaimer of such views, are false, empty liars, when they say: ‘The recluse Gautama is a charmer, and knows a trick of glamour, whereby he entices the followers of other sects.’ “
10. “A lucky thing indeed, O Lord–a fair find is this trick of glamour! Lord, would that my beloved blood-relations were enticed by this same trick of glamour! It would indeed conduce to their advantage and happiness! Lord, would that all the classes–the Brahmins, the Khatiyas, the Vessas, and the Suddas–were enticed by this same trick of glamour; it would indeed conduce to their advantage and happiness for a long time.”
11. “It is so, Bhaddiya! It is so, Bhaddiya! If all the classes, enticed by this trick of glamour, were to eschew sinful conditions, my trick would result in great advantage and happiness to the world.”
§ 2. Charge of Being a Parasite!
1. The Blessed One was accused of being a parasite, living upon others, and not earning his living by working for it. The accusation, and the reply of the Blessed Lord, is [=are] set out below:
2. Once the Lord was living among the Magadha folk at Dakkhina-giri, in the Brahmin village of Eka-Nala, at a time when the Brahmin Kasi-Bharadvaja’s five hundred ploughs were harnessed for the sowing.
3. In the morning early, duly robed and bowl in hand, the Lord went to where the Brahmin was busy, at an hour when a meal was brought forward; and [he] stood there to one side.
4. Observing him standing there for alms, the Brahmin said, “Before I eat, I plough and sow, anchorite; and you too should plough and sow before you eat.”
5. “I too Brahmin, do plough and do sow before I eat.”
6. “I fail, however, to see the worthy Gautama’s yoke, or plough, or ploughshare, or goad, or ox-team–albeit, he asserts that he ploughs and sows before he eats.
7. “You claim to be a tiller, though we see none of your tillage. Tell us how you till; for of your tilling we would fain hear more.”
8. “My seed is faith; austerity of life my rain; wisdom my yoke and plough; my pole is fear to err; with thought to strap the yoke, and mindfulness for plough share and the goad,” replied the Lord.
9. “Watchful o’er word and deed, and temperate in diet, I make in sight weed my crop, nor rest till final bliss is harvested. Effort is my stout ox, which turns not back at headlands; straight to Peace he bears me on, to that last bourne where anguish is no more. Thus, I till with Deathlessness for crop. And who tills as I, is freed from ills.”
10. Thereupon the Brahmin served up milk-rice on a great bronze dish and offered it to the Lord, saying: “Eat this, Gautama, a tiller indeed art thou, in that thou tillest a crop that is deathless.”
11. But the Lord said, “I take no chanter’s fee. Seers countenance it not; the Enlighten’d scout such fees; and while this Doctrine lasts, this practice must hold good. Provided with other fare, a sage of holy calm, consummate, cankerless; merit to reap,–sow there.”
12. On hearing these words, the Brahmin went over to the Lord, and, bowing his head at the Lord’s feet, cried: “Wonderful, Gautama; quite wonderful! Just as a man might set upright again what had fallen down, or reveal what had been hidden away, or tell a man who had gone astray which was his way, or bring a lamp into darkness so that those with eyes to see might see the things about them,–even so, in many ways, has Gautama made his Doctrine clear!
13. “To the reverend Gautama I come for refuge, and to his Doctrine and to his community. Be it mine to receive admission and confirmation at the hands of the Lord!” So the Brahmin Kasi-Bharadvaja was admitted, and confirmed as an almsman of the Lord.
§3. Charge of Breaking Happy Households
1. Seeing that many distinguished young Magadha noblemen had become the discipJes of the Blessed One, people became annoyed and angry, saying: “The Samana Gautama causes parents to be childless; the Samana Gautama causes wives to become widows; the Samana Gautama causes the uprooting of families.
2. “Now he has ordained one thousand Jatilas, and he has ordained these two hundred and fifty wandering ascetics who were followers of Sanjaya, and these many distinguished young Magadha clansmen are now leading a holy life under the Samana Gautama. What will happen next? No one can say!”
3. And, moreover, when they saw the monks they chide[d] them in the following terms: “The great Samana has come to Giribhaja (i.e., Ragagaha) of the Magadha people, leading with him all the followers of Sanjaya; who will be the next to be led by him?”
4. The monks heard this accusation, and they reported it to the Blessed One.
5. The Blessed One replied, “This noise, monks, will not last long; it will last only seven days; after seven days it will be over.
6. “And if they chide you, monks, you should reply that it is truly by a good Dhamma that the great heroes, the Tathagatas, lead. Who will murmur at the wise, why grudge the wise leading men righteously? There is no compulsion in my Dhamma. One is free to leave home. One is free to remain attached to his home.”
7. When the Bhikkhus replied to the revilers as the Blessed One had directed, then the people understood: “It is by Dhamma, and not unrighteously, that the Sakyaputtiya Samana leads men:; and [they] ceased to accuse the Blessed One.

youtube.com
ANNIHILATION OF CASTE PART 3

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
§ 4. Jains and a False Charge of Murder
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:13 am



Friends

§ 4. Jains and a False Charge of Murder
1. The Tirthikas’were beginning to feel that the people no longer respected them, with the appearance of Samana Gautama, and that even some people did not know of their existence.
2. So, “Let us see whether with the connivance of somebody, we can lower his prestige,” thought the Tirthikas. “Perhaps with Sundari’s help we might succeed.”
3. And they approached Sundari and said to her, “Sister, you are extremely beautiful and charming. If you spread a scandal about Samana Gautama, the people might believe it, and it would lower his influence.”
4. Sundari used to go every evening towards the Jetavana with garlands, camphor, and sweet scents when the people used to return to the city; and if anybody asked her, “Sundari, where are you going?” she used to answer, “I am going to Samana Gautama to stay within the garden house (Gandha Kutir).”
5. And staying the night in some gardens of the Tirthikas, she used to return in the morning, and if anybody asked her where she had spent the night, she would say that she had spent the night with Gautama.
6. After a few days the Tirthikas hired a few assassins and told them, “Kill Sundari, and throw her body on the rubbish heap near Gautama’s Gandha Kutir.” This the assassins did.
7. Then the Tirthikas brought it to the notice of the officers of peace and justice that Sundari used to frequent Jetavana, and she was missing.
8. So with the assistance of the officers, they found Sundari’s body on the rubbish heap.
9. And the Tirthikas accused the disciples of Gautama to have [=of having] killed Sundari in order to hide the shame of their leader.
10. But the assassins began to quarrel amongst themselves, in a liquor shop, about the distribution of the prize money for having killed Sundari.
11. The officers at once arrested them; and they admitted their guilt, and implicated the Tirthikas at whose instigation they had committed the crime.
12. Thus the Tirthikas lost whatever influence was left for them.
§ 5. Jains and a False Charge of Immorality
1. As with the sunrise the glow-worms vanish, so miserable became the situation of the Tirthikas. The people ceased to pay them respects or [give them] presents.
2. Standing on the public streets they used to harangue: “If Samana Gautama is enlightened (Buddha), we are also. If you acquire virtue by showering presents on the Buddha, you will get the same by giving us presents. Therefore make gift to us.”
3. But the public paid no heed to it. So they conspired in secret how by spreading scandal on [=about] the character of Samana Gautama, they could discredit the Sangha.
4. At that time there used to live in Shravasti a Brahmani Parivrajaka, known as Chincha. In bodily formation and physical charms she was a seductive beauty. She used to radiate voluptuous grace with her bodily movements.
5. One of the crafty schemers among the Tirthikas said that with the help of Chincha it would be easy to spread a scandal about Gautama, and thereby discredit him; to which other Tirthikas gave their consent.
6. Then one day Chincha came to the park of the Tirthikas and, saluting them, sat near them. But nobody talked with her.
7. Surprised at this, she said, “How have I offended you? I have saluted you thrice, though you do not say a single word to me.”
8. “Sister,” the Tirthikas said, “Don’t you know that Samana Gautama is causing us harm and loss by his popularity?” “I do not know that. And have I got any duty to perform toward its solution?”
9. “Sister, if you mean to do us good, then by your own efforts, spread scandals about Gautama, and thus make him unpopular.” “All right, be content, and depend [for] that on me.” Saying thus, she left the place.
10. Chincha was an expert in feminine charms and coquetry. When the citizens of Shravasti used to return from the religious discussions at Jetavana, Chincha, wearing a red garment and with perfumes and garlands in her hands, used to go towards it.
11. If anybody asked her, “Where are you going now?” [then] “That’s none of your business,” she used to answer. Spending the night at the rest house of the Itinerants (Tirthikarama) near Jetavana, she used to return to the city in the morning, when the citizens used to go to the Jetavana to pay respect to the Buddha.
12. If anybody asked her, “Where did you spend the night? she used to say, “That is none of your business. I spent the night with Samana Gautama in his garden house (Gandha Kutir) at Jetavana.” The remark used to create doubts in the minds of some.
13. After four months, she used to increase the size of her belly by wrapping round it some old rags, and say that she became pregnant through Samana Gautama. Some began to believe it.
14. In the ninth month, she, suspending a wooden protuberance round her belly and having arms swollen through insect bites, appeared before the Buddha when he was making a religious discourse before monks and laymen ,and said, “Great teacher, you give many people religious lessons. Your voice is sweet, and your lips are very tender. Through cohabitation with you I have been pregnant, and my delivery time is near.
15. “You have not fixed any delivery place for me, nor I do see any medicine for that emergency. If you cannot do that yourself, why don’t you appoint one of your disciples, the king of Kosala, Anathpindika, or Visakha for that purpose?
16. “It seems you know well how to seduce a girl, but you do not know how to take care of the new-born baby that is born out of the seduction.” The assembly remained silent.
17. The Buddha, breaking the continuity of his lecture, answered her with reserved dignity, “Sister, whatever you have said, whether true or false, is only known to us both.”
18. Chincha, coughing loudly, said. “Yes, O Teacher, such a thing can be known to us only.”
19. With her coughing, the knot with which the wooden protuberance was tied round her belly slackened, and it fell on her feet, to her discomfiture.
20. And she was turned away with stones and sticks.
§ 6. Devadatta, a Cousin and an Enemy
1. Devadatta was a cousin of the Buddha. But from the beginning he was jealous of the Buddha, and disliked him intensely.
2. When the Buddha had left his home, Devadatta tried to make love to Yeshodhara.
3. Once when Yeshodhara was about to retire, he, without being intercepted by anybody, entered into her chamber in the guise of a monk. She asked him, “Bhikkhu, what do you want? Have you got any message for me from my husband?”
4. “Your husband, he cares a damn for you! In your house of happiness, he cruelly and wickedly abandoned you,” said Devadatta.
5. “But he did it for the good of many,” replied Yeshodhara.
6. “Whatever that [may] be, now take revenge on his disdainful cruelty to you,” suggested Devadatta.
7. “Stop it, O Monk–your words and thoughts are impure,” countered Yeshodhara.
8. “Don’t you recognize me, Yeshodhara? I am Devadatta who loves you.”
9. “Devadatta, I knew you to be false and vile. I thought you would make a bad monk, but did not suspect you to be so mean-minded.”
10. “Yeshodhara, Yeshodhara, I love you” pleaded Devadatta. “And your husband shows you nothing but contempt. He has been cruel to you. Love me and revenge his cruelty.”
11. Yeshodhara’s pale and emaciated face became tinged with a purple hue. Tears rolled down her cheeks.
12. “Devadatta, it is you who are cruel to me. Even if your love were sincere, it would have been an insult to me. You are simply lying when you say you love me.
13. “When I was young and pretty, you hardly looked at me. Now [when] I am old, broken down by sorrow and anguish, you have come at night to declare your treacherous and guilty love. You are a base coward.”
14. And she shouted, “Devadatta, get out from the place.” And Devadatta left the place.
15. Devadatta was very angry with the Buddha who did not make him the chief in the Sangh, and instead made Sariputta and Mogallana the chief men in the Sangh. Devadatta made three attempts on the Buddha’s life, but did not succeed in any of them.
16. At one time the Blessed One was walking up and down in the shade below the hill called the Vultures Peak (Girdhra Kuta).
17. Devadatta climbed it up [=up on it] and hurled down a large stone with the intention of depriving the Blessed One of his life, but it fell upon another rock and there it was entombed; only a splinter falling from it made the foot. of the Blessed One to bleed.
18. A second time he made an attempt to take the life of the Buddha.
19. This time Devadatta went to Prince Ajatasatru and said, “Give me some men.” And Ajatasatru the prince gave orders to his men: “Whatsoever the worthy Devadatta tells you, do that.”
20. Then to one man Devadatta gave command: “Go, my friend; the Samana Gautama is staying at such a place. Kill him.” And the man returned and said to him, “I cannot deprive the Blessed One of his life.”
21. He made a third attempt on the life of the Buddha.
22. This time there was at Rajgraha an elephant named Nalagiri, fierce and a man-slayer.
23. And Devadatta went into Rajgraha and to the elephant stables, and said to the elephant keepers: “I, my friends, am a relative of the raja, and am able to advance a man occupying a low position to a high position, and to order an increase of his rations or of his pay.”
24. Therefore, my friends, when Samana Gautama shall have arrived at this carriage road, then loose the elephant Nalagiri and let him go down the road.
25. Devadatta engaged archers to kill the Buddha. He had also let loose on his way the mad elephant Nalagiri.
26. But he did not succeed. When these attempts became known, Devadatta lost all the public endowments given to him. And even the king (Ajatasatru) stopped giving him interview.
27. For [a] living he had to beg from house to house. Devadatta received many favours from Ajatasatru, which he could not retain long. Devadatta lost all his influence after the Nalagiri incident.
28. By his acts, Devadatta, becoming very unpopular in Magadha, left it for Kosala, thinking that Prasenjit might receive him cordially. But he was contemptuously driven out by Prasenjit.
§ 7. Brahmins and the Buddha
(7.i)
1. Once when the Blessed One was travelling about in the Kosala country with a large company of the monks, he went down to a Brahmin village named Thuna.
2. The Brahmin householders of Thuna heard the news: “The Samana Gautama, they say, has arrived in the field of our village.”
3. Now the Brahmin householders were nonbelievers, holding wrong views and avaricious by nature.
4. They said, “If the Samana Gautama should enter this village and stay two or three days, he would convert all these people. Then the Brahmin religion would have no support. We must, therefore, prevent his entry in our village.”
5. To reach the village a river had to be crossed; and the Brahmins, in order to prevent the Blessed One from entering the village, took the boats away from the landing places, and made the bridges and causeways unusable.
6. They filled all the wells except one with weeds and the like, and concealed the watering-places, rest-houses, and sheds.
7. The Blessed One learned of their misdeeds and, having compassion on them, crossed the river with his company of monks, went on, and in due course of time reached the Brahmin village of Thuna.
8. He left the road and sat down at the foot of a tree. At that moment many women were passing by near the Blessed One, carrying water.
9. And in that village an agreement had been made: “If the Samana Gautama comes there, there is to be no welcome or the like made for him; and when he comes to a house, neither to him nor to his disciples is any food or water to be given.”
10. Then a certain Brahmin’s slave girl, going along with a jar of water, saw the Blessed One and the monks, realized that they were weary and thirsty, and, being of devout heart, wanted to give them water.
11. “Even and though the people of this village have resolved that nothing at all is to be given to the Samana Gautama and not even a show of respect is to be made,” she said to herself, “yet if after I have found these supreme fields of merit and worthy recipients of meritorious giving, I do not lay the foundation for my salvation by a mere giving of water, when hereafter shall I be released from woe?”
12. “So be it, my masters! Let everyone who lives in the village beat or bind me, still I will give a gift of water to a field of merit such as this.”
13. When she had made this resolve, though the other women carrying water tried to stop her, without regard for her life she lifted down the water jar from her head, placed it on one side, approached the Blessed One, and gave him water; he washed his hands and feet, and drank the water.
14. Her master, the Brahmin, heard of her giving water to the Blessed One. “She has broken the rule of the village, and I am blamed,” he said; and burning with rage and grinding his teeth, he hurled her to the ground and beat her with hands and feet. Because of that she died.
(7.ii)
1. Now Brahmin Dona visited the Exalted One and greeted him; and after exchanging the customary words of greetings, sat down at one side. So seated, Brahmin Dona said to the Exalted One :
2. I have heard it said, Master Gautama, that Master Gautama does not salute aged, venerable Brahmins, well stricken in years, long on life’s road, grown old, nor rise up for them, nor offer them a seat.
3. “Master Gautama, it is just so; Master Gautama does none of these things…to aged, venerable Brahmins . . . This is not right, Master Gautama.”
4. “Do you not profess to be a brahmin, Dona?”
5. “If of anyone. Master Gautama, in speaking rightly it should be said: ‘The brahmin is well born on both sides’, pure in descent as far back as seven generations, both of mother and father, unchallenged and without reproach in point of birth; studious, carrying the mantras in mind, a past master in the three Vedas with the indices and ritual, in phonology too, and in the legends; an expert in verse and grammar skilled in reading the marks of a great man, in speculation on the universe’–to be sure, of me, Master Gautama, in speaking rightly that thing should be said; for I, Master Gautama, am so born …so skilled…”
6. “Dona, those Brahmin-sages of old, mantra-makers, mantra-sayers, whose ancient collection of mantra verses, hymns, and sayings. Brahmins know every hymn, every saying, every word the [=by] word–ever have the sayings said, to wit, [that]: Atthaka, Vamaka, Vamadeva. Vassamitta, Yamadaggi, Angirasa, Bharadvaja, have declared: the Brahma-like, the deva-like, the bounded, the breaker of bounds, and fifthly, the Brahmin outcast. Which of them, Dona, are you?”
7. “We know not of these five [kinds of] Brahmins, Master Gautama; yet we know that we are Brahmins. It were well for me if Master Gautama would teach me Dhamma so that I may know of them [=those] five.”
8. “Then listen, Brahma, give heed and I will speak!”
9. “Yes sir,” replied he; and the Exalted One said:
10. “And how, Dona, becomes a Brahmin Brahma-like?”
11. “Take the case, Dona, of a Brahmin who is well born on both sides, pure in descent as far back as seven generations, both of mother and father, unchallenged and without reproach in point of birth–he for eight and forty years leads to the Brahma-life of virginity, applying himself to the teacher’s fee for teaching according to Dhamma, not non-Dhamma.
12. “And what there is Dhamma, Dona? Never as ploughman nor trader nor cowherd nor bowman nor rajah’s man nor by any craft (to get his living), but solely by going about for alms, despising not the beggar’s bowl.
13. “And he hands over the teacher’s fee for teaching, has his hair-beard shaved off, dons the yellow robe, and goes forth from the home to the homeless life.
14. “And thus gone forth, he abides in mind pervading with amity one world quarter, so a second, a third, a fourth; then above, below, athwart, everywhere, the whole wide world he pervades with thoughts of amity, far-reaching, expansive, measureless, without hatred or ill-will.
15. “He abides in mind pervading with pity…sympathy…poise, one world quarter, so a second, a third, a fourth; then above, below, athwart, every-where, the whole wide world he pervades with thoughts of pity, sympathy, and poise, far-reaching, expansive, measureless, without hatred or ill-will.
16. “And having made these four Brahma-abidings become, on the breaking up of the body after death, he arises in the well-faring Brahma world. Thus, Dona, [a] Brahmin becomes Brahma-like.
17. “And how, Dona, becomes a Brahmin deva-like?
18. “Take the case, Dona, of a Brahmin of similar birth and conduct…. He does not get a living by ploughing and so forth, but by going about for alms…. He hands over the teacher’s fee for teaching and seeks a wife according to Dhamma, not non-Dhamma.
19. “And what then is Dhamma? Not with one bought or sold, but only with a Brahmani on whom water has been poured. And he goes only to a Brahmani, not to the daughter of an outcast, hunter, bamboo-worker, cart-maker, or aboriginal, nor goes to a woman with child, nor to one giving suck, nor to one not in her season.
20. “And wherefore, Dona, goes not a Brahmin to one with child? If he go, the boy or girl will surely be foully born, therefore he goes not. And wherefore goes he not to one giving suck? If he go, the boy or girl will surely be an unclean suckling, therefore he goes not.
21. “And wherefore goes he not to one not in her season? If, Dona, a Brahmin go to one not in her season, never for him does the Brahmani become a means for lust, for sport, for pleasure; the Brahmani is for the Brahmin just as a means to beget offspring.
22. “And when in wedlock he has begotten (a child), he has his hair-beard shaved off…and goes forth . . ..
23. “And being thus gone forth, aloof from sensuous appetites…he enters and abides in the first (to the) fourth musing…he enters and abides in the first (to the) fourth musing.
24. “And having made these four musings become, on the breaking up of the body after death, he arises in the well-faring heaven world.
25. “Thus, Dona, a Brahmin becomes deva-like.
26. “And how, Dona, becomes a Brahmin Brahmin-bounded?
27. “Take the case, Dona, of a Brahmin of similar birth and conduct…who weds in like manner….
28. “And when in wedlock he has begotten a child, the fondness for children obsesses him, and he settles on the family estate, and does not go forth from the home to the homeless life.
29. “In the bounds of the Brahmin of old he stays nor transgresses them; and it is said: ‘Within bounds he keeps and transgresses not.’ And therefore the Brahmin is called bounded.
30. “Thus, Dona, the Brahmin becomes bounded.
31. “And how, Dona, becomes a Brahmin a breaker of bounds?
32. “Take the case, Dona, of a Brahmin of similar birth and conduct…. He hands over the teacher’s fee and seeks a wife either according to Dhamma or non-Dhamma, one bought or sold, or Brahmani on whom the water-pouring ceremony has been performed.
33. “He goes to a Brahmani or to the daughter of a noble or a low-caste man or a serf; to the daughter of an outcast or a hunter or a bamboo-worker or a cart-maker or an aboriginal; he goes to a woman with child, to one giving suck, to one in her season, to one not in her season; and for him the Brahmani becomes just a means for lust, for sport and for pleasure, or to beget offspring.
34. “And he keeps not within the ancient Brahmin bounds, but transgresses them; and it is said: ’He keeps not within bounds but transgresses,’ and therefore he is called a breaker of bounds.
35. “Thus, Dona, the Brahmin becomes a breaker of bounds.
36. “And how, Dona, becomes a Brahmin a Brahmin outcast?
37. “Take the case, Dona, of a Brahmin of similar birth, he for eight and forty years leads the Brahma-life of virginity, applying himself to the mantras; then, completing that course, he seeks the teaching fee for teaching; (he gets his living according to Dhamma or non-Dhamma) as ploughman, trader, cowherd, bowman, rajah’s man; or by some craft or, despising not the beggar’s bowl, just by going about for alms.
38. “On handing back the teacher’s fee, he seeks a wife according to Dhamma or non-Dhamma; one bought or sold, or a Brahmani on whom water has been poured. He goes to a Brahmani or any other woman…one with child, giving suck and so forth…and she is for him a means for lust…or to beget offspring. He leads a life doing all these things.
39. “Then the Brahmans say thus of him: ‘How is it that an honourable Brahmin leads this sort of life?’
40. “And to this he replies: ‘Just as fire burns clean things or unclean, but not by that is the fire defiled ; even so, good sirs, tf a Brahmin lead a life doing all these things, not by that is a Brahmin defiled.’
41. And it is said: ‘He leads a life doing all these things,’ and therefore he is called a Brahmin outcast.
42. “Thus, Dona, a Brahmin becomes a Brahmin outcast.
43. “Verily, Dona, those Brahmin sages of old, mantra-makers, mantra-sayers, whose ancient collection hymn, say, word each rest [??]…these five Brahmins declared; the Brahma-like, the deva-like. the bounded, the breaker of bounds and, fifthly, the Brahmin outcast.
44. “Which of them, Dona, are you?”
45. “If such there are, Master Gautama, we at least do not fulfil (the ways) of the Brahmin-outcast?
46. ” But it is marvellous what you say, Master Gautama…let Master Gautama take me as a lay-disciple, gone to his refuge, henceforth as long as life lasts.”
Book Six, Part III—Critics of His Doctrines
1. *Critics of Open Admission to the Sangh* — 2. *Critics of The Rule of Vows* — 3. *Critics of the Doctrine of Ahimsa* — 4. *Charge of Preaching Virtue and Creating Gloom* — 5. *Critics of the Theory of Soul and Rebirth* — 6. *Charge of being an Annihilationist*
§ 1. Critics of Open Admission to the Sangh
1. It was open for the Sangh to admit a layman who was merely a disciple.
2. There were persons who criticised the Lord for making the Sangh a wide-open temple for anybody to enter.
3. They argued that under such a scheme it may well happen that after they have been admitted into the Order they give it up and return again to the lower state, and by their back-sliding the people are led to say: “Vain must be this religion of Samana Gautama, which these men have given up.”
4. The criticism was not well founded, and had altogether missed the intention of the Blessed Lord in making such a scheme.
5. The Blessed Lord replied that in establishing his religion he had constructed a bathing tank full of the excellent waters of emancipation–the bath of good law.
6. It was the Lord’s desire that whosoever is polluted with stains of sin, he, bathing in it, can wash away all his sins.
7. And if anyone, having gone to the bathing tank of good law, should not bathe in it, but turn back polluted as before and return again to the lower state, it is he who is to be blamed, and not the religion.
8. “Or could I,” said the Blessed Lord, “after constructing this bathing tank for enabling people to wash away their sins, say, ‘Let no one who is dirty go down into this tank! Let only those whose dust and dirt have been washed away, who are purified and stainless, go down into the tank’?
9. “On such terms, what good would have been my religion?”
10. The critics forgot that the Blessed Lord did not wish to confine the benefit only to a few. He wanted to keep it open to all, to be tried by all.
§ 2. Critics of the Rule of Vows
1. Why are the five precepts not enough? Why vows are felt necessary? These were the questions that were often raised,
2. It was argued that if diseases would abate without medicine, what could be the advantage of weakening the body by emetics, by purges, and other like remedies?
3. Just so, if laymen, living at home and enjoying the pleasures of the senses, can realize in themselves the conditions of peace, the Supreme Good, Nibbana, by taking precepts, what is the need of the bhikkhu taking upon himself these vows?
4. The Blessed Lord devised the vows because of the virtues inherent in them.
5. A life conditioned by vows is certain to bring with it growth in goodness; it is itself a protection against a fall.
6. Those who take vows and keep them as self-dependents, are emancipated.
7. The keeping of vows is the restriction of lust and of malice, of pride, [and is] the cutting of evil thoughts.
8. Those who take vows and keep them, well guarded are they indeed, and altogether pure are they in manners and in mind.
9. Not so with mere taking of precepts.
10. In the case of the precepts, there is no protection against moral decline, as there is in the case of vows.
11. A life of vows is very difficult, and a life of precepts not so. It is necessary for mankind to have some who live the life of vows. So the Blessed Lord prescribed both.
§ 3. Critics of the Doctrine of Ahimsa
1. There were persons who objected to the doctrine of Ahimsa. They said that it involved surrender or non-resistance to evil.
2. This is a complete misrepresentation of what the Blessed Lord taught by his doctrine of Ahimsa.
3. The Blessed Lord has made his position clear on various occasions, so as to leave no room for ambiguity or misunderstanding.
4. The first such occasion to which reference should be made is the occasion when he made a rule regarding the entry of a soldier in[to] the Sangh.
5. At one time the border provinces of the kingdom of Magadha were agitated. Then the Magadha king Seniya Bimbisara gave order to the Commander of the army: ‘Well now, go and ask your officers to search through the border provinces for the offenders, punish them, and restore peace.” The Commander acted accordingly.
6. On hearing the orders of the Commander the officers found themselyes placed in a dilemma. They knew that the Tathagatha taught that those who go to war and find delight in fighting, do evil and produce great demerit. On the other hand, here was the king’s order to capture the offenders and to kill them. Now what shall we do, asked the officers to themselves.
7. Then these officers thought: “If we could enter the order of the Buddha, we would be able to escape from the dilemma.”
8. Thus these officers went to the bhikkhus and asked them for ordination; the bhikkhus conferred on them the pabbajja and upasampada ordinations, and the officers disappeared from the army.
9. The Commander of the army, .finding that the officers were not to be seen, asked the soldiers, “Why, how is it that the officers are nowhere to be seen?” “The officers, lord, have embraced religious life of the bhikkhus,” replied the soldiers.
10. Then the Commander of the army was annoyed, and became very angry: “How can the bhikkhus ordain persons in the royal army?”
11. The Commander of the army informed the king of what had happened. And the king asked the officers of justice: “Tell me, my good sirs, what punishment does he deserve who ordains a person in the royal service?”
12. “The Upagghaya, Your Majesty, should be beheaded; to him who recites (the Kammavaka), the tongue should be torn out; to those who form the chapter, half of their ribs should be broken.”
13. Then the king went to the place where the Blessed One was; and after obeisance, informed him of what had happened.
14. “The Lord well knows that there are kings who are against the Dhamma. These hostile kings are ever ready to harass the bhikkhus even for trifling reasons. It is impossible to imagine the lengths to which they might go in their ill-treatment of the bhikkhus, if they find that the bhikkhus are seducing the soldiers to leave the army and join the Sangh. Pray, Lord, to do the needful to avert the disaster.”
15. The Lord replied, “It was never my intention to allow soldiers under the cloak of Ahimsa or in the name of Ahimsa to abandon their duty to the king or to their country.”
16. Accordingly the Blessed One made a rule against the admission of persons in royal service to the Sangh, and proclaimed it to the bhikkhus, saying: “Let no one, O Bhikkhus, who is in the royal service, receive the Pabbajja ordination. He who confers the Pabbajja ordination on such a person will be guilty of a dukkata offence.”
17. A second time the Blessed One was cross-examined on the subject of Ahimsa by Sinha, a General in the army, and who was a follower of Mahavir.
18. Sinha asked, “One doubt still lurks in my mind concerning the doctrine of the Blessed One. Will the Blessed One consent to clear the cloud away, so that I may understand the Dhamma as the Blessed One teaches it?”
19. The Tathagata having given his consent, Sinha said: “I am a soldier, O Blessed One, and am appointed by the king to enforce his laws and to wage his wars. Does the Tathagata, who teaches kindness without end and compassion with all sufferers, permit the punishment of the criminal? And further, does the Tathagata declare that it is wrong to go to war for the protection of our homes, our wives, our children, and our property? Does the Tathagata teach the doctrine of a complete self-surrender, so that I should suffer the evil-doer to do what he pleases, and yield submissively to him who threatens to take by violence what is my own? Does the Tathagata maintain that all strifes, including such warfare as is waged for a righteous cause, should be forbidden?”
20. The Lord replied : “The Tathagata says: ‘He who deserves punishment must be punished, and he who is worthy of favour must be favoured.’ Yet at the same time he teaches to do no injury to any living being, but to be full of love and kindness. These injunctions are not contradictory, for whosoever must be punished for the crimes which he has committed suffers his injury not through the ill-will of the judge, but on account of his evil-doing. His own acts have brought upon him the injury that the executor of the law inflicts. When a magistrate punishes, let him not harbour hatred in his breast; yet a murderer, when put to death, should consider that this is the fruit of his own act. As soon as he will understand that the punishment will purify his soul, he will no longer lament his fate but rejoice at it.”
21. A proper understanding of these instances would show that the Ahimsa taught by the Blessed Lord was fundamental. But it was not absolute.
22. He taught that evil should be cured by the return of good. But he never preached that evil should be allowed to overpower good.
23. He stood for Ahimsa. He denounced Hirnsa. But he did not deny that Hirnsa may be the last resort to save good being destroyed by evil.
24. Thus it is not that the Blessed Lord taught a dangerous doctrine. It is the critics who failed to understand its significance and its scope.
§ 4. Charge of Preaching Virtue and Creating Gloom
(4.i) Dukkha as the Cause of Gloom
1. Dukkha in its original sense given to it by Kapila means unrest, commotion.
2. Initially it had a metaphysical meaning.
3. Later on it acquired the meaning of suffering arid sorrow
4. The two senses were not far detached. They were very close.
5. Unrest brings sorrow and suffering.
6. Soon it acquired the meaning of sorrow and suffering from social and economic causes.
7. In what sense did the Buddha use the word ’sorrow and suffering’?
8. There is a sermon on record from which it is clear that the Buddha was very much aware that poverty was a cause of sorrow.
9. In that sermon he says: “Monks, is poverty a woeful thing for a worldly wanton?”
10. “Surely, Lord.”
11. “And when a man is poor, needy, in straits, he gets into debt, and is that woeful too?”
12. “Surely, Lord.”
13. “And when he gets into debt, he borrows, and is that woeful too?”
14. “Surely, Lord.”
15. “And when the bill falls due, he pays not, and they press him; is that woeful too?”
16. “Surely, Lord.”
17. “And when pressed, he pays not, and they beset him; is that woeful too?”
18. “Surely, Lord.”
19. “And when beset, he pays not, and they bind him; is that woeful too?”
20. “Surely, Lord.”
21. “Thus, monks, poverty, debt, borrowing, being pressed, beset, and bound, are all woes for the worldly wanton.
22. “Woeful in the world is poverty and debt.”
23. Thus the Buddha’s conception of Dukkha is material.
(4.ii) Impermanence as the Cause of Gloom
1. Another ground for this accusation arises from the doctrine that everything which is compound is impermanent.
2. Nobody questions the truth of the doctrine.
3. ‘Everything is impermanent’ is admitted by all.
4. The doctrine, if it is true, must be told, just as truth must be told, however unpleasant it may be.
5. But why draw a pessimistic conclusion?
6. If life is short, it is short; and one need not be gloomy about it.
7. It is just a matter of interpretation.
8. The Burmese interpretation is very much different.
9. The Burmese celebrate the event of death in a family, as though it was an event of joy.
10. On the day of death the householder gives a public feast, and the people remove the dead body to the graveyard dancing. Nobody minds the death, for it was to come.
11. If impermanence is pessimistic, it is only because permanence was assumed to be true–although it was a false one.
12. Buddha’s preaching cannot, therefore, be charged as spreading gloom.
(4.iii) Is Buddhism Pessimistic?
1. The Buddha’s Dhamma has been accused of creating pessimism.
2. The accusation arises from the first Aryan Truth, which says that there is Dukkha (sorrow-misery) in the world.
3. It is rather surprising that a reference to Dukkha should give cause to [=for] such an accusation.
4. Karl Marx also said that there is exploitation in the world, and the rich are being made richer and the poor are being made poorer.
5. And yet nobody has said that Karl Marx’s doctrine is pessimism.
6. Why then should a different attitude be shown to the Buddha’s doctrine?
7. It may be because the Buddha is reported to have said in his first sermon, ‘birth is sorrowful, old age is sorrowful, death is sorrowful’, that a deeper pessimistic colouring has been given to his Dhamma.
8. But those who know rhetoric know that this is an artifice of exaggeration, and that it is practised by skilled literary hands to produce effect.
9. That ‘birth is sorrowful’ is an exaggeration by the Buddha can be proved by reference to a sermon of his in which he has preached that birth as a human being is a very precious thing.
10. Again, if the Buddha had merely referred to Dukkha, such an accusation could be sustainable.
11. But the Buddha’s second Aryan Truth emphasises that this Dukkha must be removed. In order to emphasise the duty of removal of Dukkha, he spoke of the existence of Dukkha.
12. To the removal of Dukkha, the Buddha attached great importance. It is because he found that Kapila merely stated that there was Dukkha, and said nothing more about it, that he felt dissatisfied and left the Ashram of Muni Alara Kalam.
13. How can this Dhamma be called pessimistic?
14. Surely a teacher who is anxious to remove Dukkha cannot be charged with pessimism.
§ 5. Critics of the Theory of Soul and Rebirth
1. The Blessed Lord preached that there was no Soul. The Blessed Lord also affirmed that there was rebirth.
2. There were not wanting people who criticised the Lord for preaching what they regarded as two such contradictory doctrines.
3. ‘How can there be rebirth if there is no Soul?’ they asked.
4. There is no contradiction. There can be rebirth even though there is no Soul.
5. There is a mango stone. The stone gives rise to a mango tree. The mango tree produces mangoes.
6. Here is rebirth of a mango.
7. But there is no Soul.
8. So there can be rebirth although there is no Soul.
§ 6. Charge of Being an Annihilationist
1. Once when the Lord was staying at Shravasti in Jeta’s grove it was reported to him that a certain bhikkhu, by name Arittha, had come to certain views about the doctrines taught by the Lord, as the views of the Lord, although they were not the views of the Lord.
2. One of the doctrines about which Arittha was misrepresenting the Lord was whether he was an annihilationist.
3. The Blessed Lord sent for Arittha. Arittha came. On being questioned, he sat silent and glum.
4. The Lord then said to him, “Some recluses and Brahmins wrongly, erroneously, and falsely charge me, in defiance of facts, with being an annihilationist, and with preaching disintegration and extirpation of existing creatures.
5. It is just what I am not, and what I do not affirm.
6. What I have consistently preached, both in the past and today, is the existence of ill and the ending of ill.
Book Six, Part IV—Friends and Admirers
1. *Devotion of Dhananjanani, a Brahmani* — 2. *The Abiding Faith of Visakha* — 3. *The Devotion of Mallika* — 4. *The Ardent Wish of a Pregnant Mother* — 5. *Keniya’s Welcome* — 6. *Pasendi in Praise of the Master*
§ 1. Devotion of Dhananjanani, a Brahmani
1. The Blessed Lord had many friends and admirers. Among them was Dhananjanani.
2. She was the wife of a Bharadvaja Brahmin. Her husband hated the Lord. But Dhananjanani was a devotee of the Lord. Her devotion is worthy of mention.
3. The Exalted One was once staying near Rajagraha, in the bamboo grove at the Vihara known as the squirrels’ feeding ground.
4. Now at that time Dhananjanani, a Brahmani, the wife of a certain Brahmin of the Bharadvaja family, was living with her husband in Rajagraha.
5. While her husband was a great opponent of the Buddha, Dhananjanani was a fervent believer in the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Order. She was in the habit of praising the triple gem. Whenever she broke out in this way in praise, her husband used to close his ears.
6. On the eve of his giving a great banquet to many fellow-Brahmins, he begged her to do what she liked, provided she did not offend his guests by her praises of the Buddha.
7. Dhananjanani would give no such undertaking, and he threatened to slice her like a plantain with his dagger. She declared herself ready to suffer, so she retained her freedom of speech and proceeded to pour forth five hundred verses on her theme, so that he surrendered unconditionally.
8. Bowl and golden spoon were laid down, and the guests sat down for food. While serving the guests, the dominant impulse arose. In the midst she turned towards the bamboo grove and uttered the praises of the triple gem.
9. The scandalized guests hurried away, spitting out the food defiled by the presence of a heretic, and the husband scolded her amid the ruins of his feast.
10. And she, while serving the Bharadvaja with his dinner, came before him and praised the gem: “Glory to that Exalted One, the Arahant, the Buddha Supreme! Glory to the Norm! Glory to the Order!”
11. And when she had so said, the Bharadvaja Brahmin grew angry and exclaimed: “There now! You wretch! Must you be singing the praises of that shaveling friar at any and every opportunity? Now, wretch, will I give that teacher of thine a piece of my mind!”
12. “O Brahmin,” replied Dhananjanani, “I know of no one throughout the world of gods, Maras, or Brahmas, recluses or brahmins, no one human or divine, who could so admonish that Exalted One, Arahant, Buddha Supreme. Nevertheless, go thou, Brahmin, and then thou wilt know.”
13. Then the Bharadvaja, vexed and displeased, went to find the Exalted One; and coming into his presence, exchanged with him greetings and compliments, friendly and courteous, and sat down at one side.
14. So seated, he asked the Exalted One the following questions: “What must we slay if we would happy live? What must we slay if we could weep no more? What is above all other things, whereof the slaughter thou approvest, Gautama?”
15. The Exalted One replied as follows: “Wrath must ye slay if ye would happy live; Wrath must ye slay if ye would weep no more. Of anger. Brahmin, with its poisoned source, and fevered climax, murderously sweet–that is the slaughter by the Ariyans praised. That must ye slay in sooth, to weep no more.”
16. Realising the excellence of the reply given by the Exalted One, the Bharadvaja Brahmin said to him, “Most excellent. Lord, most excellent! Just as if a man were to set up that which had been thrown down, or were to reveal that which was hidden away, or were to point out the right road to him who had gone astray, or were to bring a lamp into the darkness, so that those who had eyes could see external objects–even so. Lord, has the Lord Gautama shown me his doctrine in various ways. I, even I, Lord, betake myself to the Exalted One as my refuge, to the Norm, and to the Order. I would leave the world under the rule of Gautama; I would take orders.”
17. So Dhananjanani was not only a devotee of the Buddha, she made her husband also a devotee of the Buddha.
§ 2. The Abiding Faith of Visakha
1. Visakha was born in the city of Bhadiya in the Anga country.
2. Her father was Dhananjaya, and her mother’s name was Sumana.
3. Once the Buddha visited Bhadiya with a large company of monks, at the invitation of the Brahmin Sela. Visakha, his granddaughter, was then seven years old.
4. Visakha, though only seven, expressed to her grandfather Mendaka her desire to see the Buddha. Mendaka allowed her to do so, and gave her five hundred companions, five hundred slaves, and five hundred chariots, that she might visit the Buddha.
5. She stopped the chariot some distance away, and approached the Buddha on foot.
6. He preached to her the Dhamma, and she became his lay disciple.
7. For the next fortnight, Mendaka invited the Buddha and his followers daily to his house, where he fed them,.
8. Later, when at Pasendi’s request, Bimbisara sent Dhananjaya to live in Kosala, Visakha accompanied her parents and lived in Saketa.
9. Migara, a wealthy citizen of Shravasti, wanted to get his son Punnavadhana married. He had sent a few people to find a suitable bride.
10. The party in search of a bride happened to come to Shravasti. They saw Visakha on her way to the lake to bathe on a feast day.
11. At that moment there was a great shower. Visakha’s companions ran for shelter. But Visakha did not. She walked at her usual pace and reached the spot where the messengers were.
12. They asked her why she did not run for shelter, and so preserve her clothes. She answered that she had plenty of clothes, but that if she ran she might damage a limb, which she could not replace. “Unmarried girls,” she said, “are like goods awaiting sale, they must not be disfigured.”
13. The party, which was already struck by her beauty, was greatly impressed by her intelligence. The party offered her a bouquet of flowers, which she accepted, as a proposal of marriage.
14. After Visakha returned home, the marriage party followed he,r and laid Punnavadhana’s suit before Dhananjaya. The proposal was accepted, and confirmed by an exchange of letters.
15. When Pasendi heard of it, he offered to accompany Punnavadhana to Saketa, as a mark of signal honour. Dhananjaya welcomed the king and his retinue, Migara, Punnavadhana, and their followers, with all regard, attending personally to all the details of hospitality.
16. Five hundred goldsmiths were engaged to make ornaments for the bride. Dhananjaya gave his daughter as dowry, five hundred carts full of money, five hundred with vessels of gold and cattle, etc.
17. When the time came for Visakha to leave, Dhananjaya gave her ten admonitions, which Migara overheard from the next room. These admonitions were: Not to give fire from the house outside; not to take into the house fire from without; to give only to those who gave in return; not to give to those who did not give in return; to give him that gives and to him that gives not; to seat, eat, and eat happily; and to tend the fire and to honour the household deities.
18. On the following day Dhananjaya appointed eight householders to be sponsors to his daughter, and inquire into any charges that might be brought against her.
19. Migara wanted that his daughter-in-law should be seen by the public of Shravasti. Visakha entered Shravasti standing in her chariot, with the public lining the road on both sides. The public showered gifts on her, but these she distributed among the people.
a20. Migara was a follower of the Niganthas, and soon after Visakha’s arrival in his house, he sent for them and told her to minister to them. But Visakha, repulsed by their nudity, refused to pay them homage.
21. The. Niganthas urged that she should be sent away, but Migara bided his time.
22. One day as Migara was eating, while Visakha stood fanning him, a monk was seen standing outside the house. Visakha stood aside, that Migara might see him. But Migara continued to eat, without noticing the monk.
23. Seeing this Visakha said to the monk, “Pass on, sir, my father-in-law eats stale fare.” Migara was angry and threatened to send her away, but at her request the matter was referred to her sponsors.
24. They inquired into the several charges brought against her, and adjudged her not guilty.
25. Visakha then gave orders that preparations be made for her return to her parents. Both Migara and his wife begged for forgiveness–which she granted, on condition that he would invite to the house the Buddha and his monks.
26. This he did, but, owing to the influence of the Niganthas, he left Visakha to entertain them, and only consented to hear the Buddha’s sermon at the end of the meal, from behind a curtain.
27. He was, however, so convinced by the sermon that he became a convert.
28. His gratitude towards Visakha was boundless. Henceforth he considered her to be his mother, deserving all the honours due to a mother. From this time onward she was called Migarmata.
29. Such was the abiding faith of Visakha.
§ 3. The Devotion of Mallika
1. Once while the Lord was staying at Shravasti in Jeta’s grove, the darling son of a certain house-holder died, and the loss made the father neglect his business and his meals.
2. He was always going to the charnel ground and wailing aloud, saying, “Where are you, my son, where are you?”
3. The bereaved father came to the Blessed Lord, and after due salutations sat on one side.
4. Seeing that his mind was absolutely vacant, [that he was] showing no interest in anything, not telling the purpose for which he had come, the Blessed Lord, noticing his condition, said, “You are not yourself; your mind is all awry.”
5. “How could my mind not be awry, sir, when I have lost my darling and only son?”
6. “Yes, householder; our dear ones bring sorrow and lamentation, pain, suffering, and tribulation?”
7. “Who, sir, can entertain such a view?” said the angry householder, “Nay, our dear ones are a joy and happiness to us.”
8. And with these words the householder, rejecting the Lord’s pronouncement, indignantly got up and departed.
9. Hard by, there were a number of gamblers having a game with dice; and to them came the householder with his story of how he had related his sorrows to the recluse Gautama, how he had been received, and how he had indignantly departed.
10. You were quite right, said the gamblers, for our dear ones are a source of joy and happiness to us. So the householder felt he had got the gamblers on his side.
11. Now all this, in due course, penetrated to the private apartments of the palace, where the king told Queen Mallika that her recluse Gautama had stated that dear ones bring sorrow and lamentation, pain, suffering ,and tribulation.
12. “Well, sir, if the Lord said so, so it is,”
13. “Just as a pupil accepts all his master tells him, saying, ‘So it is, sir; so it is’–just in the same way Mallika, you accept all the recluse Gautama says, with your ‘If the Lord said so, so it is’; away with you and begone!”
14. Then the queen told the Brahmin Nali Dhyan to go to the Lord and in her name, to bow his head at the Lord’s feet and, after asking after his health, to enquire whether he had really said what was attributed to him.
15. “And be careful,” she added, “to tell me exactly what the Lord answers.”
16. In obedience to the queen’s commands, the Brahmin went off and duly asked the Lord whether he had really said so.
17. “Yes, Brahmin; our dear ones do bring sorrow and lamentation, pain, suffering, and tribulation. Here is the proof.
18. “Once, here in Shravasti, a woman’s mother died, and the daughter, crazed and beside herself, went about from street to street, from cross-road to crossroad, saying: ‘Have you seen my mother? Have you seen my mother?’
19. ” Another proof is a woman of Shravasti who lost her father–a brother–a sister–a son–a daughter–a husband. Crazed and beside herself, the woman went about from street to street and from cross-road to cross-road, asking if anyone had seen the dear ones she had lost.
20. “Another proof is a man of Shravasti who lost his mother–his father–a brother–a sister–a son–a daughter–a wife; crazed and beside himself, the man went about from street to street and from crossroad to cross-road, asking if anyone had seen the dear ones he had lost.
21. “Another proof is the woman of Shravasti who visited her people’s home; and they wanted to take her from her husband and marry her to someone else whom she did not like.
22. “She told her husband about it, whereupon he cut her into two and then killed himself, so that they might both die together.:
23. All this the Brahmin Nali Dhyan duly reported to the queen.
24. The queen then went to the king and asked, “Are you fond, sir, of your only daughter, the princess Vajira?” “Yes, I am,” replied the king.
25. “If anything happened to your Vajira, would you feel sorry or not?” “If anything happened to her, it would make a great difference to my life.”
26. “Are you fond, sir, of me?” asked Mallika. “Yes, I am.”
27. “If anything happened to me, would you feel sorry or would you not?” “If anything happened to you, it would make a great difference to my life.”
28. “Are you fond, sir, of the people of Kasi and Kosala?” “Yes,” replied the king. “If anything happened to them would you be sorry or not?”
29. “If anything happened to them, it would make great difference–how could it be otherwise?”
30. “Did the Blessed Lord say anything different?” “No, Mallika,” said the king in repentance.
§ 4. The Ardent Wish of a Pregnant Mother
1. Once when the Lord was staying in the Bhagga country at Sumsumara-gira in the Bhesakala grove, in the deer-park there. Prince Bodhi’s palace, called the Lotus, had just been finished but had not as yet been inhabited by recluse, Brahmin or any other person.
2. Said the prince to a young Brahmin named Sankika-putta, “Go to the Lord and in my name bow your head at his feet, ask after his health, and invite him to be so good as to take his meal with me tomorrow and to bring his confraternity with him.”
3. The message was delivered to the Lord who, by silence, signified acceptance–as was duly reported to the prince.
4. When night had passed, the prince, having ordered an excellent meal to be got ready in his palace and a carpeting of white cloth to be laid to the foot of the stairs of the Lotus palace, told the young Brahmin to announce to the Lord that all was ready.
5. This was done, and early that day the Lord, duly robed and bowl in hand, came to the palace where the prince was awaiting him, outside the portals.
6. Seeing the Lord approaching, the prince advanced and saluted him, and moved in his train towards the palace.
7. At the foot of the stairs the Lord stood still. Said the prince, “I beg the Lord to step up on the carpeting; I beg the Blessed One to do this,to my abiding weal and welfare.” But the Lord kept silent.
8. A second time did the prince appeal, and still the Lord kept silent. A third time he appealed, and now the Lord looked towards Ananda.
9. Ananda understood what the trouble was, and asked that the carpeting should be rolled up and removed, for the Lord would not tread upon it, as he is [=was] looking to those that shall follow hereafter.
10. So the prince ordered the carpeting to be rolled up and removed, after which he ordered seats to be set out upstairs in the palace.
11. The Lord then, proceeding upstairs, sat down on the seat set for him, with the confraternity.
12. The prince with his own hand served that excellent meal, without stint, to the Lord and the confratemity.
13. The Lord’s meal over and done. Prince Bodhi, seating himself on a low seat to one side, said to the Lord, “My view, sir, is that true weal must be sought not through things pleasant, but through things unpleasant.”
14. “In days gone by, Prince,” said the Blessed One, “I too held the same view, in the days before my enlightenment. Time was when being quite young, with a wealth of coal-black hair and in all the beauty of my early prime, despite the wishes of my parents who wept and lamented, I cut off hair and beard, donned the yellow robes, and went forth from home to homelessness as a pilgrim. A pilgrim now, in quest of the Good and in search for the road to that utter peace which is beyond all compare.
15. “Now I hold a different view. If a man knows the Doctrine, he will find the destruction of all ills.”
16. Said the prince to the Lord, “What a doctrine! What an exposition of doctrine! It is so easy to understand.”
17. Here the young Brahmin Sankika-putta observed to the prince that, though he had testified thus, yet he had not gone on to say that he sought as a refuge the Lord and his doctrine and his con-fraternity, as he should have.
18. “Say not so, my friend; say not so,” said the Prince: “for I have heard from the lips of my lady mother, how, when once the Lord was staying at Kosambi in the Ghosita pleasance, she, being then pregnant, came to the Lord, saluted him, and took a seat to one side, saying: ‘Be it a boy or be it a girl that I carry in my womb, my child unborn seeks refuge with the Lord and his doctrine and his confraternity; and I ask the Lord to accept the child as a follower who has found an abiding refuge from this time forth while life lasts.’
19. “Another time, when the Lord was staying here in this Bhagga country at Sumsumara-gira, in the Bhesakala grove, in the deer park there, my nurse carried me to the Lord, and standing before him, said, ‘Here is Prince Bodhi who seeks refuge with the Lord and his doctrine and his confraternity.’
20. Now, in person, for the third time I seek such refuge, and ask the Lord to accept me as a follower who has found an abiding refuge while life lasts.”
§ 5. Keniya’s Welcome
1. There was living at Apanath a Brahmin, Sela, who was versed in all three Vedas, was accomplished in ritual with the glosses thereon, in phonology, and in etymology, with chronicles as a fifth branch; he knew exegesis, and was learned in casuistry and.in the signs that mark a superman; he had three hundred young brahmins to whom he taught the runes.
2. Keniya the fire-worshipper was an adherent of this Brahmin, Sela. Accompanied by his three hundred pupils, Sela went and saw all the fire-worshippers there busy with their several tasks, with Keniya himself marking off the reserved circles.
3. At the sight of this the Brahmin said to Keniya: “What is all this? Is it a wedding feast? Or is there a great sacrifice afoot? Or have you invited to a repast tomorrow Seniya Bimbisara, king of Magadha, with all his host?”
4. “It is no wedding feast, Sela, nor is the king coming with all his host. But I have got a great sacrifice afoot. For the recluse Gautama has arrived at Apana, in the course of an alms-pilgrimage, with twelve hundred and fifty alms-men in his train.
5. “Now such, according to report, is the high repute of this Gautama, that he is deemed to be the Lord of Enlightenment.
6. “It is he whom I have invited to tomorrow’s meal here, together with his confraternity. The feast that is being prepared is for him.”
7. “Did you attribute to him Enlightenment, Keniya?” asked Sela. “Yes, I did,” replied Keniya. “Did you?” “Yes I did.”
§ 6. Pasendi In Praise of the Master
1. Once the Exalted One was staying near Shravasti, at Jeta’s grove, in Anathapindika’s park.
2. Now at that time the rajah of Kosala, Pasendi, had just returned from a sham-fight, in which he was victorious, having carried out his object. And on reaching the park he turned in that way. So far as the cart-road went he rode in his chariot, and then got down and went on foot through the park.
3. On that occasion a number of the brethren were walking up and down in the open air. Then Pasendi, the rajah of Kosala, went up to those brethren and thus accosted them: “Reverend sirs, where now is the Exalted One staying, that Arahant, Buddha Supreme: for I long to behold Him.”
4. “Yonder, Maharajah, is his lodging, and the door is shut. Do you go up quietly, without nervousness, enter the verandah, cough, and rattle the door-bar. The Exalted One will open the door to you.”
5. So Pasendi, the rajah of Kosala, went up to the lodging as he was told, coughed, and rattled the door-bar. And the Exalted One opened the door.
6. Then Pasendi entered the lodging, fell with his head at the feet of the Exalted One, kissed His feet and stroked them with his hands, and announced his name, saying, “Lord, I am Pasendi, the rajah of Kosala.”
8. “But, Maharajah, seeing what significance therein, do you show me this profound humanity and pay such affectionate obeisance to this body?” said the Lord!
BOOK SEVEN: THE WANDERER’S LAST JOURNEY
Book Seven, Part I—The Meeting of those Near and Dear
1. *The Centres of His Preachings* — 2. *The Places He Visited* — 3. *Last Meeting between Mother and Son, and between Wife and Husband* — 4. *Last Meeting between Father and Son* — 5. *Last Meeting between the Buddha and Sariputta*
§1. The Centres of His Preachings
1. It is not that after the appointment of the missionaries the Lord sat at one place. He too continued to be his own missionary.
3. Of such centres, the chief were Shravasti and Rajagraha.
4. He visited Shravasti about 75 times, and Rajagraha about 24 times.
5. Certain other places were made minor centres.
6. They were Kapilavastu, which he visited 6 times; Vesali, which he visited 6 times; and Kamas-sadhamma, 4 times.
§ 2. The Places He Visited
1. Besides these main and minor centres, the Blessed Lord visited many other places during the course of his missionary tour.
2. He visited Ukkatha, Nadika, Sal, Assapura, Ghoshitaram, Nalanda, Appana, Etuma.
3. He visited Opasad, lccha-naukal, Chandal Kuppa, Kushinara.
4. He visited Devadaha, Pava, Ambasanda, Setavya, Anupiya, and Ugunma.
5. The names of the places he visited show that he travelled over the Sakya Desa, the Kuru Desa, and [the] Anga Desa.
6. Roughly speaking, he travelled over the whole of Northern India.
7. These appear to be a few places. But what distance do they cover? Rajagraha from Lumbini is not less than 250 miles. This just gives an idea of distances.
8. These distances the Lord walked on foot. He did not even use a bullock-cart.
9. In his wanderings he had no place to stay, until later on when his lay disciples built Viharas and resting places which he and his Bhikkhus used as halts on their journeys. Most often he lived under the shade of wayside trees.
10. He went from place to place, sometimes from village to village, resolving the doubts and difficulties of those who were willing to accept his message, controverting the arguments of those who were his opponents, and preaching his gospel to those who, like children, came to him for guidance.
11. The Blessed Lord knew that all those who came to listen to him were not all of them intelligent, not all of them came with an open and a free mind.
12. He had even warned the brethren that there were three sorts of listeners:
13. The empty-head, the fool who cannot see–though oft and oft, unto the brethren going, he hears their talk, beginning, middle, end, but can never grasp it. Wisdom is not his.
14. Better than he the man of scattered brains, who oft and oft, unto the brethren going, hears all their talk, beginning, middle, end, and seated there can grasp the very words, yet, rising, nought retains. Blank is his mind.
15. Better than these the man of wisdom wide. He, oft and oft unto the brethren going, hears all their talk, beginning, middle, end, and seated there, can grasp the very words, bears all in mind, steadfast, unwavering, skilled in the Norm and what conforms thereto.
16. Notwithstanding this, the Lord was never tired of going from place to place preaching his gospel.
17. As a bhikkhu the Lord never had more than three pieces of clothes [=clothing]. He lived on one meal a day, and he begged his food from door to door every morning.
18. His mission was the hardest task assigned to any human being. He discharged it so cheerfully.
07_01

columbia.edu

07_01
The
Centres of His PreachingsThe Places He VisitedLast Meeting between
Mother and Son, and between Wife and HusbandLast Meeting between Father
and SonLast Meeting between the Buddha and Sariputta

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
1. *Farewell to Vesali* — 2. *Halt at Pava* — 3. *Arrival at Kushinara* § 1. Farewell to Vesali
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 3:10 am


Friends


Book Seven, Part II—Leaving Vesali
1. *Farewell to Vesali* — 2. *Halt at Pava* — 3. *Arrival at Kushinara*
§ 1. Farewell to Vesali
1. Before he set on his last journey, the Blessed Lord was staying at Rajagraha, on the Vulture’s Peak.
2. After staying there for some time he said, “Come Ananda, let us go to Ambalathika.”
3. “So be it Lord!” said Ananda in assent, and the Blessed One, with a large company of the brethren, proceeded to Ambalathika.
4. After staying at Ambalathika, he moved on to Nalanda.
5. From Nalanda he went to Pataligama, the capital of Magadha.
6. From Pataligama he went to Kotigam, and from Kotigam he went to Nadika.
7. At each of these places he stopped for a few days and delivered a religious discourse, either to the brethren or the householders.
8. From Nadika he went to Vesali.
9. Vesali was the birth-place of Mahavira, and consequently a stronghold of his faith.
10. But the Blessed Lord soon succeeded in converting the people of Vesali to his own faith.
11. It is said that owing to drought, a famine ravaged the city of Vesali, to such an extent that people died in large numbers.
12. The people of Vesali complained of it, in a general assembly convoked by them.
13. The assembly, after much discussion, decided to invite the Blessed Lord to the city.
14. A Lichchavi by name Mahali, a friend of King Bimbisara and son of the chaplain of Vesali, was sent to offer the invitation.
15. The Blessed Lord accepted the invitation, and started with five hundred Bhikkhus. As soon as he entered the territory of the Vajjins there was a thunderstorm, rain fell in torrents, and famine disappeared.
16. This is the origin of the welcome which the people of Vesali gave to the Blessed Lord.
17. Having won their hearts, it was natural that the people of Vesali should give him a warm response.
18. Then came vasa. The Blessed Lord went to Beluna for his vasa, and asked the brethren to make their vasa in Vesali.
19. After finishing his vasa the Lord came to Vesali, with a mind to leave Vesali and move on his journey.
20. So the Blessed Lord early one morning, robed himself, and taking his bowl, entered Vesali for alms; and when he had passed through Vesali and eaten his meal, he gazed at Vesali with an elephant’s look, and addressed the venerable Ananda and said, “This will be the last time, Ananda, that the Tathagatha will behold Vesali.”
21. Thus saying, he bade farewell to the people of Vesali.
22. He gave to the Lichchavis, when they took leave of him at the old city on their northern frontier, his alms-bowl as a memento.
23. It was his last visit to Vesali. He did not live to return to it again.
§ 2. Halt at Pava
1. From Vesali the Blessed Lord went to Bhandagam.
2. From Bhandagam he went to Hatthi-gam, to Bhoga-Nagara.
3. And from Bhoga-Nagara he went to Pava.
4. At Pava the Blessed One stayed at the mango grove of one blacksmith, by name Chunda.
5. Now Chunda heard that the Blessed One had come to Pava and was staying in his mango grove.
6. Chunda went to the mango grove and sat near the Blessed One, who gave him a religious discourse.
7. Gladdened by it, Chunda addressed the Blessed One and said, “May the Blessed One do me the honour of taking his meal together with the brethren, at my house tomorrow.”
8. And the Blessed One signified, by silence, his consent. Seeing that the Blessed One had consented, Chunda departed thence.
9. Next day Chunda made ready in his dwelling-place sweet rice and cakes and some preparation of Sukara-Madhava. And he announced the hour to the Blessed One, saying: “The hour, Lord, has come, and the meal is ready.”
10. And the Blessed One robed himself and, taking his bowl, went with the brethren to the dwelling-place of Chunda, and partook of the food prepared by him.
11. Again after the meal, the Blessed One gave a discourse on religion to Chunda, then rose from his seat and departed thence.
12. The food offered by Chunda did not agree with the Blessed One. There fell upon him a dire sickness, the disease of dysentery, and sharp and shooting pain came upon him even unto death.
13. But the Blessed One, mindful and self-possessed, bore it without complaint.
14. Returning to the mango grove, and after nature was relieved, the Blessed One told Ananda, “Come, let us go to Kushinara,” and the party moved from Pava.
§ 3. Arrival at Kushinara
1. The Blessed Lord walked for part of the way. He soon felt the need for some rest.
2. On the way, the Blessed One went aside from the path to the foot of a certain tree, and said to Ananda, “Fold, I pray you, Ananda, the robe; and spread it out for me. I am weary, Ananda, and must rest a while.”
3. “Even so, Lord!” said the venerable Ananda, in assent, to the Blessed One, and spread out the robe folded fourfold.
4. And the Blessed One seated himself on the seat prepared for him.
5. And when he was seated, the Blessed One addressed the venerable Ananda, and said, “Fetch me, I pray you, Ananda, some water. I am thirsty, Ananda, and would drink.”
6. Ananda replied, “This river Kakuttha is not far off, is clear and pleasant, cool and transparent, easy to get down into, and delightful. There the Blessed One may both drink the water and cool his limbs. The water of this stream is foul and turbid.”
7. The Blessed One was too weak to walk down to the river. He preferred to have the water of the nearby stream.
8. Ananda brought the water and the Blessed One drank it.
9. After resting for a while, the Blessed One with the company of the brethren went on to the river Kakuttha; and when he had come there, he went down into the water, and bathed, and drank. And coming out again on the other side, he went on to the mango grove.
10. And when he came there, he again asked [for] his robe to be spread out, saying, “I am weary and would lie down.” The robe was accordingly spread out, and the Blessed One laid himself down on it.
11. After resting for a while, the Blessed One got up and said to Ananda, ” Let us go on to the Sala grove of the Mallas, the Upavana of Kushinara, on the further side of the river Hiranyavatti.”
12. On reaching the place in the company of Ananda, he again asked Ananda to spread his robe between the twin Sala trees. “I am weary and would lie down.”
13. Ananda spread the robe, and the Blessed One laid himself down on it.
Book Seven, Part III—His End
1. *The Appointment of a Successor* — 2. *The Last Convert* — 3. *Last Words* — 4. *Ananda in Grief* — 5. *The Lament of the Mallas and the Joy of a Bhikkhu* — 6. *The Last Rites* — 7. *Quarrel Over Ashes* — 8. *Loyalty to the Buddha*
§ 1. The Appointment of a Successor
1. The Exalted One was at one time sojourning among the Sakyans, in the mango grove of the Sakyan family named the archers.
2. Now at that time Nataputta the Nigantha had just died at Pava. And at his death the Niganthas became disunited and divided into two parties, in mutual strife and conflict, quarrelling and wounding each other with wordy weapons.
3. Now Chunda, the novice, having passed the rainy season at Pava, came to see the venerable Ananda and said, “Nataputta, sir, the Nigantha had just died at Pava. And he being dead, the Niganthas have become disunited and divided and are quarrelling and wounding one another. This is because they are without a protector.”
4. Then said the venerable Ananda, “Friend Chunda, this is a worthy subject to bring before the Exalted One. Let us go to him, and tell him about it.”
5. “Very good, sir,” replied Chunda.
6. So the venerable Ananda and Chunda, the novice, sought out the Exalted One; and saluting him, told him about the Niganthas, and pleaded the necessity of appointing a successor.
7. The Blessed Lord, on hearing what Chunda had said, replied, “But consider, Chunda, where a teacher hath arisen in the world, Arahat, supremely enlightened; where a doctrine hath been well set forth, well imparted, effectual for guidance, conducive to peace; but where his disciples have not become proficient in good Norm, nor has it been made a thing of saving grace to them, well proclaimed among men when their teacher passes away.
8. “Now for such a teacher to die, Chunda, is a great affliction for his disciples, and a great danger to his Dhamma.
9. “But consider, Chunda, where a teacher has appeared in the world who is all-enlightened; where the Norm has been well set forth, well imparted, effectual for guidance, conducive to peace; and where the disciples have become proficient in the good Norm, and where the full scope of the higher life has become manifest to them when that teacher passes away.
10. “Now for such a teacher, Chunda, to die, is not an affliction for his disciples. Why then have a successor?”
11. When Ananda raised the same question on another occasion, the Blessed Lord said, “What think you, Ananda? Do you observe even a couple of almsmen at variance about what I have taught?”
12. “No. But those who are about the Lord might, after his death, stir up quarrel in the confraternity respecting the regimen or of the code, and such quarrels would make for general grief.”
13. “Of little concern, Ananda, are quarrels respecting rigours of regimen or of the code; it is possible quarrels in the confraternity about the path which really matter,” said the Blessed Lord.
14. “These disputes about the path cannot be settled by a dictator. What then a successor can do, unless he acts as a dictator?
15. “The controversies regarding the path cannot be settled by a dictator.
16. “The decision of a controversy should be reached by the fraternity. The whole conjoint body should assemble and thrash out the matter till there is agreement, and then to settle it conformably with such agreement.
17. “Majority agreements is the way to settle the disputes, and not the appointment of a successor.”
§ 2. The Last Convert
1. Now at that time Subhadda the Wanderer was staying at Kusinara. And Subhadda the Wanderer heard the rumour, “This very day, it is said, in the last watch of the night, will be the final passing away of Gautama the recluse.” Then this thought came to Subhadda the Wanderer:
2. “Thus have I heard it said by other wanderers who are old and far gone in years, both teachers and disciples, ‘Rarely, rarely do Tathagatas arise in the world, they who are Arahats, fully Enlightened Ones. And here tonight, in the last watch, will be the final passing away of Gautama, the recluse. Now a doubt has arisen in my mind and I am assured of Gautama, the recluse. Gautama, the recluse, can show me a teaching, so that I may dispel this doubting state of mine.”
3. Then Subhadda the Wanderer went towards the branch road to the Sala grove of the Mallas, where the venerable Ananda was, and coming there he told the venerable Ananda what he had thought, and he exclaimed, “O Master Ananda! If only I could get a sight of Gautama the recluse!”
4. At these words the venerable Ananda said to Subhadda the Wanderer, “Enough, friend Subhadda! Trouble not the Master! The Exalted One is wearied.”
5. Then a second and yet a third time did Subhadda the Wanderer make the same request, and got the same reply.
6. Now the Exalted One overheard this talk between the venerable Ananda and Subhadda the Wanderer. And he called to the venerable Ananda, saying, “Enough, Ananda! Prevent not Subhadda. Let Subhadda be permitted to see the Tathagata. Whatsoever Subhadda shall ask of me, he will ask it all from a desire to know, not from a desire to trouble me. And whatever I shall say in answer, that will be quickly understood.”
7. So then the venerable Ananda said to Subhadda the Wanderer, “Go you in, friend Subhadda. The Exalted One gives you leave.”
8. So Subhadda the Wanderer went in to the Exalted One, and coming to Him greeted Him pleasantly, and after the exchange of friendly compliments he sat down at one side. So seated, Subhadda the Wanderer thus addressed the Exalted One:
9. “Master Gautama, all those recluses and Brahmins who have followings and companies of listeners, who are teachers of companies, well known, renowned founders of sects, esteemed as holy men by the multitude, men like Purana Kassapa, Makkhali of the Cow-pen, Ajita of [the] hairshirt, Kacchayana of the Pakudha tree, Sanjaya, son of Belatthi, and Nigantha of the Natha clan–have all these, as they say, realised by their own knowledge the truth of things; or have they not, one and all, so realised; or have some realised and others not realised it, by their own knowledge?”
10. “Let be, Subhadda! Trouble not yourself about such things, as to whether one and all or some have realised or not. I will show you the Norm, Subhadda. Do you listen carefully. Apply your mind. I will speak.”
11. “Even so, Lord,” said Subhadda the Wanderer, and gave heed to the Exalted One. Then the Exalted One said this:
12. “ln whatsoever Norm-discipline, Subhadda, the Ariyan Eightfold Path is not found, therein also no recluse is found. And in whatsoever Norm-discipline, Subhadda, the Ariyan Eightfold Path is found, therein also is found a recluse.
13. “Now in this Norm-discipline (of mine), Subhadda, the Ariyan Eightfold Path is found. Herein also is found a recluse of these four degrees. Void of recluses are the other sects of disputants. But if, Subhadda, in this one, brethren were to live the perfect life, the world would not be void of arahats.
14. “My age was nine and twenty years when I went forth to seek the Good.
15. “Now fifty years and more are gone, Subhadda, since I left the world to range the Norm of Righteousness.”
16. And when he had thus spoken, Subhadda the Wanderer said to the Exalted One, “Most excellent are these words of thy mouth, most excellent.
17. “Just as if a man were to set up that which is thrown down, or were to reveal that which is hidden away, or were to point out the right road to him who has gone astray, or were to bring a lamp into darkness, so that those who have eyes can see.
18. “Just even so, has the truth been made known to me by the Exalted One. And I, even I, betake myself to the Exalted One as my refuge, to the truth, and to the Order.”
19. “Whosoever, Subhadda, has formerly been a follower of another doctrine and thereafter wishes to enter the Order, remains on probation for the space of four months.”
20. “If that is the rule, I too will remain on probation.”
21. But the Exalted One said, “I acknowledge the difference in persons.” So saying, he called the venerable Ananda and told Ananda, “As it is, Ananda, receive Subhadda into the Order.”
22. “Even so. Lord,” said the venerable Ananda, in assent to the Exalted One.
23. And Subhadda the Wanderer said to the venerable Ananda, “Great is your gain, friend Ananda, great is your good fortune, friend Ananda, in that you all have been sprinkled with the sprinkling of discipleship in this brotherhood at the hands of the Master himself.”
24. ” The same is true of you, Subhadda,” replied Ananda.
25. So Subhadda the Wanderer was received into the Order under the orders of the Exalted One. He was the last disciple whom the Exalted One himself converted.
§ 3. Last Words
1. Then said the Exalted One to the venerable Ananda,
2. ” It may be, Ananda, that you will say: ‘Gone is the word of the Master: we have no longer any Master now!’ But you must not so regard it, Ananda; for the Norm and discipline taught and enjoyed by me, they shall be your teachers when I am gone.
3. “Now, Ananda, whereas the brethren have the habit of calling one another ‘ friend’–when I am gone this habit must not be followed. By an elder brother, Ananda, a brother who is a novice should be called by his name or clan name or by the word ‘friend’; but by a novice, Ananda, an elder brother should be addressed as ‘Lord’ or ‘Your reverence.’
4. “Again, Ananda, if the Order so desires, when I am gone, let it abolish the lesser and minor charges.
5. “You know, Ananda, the brother Channa. How obstinate, perverse and devoid of the sense of discipline he is.
6. “And to him, Ananda, let the extreme penalty be applied when I am gone.”
7. “What, Lord, do you mean by ‘the extreme penalty’?”
8. The brother Channa, Ananda, whatever he may say, is not to be spoken to, not to be admonished, not to be instructed by the brethren. He should be left alone. It might improve him.”
9. Then the Exalted One addressed the brethren:
10. “It may be, brothers, that in the mind of some one brother there is doubt or perplexity, either about the Buddha, or about the Norm, or the Order, or the Path, or the Way to the Path. If it be so, brothers, do ye ask now. Be not hereafter remorseful at the thought, ‘Here was our Master face to face with us, and yet we had not the heart to question the Exalted One, though we were in His very presence.’”
11. At these words the brethren were silent.
12. Then a second time, and yet a third time did the Exalted One address the brethren in the same words. And a third time the brethren were silent.
13. Then said the Exalted One: “May be, brethren, it is out of respect for the Master that ye ask not. Speak to me, then, as friend to friend, brethren.”
14. Whereat those brethren were silent.
15. Then exclaimed the venerable Ananda to the Exalted One: “Strange it is, Lord! A marvel it is, Lord! Thus assured am I, Lord, of this Order of Brethren. There is not any one brother that has a single doubt or perplexity as to the Buddha, the Norm, the Order, or as to the Path, or the Way to the Path.”
16. “You speak out of assurance, Ananda. But in the Tathagata there is knowledge of the fact. There is not in any one brother a single doubt or perplexity as to this. Of these five hundred brethren of mine, Ananda, even he who is the most backward is a stream-winner, one who is assured from the Downfall, assured of reaching the Supreme Wisdom.”
17. Then said the Exalted One to the brethren:
18. “Come now, brethren, I do remind ye, ‘Subject to decay are all compounded things.’ Do ye abide in heedfulness.”
19. Those were the last words of the Exalted One.
§ 4. Ananda in Grief
1. As age advanced, the Blessed Lord required a personal attendant to look after him.
2. He first chose Nanda. After Nanda he chose Ananda, who served as his personal attendant till his death.
3. Ananda was his constant and dearest companion, not merely an attendant.
4. When the Blessed One came to Kushinara and rested between the Sal trees, he saw that his end was coming near, and felt that it was time he took Ananda into confidence.
5. So he called Ananda and said, “And now this, Ananda: at the third watch of the night, in the Uppavana of Kushinara. between the twin Sal trees, the utter passing away of the Tathagata will take place.”
6. And when he had thus spoken, the venerable Ananda addressed the Blessed One, and said, “Vouchsafe, Lord, to remain during the Kalpa, O Blessed One, for the good and the happiness of the great multitudes, out of pity for the world, for the good and the gain and the weal of gods and men.”
7. Three times did Ananda make his plea. “Enough now, Ananda, beseech not the Tathagata!” was the reply. “The time for making such request is past.”
8. ” I, Ananda, am now grown old, and full of years, my journey is drawing to a close. I have reached my sum of days. I am turning eighty years of age; and just as a worn-out cart must give way some day, methinks the same must happen to the body of the Tathagata.” Hearing this, Ananda left.
9. Not seeing Ananda, the Blessed One called the brethren, and said: “Where then is Ananda?” “The venerable Ananda is gone and is weeping,” said the brethren.
10. And the Blessed One called a certain brother and said, “Go now brother, and call Ananda in my name, and say, ‘Brother Ananda, the Master calls for thee.’”
11. “Even so, Lord!” said that brother.
12. When Ananda came back, he took his seat by the side of the Blessed One.
13. Then the Blessed One said to Ananda, “Enough, Ananda! Do not weep! Have I not already, on former occasions, told you that it is in the very nature of things most near and dear unto us that we must divide ourselves from them, leave them, sever ourselves from them?
14. ” For a long time, Ananda, you have been very near to me by acts of love, kind and good, beyond all measure.
15. “You have done well, Ananda! Be earnest in effort, and you too shall be free from the great evils–from sensuality, from individuality, from delusion, and from ignorance.”
16. Then addressing the brethren about Ananda, the Blessed One said: “He is a wise man, brethren, is Ananda.
17. “He knows when it is the right time to come and visit the Tathagata, and when it is the right time for brethren and sisters of the Order, for devout men and devout women, for a king, or for a king’s ministers, for other teachers and disciples, to visit the Tathagata.
18. “Brethren, there are these four special things about Ananda.
19. “All are happy to visit Ananda. They are filled with joy on beholding him; they are happy to hear him. They are ill at ease when Ananda is silent.”
20. After this Ananda again returned to the subject of the passing away of the Tathagata. Addressing the Blessed One, he said, “Let not the Blessed One die in this wattled and daub town in the midst of the jungle. For, Lord, there are great cities, such as Champa, Rajagraha, Savathi, Saketa, Kosambi, and Benares. Let the Blessed One die in one of them. “
21. “Say not so, Ananda! Say not so, Ananda. This Kushinara, Ananda, was the capital of king Maha-Sudassana, under the name of Keshavati.”
22. Thereafter the Blessed One gave Ananda two errands.
23. He told Ananda to see that belief does not spread that the Blessed One died as a result of the food given to Him by Chunda. He feared that Chunda might suffer. He asked Ananda to disabuse the mind of the public on this score.
24. The second thing he told Ananda was to inform the Mallas of Kushinara that the Blessed One had arrived there, and would pass away in the last watch of the night.
25. “Give no occasion to reproach yourself. The Mallas may say: ‘In our own village the death of our Tathagata took place; and we did not know, and had no opportunity of seeing him in his last hours.’”
26. Thereafter the venerable Anurudha and the venerable Ananda spent the rest of the night in religious discourse.
27. And in the third part of the night, as previously announced, the Blessed One breathed his last.
28. When the Blessed One died, the brethren and Ananda stretched out their arms and wept, and some even fell headlong on the ground, rolling to and fro in anguish, saying: “Too soon has the Blessed One died! Too soon has the Happy One passed away from existence! Too soon has the Light gone out of the world!”
29. It was at midnight on Vaishakha Paurnima that the Blessed Lord breathed his last. The year of his death was 483 B.C.
30. As the Pali text truly says:
Diva tapati addicco
Ratin abhati candima;
Sannaddho khathio tapati
Jhayi tapati brahaman;
Atha Sabbain ahorattain
Buddho tapati tejasa.
31. “The sun shines only in the day, and the moon makes bright the night. The warrior shines when he is in his armour. And the Brahmin when he is meditating. But the Buddha shines over all, by day as well as by night, by his own glory.
32. “He was beyond question the light of the world.”
§ 5. The Lament of the Mallas and the Joy of a Bhikkhu
1. As desired by the Blessed One, Ananda went and informed the Mallas of the event.
2. And when they heard of this, the Mallas, their wives, their young men and maidens, were grieved and sad and afflicted at heart.
3. Some of them wept, dishevelling their hair, and stretched forth their arms and fell prostrate on the ground.
4. Then the Mallas, with their young men and maidens and their wives, went to the Sala grove in the Upavaana to have the last look of the Blessed One.
5. Then the venerable Ananda thought: “lf I allow the Mallas of Kushinara one by one, it will take a long time for them to pay homage to the dead body of the Blessed One.”
6. So he decided to arrange them in groups, family by family. Each family then bowed humbly at the feet of the Blessed One and parted.
7. Now at the time the venerable Maha Kassapa was journeying along the high road from Pava to Kushinara with a great company of the brethren.
8. Just at the time a certain naked ascetic was coming along the high road to Pava.
9. And the venerable Maha Kassapa saw the naked ascetic coming in the distance; and when he had seen him he said to the naked ascetic, “O friend! Surely thou knowest our Master?”
10. “Yes, friend! I know him. This day the Samana Gautama has been dead a week!”
11. Immediately on hearing the news the brethren were overcome with grief, and started weeping.
12. Now at that time a brother named Subhadda, who had been received into the Sangh in his old age, was seated in their company.
13. And this Subhadda addressed the brethren and said: “Enough brethren! Weep not, neither lament! We are well rid of the great Samana. We used to be annoyed by being told, ‘This beseems you, this beseems you not.’ But now we shall be able to do whatever we like; and what we do not like, that we shall not have to do! Isn’t it good he is dead? Why weep, why lament? It is a matter of joy.”
14. So great and harsh a disciplinarian the Blessed One was.
§ 6. The Last Rites
1. Then the Mallas of Kushinara said to the venerable Ananda: “What should be done with the remains of the Tathagata?”
2. “As men treat the remains of a king of kings, so should you treat the remains of the Tathagata” replied Ananda.
3. “And how do they treat the remains of a king of kings?”
4. Ananda told them: “They wrap the body of a king of kings in a new cloth. When that is done they wrap it in cotton-wool. When that is done they wrap it in a new cloth and so on till they have wrapped the body in five hundred successive layers of both kinds. Then they place the body in an oil vessel of iron and cover that close up with another oil vessel of iron. They then build a funeral pile of all kinds. This is the way in which they treat the remains of a king of kings.”
5. “So be it,” said the Mallas.
6. Then the Mallas of Kushinara said: ” It is much too late to burn the body of the Blessed One today. Let us now perform the cremation tomorrow.”
7. And the Mallas of Kushinara gave orders to their attendants, saying: “Make preparations for the funeral of the Tathagata, and gather perfumes and garlands and the musicians of Kushinara.”
8. But in paying honour, reverence, respect, and homage to the remains of the Tathagata with dancing, and hymns and music, and with garlands and perfumes; and in making canopies of their garments, and preparing decoration wreaths to hang thereon, they passed the second day too, and then the third day, and the fourth and fifth and the sixth day also.
9. Then on the seventh day the Mallas of Kushinara thought: “Let us carry the body of the Blessed One, and let us perform the cremation ceremony.”
10. And thereupon eight chieftains among the Mallas bathed their heads, and clad themselves in new garments, with the intention of acting as pall-bearers carrying the body of the Blessed One.
11. They carried the dead body to the Shrine of the Mallas, called Makuta-bandhana; to the east of the city, and there they laid down the body of the Blessed One and set fire to it.
12. After some time the mortal remains of the Blessed One were reduced to ashes.
§ 7. Quarrel Over Ashes
1. After the body of the Blessed One had been consumed by fire, the Mallas of Kushinara collected the ashes and the bones of the Blessed One, and placed them in their Council Hall with a lattice work of spears and with a rampart of bows; and guarded them against anybody stealing them or any part of them.
2. For seven days the Mallas paid honour and reverence and respect and homage to them with dance and song and music and with garlands and perfumes.
3. Now the King of Magadha, Ajatasatru, heard the news that the Blessed One had died at Kushinara.
4. He, therefore, sent a messenger to the Mallas with a request for a portion of the relics of the Blessed One.
5. Similarly messengers came from the Licchavis of Vaishali, from the Sakyas of Kapilavastu, from the Bulis of Attakappa, from the Koliyas of Ramagama, and from the Mallas of Pava.
6. Among the claimants for ashes there was also a Brahmin of Vethadipa.
7. When they heard these claims, the Mallas of Kushinara said: ” The Blessed One died in our village. We will not give away any part of the remains of the Blessed One. They belong to us.”
8. Seeing that the situation was tense, a Brahmin, by name Dron,a intervened and said: “Hear, reverend sirs, one single word from me.”
9. Said Drona: “Forbearance was our Buddha to teach; unseemly is it that over the division of the remains of him who was the best of beings, strife should arise, and wounds, and war!
10. “Let us all, sirs, with one accord unite in friendly harmony, to make eight portions. Widespread let stupas arise in every land, that the Enlightened One from all parts be reverenced.”
11. The Mallas of Kushinara agreed and said: “Do thou then, O Brahmin, thyself divide the remains equally into eight parts, with fair division.”
12. “Be it so, sir!” said Drona in assent.
13. And he divided the remains of the Blessed One equally into eight parts.
14. After making the division, Drona said to them: “Give me, sirs, this vessel. I will set up over it a stupa.”
15. And they agreed to give the vessel to him.
16. Thus the ashes of the Blessed One were shared, and the quarrel was settled peacefully and amicably.
§8. Loyalty to the Buddha
1. Shravasti was the occasion [=location] (of these events)….
2. Now on that occasion a number of monks were busied with .making a robe for the Exalted One, with this idea: When the robe is finished, in three months’ time, the Exalted One will go forth on his rounds:
3. Now at that time Isidatta and Purana, the chamberlains, were staying at Sadhuka on some business or other. Then they heard the news: “They say that a number of monks are busied with making a robe for the Exalted One with this idea: When the robe is finished, in three months’ time, the Exalted One will go forth upon his rounds.”
4. So Isidatta and Purana, the chamberlains, stationed a man on the high-road (thus instructing him): “Now, good fellow, as soon as you see that Exalted One, that Arahat, that perfectly Enlightened One coming along, do you come and inform us.”
5. So after standing there two or three days that man saw the Exalted One coming along, while yet some distance off, and he went to inform the chamberlains, Isidatta and Purana, saying: “Here comes my lord, the Exalted One, that Arahat, that perfectly Enlightened One! Now’s the time for you to do what you want!”
6. So Isidatta and Purana, the chamberlains, went towards the Exalted One, and on coming to him, saluted him, and followed behind the Exalted One step for step.
7. Then the Exalted One turned aside from the high road, and went to the foot of a certain tree, and there sat down on a seat made ready. And Isidatta and Purana, the chamberlains, saluting the Exalted One, also sat down at one side. As they thus sat, they said this to the Exalted One:
8. “Lord, when we heard of the Exalted One that he would go forth on his rounds among the Kosalans, at that time we were disappointed and depressed at the thought: the Exalted One will be far from us.
9. “And when, Lord, we learned that the Exalted One was starting out from Shravasti on his rounds among the Kosalans, again we were disappointed and depressed at the thought: The Exalted One will be far from us.
10. “Again, lord, when we learned that the Exalted One would leave the Kosalans and go on his rounds among the Mallas… that he was actually doing so…we were disappointed and depressed.
11. “On hearing that the Exalted One would leave the Mallas and go on his rounds among the Vajji…that he was actually doing so…that he would leave the Vajji for Kasi…that he was doing so…hat he would leave the folk of Kasi and go on his rounds in Magadha…hat he was actually doing so…again we were disappointed and depressed….
12. “But, Lord, when we heard that the Exalted One would leave the Magadhas for Kasi and was doing so, then we were delighted and elated at the thought: The Exalted One will be quite near us.
13. “And when we heard that he was actually going his rounds in Kasi among the Magadhas, we were likewise delighted and elated.
14. (They continue to trace the Master’s steps from Kasi to the Vajji…from the Vajji to the Mallas…from the Mallas to the Kosalans, in like terms.)
15. ” But, Lord, when we heard that the Exalted One would be going on his rounds from the Kosalans to Savatthi, we were delighted and elated at the thought: Now the Exalted One will be quite near us!
16. “Then, when we heard: ‘The Exalted One is staying at Shravasti, at Jeta grove, in Anathapindika’s Park’–then, Lord, boundless was our delight and boundless our elation at the thought: The Exalted One is near us!”
BOOK EIGHT: THE MAN WHO WAS SIDDHARTH GAUTAMA
Book Eight, Part I—His Personality
1. *His Personal Appearance* — 2. *The Testimony of Eye-witnesses* — 3. *His Capacity to Lead*
§ 1. His Personal Appearance
1. From all accounts the Blessed Lord was a handsome person.
2. His form was like the peak of a golden mountain. He was tall and well built; with a pleasing appearance.
3. His long arms and lion gait, his bull-like eyes, and his beauty bright like gold, his broad chest, attracted everyone to him.
4. His brows, his forehead, his mouth or his eyes, his body, his hands, his feet, or his gait–whatever part of him anyone beheld, that at once riveted his eyes.
5. Whoever saw him could not help being struck with his majesty and his strength, his splendid beauty, surpassing all other men.
6. On seeing him, he who was going elsewhere stood still, and whoever was standing followed him; he who was walking gently and gravely ran quickly, and he who was sitting at once sprang up.
7. Of those who met him, some reverenced him with their hands; others in worship saluted him with their heads; some addressed him with affectionate words; not one went on without paying him homage.
8. He was loved and respected by all.
9. Men as well as women were ever ready to hear him.
10. His voice was singularly sweet and deep as a drum, lovely, vibrant and eloquent. It made his speech as though it was heavenly music.
11. His very tones convinced the hearer, and his looks inspired awe.
12. His personality alone sufficed to make him not only a leader, but a god, to the hearts of his fellows.
13. When he spoke he obtained hearers.
14. It mattered little what he said. He influenced the emotions, and bent whoever listened to his will.
15. He could create in the minds of his hearers [the sense] that what he taught was not only a verity, but the very hope of their salvation.
16. His hearers could recognise in his words the truth that makes of slaves, free men.
17. When he talked with men and women, his serene look inspired them with awe and reverence, and his lovely voice struck them with rapture and amazement.
18. Who could have converted the robber Augulimala, or the Cannibal of Atavi? Who could have reconciled King Pasenjit to his queen Mallika by a single word? To have come under his spell is [=was] to be his forever. So charming was his personality.
§ 2. The Testimony of Eye-witnesses
1. This traditional view is supported by the testimony of eye-witnesses who saw him and met him while he was alive.
2. One such eye-witness is a Brahmin, by name Sale. After seeing the Blessed One face to face, he uttered the following sentiments in praise of him.
3. Arrived in the Lord’s presence, the Brahmin, seating himself after greetings, scanned the Lord’s body for the two and thirty marks of a Superman, and in time observed them.
4. Quite sure now about the presence of the two and thirty marks, Sale still did not know whether or not he had enlightenment. But he remembered hearing from old and aged Brahmins, teachers of teachers, that those who became Arahats, all enlightened, reveal themselves when their praises are sung, and so he made up his mind to extol the Lord to his face in the following lines of eulogy:
5. “Perfect of body, goodly, Lord, art thou, well grown, well liking, golden-hued, with teeth which gleam [with] lustre; vigour fills the frame; the body’s full perfection manifests each single sign that marks a Superman.
6. “Clear-eyed and handsome, tall, upright art thou, effulgent as a sun among thy train, so debonair, so golden-hued–why waste thy beauty’s prime as homeless anchorite?
7. “As world-wide monarch thou shouldst ride in State; and indeed from sea to sea[all] should own thy sway. Proud princes shall thy village headmen be; rule thou mankind, as sovereign, king of kings!”
8. Ananda describes the colour of his body as exceedingly clear and bright–so much so that the pair of [garments of] cloth of gold, when placed on the body of the Blessed One, appears to have lost its splendour.
9. No wonder he was called by his opponents a glamour boy.
§ 3. His Capacity to Lead
1. The Sangh had no official head. The Blessed One had no authority over the Sangh. The Sangh was a self-governing body.
2. What was, however, the position of the Blessed One over the Sangh and its members?
3. In this we have the evidence of Sakuldai and Udai, contemporaries of the Blessed One.
4. Once the Lord was staying at Rajagraha in the bamboo grove.
5. One morning the Lord went into Rajagraha for alms; but, deeming the hour too early, he thought of going to Sakuldai in Wanderers’ Pleasance; and thither he repaired.
6. At the time, Sakuldai was sitting with a great company of Wanderers, who were making a great noise about being and not being.
7. When from some way off, Sakuldai saw the Lord coming, he hushed his company by saying: “Be quiet, sirs; do not make a noise; here comes the recluse Gautama, who is a lover of silence.”
8. So they became silent and the Lord came up. Said Sakuldai, “I pray the Lord to join us; he is truly welcome; it is a long time since he last managed to come. Pray, be seated; here is a seat for the Lord.”
9. The Lord sat down accordingly, asking Sakuldai what had been their theme and what was the discussion which had been interrupted.
10. “Let that pass for the moment,” answered Sakuldai; “you can easily gather that later on.”
11. Of late, when recluses and Brahmins of other creeds met together in the Discussion Hall, the topic was mooted, what a good thing, what a very good thing, for the Magdha people in Anga, that such recluses and Brahmins–all at the head of confraternities or followings, all well known and famous teachers, all founders of saving creeds, held in high repute by many people–should have come to spend the rainy season at Rajagraha.
12. There was Purana Kassappa, Makhali Ghosala, Ajit Kesakambal, Pakudha Kacchayana, Sanjaya Belaiputta, and Nata-putta the Nigantha, all men of distinction and all of them here for the rains; and among them there is also the recluse Gautama here, at the head of his confraternity and following, a well-known and famous teacher, a founder of a saving creed, who is held in high repute by many.
13. Now, which of these lords, which of these recluses and Brahmins of such eminence as teachers, is esteemed, respected, venerated and adored by his disciples? And on what terms of esteem and respect do they live with him?
14. Said some: “Purana Kassappa gets no esteem or respect; no veneration or adoration, from his disciples; they live with him on no terms of esteem and respect.”
15. Time was when, as he was preaching his doctrine to some hundreds of his following, a disciple broke in with–”Don’t question Purana Kassappa, who does not know about it; ask me who do; I will explain everything to your reverences.”
16. With arms outstretched, Purana Kassappa tearfully remonstrated, saying: “Do be quiet, sirs, do not make a noise.”
[[SURELY THIS CAN’T REALLY BE THE END?]]
Book Eight, Part II—His Humanity
1. *His Compassion—The Maha Karunik* — 2. *Healing of the Stricken* — 3. *His Concern for the Sick* — 4. *His Tolerance of the Intolerant* — 5. *His Sense of Equality and Equal Treatment*
§ 1. His Compassion—The Maha Karunik
1. When once the Blessed Lord was staying in Shravasti, the almsmen came and informed him that they were constantly harassed by the Deva who disturbed them in their meditations.
2. After hearing their stories of harassment, the Blessed Lord gave them the following instructions:
3. “He who is skilled in his godness, who wishes to attain that calm state, should act thus: he should be able, upright, near perfectly upright, of noble speech, gentle and humble.
4. “Contented, easily supportable, with few duties, of light livelihood, controlled in senses, discreet, not impudent, not greedily attached to families.
5. “He should not pursue anything trifling such that other wise men might censure him. He should wish, ‘May all beings be happy and secure; may their hearts be wholesome.’
6. “Whatever living beings there be–feeble or strong, tall, stout ,and medium, short, small, or large, without exception;
7. “Seen or unseen, those dwelling far or near, those who are born, or who are to be born–may all beings be happy.
8. “Let none deceive another, nor despise any person whatsoever in any place; let him not wish any harm to another, out of anger or ill-will.
9. “Just as a mother would protect her only child at the risk of her own life, even so let him cultivate a boundless heart towards all beings.
10. “Let his thoughts of boundless love pervade the whole world, above, below and across, without any obstruction, without any enmity.
11. “Whether he stands, walks, sits, lies down, as long as he is awake, he should develop this mindfulness; this, they say, is the noblest living here.
12. “Not falling into error (self-illusion), being virtuous and endowed with insight, by discarding attachment to sense desires, never does he come again for conception in a womb.”
13. In short, he told them “Love your enemies.”
§2. Healing of the Stricken: A Consummate Healer of Sorrow.
(2.i) Consoling Visakha
1. Visakha was an upasika. It was her routine to give alms to the bhikkhus.
2. One day her grand-daughter, Suddata, who lived with her, fell ill and died.
3. Visakha was unable to bear the grief.
4. After [the] cremation, she went to the Buddha and sat on one side, sad, with tearful eyes.
5. “O Visakha,” asked the Blessed One, “wherefore dost thou sit, sad and mournful, shedding tears?”
6. She told him of her grand-daughter’s death, saying, “She was a dutiful girl, and I cannot find her like.”
7. “How many young girls, say, are there dwelling in Shravasti, O Visakha?”
8. “Lord, men say there are several kotis (several millions).”
9. “If all these were like thy grand-daughter, would thou not love them?”
10. “Verily, Lord,” replied Visakha.
11. “And how many die daily in Shravasti?”
12. “Many, Lord.”
13. “Then there is never a moment when thou wouldst not be grieving for someone?”
14. “True, Lord.”
15. “Wouldst thou then spend thy life weeping day and night?”
16. “I understand, Lord; it is well said!”
17. “Grieve, then, no more.”
(2.ii) Comforting Kisa Gautami
1. Kisa Gautami was married to the son of a merchant of Shravasti.
2. Soon after marriage, a son was born to her.
3. Unfortunately her child died of a snake-bite before it could walk.
4. She could not believe that her child was really dead, as she had not seen death before.
5. The little spot red from the bite of a snake, did not look as if it could be the cause of the child’s death.
6. She therefore took her dead child and wandered about from house to house, in such a wild state of mind that people believed that she had gone out of her senses.
7. At last one old man advised her to go and seek out Gautama, who happened at the time to be in Shravasti.
8. So she came to the Blessed One, and asked him for some medicine for her dead child.
9. The Blessed One listened to her story and to her lamentations.
10. Then the Blessed One told her, “Go enter the town, and at any house where yet there has been no death, thence bring a little mustard seed, and with that I will revive your child.”
11. She thought this was easy, and with the dead body of her child she entered the town.
12. But she soon found that she had failed, as every house she visited had suffered loss in the death of some member.
13. As one householder told her, “The living are few, and the dead are many.”
14. So she returned to the Blessed Lord, disappointed and empty-handed.
15. The Blessed Lord then asked her if she did not then realize that death was the common lot of all, and whether she should grieve as though it was her special misfortune.
16. She then went and cremated the child, saying, “All is impermanent; this is the law.”
§ 3. His Concern for the Sick
(3.i)
1. Now at one time a certain brother was suffering from dysentery, and lay where he had fallen down in his own excreta.
2. And the Exalted One, going on his rounds of the lodgings, with the venerable Ananda in attendance, came to the lodging of that brother.
3. Now the Exalted One saw that brother lying where he had fallen in his own excreta; and seeing him, he went towards him, and said, “Brother, what ails you?”
4. “I have dysentery. Lord.”
5. “But is there anyone taking care of you, brother?”
6. “No, Lord.”
7. “Why is it, brother, that the brethren do not take care of you?”
8. “I am useless to the brethren, Lord; therefore the brethren do not care for me.”
9. Then the Exalted One said to the venerable Ananda, “Go you, Ananda, and fetch water. I will wash this brother.”
10. “Yes, Lord,” replied the venerable Ananda to the Exalted One. When he had fetched the water, the Exalted One poured it out, while the venerable Ananda washed that brother all over. Then the Exalted One, taking him by the head and the venerable Ananda taking him by the feet, together they laid him on the bed.
11. Then the Exalted One, in this connection and on this occasion, gathered the Order of Brethren together, and questioned the brethren, saying:
12. “Brethren, is there in such and such a lodging a brother who is sick?”
13. “There is, Lord.”
14. “And what ails that brother?”
15. “Lord, that brother has dysentery.”
16. “But, brethren, is there anyone taking care of him?”
17. “No, Lord.”
18. “Why not? Why do not the brethren take care of him?”
19. “The brother is useless to the brethren, Lord. That is why the brethren do not take care of him.”
20. “Brethren, ye have no mother and father to take care of you. If ye will not take care of each other, who else, I ask, will do so? Brethren, he who would wait on me, let him wait on the sick.
21. “If he have a teacher, let his teacher take care of him so long as he is alive, and wait for his recovery. If he have a tutor or a lodger, a disciple or a fellow lodger or a fellow disciple, such should take care of him and await his recovery. If no one takes care of him, it shall be reckoned an offence.”
(3.ii)
1. Once the Exalted One was staying near Rajagraha in the great grove, at the squirrels feeding ground.
2. On that occasion the venerable Vakkali was staying in the potter’s shed, being sick, afflicted, stricken with a sore disease.
3. Now the venerable Vakkali called to his attendants, saying: “Come hither, friends! Go ye to the Exalted One and, in my name worshipping at the feet of the Exalted One, say unto him, ‘Lord, the brother Vakkali is sick, afflicted, stricken with a sore disease. He worships at the feet of the .Exalted One.’ And thus do you say: ‘Well were it, Lord, if the Exalted One would visit brother Vakkali, out of compassion for him.’”
4. The Exalted One consented by His silence. Thereupon the Exalted One robed himself and, taking bowl and robe, went to visit the venerable Vakkali.
5. Now the venerable Vakkali saw the Exalted One coming while he was yet far off, and on seeing him he stirred upon his bed.
6. Then said the Exalted One to the venerable Vakkali, “Enough, Vakkali! Stir not on your bed! There are these seats made ready;. I will sit there.” And he sat down on a seat made ready. So the Exalted One sat down and said to the venerable Vakkali:
7. “Well, Vakkali, I hope you are bearing up. I hope you are enduring. Do your pains abate and not increase? Are there signs of their abating and not increasing?”
8. “No, Lord, I am not bearing up, I am not enduring. Strong pains come upon me. They do not abate. There is no sign of their abating, but of their increasing.”
9. “Have you any doubt, Vakkali? Have you any remorse?”
10. “Indeed, Lord, I have no doubt. I have no remorse.”
11. “Have you not anything, Vakkali, wherein you reproach yourself as to morals?”
12. “Nay, Lord, there is nothing wherein I reproach myself as to morals.”
13. “Then, Vakkali, if that is so, you must have some worry, you must have something you regret.”
14. “For a long time. Lord, I have been longing to set eyes on the Exalted One, but I had not strength enough in this body to come to see the Exalted One.”
15. “Hush, Vakkali; what is there in seeing this vile body of mine? He who seeth the Norm, he seeth me; he who seeth, Vakkali, seeth the Norm. Verily, seeing the Norm, Vakkali, one seeth me; seeing me, one seeth the Norm.”
(3.iii)
1. Thus have I heard: The Exalted One was once staying among the Bhaggi, at crocodile haunt in Bhesakala grove in the deer-park. Then the housefather, Nakulapita, came to the Exalted One, saluted Him, and sat down at one side.
2. As he sat there, the housefather Nakulapita addressed the Exalted One, saying: “Master, I am a broken-down old man, aged, far gone in years; I have reached life’s end, I am sick and always ailing. Moreover, Master, I am one to whom rarely comes the sight of the Exalted One and the worshipful brethren. Let the Exalted One cheer and comfort me, so that it be a profit and a blessing unto me for many a long day.”
3. “True it is, true it is, housefather, that your body is weak and cumbered! For one carrying this body about, housefather, to claim but a moment’s health would be sheer foolishness. Wherefore, housefather, thus should you train yourself: ‘Though my body is sick, my mind shall not be sick.’ Thus, housefather, must you train yourself.”
4. Then Nakulapita, the housefather, welcomed and gladly heard the words of the Exalted One; and rising from his seat ,he saluted the Exalted One by the right, and departed.
(3.iv)
1. Once the Exalted One was staying among the Sakyans at Kapilavastu, in the fig-tree park.
2. Then on that occasion a number of brethren were busy with making robes for the Exalted One. “For,” said they, “when the three months are over, the Exalted One, his robes being complete, will go forth on his rounds.”
3. Now Mahanama, the Sakyan, heard it said, “A number of brethren are busy with making robes, and so forth”…and he went to the Exalted One, saluted him, and sat down at one side. So seated, Mahanama, the Sakyan, said:
4. “I hear it said. Lord, that a number of the brethren are busy with making robes for the Exalted One, saying, ‘when the robes are complete, at the end of the three months, the Exalted One will go forth on his rounds.’ Now, Lord, we have never heard from the Exalted One’s own lips how a discreet layman who is sick, in pain, grievously afflicted, should be cheered by another discreet lay-brother.”
5. “A discreet lay-brother, Mahanama, who is sick…should be cheered by another discreet lay-brother with the Four Comfortable Assurances, thus: ‘Take comfort, good sir, in the Norm, and in the Order of Brethren; likewise in the virtues dear to the Norm kept unbroken and unsoiled, which tend to balance of mind.’
6. “Then, Mahanama, when a discreet lay-brother who is sick has thus been cheered with the Four Comfortable Assurances by another lay-brother, such should be the words of that other:
7. “Suppose the sick man should have a longing for his parents. Then if the sick man says, ‘I have a longing for my parents,’ the other should reply, ‘My dear good man, you are subject to death. Whether you have longing for your parents or not, you will die. ‘Twere just as well for you to abandon all longing for your parents.’
8. “And suppose the sick man says, ‘That longing for my parents is now abandoned,’ then the other should say, ‘Ye,t my good sir, you still have a longing for your children. As you must die in any case, ’twere just as well for you to abandon longing for your children.’
9. “And so also should he speak in respect of the five pleasures of the senses. Suppose the sick man says, I have a longing for the five pleasures of sense,’ the other should say, ‘My friend, heavenly delights are more excellent than the five pleasures of sense, and more choice. ‘Twere well for you to remove your mind from human joys and fix it on the joys of the Four Great Deva Kings.’
10. “Again, if the sick man says, ‘My mind is so fixed,’ let the other say, ‘Better to fix your mind on the Brahma world.’ And then if the sick man’s mind is so fixed, let the other say:
11. “‘My good sir, even the Brahma world is impermanent, not lasting, subject to personality. Well for you, dear sir, if you raise your mind above the Brahma world, and concentrate on cessation from the personal.’
12. “And if the sick man says he has done so, then I declare, Mahanama, that there is no difference between the lay-brother who can thus aver, and the disciple whose mind is freed from the asavas–that is to say, so far as emancipation goes.”
§ 4. His Tolerance of the Intolerant
1. Once the Blessed Lord was dwelling in the realm of the Yakkha Alavaka, in the town of Alavi. Then the Yakkha Alavaka approached the Blessed Lord and, having approached him, said thus: “Get out, O Monk!”
2. The Blessed Lord departed, saying: “Very well, friend.”
3. The Yakkha then ordered, “Enter, O Monk.”
4. The Blessed Lord entered, saying: “Very well, friend.”
5. For the second time also the Yakkha Alavaka told the Blessed Lord, “Get out, O Monk!”
6. The Lord departed, saying: ” Very well, friend.”
7. “Enter, O Monk!” said the Yakkha, the second time.
8. The Lord entered, saying: “Very well, friend.”
9. For the third time also the Yakkha Alavaka told the Lord, “Get out, O Monk!”
10. The Lord departed, saying: “Very well, friend.”
11. “Enter, O Monk ” said the Yakkha again.
12. The’ Lord entered, saying: “Very well, friend.”
13. For the fourth time did the Yakkha tell the Lord, “Get out, O Monk!”
14. This time the Lord replied: I shall not get out, friend; you may do what you like.”
15. “I shall put a question to you; monk; if you do not answer my question, I will drive you out of your wits or I will tear [out] your heart, or I will take you by the feet and throw you to the other side of the river,” said the angry Yakkha,
16. “I do not see, friend, anyone in the world who could drive me out of my wits or tear out my heart, or take me by the feet and throw me across the river. Still, friend, you may put any question you like.”
17. Then the Yakkha Alavaka asked the Lord the following questions:
18. “What is the noblest wealth for a man in this world? What pure action brings happiness? What is the sweetest of all tastes? What manner of living is said to be the noblest living?”
19. The Lord replied: “Faith is the noblest wealth for a man in this world. The Dhamma well observed brings happiness. Truth is the sweetest of all tastes. The living endowed with wisdom is said to be the noblest thing.”
20. Yakkha Alavaka asked: ” How does one cross the flood (rebirth)? How does one cross the sea (existence)? How does one overcome suffering?”
21. The Lord replied: “One crosses the flood by Faith. One crosses the sea by Vigilance. One overcomes suffering by Exertion. One purifies oneself by wisdom.”
22. Yakkha Alavaka asked: “How does one acquire knowledge? How does one obtain wealth? How does one attain fame? How does one gain friends? Passing from this world to the other world after death, how does one not repent ?”
23. The Lord replied: “Having faith in Arahats and in the Dhamma for the attainment of Nibbana, and by obedience, the diligent, attentive person acquires wisdom.
24. “One who does what is proper, one who is resolute, one who is awake, he acquires wealth. One who gives acquires friends.
25. “The faithful householder in whom truthfulness, righteousness, patience, and generosity are found, he does not repent after death.
26. “Come on! Also consult other numerous monks and Brahmins, whether there are any other qualities higher than truth, self-control, charity and patience.”
27. Yakkha Alavaka said: “Now, why should I consult various Brahmins and monks? Today I know the prosperity which belongs to my future good.
28. “Indeed! the Buddha came to the dwelling of Alavi for my benefit. Today I know to whom, when given, it returns the greatest fruit.
29. “From today I will wander from village to village, from town to town, paying my respect to the fully Enlightened One, and his perfect Doctrine.”
§ 5. His Sense of Equality and Equal Treatment
1. Whatever rules the Blessed Lord had made for the members of the Sangh were voluntarily and willingly accepted by him to be binding on him also.
2. He never claimed any exemption or any special treatment on the ground that he was the acknowledged head of the fraternity, and to whom any concession would have been most willingly made by the fraternity out of the boundless love and respect they bore for him.
3. The rule that the members of the Sangh could take only one meal a day was accepted and followed by the Blessed Lord as much as it was by the bhikkhu.
4. The rule that the members of the Sangh should have no private property was accepted and followed by the Blessed Lord as much as it was by the bhikkhu.
5. The rule that no member of the Sangh should have more than three pieces of cloths was accepted and followed by the Blessed Lord as much as it was by the bhikkhu.
6. Once, when the Lord was living in the Sakyan country at Kapilavastu in the banyan grove, Maha-Prajapati Gautami, the mother of the Blessed Lord, came to the Lord with two new lengths of cloth which she begged the Lord to be so good as to accept from her, as it was the work of her own hands at the loom expressly for him.
7. To her the Lord made the answer, “Give it to the confraternity.”
8. A second and a third time did Gautami repeat her request, only to receive the same reply.
9. Then Ananda intervened, saying, “Pray accept, sir, the cloth presented by Gautami. She was of great service to the Lord as nurse and foster-mother, suckling her nephew when his own mother died.” But the Blessed Lord insisted upon the cloth being given to the confraternity.
10. Originally it was the rule of the Sangh that the robes of the members should be made of rags picked up from dung heaps. This rule was made to prevent the wealthier classes from joining the Sangh.
11. Once Jivika prevailed upon the Blessed Lord to accept a robe of newly made cloth. When the Lord accepted it, he at the same time relaxed the original rule and allowed the bhikkhu the same privilege.
Book Eight, Part III—His Likes and Dislikes
1. *His Dislike of Poverty* — 2. *His Dislike of the Acquisitive Instinct* — 3. *His Joy at the Beautiful* — 4. *His Love for the Lovely*
08_01

columbia.edu

08_01
   
1. From all accounts the Blessed Lord was a handsome person.     2. His
form was like the peak of a golden mountain. He was tall and well
built; with a pleasing appearance.     3. His long arms and lion gait,
his bull-like eyes, and his beauty bright like gold, his broad chest,
attracte…

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)
Book Eight, Part III—His Likes and Dislikes 1. *His Dislike of Poverty* — 2. *His Dislike of the Acquisitive Instinct* — 3. *His Joy at the Beautiful* — 4. *His Love for the Lovely* § 1. His Dislike of Poverty
Filed under: General
Posted by: site admin @ 2:54 am


Friends


Book Eight, Part III—His Likes and Dislikes
1. *His Dislike of Poverty* — 2. *His Dislike of the Acquisitive Instinct* — 3. *His Joy at the Beautiful* — 4. *His Love for the Lovely*
§ 1. His Dislike of Poverty
1. Once the Exalted One was dwelling near Shravasti in Jeta’s grove, at Anathapindika’s park; and there Anathapindika, the householder, came and visited him and after saluting, sat down at one side. So seated, he asked the Exalted One to explain why one should acquire riches.
2. “Since you ask me, I will explain.
3. “Take the case of [an] Ariyan disciple with riches gotten by work and zeal, gathered by the strength of the arm, earned by the sweat of the brow; justly obtained in a lawful way; he makes himself happy [and] glad, and keeps that great happiness; he makes his parents happy [and] glad, and keeps them so; so likewise his wife and children, his slaves, workfolk and men. This is the first reason for getting riches.
4. “When riches are thus gotten, he makes his friends and companions happy [and] glad, and keeps them so. This is the second reason.
5. “Again, when riches are thus gotten, ill-luck from fire and water, rajas and robbers, enemies and heirs, is warded off, and he keeps his goods in safety. This is the third reason.
6. “Then, when riches are thus gotten, he makes the five oblations–that is to say, oblations to kin, guests, pitaras, rajas, and devas. This is the fourth reason.
7. “Moreover, when riches are thus gotten, the householder institutes offerings, of lofty aim, celestial ripening to happiness, leading heavenward, for all those recluses and godly men who abstain from pride and indolence, who bear all things in patience and humility, each mastering self, each calming self, each perfecting self. This is the fifth reason for getting rich.”
8. Anathapindika well understood that the Blessed Lord did not comfort the poor by praising their poverty, nor did he sublimate poverty as a happy state for man to live in.
§ 2. His Dislike of the Acquisitive Instinct
1. The Exalted One was once staying in the town of Kammassadamma, in the country of [the] Kurus.
2. The venerable Ananda came to where the Exalted One was, bowed in salutation before him, and took a seat on one side.
3. And so seated he said, “Marvellous is this law of causation which has been taught by the Blessed One! It is so deep. To me it seems as clear as clear can be.”
4. “Say not so, Ananda, say not so! Deep is this doctrine of events arising from causes. It is through not understanding this doctrine, through not penetrating it, that this generation has become a tangled skein, a matted ball of thread, unable to overpass the way of woe.
5. “I have said that craving is the cause of grasping. Where there is no craving of any sort or kind whatever by anyone for anything, would there be any arising of grasping?”
6. “There would not, Lord.”
7. “Craving gives rise to pursuit of gain.
8. “Pursuit of gain gives rise to desire and passion.
9. “Desire and passion give rise to tenacity.
10. Tenacity gives rise to possession.
11. “Possession gives rise to avarice and more possession.
12. “Possessions lead to keeping watch and ward over possessions.
13. “Many a bad and wicked state of things arise[s] from keeping watch and ward over possession; such as blows and wounds, strife, quarrelling, slander, and lies.
14. “This is the chain of causation, Ananda. If there was no craving, would there arise pursuit of gain? If there was no pursuit of gain, would there arise passion? If there was no passion, would there arise tenacity? If there would be no tenacity, would there arise the love for private possessions? If there would be no possession, would there arise avarice for more possession?”
15. “There would not, Lord.”
16. “If there would not be the love of private possession, would there not be peace?”
17. “There would be, Lord.”
18. “I recognise the earth as earth. But I have no craving for it,” said the Lord.
19. Therefore it is, say I, that by extirpating all cravings, by not lusting after them, but by destroying and abandoning and renouncing them all, that I acquired enlightenment.
20. “Seek to be partakers, brethren, not of the world’s goods but of my doctrines. For craving brings about attachment, and attachment enslaves the mind.”
21. In these words did the Blessed Lord explain to Ananda and the brethren the evils of the acquisitive instinct.
§ 3. His Joy at the Beautiful
1. The Buddha was so fond of the beautiful that he might well bear an alias and be called Buddha, the Lover of the Beautiful.
2. So he preached to his followers: “Be in the company of the lovely.”
3. Addressing the bhikkhus, he said:
4. “Monks, I know not of any other single thing of such power to cause the arising of good states if not yet arisen, or the waning of evil states already arisen, as friendship with the lovely.
5. “In one who is a friend of what is lovely, good states not arisen do arise and evil states already arisen wane. Evil states and devotion to evil states wanes, lack of devotion to good states disappears, good states and devotion thereto arise; lack of devotion to evil states increases.
6. “Monks, I know not of any other single thing of such power to prevent the arising of the limbs of wisdom, if not yet arisen, or, if they have already arisen, to prevent their reaching fulfilment by cultivation thereof, as unsystematic attention.
7. “In him who practices unsystematic attention, monks, the limbs of wisdom if not yet arisen, arise not, and if arisen they reach not fulfilment by cultivation thereof.
8. “Of slight account, monks, is the loss of such things as relatives. Miserable indeed among losses is the loss of wisdom.
9. “Of slight account, monks, is the increase of such things as relatives. Chief of all the increases is that of wisdom.
10. “Wherefore I say, monks, ye should train yourselves thus: ‘We will increase in wisdom.’ You must train yourselves to win that.
11. “Of slight account, monks, is the increase of such things as wealth. Chief of all the increases is that of wisdom. Wherefore I say, monks, thus, must ye train yourselves. ‘We will increase in wisdom.’ You must train yourselves to win that.
12. “Of slight account, monks, is the loss of such things as reputation. Miserable indeed is the loss of wisdom.”
§ 4. His Love for the Lovely
1. Once the Exalted One was staying among the Sakyans at Sakkara, a Sakyan township.
2. Then the venerable Ananda came to the Exalted One, saluted him and sat down at one side. So seated, the venerable Ananda said this:
3. “The half of the holy life, Lord, is friendship with what is lovely, association with what is lovely, intimacy with what is lovely!”
4. “Say not so, Ananda! Say not so, Ananda! It is the whole, not the half, of the holy life–this friendship, this association, this intimacy with what is lovely.
5. “Of a monk who is a friend, an associate, an intimate of what is lovely we may expect this: that he will develop the Ariyan eightfold way, that he will make much of the Ariyan eightfold way.
6. “And how, Ananda, does such a monk develop and make much of the Ariyan eightfold way?
7. “Herein, Ananda, he cultivates the right view, which is based on detachment, on dispassion, on cessation, which ends in self-surrender. He cultivates the right aim, which is so based and concerned; likewise right speech, right action, right living, right effort, right mindfulness, and right concentration, which ends in self-surrender.
8. “That, Ananda, is how a monk who is a friend, an associate, anintimate of what is lovely, cultivates and makes much of the Ariyan eightfold way.
9. “This is the method, Ananda, by which you are to understand how the whole of this holy life consists in friendship, in association, in intimacy, with what is lovely.
10. “Indeed, Ananda, beings liable to decay, liable to death, liable to grief, woe, lamentation, and despair, are liberated therefrom because of their friendship with what is lovely.
11. “It is by this method, Ananda, that you are to understand how the whole of this holy life consists in friendship, in association, in intimacy with what is lovely.”
EPILOGUE
1. *Tributes to the Buddha’s Greatness* — 2. *A Vow to Spread His Dhamma* — 3. *A Prayer for His Return to His Native Land*
§ 1 Tributes to the Buddha’s Greatness
1. The Buddha was born 2500 years ago.
2. What do modern thinkers and scientists say of him and his Dhamma? An anthology of their thoughts on the subject will be useful.
3. Prof. S. S. Raghavachar says:
4. “The period immediately antecedent to the life of the Buddha was one of the darkest ages in the history of India.
5. It was intellectually a backward age. The thought of the time was characterised by an implicit veneration for the authority of the scriptures.
6. “Morally it was a dark age.
7. “Morality meant for the believing Hindus the correct performance of rites and ceremonies enjoined in the holy texts.
8. “The really ethical ideas like self-sacrifice or purity of will did not find appropriate positions in the moral consciousness of the time.”
9. Mr. R. J. Jackson says:
10. “The unique character of the Buddha’s teaching is shown forth in the study of Indian Religious thought.
11. “In the hymns of the Rig-Veda we see man’s thoughts turned outwards, away from himself, to the world of the gods.
12 “Buddhism directed man’s search inwards to the potentiality hidden within himself.
13. “In the Vedas we find prayer, praise, and worship.
14. “In Buddhism for the first time we find training of the mind to make it act righteously.”
15. Winwood Reade says:
16. “It is when we open the book of nature, it is when we read the story of evolution through millions of years, written in blood and tears, it is when we study the laws regulating life, the laws productive of development, that we see plainly how illusive is the theory that God is love.
17. “In everything there is wicked, profligate, and abandoned waste. Of all animals that are born, only a very small percentage survives.
18. “Eat and be eaten is the rule in the ocean, the air, the forest. Murder is the law of growth.”
19. This is what Reade says in his “Martyrdom of Man.” How different is the Dhamma of the Buddha.
20. This is what Dr. Ranjan Roy says:
21. “Throughout the second half of the nineteenth century the three laws of conservation held sway. Nobody challenged them.
22. “They were the laws of matter, mass and energy.
23. “They were the trump cards of those idealists who cherished the thought of their being indestructible.
24. “Nineteenth century scientists professed them as the governing factors of creation.
25. “Nineteenth century scientists professed them as constituting the fundamental nature of the Universe.
26. “They conceived that the Universe was filled with indestructible atoms.
27. “Just as the nineteenth century was drawing to a close, Sir J. J. Thompson and his followers began to hammer the atoms.
28. “Surprisingly enough the atoms began to break up into fragments.
29. “These fragments came to be called electrons, all similar and charged with negative electricity.
30. “Atoms hailed by Maxwell as imperishable foundation-stones of the Universe or Reality broke down.
31. “They got broken into tiny particles, protons and electrons, charged with positive and negative electricity respectively.
32. “The concept of a fixed unalterable mass abandoned Science for good. In this century the universal belief is that matter is being annihilated at every instant.
33. “The Buddha’s doctrine of Anicca (transitoriness) is confirmed.
34. “Science has proved that the course of the Universe is a grouping and dissolution and regrouping.
35. “The trend of Modern Science is the trend of an ultimate reality, unity, and diversity of ego.
36. “Modern Science is the echoing of the Buddhists doctrines of transitoriness (annica) and of egolessness (anatta).”
37. Mr. E. G. Taylor, in his “Buddhism and Modern Thought,” says:
38. “Man has been ruled by external authority long enough. If he is to be truly civilised, he must learn to be ruled by his own principles. Buddhism is the earliest ethical system where man is called upon to have himself governed by himself.
39. “Therefore a progressive world needs Buddhism to teach it this supreme lesson.”
40. The Reverend Leslie Bolton, unitarian minister, says:
41. “I see in the spiritual psychology of Buddhism its most powerful contribution.
42. “Unitarian Christians, like Buddhists, reject the external authority of church, books, or creeds, and find in man himself the guiding lamp.
43. “Unitarians see in Jesus and Gautama noble exponents of the way of life.”
44. Prof. Dwight Goddard says:
45. “Among the world’s religious teachers, Buddha alone has the glory of having rightly judged the intrinsic greatness of man’s capacity to work out his salvation without extraneous aid.”
46. “If the worth of a truly great man consists in his raising the worth of all mankind, who is better entitled to be called truly great than the Blessed One?
47. “Who, instead of degrading him by placing another being over him, has exalted him to the highest pinnacle of wisdom and love.”
48. Mr. E. J. Mills, author of “Buddhism,” says: “In no other religion are the values of knowledge and evil of ignorance so much insisted upon as they are in Buddhism.”
50. “No other religion lays so much stress upon keeping one’s eyes open.
51. “No other religion has formulated such deep laid plans for mental culture.”
52. Prof. W. T. Stace says in his “Buddhist Ethics”:
53. “The Buddhist moral ideal, the Arhat, had to be both morally and intellectually great.
54. “He had to be a philosopher, as well as a man of good conduct.
55. “Knowledge was always stressed by Buddhism as essential to Salvation, and ignorance as one of the two main causes of failure, to attain it (craving or attachment being the other).
56. “On the contrary, knowledge has never been any part of the Christian ideal man.”
57. “Owing to the unphilosophical character of its founder, in the Christian Scheme of thought the moral side of man has been divorced from the intellectual side.
58. “Far more of the world’s misery is caused by stupidity and blind faith than by wickedness.
59. “The Buddha did not allow this.”
60. Enough unto this, to show how great and how unique is the Buddha and his Dhamma.
61. Who would not say, “Let such a one be our Master”?
§ 2. A Vow to Spread His Dhamma
1.” There are beings without limit,
Let us take the vow to convey them all across.
2. There are depravities in us without number,
Let us take the vow to extinguish them all.
3. There are truths without end,
Let us take the vow to comprehend them all.
4. There is the Way of Buddha without comparison,
Let us take the vow to accomplish it perfectly.”
–Encyclopadia of Religion & Ethics, Vol. X, p. 168.
§ 3. A Prayer for His Return to His Native Land
1. “O Exalted One! I trust myself whole-heartedly
To the Tathagata whose light pervades,
Without any impediment, the regions in the ten quarters,
And express my earnest desire to be born in Thy Land.
2. In realising in vision the appearance of Thy Land,
I know that it surpasses all realms in the threefold existence.
3. That it is like sky, embracing all,
Vast and spacious without boundaries.
4. Thy mercy and compassion in accordance with the righteous way,
Is an outgrowth of the stock of merits (accumulated by Thee), which are beyond all worldly good;
5. And Thy light permeates everywhere,
Like the mirrors of the Sun and the Moon.
6. Let me pray that all beings, having been born there,
Shall proclaim the Truth, like Buddha Thyself.
7. Herewith I write down this essay and utter these verses,
And pray that I could see Thee, O Buddha, face to face,
8. And that I could, together with all my fellow-beings,
Attain the birth in the Land of Bliss.”
–Encyclopedia of Religion & Ethics, Vol. X, p. 169.

youtube.com
ANNIHILATION OF CASTE PART 5

G
M
T
Text-to-speech function is limited to 200 characters
comments (0)